Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2009
Registration No. 333-      
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form S-1
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
California (prior to reincorporation)
       
Delaware (after reincorporation)   6282   94-3250323
(State or other jurisdiction of
  (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
  Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
 
1804 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California 94303
(650) 565-4900
 
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
Chief Executive Officer
1804 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California 94303
(650) 565-4900
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
 
     
  Jorge del Calvo, Esq.
Davina K. Kaile, Esq.
Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
2475 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 233-4500
(650) 233-4545 facsimile
  Douglas D. Smith, Esq.
Stewart L. McDowell, Esq.
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
555 Mission Street, Suite 3000
San Francisco, CA 94105
(415) 393-8200
(415) 986-5309 facsimile
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum
      Amount of
 
Title of Each Class of
    Aggregate
      Registration
 
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)       Fee  
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
    $ 100,000,000       $ 5,580  
                     
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(2) Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion. Dated December 9, 2009.
 
           Shares
 
(FINANCIAL ENGINES LOGO)
 
Common Stock
 
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Financial Engines, Inc.
 
Financial Engines is offering           of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional           shares. Financial Engines will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $      and $      . Financial Engines intends to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FNGN.”
 
See “Risk Factors” on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense .
 
 
 
 
                 
   
Per Share
   
Total
 
 
Initial public offering price
  $                $        
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Financial Engines
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $  
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional           shares from Financial Engines and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
 
 
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on          , 2010.
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
 
 
 
UBS Investment Bank
 
 
 
 
Piper Jaffray Cowen and Company
 
Prospectus dated          , 2010


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
    1  
    17  
    35  
    36  
    36  
    37  
    39  
    41  
    43  
    66  
    92  
    99  
    115  
    117  
    120  
    125  
    128  
    130  
    133  
    137  
    137  
    137  
    F-1  
  EX-3.(I).1
  EX-3.(I).2
  EX-3.(II).1
  EX-3.(II).2
  EX-4.2
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7.1
  EX-10.7.2
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus.
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
Through and including          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscriptions.
 
The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information attributed to these third-party sources and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness.
 
FINANCIAL ENGINES ® , INVESTOR CENTRAL ® , THE POWER TO SHAPE THE FUTURE ® , FINANCIAL ENGINES INVESTMENT ADVISOR ® , WE MAKE IT PERSONAL ® , RETIREMENT HELP FOR LIFE ® , the Financial Engines logo and a sun and cloud design mark are all trademarks or service marks owned by Financial Engines, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries. In addition, Financial Engines, Inc. owns the trademarks ADVICESERVER ® and FORECASTER ® , registered in Japan and FINENG ® , registered in Tunisia. The mark ADVICE LIGHT is also a trademark owned by Financial Engines, Inc. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


i


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, especially the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Our investment advisory and management services are provided through our subsidiary, Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C., a federally registered investment adviser. References in this prospectus to “Financial Engines,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Financial Engines, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries during the periods presented unless the context requires otherwise.
 
Financial Engines, Inc.
 
Overview
 
Our company was founded to address the need for independent investment advice. Traditionally, high quality, customized investment advice had been available only to large institutions and the affluent, and providing such advice to low asset balance investors had been cost-prohibitive. We believe that our advice technology platform allows us to cost-effectively service the needs of individual investors with low asset balances, many of whom are underserved by the financial services industry. We believe shifting retirement industry trends present us with an opportunity to provide independent portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to plan participants who previously did not have access to these services.
 
Our Company
 
We are a leading provider of independent, technology-enabled portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to participants in employer-sponsored defined contribution retirement plans, such as 401(k) plans. We help investors plan for retirement by offering personalized plans for saving and investing, as well as by providing assessments of retirement income needs and readiness, regardless of the investor’s personal wealth or investment account size. We use our proprietary advice technology platform to provide our services to millions of retirement plan participants on a cost-efficient basis. We believe that our services have significantly lowered the cost and increased the accessibility to plan participants of independent, personalized portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help.
 
Our business model is based on workplace delivery of our services. We target three key constituencies in the retirement plan market: plan participants (employees of companies offering 401(k) plans), plan sponsors (employers offering 401(k) plans to their employees) and plan providers (companies providing administrative services to plan sponsors). We generate revenue primarily from management fees based on the value of the assets we manage for plan participants, which we refer to as Professional Management revenue. We refer to the amount of retirement plan assets that we manage for plan participants as part of our Professional Management service as Assets Under Management, or AUM. We refer to plan participants who are enrolled in our Professional Management service as members. We also generate revenue from recurring, subscription-based platform fees for access to either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only, which we refer to collectively as platform revenue. Platform fees are paid by the plan sponsor, plan provider or the retirement plan itself, depending on the plan structure.
 
We offer three principal services:
 
  •  Professional Management is a discretionary managed account service designed for plan participants who want affordable, personalized and professional portfolio management


1


Table of Contents

  services, investment advice and retirement help from an independent investment advisor without the conflicts of interest that can arise when an advisor offers proprietary products. Our investment recommendations are limited to the investment alternatives available in a 401(k) plan as determined and approved by a plan fiduciary other than us, although we do take into account other identified holdings of the plan participant when offering investment advice. With the exception of employer stock, if any, included as an investment alternative, we do not provide advice on or manage single-company securities. We do not consult with, or make recommendations to, the plan sponsor regarding which investment alternatives to make available in a particular plan. In some cases, we provide this service by acting as a subadvisor to a plan provider acting as the investment manager to plan participants.
 
  •  Online Advice is a nondiscretionary Internet-based service that offers personalized advice to plan participants who wish to take a more active role in personally managing their retirement portfolios. In some cases, we provide this service by acting as a subadvisor to a plan provider acting as the investment advisor to plan participants.
 
  •  Retirement Evaluation is a retirement readiness assessment provided to plan participants upon plan rollout and generally annually thereafter, accompanied by a Professional Management enrollment form. Retirement Evaluations highlight specific risks in a plan participant’s retirement account and assess the likelihood of achieving the plan participant’s retirement income goals. The assessment also provides guidance on how to reduce these highlighted risks.
 
Our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $58.8 million, compared to $52.3 million for the nine months ended September 2008, an increase of 13%. We generated Professional Management revenue of $34.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an increase of 23% from $27.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We generated platform revenue of $22.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an increase of 2% from $22.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
We target large plan sponsors across a wide range of industries. As of September 30, 2009, we had signed contracts to make our services available through 107 Fortune 500 companies and seven Fortune 20 companies. As of September 30, 2009, we were under contract to provide either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only, through more than 765 plan sponsors with approximately 7.6 million plan participants, whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in assets. Within this group, we provide our full suite of services to 341 plan sponsors representing approximately 3.7 million participants and approximately $242 billion of assets in retirement plans for which we have rolled out our Professional Management service, which we refer to as Assets Under Contract, or AUC. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $23.5 billion in AUM, and managed the accounts of approximately 383,000 members who have delegated investment decision-making authority to us. Our AUC does not include assets in plans where we have signed contracts but for which we have not yet rolled out our Professional Management service. We deliver our services to plan sponsors and plan participants primarily through existing connections with eight retirement plan providers. Based on information from Pensions and Investments, as of March 31, 2009, and one plan provider, we estimate that these eight plan providers collectively service plan sponsors representing more than $1.5 trillion in plan assets, or more than 80% of the assets contained in plans with more than 10,000 participants.
 
The key steps associated with delivering our Professional Management service are as follows:
 
  •  First, we sign a contract that allows us to provide our Professional Management service to the plan sponsor’s employees;
 
  •  Second, we obtain plan and plan participant data, set up the plan on our systems and make our services available to all eligible plan participants upon completion of plan rollout;


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  Third, we deliver Retirement Evaluations and enrollment materials to plan participants; and
 
  •  Fourth, for plan participants who elect to enroll in our Professional Management service, we allocate the plan participant’s 401(k) assets pursuant to the participant’s investment objectives and investment options available, at which time the participant’s 401(k) assets become AUM.
 
We launched our Professional Management service in September 2004. From December 31, 2004 to September 30, 2009, we had a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 93% for AUM and 98% for membership. As of September 30, 2009, we had AUM of approximately $23.5 billion and approximately 383,000 members, compared to AUM of approximately $15.6 billion and approximately 322,000 members at December 31, 2008.
 
The following tables illustrate the increase in our AUM and membership, and the corresponding CAGR, from December 31, 2004 to September 30, 2009.
 
     
     Assets Under Management
         Total Members
(BAR CHART)   (BAR CHART)
All data are shown as of December 31 of the applicable year except 2009, for which the data are shown as of September 30.
 
The following table illustrates the number of plan sponsors where Professional Management is available, and the corresponding CAGR. The data below includes plan sponsors where no members had yet enrolled.
 
     Total Plan Sponsors
 
(BAR CHART)
 
All data are shown as of December 31 of the applicable year except 2009, for which the data are shown as of September 30.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe the United States retirement savings industry is large and growing and that shifting trends within the retirement industry present us with an opportunity to help plan sponsors provide independent portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to their employees. We believe the following key market trends will continue to drive the growth of our business and increase the value of our service offerings:
 
Shifting Demographics Drive a Growing Need for Retirement Assistance.   The ongoing growth in retirement assets, especially 401(k) assets, is driven in part by individuals seeking to


3


Table of Contents

supplement retirement funds they expect to receive from Social Security and corporate defined benefit plans. Defined contribution assets, including 401(k) assets, are not evenly distributed by age. According to data contained in the Federal Reserve Board’s Survey of Consumer Finances for 2007, households headed by individuals age 45 through 64 represented 45% of all retirement account holders, but account for 56% of the assets in retirement accounts. Members of the Baby Boomer generation, which refers to individuals born between 1946 and 1964, will begin to reach traditional retirement age in 2011. However, studies suggest that many Baby Boomers are not financially prepared to support themselves in retirement. The Employee Benefits Research Institute, or EBRI, 2009 Retirement Confidence Survey indicates that approximately 36% of workers age 45 through 54, and approximately 30% of workers age 55 or older, report total savings and investments, excluding the value of their primary residence and any defined benefit plans, of less than $10,000. Despite the increased reliance on defined contribution plans, we believe many investors are not equipped to adequately formulate an investment strategy for their retirement assets. As a result, we believe these investors face significant investment risk and potentially inappropriate market exposure and asset allocations.
 
Growing Reliance on Defined Contribution Plans.   As employer-sponsored retirement plans shift from defined benefit plans to defined contribution plans, the responsibility for making retirement investment decisions shifts from professional pension fund managers to individual investors. Cerulli Associates estimates that private defined contribution assets, excluding Individual Retirement Accounts, or IRAs, were approximately $4.2 trillion and constituted more than 25% of total retirement assets in the United States, excluding Social Security, in 2007. According to Cerulli Associates, there were approximately 57 million 401(k) plan participants as of December 31, 2007. Of the workers surveyed in EBRI’s 2009 Retirement Confidence Survey, 42% estimate that a major source of their retirement funds will come from employer-sponsored retirement savings plans.
 
Changing Legal and Regulatory Framework.   As the burden of retirement investing shifts to the individual, we believe that there is an increasing need for assistance and guidance on how to maximize retirement wealth. However, according to a 2009 survey by Hewitt Associates, the primary reason cited by plan sponsors for not making investment advice available to employees has been the fear of increased fiduciary or legal risk. We believe the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and subsequent Department of Labor regulations can reduce these concerns. In addition to providing specific guidelines for plan sponsors to automatically enroll employees into qualified plans and accelerate contributions on an annual basis, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 further supports the existing foundation for professional asset management of 401(k) accounts. Adherence to these guidelines provides specific safeguards to plan sponsors from fiduciary and legal risk.
 
Automatic 401(k).   As a result of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and Department of Labor guidelines, plan sponsors are now actively seeking automatic retirement savings solutions for their employees. According to a 2009 401(k) plan survey conducted by Hewitt Associates, the percentage of employers that automatically enroll new participants has increased from 19% in 2005 to 58% in 2009. Similarly, automatic contribution escalation, where employees’ contribution rates are automatically increased over time unless the employee affirmatively elects otherwise, increased from 9% in 2005 to 44% in 2009. A 2006 report by the Retirement Security Project estimates that the automatic 401(k) could increase net national saving by about 0.34% of gross domestic product per year, or approximately $44 billion per year.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that our market-leading position results from the following key competitive strengths:
 
Independent and Unconflicted Advice.   We believe that many plan participants value an investment advisor that is independent and free from potential conflicts of interests. We also believe that many plan fiduciaries similarly value making independent and unconflicted advice available to their plan participants. We do not receive differential compensation based on the investments we


4


Table of Contents

recommend. We offer no proprietary investment products and are free from the conflicts or the perception of conflicts of interest that can arise for competitors who offer such products. We do not hold assets in custody or execute trades. Our investment recommendations are limited to the investment alternatives available in a 401(k) plan as determined and approved by a plan fiduciary other than us, although we do take into account other identified holdings of the plan participant when offering investment advice. With the exception of employer stock, if any, included as an investment alternative, we do not provide advice on or manage single-company securities. We do not consult with, or make recommendations to, the plan sponsor regarding which investment alternatives to make available in a particular plan. We are not affiliated with or controlled by any broker-dealer, registered investment company, insurance company or financial services organization. We base our investment advice on quantitative criteria applied through a computerized model that is consistently applied across plan participants, plan sponsors, plan providers and investment choices.
 
Proprietary Investment Advice Technology.   Our Advice Engines, which consist of our Optimization and Simulation Engines, incorporate portfolio analysis methods commonly used by large institutional investors and pioneered by our co-founder and Nobel Laureate, Professor William F. Sharpe. Our technology-based investment approach incorporates the following:
 
  •  Our Optimization Engine allows us to make personalized investment recommendations, chosen from the investment options available within each plan, with consideration of the plan participant’s individual circumstances including investment horizon, existing investment allocations and characteristics of his or her 401(k) plan, as well as any anticipated benefits from other employer plans, such as cash balance or defined benefit plans. Our Optimization Engine also allows our advice to adjust for the risks and correlations of other financial assets and a participant’s risk tolerance. In addition, we provide personalized savings recommendations to help plan participants reach their retirement objectives;
 
  •  Our Simulation Engine allows us to model the risk and return characteristics of more than 30,000 securities, including the funds and employer stocks in the plans to which we provide services, taking into consideration factors such as asset class exposures, expenses, turnover, manager performance, active management risk, stock specific risk and the security’s tax-efficiency;
 
  •  Our Advice Engines’ ability to manage a plan participant’s employer stock holdings is an attractive feature to plan sponsors seeking to reduce the risk of fiduciary liability that can arise when employer stock is included in a 401(k) plan. The advice produced by our Advice Engines also generally reduces plan participants’ undiversified exposure to the equity risk that results from holding an overly-high concentration in employer stock; and
 
  •  Our Advice Engines are able to provide advice that takes into consideration after-tax returns by taking into account the specific tax characteristics of securities and the tax attributes of investor households.
 
Scalable Technology Platform.   We believe our technology platform allows us to cost-effectively service the needs of large numbers of individual investors with low asset balances while providing sophisticated, personalized investment advice. As of September 30, 2009, approximately 46% of our Professional Management members had less than $20,000 of retirement assets in their accounts. We believe that the ability to serve these low balance plan participants cost-effectively is a key advantage of our business model.
 
Significant Invested Capital.   Our services are based on our proprietary technology, which we developed over a number of years, and in which we have invested significant financial and personnel resources. We believe that any potential competitor will face significant challenges in terms of the human capital, time, money and technology required to develop a competitive offering. Furthermore, the technology interfaces that we have established with our retirement plan providers and plan


5


Table of Contents

sponsors are complex and would be time-consuming and costly for our plan providers and plan sponsors to replicate.
 
Established Relationships and Data Connections with Retirement Plan Providers.   We have built data retrieval, transaction processing and fee deduction interfaces with a number of retirement plan providers, including these eight primarily: ACS, Fidelity, Hewitt, ING, JPMorgan, Mercer, T. Rowe Price and Vanguard. Based on information from Pensions and Investments, as of March 31, 2009, and one plan provider, we estimate that these eight plan providers collectively service plan sponsors representing more than $1.5 trillion in plan assets, or more than 80% of the assets contained in plans with more than 10,000 participants.
 
Large, Industry-Leading Retirement Plan Sponsor Clients.   We believe our brand recognition and experience serving large plan sponsors from a wide variety of industries provide us with a competitive advantage and enhance our position as an acknowledged leader in our markets. We believe that many plan sponsors that contemplate switching plan providers consider the availability of our services on alternative plan provider platforms in making their decisions. We believe that this in turn provides incentives to the plan providers to maintain ongoing relationships with Financial Engines.
 
Our Business Model
 
Recurring and Resilient Revenue Base.   We believe our business model has structural advantages that allow us to demonstrate resiliency in difficult environments. We currently serve investors with 401(k) accounts that, unlike other non-retirement investment accounts, generally receive consistent automatic contributions from participants and have adverse tax treatment on early withdrawals. We create portfolios with a diversified mix of equity and fixed income exposure designed to reduce volatility. Our investment methodology is also designed to avoid market timing biases that can increase volatility for investors. In addition, our contracts with plan sponsors typically have initial terms of three years and evergreen clauses that extend the initial term until terminated by either party after a specified notice period. In a given year, a significant portion of our Professional Management revenue consists of recurring revenue earned from contracts in place prior to the beginning of that year. Revenue from contracts in place as of December 31, 2007 accounted for approximately 99% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
While market declines may impact the value of our AUM, we believe our business model may mitigate the effects of market declines. From December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, our AUM declined approximately 4%. This was a challenging time for the equity markets, as shown by a decline in the S&P 500 of approximately 38% over the same period. We believe the effect on our AUM during this period was mitigated as a result of new business, ongoing participant contributions and less volatile investment performance, among other factors. From December 31, 2008 to September 30, 2009, our AUM increased 51%.
 
Attractive Economic Model.   We believe the scalability of our technology platform results in attractive per-member economics. We have incurred significant up front expenses to establish connectivity with plan provider and plan sponsor platforms. We believe that our investments in technology allow us to manage existing member accounts at significantly lower costs and to add new plan sponsors and plan participants with less than pro rata incremental expenses.
 
Sole Access and Customer Retention.   Our business model enjoys a number of structural advantages that result in sole access to plan participants and high plan sponsor retention levels. The 341 plan sponsors representing approximately $242 billion in AUC who make available our Professional Management service have each made us the sole provider of these services to their plans. We believe this reflects the desire of plan sponsors to avoid inconsistent methodologies, to simplify choices for plan participants, and to avoid building new data connections with multiple investment advice vendors.


6


Table of Contents

Since the launch of our Professional Management service in September 2004, we have retained over 97% of our plan sponsors each year. We believe this reflects the desire of plan sponsors to maintain continuous and consistent provision of investment advisory services for their employees. In addition, we have been largely unaffected if a plan sponsor changes its underlying recordkeeping platform or the investment alternatives available to its employees because of the breadth of our data connections and our independent investment methodology.
 
Significant Growth Opportunity Within Our Existing Customer Base.   We believe our business has a significant opportunity for growth from our existing customer base. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $23.5 billion in AUM and approximately 383,000 members, while our Professional Management service was available to employees representing a total of approximately $242 billion in AUC and approximately 3.7 million potential members. This implies a participant enrollment rate of approximately 10.3% across all plans where Professional Management is available, including plans where enrollment campaigns are not yet concluded or have not been commenced. We believe we can increase our revenue and net income by increasing our participant enrollment rate within our existing client base.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Increase Penetration Within Our Existing Professional Management Plan Sponsors.   We believe we have a significant opportunity for growth within our existing Professional Management plan sponsor base by increasing enrollment rates for our Professional Management service. As of September 30, 2009, we managed approximately 11.0% of plan assets in plans to which our Professional Management service has been actively rolled out for at least 14 months. We plan to increase enrollment by both continuing to promote our services to participants in Active Enrollment campaigns and encouraging plan sponsors to initiate Passive Enrollment campaigns. Active Enrollment campaigns require that plan participants proactively sign up for our Professional Management service. Passive Enrollment campaigns automatically enroll some or all of a plan sponsor’s plan participants into our Professional Management service unless the individual participant declines or “opts-out” of the service. Over time, we believe that we can increase our enrollment rate in Active Enrollment campaign plans through annual enrollment campaigns, direct marketing to plan participants and other promotional activities. Our past experience also indicates that in cases where a plan sponsor used Passive Enrollment, the enrollment rate of plan assets was higher and achieved at lower acquisition cost per member than in cases where a plan sponsor used Active Enrollment. We believe Passive Enrollment is attractive to plan sponsors due to the lower fees payable by plan participants who are passively enrolled, the fiduciary protection afforded to plan sponsors by participants having to affirmatively elect not to receive professional advice and the relatively higher number of participants likely to be enrolled and receiving professional management upon rollout. We believe that the adoption of Passive Enrollment among more plan sponsors will likely increase our AUM as a result of the higher enrollment rates that these campaigns historically generate. Depending on the proportion of the plan’s participants who are passively enrolled, we eliminate or reduce our platform fees, as well as reducing the fees payable by plan participants.
 
Enhance and Extend Our Services as Baby Boomers Enter Retirement.   We intend to expand our portfolio management, investment advisory and retirement planning services to help individual investors as they near and enter retirement. More than 40% of our current Professional Management members are over the age of 50. We believe that many of these members would value advice on whether to roll over their 401(k) into an IRA or other similar accounts and how to turn their investments into income they can spend in retirement. A McKinsey & Company report, “Redefining Defined Contribution” (2007), indicated that 85% of the consumers concerned or extremely concerned about not having a sufficient income for retirement are interested in seeking advice on how to guarantee sufficient income for retirement.
 
We intend to expand our services to help members of our Professional Management program who roll over their 401(k) into an IRA account available through the plan provider and to help other


7


Table of Contents

individual IRA investors manage and draw down income from their IRAs. We also plan to expand our services to more fully serve the defined contribution market. We believe our established investment methodology, technology and relationships with plan providers, plan sponsors and plan participants provide us with the distribution and technological capabilities to help individuals who want ongoing, lifetime payouts from their retirement accounts.
 
Expand Number of Retirement Plan Sponsors.   We intend to sell our services to other plan sponsors that are not current clients but are serviced by the plan providers with whom we have relationships. We also plan to create data connections with additional plan providers to access defined contribution plans of educational institutions, non-profit organizations and government entities.
 
Offer Professional Management to “Online Only” Plan Sponsors.   We have an online-services-only relationship with many of our plan sponsor customers. We plan to pursue growth by seeking to convert these plan sponsors to our full Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation suite of services.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk, including those described under the heading “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to significant risks. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”
 
Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated in California in May 1996. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to become a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303. Our telephone number at that location is (650) 565-4900. Our website address is www.FinancialEngines.com . Information on our website is not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.


8


Table of Contents

Terminology
 
References in this prospectus to the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
AUC:   AUC, or Assets Under Contract, is defined as the amount of assets in retirement plans under contract for our Professional Management services that have been rolled out. The value of assets is reported by plan providers as of various points in time and is not always updated or marked to market. Some plan participants may not be eligible for our services due to plan sponsor limitations on employees treated as insiders for purposes of securities laws or other characteristics of the plan participant. Certain securities within a plan participant’s account may be ineligible for management by us, such as employer stock subject to trading restrictions, and we do not manage or charge a fee for that portion of the account. We believe that AUC is a useful approximation of the assets in plans available for enrollment efforts that, if successful, can result in these assets becoming AUM.
 
AUM:   AUM, or Assets Under Management, is defined as the amount of retirement plan assets that we manage as part of our Professional Management service.
 
Enrollment Rate:   When used in reference to participant enrollment rate, enrollment rate is defined as the percentage of plan participants who use our Professional Management service across all plans in which Professional Management is available, including plans in which enrollment campaigns are not concluded or have not yet commenced.
 
When used in reference to asset enrollment rate, enrollment rate is defined as AUM as a percentage of AUC across all plans in which Professional Management is available, including plans in which enrollment campaigns are not concluded or have not yet commenced.
 
In addition to measuring enrollment in all plans that have been rolled out, we measure enrollment in plans that have been actively rolled out for at least 14 months and in plans that have been actively rolled out for at least 26 months. We consider a plan to be actively rolled out upon mailing of initial enrollment materials. We measure enrollment in plans that have been rolled out for at least 14 months and at least 26 months because we generally seek to commence annual campaigns 12 months after the start of the prior campaign, and each campaign typically lasts 45-60 days.
 
Members:   Members are defined as plan participants who are enrolled in our Professional Management service.
 
401(k) Plans:   401(k) plans collectively refer to defined contribution plans, such as 401(k), 403(b) and 457 plans, in which participants contribute a specified dollar amount into the plan on a regular basis and, upon retirement, can draw from the amount of money resulting from these contributions and the investment return earned on those contributions.


9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Shares of common stock offered by Financial Engines           Shares
 
Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders           Shares
 
Total shares of common stock offered           Shares
 
Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering           Shares
 
Option to purchase additional shares offered by Financial Engines           Shares
 
Option to purchase additional shares offered by the selling stockholders           Shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay all of the then outstanding indebtedness under our term loan and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. As of September 30, 2009, the amount outstanding under our term loan was $8.9 million. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Dividend Policy We do not currently intend to declare dividends on shares of our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Risk Factors You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol “FNGN”
 
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 32,784,581 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2009, and excludes:
 
  •  10,560,935 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.76 per share;
 
  •  108,290 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2009, at an exercise price of $9.23 per share; and
 
  •  2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan following the date of this offering.
 
Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,349,972 shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering, assuming a one-to-one conversion ratio of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock;
 
  •  our reincorporation from California into Delaware and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation prior to the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.


10


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2009, 1,167,331 shares remained available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan, but which are not subject to outstanding options on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options under our 1998 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 2,000,000, will become available for awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.


11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The information set forth below should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operation data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 48,233     $ 63,350     $ 71,271     $ 52,264     $ 58,847  
Cost of revenue
    15,691       20,602       27,588       20,511       21,057  
                                         
Gross profit
    32,542       42,748       43,683       31,753       37,790  
Total operating expense
    41,096       44,247       46,722       32,962       35,540  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (8,554 )     (1,499 )     (3,039 )     (1,209 )     2,250  
Interest income (expense) and other, net
    579       (274 )     (563 )     (323 )     (210 )
                                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense
    (7,975 )     (1,773 )     (3,602 )     (1,532 )     2,040  
Income tax expense
    8       31       12       9       359  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (7,983 )     (1,804 )     (3,614 )     (1,541 )     1,681  
Less: Preferred stock dividend
    930             2,362              
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to holders of common stock
  $ (8,913 )   $ (1,804 )   $ (5,976 )   $ (1,541 )   $ 1,681  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:
                                       
Basic
  $ (1.00 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.16 )   $ 0.17  
Diluted
  $ (1.00 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.16 )   $ 0.05  
Shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:
                                       
Basic
    8,879       9,427       9,767       9,711       10,050  
Diluted:
    8,879       9,427       9,767       9,711       34,648  
Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited):
                                       
Basic
                  $ (0.19 )           $ 0.05  
Diluted
                  $ (0.19 )           $ 0.05  
Shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited):
                                       
Basic
                    32,117               32,400  
Diluted
                    32,117               34,648  
 


12


Table of Contents

                         
    As of September 30, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro Forma
   
as Adjusted
 
    (In thousands, unaudited)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents  (1)
  $   15,798     $   15,798     $        
Working capital
    12,075       12,075          
Total assets  (1)
    50,514       50,514          
Bank borrowings and note payable
    8,889       8,889          
Total liabilities
    33,096       33,096          
Total stockholders’ equity  (1)
    17,418       17,418          
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
          (In thousands, unaudited)        
 
Other Financial Data:
                                       
Adjusted EBITDA  (2)
  $ (855 )   $   8,333     $   8,409     $   4,595     $   11,427  
Adjusted net income (loss)  (2)
    (5,024 )     2,612       3,006       703       6,329  
 
 
Notes to Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data
 
(1)   The table above presents a summary of our balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of 22,349,972 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock upon completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the repayment of $8.9 million of outstanding indebtedness.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease), on a pro forma as adjusted basis, each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the repayment of $8.9 million of outstanding indebtedness.
 
(2)   “Adjusted EBITDA” represents net income (loss) before interest (income) expense, net, income tax expense, depreciation, withdrawn offering expense, amortization of internal use software, direct response advertising and deferred sales commissions and stock-based compensation.
 
“Adjusted Net Income (Loss)” represents net income (loss) before stock-based compensation expense and withdrawn offering expense.
 
Our management uses adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss):
 
  •  as measures of operating performance;

13


Table of Contents

 
  •  for planning purposes, including the preparation of annual budgets;
 
  •  to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;
 
  •  to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and
 
  •  in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.
 
Management may also consider adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss), among other factors, when determining management’s incentive compensation beginning in 2010.
 
We also present adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) as supplemental performance measures because we believe that these measures provide our board of directors, management and investors with additional information to measure our performance. Adjusted EBITDA provides comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in the age and book depreciation of fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense) and amortization of internal use software, direct response advertising and commissions, and changes in interest expense and interest income that are influenced by capital structure decisions and capital market conditions. Management also believes it is useful to exclude stock-based compensation expense from adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) because non-cash equity grants made at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time.
 
We believe adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) are useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because securities analysts use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall performance of companies and we anticipate that our investor and analyst presentations after we are public will include adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss).
 
Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) are not measurements of our financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating loss or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our profitability or liquidity.
 
We understand that, although adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) are frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for an analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. In particular you should consider:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  Adjusted net income (loss) does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect the non-cash component of employee compensation;
 
  •  Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
  •  Due to either net losses before income tax expenses or the use of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in 2006, 2007 and 2008 and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, we had income tax payments of approximately $8,000, $31,000, $12,000,


14


Table of Contents

  $9,000 and $359,000, respectively. Income tax payments will be higher if we generate net income before income tax expenses and our existing net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income taxes of approximately $152 million and $77 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2009, have been fully utilized or expired; and
 
  •  Other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
Management compensates for the inherent limitations associated with using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) measures through disclosure of such limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss). Further, management also reviews GAAP measures and evaluates individual measures that are not included in adjusted EBITDA, such as our level of capital expenditures, equity issuance and interest expense, among other measures.
 
The table below sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA based on our historical results:
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
          (In thousands, unaudited)        
 
Net income (loss)
  $  (7,983 )   $  (1,804 )   $  (3,614 )   $  (1,541 )   $ 1,681  
Interest (income) expense, net
    (579 )     352       563       323       506  
Income tax expense
    8       31       12       9       359  
Depreciation
    1,388       1,284       1,641       1,188       1,317  
Withdrawn offering expense  (1)
                3,031              
Amortization of internal use software  (2)
    2,488       3,020       2,196       1,634       2,053  
Amortization of direct response advertising
                            10  
Amortization of deferred sales commissions
    864       1,034       991       738       853  
Stock-based compensation expense  (3)
    2,959       4,416       3,589       2,244       4,647  
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (855 )   $ 8,333     $ 8,409     $ 4,595     $  11,427  
                                         
 
Note:   Adjustments to net loss represent after-tax adjustments at our historical effective tax rate ranging from 0-2%.
 
(1)   As of November 2008, we had incurred approximately $3.0 million of costs directly attributable to a planned initial public offering. These costs were being deferred until the completion of the offering. In the quarter ended December 31, 2008, these costs were charged to expense as a result of our decision in November 2008 to cease efforts to pursue an initial public offering because of the disruption in the equity capital markets and general adverse economic conditions present at that time.
 
(2)   Amortization of internal use software expense excluding stock-based compensation includes engineering costs associated with developing and enhancing our service offering including the website. Associated direct development costs are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated lives. Costs in this area include compensation and related expenses and fees for external consulting services.


15


Table of Contents

 
(3)   Stock-based compensation expense is included in:
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
    (In thousands, unaudited)  
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 358     $ 648     $ 817     $ 501     $ 818  
Research and development
    921       1,134       796       468       969  
Sales and marketing
    1,189       1,150       1,112       697       1,484  
General and administrative
    480       1,434       801       532       1,304  
Amortization of internal use software
    11       50       63       46       73  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $  2,959     $  4,416     $  3,589     $  2,244     $  4,648  
                                         
 
The table below sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted net income (loss) on our historical results:
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
          (In thousands, unaudited)        
 
Net income (loss)
  $  (7,983 )   $  (1,804 )   $  (3,614 )   $  (1,541 )   $  1,681  
Stock-based compensation expense
    2,959       4,416       3,589       2,244       4,648  
Withdrawn offering expense
                3,031              
                                         
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ (5,024 )   $ 2,612     $ 3,006     $ 703     $ 6,329  
                                         


16


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a decision to buy our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to fluctuate.
 
Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period-to-period in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these fluctuations include the following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere in this prospectus:
 
  •  a decline or slowdown of the growth in the value of financial market assets, which may reduce the value of assets we have under management and therefore our revenue and cash flows;
 
  •  negative public perception and reputation of the financial services industry;
 
  •  variations in expected enrollment rates for our Professional Management service;
 
  •  unanticipated delays of anticipated rollouts of our services;
 
  •  unanticipated changes to economic terms in contracts with plan providers or plan sponsors, including renegotiations;
 
  •  downward pressure on fees we charge for our portfolio management, investment advisory and retirement planning services;
 
  •  changes in laws or regulatory policy that could impact our ability to offer services to plan providers as a subadvisor;
 
  •  failure to enter into contracts with new plan sponsors;
 
  •  cancellations or non-renewal of existing contracts with plan providers or plan sponsors;
 
  •  fluctuations in quarterly revenue due to changes in fees paid by Professional Management members based on performance incentives in contract terms;
 
  •  fluctuations in gross margins due to changes in fees paid by us to plan providers for whom we are not acting as a subadvisor for data retrieval, transaction processing and fee deduction interfaces based on performance incentives in contract terms;
 
  •  mix in plan sponsors that choose our Active Enrollment or Passive Enrollment options;
 
  •  changes in the number of Professional Management members who withdraw all assets from their 401(k) plan, effectively terminating their relationship with us, or who decide to cancel their Professional Management program participation;
 
  •  elimination or reduction of sponsor matching contributions into members’ 401(k) plans, which could reduce the growth rate of assets under management;
 
  •  unanticipated changes in costs of our printed materials or mix of materials sent to our Professional Management members and postage costs;


17


Table of Contents

 
  •  unanticipated delays in recognizing revenue based on timing of meeting specified milestones under contracts with customization and consulting services; and
 
  •  changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors to which we have to adapt.
 
As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future revenue or operating performance.
 
A substantial portion of our revenue is based on fees earned on the value of assets we manage. Our revenue and earnings could suffer if the financial markets experience a downturn or a slowdown in growth that reduces the value, or slows the growth, of our Assets Under Management.
 
We derive a significant and growing portion of our revenue from asset management fees based on the assets in the retirement accounts we manage, which we refer to as Assets Under Management, or AUM. We allocate these assets among the investments available to each particular plan participant. The investment alternatives for a particular plan are selected by the plan’s fiduciary, not by us, and may include retail mutual funds, institutional funds, exchange-traded funds, fixed-income investments and potentially higher volatility employer stock, if it is an investment alternative in a particular plan. In addition, our business is highly concentrated in the 401(k) plans of plan sponsors in the United States and the United States subsidiaries of international companies. The value of these investments can be affected by the performance of the financial markets globally, currency fluctuations, interest rate fluctuations and other factors. Currently, our fees are generally based on AUM on a day within the last 10 days of a quarter. As a result, a decline in the financial markets at the end of a quarter could have an adverse effect on our revenue, even if the financial markets had performed well earlier in the quarter. In addition, an economic downturn or slowdown in growth could cause plan participants or their employers to contribute less to their 401(k) plans and cause fewer eligible employees to participate in 401(k) plans, which could adversely affect the amount of AUM. If plan participants are not satisfied with the performance of their retirement portfolios due to a decline in the financial markets or otherwise, our cancellation rates could increase, which in turn would cause our AUM to decline. As of October 1, 2008, our voluntary cancellation rate over the preceding 12 months was 6.7% of our total number of members, and as of April 30, 2009, our voluntary cancellation rate had increased to 8.7% of our total number of members. As of September 30, 2009, our voluntary cancellation rate over the preceding 12 months was 7.5% of our total number of members. A voluntary cancellation occurs when a member proactively terminates their membership in our Professional Management service. This differs from a rollover or involuntary cancellation when a plan participant rolls out of their retirement plan and is no longer eligible for our Professional Management service. If any of these factors reduces the value of assets we have under management, the amount of fees we would earn for managing those assets would decline, which in turn would harm our revenue, operating results and financial condition. These percentages may not be indicative of future voluntary cancellation rates, which may increase.
 
Our revenue could be harmed if we experience unanticipated delays in rollouts of our services.
 
We generally do not earn platform fees from a plan sponsor until our services are available to plan participants and we do not earn fees for our Professional Management service until we begin to manage a participant’s account. If rollouts are delayed, our receipt of revenue would be delayed. This in turn would affect our operating results for a particular period.


18


Table of Contents

Our revenue could suffer if we experience unanticipated variations in new enrollment campaigns or if we fail to enroll plan participants.
 
Unanticipated variations in the number, size or timing of new enrollment campaigns as well as ongoing annual campaigns at our existing plan sponsors could also affect our revenue for a particular period.
 
Our revenue could be harmed if we do not grow enrollment in our Professional Management service.
 
Our enrollment rate, and therefore our revenue, depend on plan participants signing up for or, in the case of a Passive Enrollment campaign, not declining, the Professional Management service. If we are unable to continue to grow our enrollment, our business may not grow as we anticipate. Increasing plan participant enrollment in our Professional Management service increases the AUM on which we earn fees. We may not be able to generate expected enrollment under a particular contract, which would negatively affect our revenue growth. For example, we have found that if plan sponsors do not use our standard enrollment campaign, enrollment rates tend to be lower. If fewer plan sponsors elect Passive Enrollment for their plan participants, which typically generates higher enrollment rates, our revenue may not grow at anticipated rates. Even when we have rolled out our Professional Management service at a particular plan sponsor, some plan participants may not be eligible for our services due to plan sponsor limitations on employees treated as insiders for purposes of securities laws or other characteristics of the plan participant. Certain securities within a plan participant’s account may be ineligible for management by us, such as employer stock subject to trading restrictions, and we do not manage or charge a fee for that portion of the account. Further, individual plan participants whose accounts we manage may choose at any time to stop having us manage those accounts. If large numbers of plan participants choose to stop using or are not able to continue using our Professional Management service, our revenue, operating results and financial condition would suffer. The voluntary cancellation rate by plan participants whose accounts we manage, measured as a percentage of AUM, was approximately 15% in 2008 and has averaged approximately 1% per month during our history and less than 1% per month during 2009. The overall average voluntary cancellation rate during the first year of membership in our Professional Management service is approximately 7.3% of such members. The overall average voluntary cancellation rate is approximately 5.9% of such members and approximately 3.4% of such members in the second and third year of service, respectively. These percentages may not be indicative of future voluntary cancellation rates, which may increase.
 
We plan to extend and expand our services and may not accurately estimate the impact of developing and introducing these services on our business.
 
We plan to extend our services into new areas, including helping investors turn their retirement assets into retirement income. For example, we intend to work within the existing 401(k) plans we service to help our Professional Management members manage their defined contribution assets and maintain their retirement goals while directing payouts from their retirement accounts. We also recently introduced the Financial Engines Retirement Evaluation, a personalized retirement assessment designed to let plan participants know how close they are to reaching their retirement income goals based on their current savings and investments. We intend to invest significant resources to the research, development, sales and marketing of these new services. We have limited experience in these areas, including the determination of income payments from defined contribution accounts. If our assessments or forecasts with respect to the expected duration and sufficiency of assets to support retirement income payments to participants are inaccurate, or if we fail to ensure that payouts are made at the times expected, our business and reputation could suffer. We may not be able to anticipate or manage new risks and obligations or legal, compliance or other requirements that may arise if we offer investment management or retirement income payout services for accounts other than 401(k) accounts. We may not be able to accurately estimate the impact of these future


19


Table of Contents

services on our business or how the benefits of these services will be perceived by our clients. In addition, the anticipated benefits of these services on our business may not outweigh the resources and costs associated with their development. If we do not realize the anticipated benefits of these services, our business would suffer.
 
Our revenue is highly dependent upon a small number of plan providers with whom we have relationships, and the renegotiation or termination of our relationship with any of these plan providers could significantly impact our business.
 
Our relationships and data connections with plan providers allow us to effectively manage plan participant accounts and integrate our services into plan providers’ current service platforms. These relationships also provide us with an advantage in trying to sign potential plan sponsors. If a plan provider were to terminate our contract, reduce its volume of business or substantially renegotiate the terms of its contract with us, our revenue could be reduced.
 
Of our eight primary retirement plan provider relationships, three are subadvisory relationships. The fees we earn through our subadvisory relationships are based on services to more than 650 plan sponsors as of September 30, 2009; however, we do not have a direct relationship with those plan sponsors and therefore may be less able to influence decisions by those plan sponsors to use or continue to use our services. We have historically earned, and expect to continue to earn on a combined basis, a significant portion of our revenue through these three retirement plan providers. The renegotiation or termination of our relationship with any of these plan providers could significantly impact our business. In 2008, 18%, 17% and 11% of our total revenue was attributable to JPMorgan, ING and Vanguard, respectively, the three retirement plan providers with whom we have subadvisory relationships. Revenue attributable to these three plan providers includes subadvisory fees they pay to us directly, as well as revenue from certain plan sponsors that work with these plan providers but pay us directly. JPMorgan, Vanguard and ING directly accounted for approximately 17%, 11% and 10%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2008.
 
Our contracts with plan providers generally have terms ranging from three to five years, and have successive automatic renewal terms of one year unless terminated in accordance with prior notice requirements. Certain of the plan provider agreements are in or will soon be in renewal periods. For example, our contracts with Fidelity and Vanguard will enter renewal periods on April 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010, respectively, unless a notice of termination is received by February 1, 2010 with respect to Fidelity or by June 30, 2010 with respect to Vanguard. A plan provider may also terminate its contract with us at any time for specified breaches. In addition, there are unpredictable factors, other than our performance, that could cause the loss of a plan provider. If we lose one of our plan providers with whom we have a relationship or if one of those plan providers significantly reduces its volume of business with us or renegotiates the economic terms of its contract with us, our revenue, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
 
Some plan providers with whom we have relationships also provide or may provide competing services.
 
Some plan providers with whom we have relationships, such as Fidelity, offer or may offer directly competing investment guidance, advice and portfolio management services to plan participants. We also face indirect competition from products that could potentially substitute for our portfolio management, investment advisory and retirement planning services, most notably target-date retirement funds, which are offered by a number of plan providers with whom we have relationships, including J.P. Morgan, Fidelity and Vanguard.


20


Table of Contents

Our revenue is highly dependent upon the plan sponsors with whom we have relationships, and the renegotiation or termination of our relationship with any of these plan sponsors could significantly impact our business.
 
A substantial portion of our revenue is generated as a result of contracts with plan sponsors. Under these contracts, we earn annual platform fees that are paid by the plan sponsor, plan provider or the retirement plan itself as well as fees based on AUM that are generally paid by plan participants. In 2008, revenue from contracts in place on December 31, 2007 accounted for approximately 99% of our total revenue. Our contracts with plan sponsors typically have initial terms of three years and evergreen clauses that extend the initial term until terminated by either party after a specified notice period. At any time during the initial term or thereafter, a plan sponsor can cancel a contract for fiduciary reasons or breach of contract. A plan sponsor can generally terminate a contract after the initial term upon 90 days notice. As of September 30, 2009, the cancellation rate for plan sponsors that offered our Professional Management service over the past 12 months was approximately 1% of our plan sponsors. If a plan sponsor cancels or does not renew a contract, we would no longer earn platform fees under that contract. In addition, we would no longer manage any assets in that plan, and consequently would no longer earn fees based on AUM in that plan. If a significant number of plan sponsors were to cancel their contracts with us or fail to renew those contracts, our revenue, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.
 
Our Professional Management service makes up a significant and growing part of our revenue base. Our business could suffer if fees we can charge for these services decline.
 
We earn fees for our Professional Management service based on the value of assets in the accounts we manage. In 2008, asset management fees from our Professional Management service accounted for approximately 55% of our total revenue. We believe that these services will continue to make up a substantial and growing portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. There are many investment advisory and management services and other financial products available in the market place, which could result in downward pressure on fees for our Professional Management service. Government regulation, such as legislative constraints on fees, could also limit the fees we can charge for our Professional Management service. Performance incentives in contract terms may reduce the fees we charge for Professional Management service and may also reduce our gross margin. If we are forced to lower the fees we charge for our Professional Management service, it could harm our revenue, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our failure to increase the number of plan sponsors with whom we have relationships could harm our business.
 
Our future success depends on increasing the number of plan sponsors with whom we have relationships. If the market for our services declines or develops more slowly than we expect, or the number of plan sponsors that choose to provide our services to their plan participants declines or fails to increase as we expect, our revenue, operating results or financial condition could suffer.
 
We rely on plan providers and plan sponsors to provide us with accurate and timely plan and plan participant data in order for us to provide our portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help, and we rely on plan providers to execute transactions in the accounts we manage.
 
Our ability to provide high-quality portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help depends on plan sponsors and plan providers supplying us with accurate and timely data. Errors or delays in the data we receive from plan providers or plan sponsors, or missing data, could lead us to make advisory or transaction errors that could harm our reputation or lead to financial liability, or may prevent us from providing our services to, or earning revenue from, otherwise eligible plan participants. In addition, when we make changes in an account we manage, we instruct the plan


21


Table of Contents

provider to execute the transactions. If a plan provider fails to execute transactions in an accurate and timely manner, it could harm our reputation or lead to financial liability.
 
We may be liable to our plan sponsors, plan participants or plan providers for damages caused by system failures, errors or unsatisfactory performance of services.
 
If we fail to prevent, detect or resolve errors in our services, our business and reputation could suffer. Errors in inputs or processing, such as plan set-ups, transaction instructions or plan participant data, could be magnified across many accounts. Concentrated positions held by many plan participants, particularly in employer stock, could result in a large liability if a systematic input or processing error was to cause us to make errors in transactions relating to those positions. We may not be able to identify or resolve these errors in a timely manner. Since inception of the Professional Management service in 2004, we have made payments to plan participants in an aggregate amount of approximately $360,000 due to system errors and other incidents. In addition, failure to perform our services for Professional Management members on a timely basis could result in liability. We may also have liability to the plan provider where we have a subadvisory relationship with the plan provider. After an error is identified, resolving the error and implementing remedial measures would likely divert the attention and resources of our management and key technical personnel from other business concerns. Any errors in the performance of services for a plan sponsor or plan provider, or poor execution of these services, could result in a plan sponsor or plan provider terminating its agreement. Although we attempt to limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, these limitations on liability may be unenforceable in some cases, or may be insufficient to protect us from liability for damages. ERISA and other applicable laws require that we meet a fiduciary obligation to plan participants. We maintain general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors or omissions; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or may be unavailable in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims. An insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage or changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of a large deductible or co-insurance requirement, could harm our operating results and financial condition.
 
If our reputation is harmed, we could suffer losses in our business and revenue.
 
Our reputation, which depends on earning and maintaining the trust and confidence of plan providers, plan sponsors and plan participants that are current and potential customers, is critical to our business. Our reputation is vulnerable to many threats that can be difficult or impossible to control, and costly or impossible to remediate. Regulatory inquiries or investigations, lawsuits initiated by other plan fiduciaries or plan participants, employee misconduct, perceptions of conflicts of interest and rumors, among other developments, could substantially damage our reputation, even if they are baseless or satisfactorily addressed. In addition, any perception that the quality of our investment advice may not be the same or better than that of other providers can also damage our reputation. Any damage to our reputation could harm our ability to attract and retain plan providers, plan sponsor customers and key personnel. This damage could also cause plan participants to stop using or enrolling in our Professional Management service, which would adversely affect the amount of AUM on which we earn fees.
 
Any failure to ensure and protect the confidentiality of plan provider, plan sponsor or plan participant data could lead to legal liability, adversely affect our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Our services involve the exchange of information, including detailed information regarding plan participants provided by plan providers and plan sponsors, through a variety of electronic and non-electronic means. In addition, plan participants routinely input personal investment and financial information, including portfolio holdings and, in some instances, credit card data, into our systems. We


22


Table of Contents

rely on a complex network of process and software controls to protect the confidentiality of data provided to us or stored on our systems. If we do not maintain adequate internal controls or fail to implement new or improved controls, this data could be misappropriated or confidentiality could otherwise be breached. We could be subject to liability if we inappropriately disclose any plan participant’s personal information, or if third parties are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise gain access to any plan participant’s name, address, portfolio holdings, credit card number or other personal information. Any such event could subject us to claims for unauthorized credit card purchases, identity theft or other similar fraud claims or claims for other misuses of personal information, such as unauthorized marketing or unauthorized access to personal information.
 
Many of our agreements with plan sponsors and plan providers do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality and consequential damages. If any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security, misappropriates or mishandles sensitive data, inadvertently or otherwise, we could be subject to significant liability from our plan sponsors and plan providers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. In addition, our agreements with plan sponsors and plan providers require us to meet specified minimum system security and privacy standards. Given the growing concern over privacy and identity theft, we have been and expect to continue to be subject to increased scrutiny by both plan providers and plan sponsors, which have increased the frequency and thoroughness of their audits. If we fail to meet these standards, our plan sponsors and plan providers may seek to terminate their agreements with us. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure or otherwise, could damage our reputation, expose us to litigation, cause us to lose business, harm our revenue, operating results or financial condition and subject us to regulatory action, which could include sanctions and fines.
 
Privacy concerns could require us to modify our operations.
 
As part of our business, we use plan participants’ personal data. For privacy or security reasons, privacy groups, governmental agencies and individuals may seek to restrict or prevent our use of this data. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations. Increased domestic or international regulation of data utilization and distribution practices, including self-regulation, could require us to modify our operations and incur significant additional expense, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Acquisition activity involving plan providers or plan sponsors could adversely affect our business.
 
Acquisitions or similar transactions involving our plan providers or plan sponsors could negatively affect our business in a number of ways. After such a transaction, the plan provider or plan sponsor might terminate, not renew or seek to renegotiate the economic terms of their contracts with us. Companies involved in these transactions may experience integration difficulties that could increase the risk of providing us inaccurate or untimely data or delay rollout of our services. Any of our existing plan sponsors may be acquired by an organization or a plan sponsor with no relationship with us, effectively terminating our relationship, or be acquired by a plan sponsor with an online services-only relationship rather than a Professional Management relationship which might cause us to lose business and harm our revenue, operating results or financial condition. Plan providers could be acquired by a company offering competing services to ours, which could increase the risk that they terminate their relationship with us, or be acquired by an organization with no relationship with us which might cause us to lose that plan provider, have to renegotiate the economic terms of their contract with us and harm our revenue, operating results or financial condition. For example, ING Groep N.V. recently announced a restructuring of its business to reduce debt, including the potential sale of certain divisions. ING Investment Advisors, L.L.C., an indirect subsidiary of ING Groep N.V.,


23


Table of Contents

accounted for 10% of our total revenue in 2008. We cannot predict the impact, if any, that these corporate actions may have on our revenue, operating results or financial condition.
 
Our ability to compete, succeed and generate profits depends, in part, on our ability to obtain accurate and timely data from third-party vendors on commercially reasonable terms.
 
We currently obtain market and other financial data we use to generate our investment advice from a number of third-party vendors. Termination of one or more of our agreements or exclusion from, or restricted use of a data provider’s information could decrease the information available for us to use and offer our clients and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, we obtain mutual fund data from Lipper, corporate action data from Interactive Data, stock data from MSCI Inc.’s Barra unit and stock price data from FTID. We do not currently have secondary sources or other suppliers for some of these data items. If these data feed agreements were terminated, backup services would take time to set up and our business and results of operations would be harmed. We rely on these data suppliers to provide timely and accurate information and their failure to do so could harm our business.
 
In addition, some data suppliers may seek to increase licensing fees for providing content to us. If we are unable to renegotiate acceptable licensing arrangements with these data suppliers or find alternative sources of equivalent content, we may experience a reduction in our profit margins or market share.
 
Our portfolio management and investment advisory operations may subject us to liability for losses that result from a breach of our fiduciary duties.
 
Our portfolio management and investment advisory operations involve fiduciary obligations that require us to act in the best interests of the plan participants to whom we provide advice or for whom we manage accounts. We may face liabilities for actual or claimed breaches of our fiduciary duties. We may not be able to prevent plan participants, plan sponsors or the plan providers to or through whom we provide investment advisory services from taking legal action against us for an actual or claimed breach of a fiduciary duty. Because we currently provide investment advisory services on substantial assets, we could face substantial liability to plan participants or plan sponsors if we breach our fiduciary duties. In addition, we may face liabilities for actual or claimed deficiencies in the quality or outcome of our investment advisory recommendations, investment management and other services, even in the absence of an actual or claimed breach of fiduciary duty. While we believe that we would have substantial and meritorious defenses against such a claim, we cannot predict the outcome or consequences of any such potential litigation.
 
Competition could reduce our share of the portfolio management, investment advisory and retirement planning market and hurt our financial performance.
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry, with many investment advice providers competing for business from individual investors, financial advisors and institutional customers. Direct competitors that offer independent portfolio management and investment advisory services to plan participants in the workplace include Morningstar, Inc., GuidedChoice and ProManage LLC. Plan providers that offer directly competing portfolio management and investment advisory services to investors in the workplace include Fidelity and Merrill Lynch. We currently have a relationship with Fidelity that allows us to provide our services to plan sponsors for whom Fidelity is the plan provider who elect to hire us. We also face indirect competition from products that could potentially substitute for our portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help, most notably target-date retirement funds. Target-date funds are offered by multiple financial institutions, including BlackRock (formerly Barclays Global Investors), T. Rowe Price, Fidelity and The Vanguard Group, Inc. These funds provide generic asset allocation based on the investment horizon of the investor. Target-date funds, managed accounts and balanced funds have been granted Qualified Default Investment Alternative, or QDIA, status by the Department of Labor. Plan providers offer or may choose to offer directly and indirectly


24


Table of Contents

competitive products in the future. The plan providers with whom we do not have contractually exclusive relationships may enter into similar relationships with our competitors. This in turn may harm our business.
 
Many of our competitors have larger customer bases and significantly greater resources than we do. This may allow our competitors to respond more quickly to new technologies and changes in demand for services, to devote greater resources developing and promoting their services and to make more attractive offers to potential plan providers, plan sponsors and plan participants. Industry consolidation may also lead to more intense competition. Increased competition could result in price reductions, reduced gross margins or loss of market share, any of which could hurt our business.
 
Our future success depends on our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees, including our executive officers.
 
Our ability to provide portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help and maintain and develop relationships with plan participants, plan providers and plan sponsors depends largely on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled professionals, particularly professionals with backgrounds in sales, technology and financial and investment services. We believe that success in our business will continue to be based upon the strength of our intellectual capital. For example, due to the complexity of our services and the intellectual capital invested in our investment methodology and technology, the loss of personnel integral to our investment research, product development and engineering efforts would harm our ability to maintain and grow our business. Consequently, we must hire and retain employees with the technical expertise and industry knowledge necessary to continue to develop our services and effectively manage our growing sales and marketing organization to ensure the growth of our operations. We believe there is significant competition for professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer. We experience competition for analysts and other employees from financial institutions and financial services organizations such as hedge funds and investment management companies that generally have greater resources than we do and therefore may be able to offer higher compensation packages. Competition for these employees is intense, and we may not be able to retain our existing employees or be able to recruit and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future. If we cannot hire and retain qualified personnel, our ability to continue to expand our business would be impaired and our revenue could decline.
 
If our intellectual property and technology are not adequately protected to prevent use or appropriation by our competitors, our business and competitive position would suffer.
 
Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property. We rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection laws to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property. We also require our employees, consultants, vendors, plan sponsors and plan providers to enter into confidentiality agreements with us. We have nine issued U.S. patents, three of which have been issued on our user interface, four of which relate to outcomes-based investing, including our financial advisory system, our pricing module and load-aware optimization, and two of which have been issued on advice palatability. We also have seven pending U.S. patent applications. In addition, we have issued patents and pending applications in foreign jurisdictions. One or more of our issued patents or pending patent applications may be deemed to be directed to methods of doing or conducting business, and may therefore be categorized as so-called “business method” patents. The general validity of software patents and “business method” patents has been challenged in a number of jurisdictions, including the United States. The United States Supreme Court is currently considering a case that may impact the scope of patent eligible subject matter. Our patents may become less valuable if software or business methods are found to be a non-patentable subject matter or if additional requirements are imposed that our patents do not meet.


25


Table of Contents

The steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary technology. Our patent and trademark applications may not lead to issued patents and registered trademarks. There can be no assurance that others will not develop or patent similar or superior technologies, products or services, or that our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others. The legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving. Unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us for doing so, which could harm our business. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive and our monitoring and policing activities may not be sufficient to identify any misappropriation and protect our proprietary technology. In addition, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights, and litigation may be necessary to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. If litigation is necessary to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, any such litigation could be very costly and could divert management attention and resources.
 
We also expect that the more successful we are, the more likely it becomes that competitors will try to develop products that are similar to ours, which may infringe on our proprietary rights. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.
 
Third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us, or our services may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may subject us to legal liability and harm our reputation.
 
Assertion of intellectual property infringement claims against us, plan providers or plan sponsors could result in litigation. We might not prevail in any such litigation or be able to obtain a license for the use of any infringed intellectual property from a third party on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if obtained, we may be unable to protect such licenses from infringement or misuse, or prevent infringement claims against us in connection with our licensing efforts. We expect that the risk of infringement claims against us will increase if more of our competitors are able to obtain patents for software products and business processes, and if we hire employees who possess third party proprietary information. Any such claims, regardless of their merit or ultimate outcome, could result in substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention and our resources away from our operations and otherwise harm our reputation. Our process for controlling employees’ use of third party proprietary information may not be sufficient to prevent assertions of intellectual property infringement claims against us.
 
Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business and harm our operating results.
 
We expect our growth to place significant demands on our management and other resources. Our success will depend in part upon the ability of our senior management to manage growth effectively. Expansion creates new and increased management and training responsibilities for our employees. In addition, continued growth increases the challenges involved in:
 
  •  recruiting, training and retaining sufficient skilled technical, marketing, sales and management personnel;
 
  •  preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment;
 
  •  successfully expanding the range of services offered to our plan sponsors and plan participants;
 
  •  developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, compliance, recordkeeping, communications and other internal systems; and


26


Table of Contents

 
  •  maintaining high levels of satisfaction with our services among plan sponsors and plan participants.
 
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy.
 
In the absence of this offering, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our planned capital expenditures and other anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. If our capital resources are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain debt financing. We have not made arrangements to obtain additional financing and there is no assurance that financing, if required, will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
 
We will be subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as a result of becoming a public company and our management has limited experience managing a public company.
 
We have never operated as a public company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The individuals who constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex and changing laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to new compliance initiatives and we may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. We expect rules and regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to increase our legal and finance compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We will need to hire a number of additional employees with public accounting and disclosure experience in order to meet our ongoing obligations as a public company. For example, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that our management report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting in our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. Section 404 compliance may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. We may not be able to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we will be required to do so. If we fail to do so, or if in the future our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by The NASDAQ Stock Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors.
 
Our insiders who are significant stockholders may control the election of our board and may have interests that conflict with those of other stockholders.
 
Our directors and executive officers, together with members of their immediate families, beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 47% of our outstanding capital stock as of September 30, 2009. As a result, acting together, this group has the ability to exercise significant control over most matters requiring our stockholders’ approval, including the election and removal of directors and significant corporate transactions.


27


Table of Contents

We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred net losses in the past. We may incur net losses in the future.
 
As of September 30, 2009, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $161.4 million. We have incurred net losses in each year through 2008. We may incur net losses in the future.
 
We could face liability for certain information we disclose, including information based on data we obtain from other parties.
 
We may be subject to claims for securities law violations, negligence, or other claims relating to the information we disclose, such as the mutual fund assessments we call “scorecards.” Individuals who use our services may take legal action against us if they rely on information that contains an error, or a company may claim that we have made a defamatory statement about it or its employees. We could also be subject to claims based upon the content that is accessible from our website through links to other websites. We rely on a variety of outside parties as the original sources for the information we use in our published data. These sources include securities exchanges, fund companies and transfer agents. Accordingly, in addition to possible exposure for publishing incorrect information that results directly from our own errors, we could face liability based on inaccurate data provided to us by others. Defending claims based on the information we publish could be expensive and time-consuming, and could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
If our operations are interrupted as a result of service downtime or interruptions, our business and reputation could suffer.
 
The success of our business depends upon our ability to obtain and deliver time-sensitive, up-to-date data and information. Our operations and those of our plan providers and plan sponsors are vulnerable to interruption by technical breakdowns, computer hardware and software malfunctions, software viruses, infrastructure failures, fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, wars, Internet failures and other events beyond our control. Any disruption in our services or operations could harm our ability to perform our services effectively which in turn could result in a reduction in revenue or a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of whether we are responsible for that failure. We rely on our computer equipment, database storage facilities and other office equipment, which are located primarily in the seismically active San Francisco Bay Area. We maintain off-site back-up facilities in Phoenix, Arizona for our database and network equipment, but these facilities could be subject to the same interruptions that may affect our headquarters. If we suffer a significant database or network facility outage, our business could experience disruption until we fully implement our back-up systems. We also depend on certain significant vendors for facility storage and related maintenance of our main technology equipment and data at these locations. Any failure by these vendors to perform those services, any temporary or permanent loss of our equipment or systems or any disruptions to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications could impede our ability to provide services to our plan participants, harm our reputation, cause plan participants to stop using our investment advisory or Professional Management services, reduce our revenue and harm our business. Our agreements with our plan providers or plan sponsors also require us to meet specified minimum system security and privacy standards. If we fail to meet these standards, our plan sponsors and plan providers may seek to terminate their agreements with us. This in turn could damage our reputation and harm our market position and business.


28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Industry
 
Changes in laws applicable to our portfolio management, investment advisory and retirement planning services may adversely affect our business.
 
We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, Department of Labor or other U.S. regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets and retirement industry. In addition, we may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any of the proposals will become law. It is difficult to predict the future impact of the broad and expanding legislative and regulatory requirements affecting our business. For example, legislation or regulation regarding fees may affect our business. Future legislation or regulation could change or eliminate certain existing restrictions relating to conflicts of interest, which might lower the relative value of our independence. Changes to laws or regulations could increase our potential liability for offering portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help, affect our ability to offer our Passive Enrollment option or invalidate pre-dispute arbitration clauses in our agreements, leading to increased costs to litigate any claims against us. Changes to laws or regulations could also increase our legal compliance costs, divert internal resources and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. The laws, rules and regulations applicable to our business may change in the future and we may not be able to comply with any such changes. If we fail to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation, we could be fined, sanctioned or barred from providing investment advisory services in the future, which could materially harm our business and reputation.
 
We are subject to complex regulation and any compliance failures or regulatory action could adversely affect our business.
 
The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation at the federal and state levels. It is very difficult to predict the future impact of the legislative and regulatory requirements affecting our business. The securities laws and other laws that govern our activities as a registered investment advisor are complex and subject to rapid change. The activities of our investment advisory and management operations are primarily subject to provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, referred to as the Investment Advisers Act, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, referred to as ERISA, as well as certain state laws. We are a fiduciary under ERISA. Our investment advisory services are also subject to state laws including anti-fraud laws and regulations. The Investment Advisers Act addresses, among other things, fiduciary duties, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements and also includes general anti-fraud prohibitions. If we fail to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation, we could be fined, sanctioned or barred from providing investment advisory services in the future, which could materially harm our business and reputation. Any claim of noncompliance, regardless of merit or ultimate outcome, could subject us to investigation by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. This in turn could result in substantial cost to us and divert management’s attention and other resources away from our operations. Furthermore, investor perceptions of us may suffer and this could cause a decline in the market price of our common stock. Our compliance processes may not be sufficient to prevent assertions that we failed to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
 
We face additional scrutiny when we act as subadvisor and any failure to comply with regulations or meet expectations could harm our business.
 
Some of the plan providers to whom we are subadvisors are broker-dealers registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to as the Exchange Act, and are subject to the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. When we act as a subadvisor, we may be subject to the oversight by regulators of another advisor. We may be affected by any regulatory examination of that plan provider.


29


Table of Contents

In addition, our subadvisory arrangements are structured to follow Advisory Opinion 2001-09A, a Department of Labor opinion provided to SunAmerica Retirement Markets. Although an advisory opinion provides guidance about the Department of Labor’s interpretation of ERISA, it is directly applicable only to the entity to whom it is issued. SunAmerica Retirement Markets is an entity unrelated to us or the plan providers to whom we act as subadvisor. We could be adversely affected if the Department of Labor increases examination of these subadvisory arrangements or changes the interpretive positions described in the Advisory Opinion. We could be adversely affected if ERISA is amended in a way that overturns or materially changes the Department of Labor’s position in Advisory Opinion 2001-09A, such as the imposition of additional requirements relating to conflicts of interest on the plan providers to whom we act as a subadvisor. Future legislation or regulation could impose additional requirements relating to conflicts of interest on some of the plan providers to whom we act as a subadvisor. These plan providers may not be able to comply with these requirements, and we may therefore not be able to continue to provide our services on a subadvised basis. In such event, we could incur additional costs to transition our services for affected plan providers and their plan sponsors to another structure. Legislation has been introduced in Congress and there have been several Congressional hearings addressing these issues, although final versions of these bills have not been adopted and signed into law, and the final scope and wording of the legislation, or the implementing rules and regulations, are not yet known.
 
If government regulation of the Internet or other areas of our business changes or if consumer attitudes toward use of the Internet change, we may need to change the manner in which we conduct our business or incur greater operating expenses.
 
The adoption, modification or interpretation of laws or regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business could adversely affect the manner in which we conduct our business or the overall popularity or growth in use of the Internet. Such laws and regulations may cover sales and other procedures, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts, consumer protection, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet. If we are required to comply with new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation, this compliance could cause us to incur additional expenses, make it more difficult to renew subscriptions automatically, make it more difficult to attract new subscribers or otherwise alter our business model. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Our business will suffer if we do not keep up with rapid technological change, evolving industry standards or changing requirements of plan sponsors and plan participants.
 
We expect technological developments to continue at a rapid pace in our industry. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to:
 
  •  continue to develop our technology expertise;
 
  •  recruit and retain skilled investment and technology professionals;
 
  •  enhance our current services;
 
  •  develop new services that meet changing plan sponsor and plan participant needs;
 
  •  advertise and market our services; and
 
  •  influence and respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes.
 
In addition, we must continue to meet changing plan provider and plan sponsor expectations and requirements, including addressing plan complexities and meeting plan provider and plan sponsor demands for specific features and delivery dates. We must accomplish all of these tasks in a timely


30


Table of Contents

and cost-effective manner and our failure to do so could harm our business, including materially reducing our revenue and operating results. Further, a key aspect of our growth strategy is to expand our investment research capabilities and introduce new services. In both the year ended December 31, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009, our research and development expense represented 19% of our total revenue. We expect that our research and development expense will continue to represent a meaningful percentage of our revenue in the future. A viable market for our new service offerings may not exist or develop, and our offerings may not be well received by potential plan sponsor customers or individual plan participants or investors.
 
Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Stock
 
Our share price may be volatile and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.
 
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;
 
  •  changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies engaged in providing portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help;
 
  •  loss of a significant amount of existing business;
 
  •  actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their growth rates;
 
  •  issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;
 
  •  our announcement of actual results for a fiscal period that are higher or lower than projected results or our announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected;
 
  •  regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our plan sponsors or our competitors;
 
  •  fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
 
  •  share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;
 
  •  sales or expected sales of additional common stock;
 
  •  terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our plan sponsors have operations; and
 
  •  general economic and market conditions.
 
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline. If the market price of shares of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not


31


Table of Contents

realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
 
Substantial future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.
 
Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The remaining 32,784,581 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be available for sale as follows:
 
     
Number of Shares
 
Date of Availability for Sale
 
    163 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below, due to the release of the lock-up agreements these stockholders have with the underwriters.
     
    At some point after 163 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below, and subject to vesting requirements and the requirements of Rule 144 (subject, in the case of affiliates, to volume limitations) or Rule 701.
 
Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed, with limited exceptions, that they will not sell any shares of common stock owned by them without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 163 days from the date of this prospectus; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial lock-up period, we release earnings results or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial lock-up period, then in each case the lock-up period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 17-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. waives, in writing, such extension. As a result, the maximum possible lock-up period is 180 days beginning on the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, Goldman, Sachs & Co. may in its sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 23,596,952 shares of common stock will be entitled to rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to the 163-day lock-up. Registration of these shares


32


Table of Contents

under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration.
 
We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering           shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. This registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless those shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described above.
 
As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
 
Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value. Because our common stock has been sold in the past at prices substantially lower than the initial public offering price that you will pay, you will suffer immediate dilution of $      per share in net tangible book value, based on an assumed initial offering price of $      per share of common stock. The exercise of outstanding options, may result in further dilution. In addition, we may raise additional capital through public or private equity or debt offerings, subject to market conditions. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
 
Management may apply our net proceeds from this offering to uses that do not increase our market value or improve our operating results.
 
We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including as yet undetermined amounts related to working capital and capital expenditures, as well as to repay our term loan. Our management will have considerable discretion in applying our net proceeds and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using our net proceeds appropriately. Until the net proceeds we receive are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. We may use our net proceeds for purposes that do not result in any increase in our results of operations, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
 
Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws will contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.
 
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, that we intend to adopt before the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:
 
  •  the right of the board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;
 
  •  the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each director serving a three-year term;
 
  •  the requirement for advance notice for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting;
 
  •  the ability of the board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
 
  •  the ability of the board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with rights set by the board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of common stock;
 
  •  the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of


33


Table of Contents

  our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent; and
 
  •  the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written consent.
 
In addition, because we will be incorporated in Delaware before the completion of this offering, we will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular, those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in our market price being lower than it would without these provisions.
 
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. In addition, the provisions of our term loan prohibit us from paying cash dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.


34


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “design,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
 
  •  anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;
 
  •  the capabilities, benefits and effectiveness of our services;
 
  •  our plans for future services and enhancements of existing services;
 
  •  our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue;
 
  •  our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;
 
  •  our anticipated growth strategies;
 
  •  our ability to retain and attract customers;
 
  •  our regulatory environment;
 
  •  our legal proceedings;
 
  •  intellectual property;
 
  •  our expectations regarding competition;
 
  •  use of proceeds; and
 
  •  sources of new revenue.
 
These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
 
We discuss many of these risks in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Also, these forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by U.S. federal securities laws, we do not intend to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the statement is made.
 
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.


35


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $      million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The principal purposes for this offering are to increase our working capital, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our access to the public capital markets and increase our visibility in our markets.
 
We currently intend to use our proceeds from this offering to prepay the outstanding indebtedness under our term loan. As of September 30, 2009, the outstanding balance under this term loan was $8.9 million. The interest rate currently applicable to this term loan is equal to 1.50% above prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. The indebtedness outstanding under this term loan is scheduled to mature on May 1, 2012.
 
We expect to use the remainder of our proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, however, we have not determined all of the anticipated uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amount and timing of actual expenditures may vary significantly depending upon a number of factors, including the amount of cash generated from our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We expect to retain all of our earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Our board of directors will determine future dividends, if any. Our term loan currently prohibits us from paying dividends. See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”


36


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table describes our capitalization as of September 30, 2009:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of 22,349,972 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the repayment of $8.9 million of indebtedness outstanding under our term loan.
 
You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of September 30, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro Forma
   
As Adjusted
 
    (In thousands, except share data, unaudited)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,798     $ 15,798     $  
                         
Bank borrowings and note payable
  $ 8,889     $ 8,889     $  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 24,100,000 shares authorized, 22,349,972 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    2              
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 47,650,000 shares authorized, 10,434,609 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 32,784,581 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    1       3          
Additional paid-in capital
    179,224       179,224          
Deferred compensation
    (439 )     (439 )        
Accumulated deficit
    (161,370 )     (161,370 )        
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    17,418       17,418          
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 26,307     $ 26,307     $             
                         
 
The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above:
 
  •  excludes 10,560,935 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.76 per share;
 
  •  excludes 108,290 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2009, at an exercise price of $9.23 per share;
 
  •  excludes 2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan following the date of this offering; and


37


Table of Contents

 
  •  assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.
 
As of September 30, 2009, 1,167,331 shares remained available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan, but which are not subject to outstanding options on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options under our 1998 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 2,000,000, will become available for awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


38


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 was $5.5 million, or $0.17 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming the issuance of 22,349,972 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock, series C preferred stock, series D preferred stock, series E preferred stock and series F preferred stock. Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering on a pro forma as adjusted basis. After giving effect to the sale of the           shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of our estimated net proceeds from the offering, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 would have been $     , or $      per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $      per share of common stock to existing common stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $             
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering
  $ 0.17          
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
               
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
                 
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
          $    
                 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes as of September 30, 2009, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing and new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
 
                                         
                            Average
 
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Price
 
   
Number
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
per Share
 
 
Existing stockholders
    32,784,581       %   $  165,101,314       %   $  5.04  
New investors
                                       
                                         
Total
            100.0 %   $         100.0 %   $  
                                         
 
The table above:
 
  •  excludes 10,560,935 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.76 per share;
 
  •  excludes 108,290 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2009, at an exercise price of $9.23 per share;


39


Table of Contents

 
  •  excludes 2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan following the date of this offering; and
 
  •  assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.
 
To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. The warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2009 expired in October 2009.
 
As of September 30, 2009, 1,167,331 shares remained available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan, but which are not subject to outstanding options on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options under our 1998 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 2,000,000, will again become available for awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
Sales by selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to           or approximately     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and will increase the number of shares of common stock held by new investors by           to approximately     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.


40


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 and the selected statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
 
                                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
    (Unaudited)                             (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Statements of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenue:
                                                       
Professional Management
  $ 72     $ 4,302     $ 14,597     $ 28,226     $ 38,963     $ 27,895     $ 34,376  
Platform
    26,375        26,636        28,950        31,374        29,498        22,192        22,526  
Other
    7,865       7,887       4,686       3,750       2,810       2,177       1,945  
                                                         
Total revenue
    34,312       38,825       48,233       63,350       71,271       52,264       58,847  
Cost of revenue
    9,607       12,990       15,691       20,602       27,588       20,511       21,057  
                                                         
Gross profit
    24,705       25,835       32,542       42,748       43,683       31,753       37,790  
                                                         
Operating expense:
                                                       
Research and development
    12,660       11,732       14,233       14,643       13,663       10,296       11,366  
Sales and marketing
    14,080       15,728       18,807       19,871       21,157       16,059       16,689  
General and administrative
    4,460       5,257       5,557       6,663       6,613       4,927       5,359  
Withdrawn offering expense
                            3,031              
Amortization of internal use software
    1,644       1,756       2,499       3,070       2,258       1,680       2,126  
                                                         
Total operating expense
    32,844       34,473       41,096       44,247       46,722       32,962       35,540  
                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (8,139 )     (8,638 )     (8,554 )     (1,499 )     (3,039 )     (1,209 )     2,250  
Interest expense
    (15 )     (8 )     (317 )     (961 )     (799 )     (553 )     (514 )
Interest and other income, net
    379       490       896       687       236       230       304  
                                                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense
    (7,775 )     (8,156 )     (7,975 )     (1,773 )     (3,602 )     (1,532 )     2,040  
Income tax expense
          12       8       31       12       9       359  
                                                         
Net income (loss)
    (7,775 )     (8,168 )     (7,983 )     (1,804 )     (3,614 )     (1,541 )     1,681  
Less: Preferred stock dividend
    2,365       697       930             2,362              
                                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to holders of common stock
  $  (10,140 )   $ (8,865 )   $ (8,913 )   $ (1,804 )   $ (5,976 )   $ (1,541 )   $ 1,681  
                                                         


41


Table of Contents

                                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
    (Unaudited)                             (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:
                                                       
Basic
  $ (1.22 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (1.00 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.16 )   $ 0.17  
Diluted
  $ (1.22 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (1.00 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.16 )   $ 0.05  
Shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:
                                                       
Basic
    8,314       8,340       8,879       9,427       9,767       9,711       10,050  
Diluted
    8,314       8,340       8,879       9,427       9,767       9,711       34,648  
Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited):
                                                       
Basic
                                  $ (0.19 )           $ 0.05  
Diluted
                                  $ (0.19 )           $ 0.05  
Shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited):
                                                       
Basic
                                    32,117               32,400  
Diluted
                                    32,117               34,648  
 
                                                 
                                  As of
 
    As of December 31,     September 30,
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
 
    (Unaudited)                             (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $  15,275     $  11,156     $  18,196     $  15,015     $  14,857     $  15,798  
Working capital
    12,925       5,715       13,268       16,390       2,490       12,075  
Total assets
    34,700       28,697       36,755       42,108       42,302       50,514  
Bank borrowings and note payable
                10,000       10,000       13,500       8,889  
Total liabilities
    18,261       16,951       28,988       30,594       31,033       33,096  
Total stockholders’ equity
    16,439       11,746       7,767       11,514       11,269       17,418  

42


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of independent, technology-enabled portfolio management, investment advice and retirement help to participants in employer-sponsored defined contribution retirement plans, such as 401(k) plans. We use our proprietary advice technology platform to provide our services to millions of retirement plan participants on a cost-efficient basis. Our business model is based on workplace delivery of our services. We target three key constituencies in the retirement plan market: plan participants, plan sponsors and plan providers.
 
We deliver our services to plan sponsors and plan participants primarily through existing connections with eight retirement plan providers. We target large plan sponsors across a wide range of industries, and, as of September 30, 2009, had signed contracts to make our services available through 107 Fortune 500 companies and seven Fortune 20 companies. As of September 30, 2009, we were under contract to provide either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only, through more than 765 plan sponsors with approximately 7.6 million plan participants whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in assets. Within this group, we provide our full suite of services to 341 plan sponsors representing approximately 3.7 million participants and approximately $242 billion in Assets Under Contract, or AUC. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $23.5 billion in Assets Under Management, or AUM, and managed the accounts of approximately 383,000 members who have delegated investment decision-making authority to us.
 
Financial Engines was co-founded in 1996 by Professor William F. Sharpe, a recipient of the 1990 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences for his pioneering work on the theory of financial economics, including how prices of financial assets are determined and the link between risk and return, Professor Joseph A. Grundfest, a former SEC commissioner and a professor of law at Stanford Law School, and the late Craig Johnson, then Chairman of the Venture Law Group. The company was founded to address the need for independent investment advice. Traditionally, high quality, personalized investment advice had been available only to large institutions and the affluent. Professor Sharpe’s vision was to leverage technology to make high quality independent advice available to millions regardless of their wealth or investment expertise.
 
A pioneer in our market, we introduced our Online Advice service in 1998. Following the introduction of Online Advice, we focused on expanding our service offerings to provide investors with advice on multiple tax-deferred accounts and taxable investments. Over the next five years, we made significant investments in technology and usability of our platform that allowed us to expand and enhance our service offerings, including our Retirement Evaluation, a personalized printed retirement assessment. In 2004, we launched our Professional Management service to provide personalized and professional portfolio management to retirement plan participants.
 
As part of our growth strategy, we plan to:
 
  •  increase penetration within our current plan sponsors that provide our Professional Management service by increasing enrollment in managed accounts and converting plans from Active Enrollment to Passive Enrollment;


43


Table of Contents

 
  •  use our existing technology, expertise and plan provider relationships to enhance and extend our services to include assisting individual investors with IRA accounts and those who are retired and draw income from their investments;
 
  •  expand the number of retirement plan sponsors through our existing relationships with plan providers; and
 
  •  offer our Professional Management service to plan sponsors that currently only provide our Online Advice service.
 
We benefit from a number of attributes of our business model, such as:
 
  •  Subscription-Based Revenue.   The majority of our revenue base in a given year consists of recurring revenue earned from contracts in place prior to the beginning of that year. Revenue from contracts in place as of December 31, 2007 accounted for approximately 99% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our contracts with plan providers generally have initial terms ranging from three to five years, and have successive automatic renewal terms of one year unless terminated in accordance with prior notice requirements. Some of our plan provider agreements are in, or will soon be in, renewal periods. In addition, our contracts with plan sponsors typically have initial terms of three years and evergreen clauses that extend the initial term until terminated by either party after a specified notice period. At any time during the initial term or thereafter, a plan sponsor can cancel a contract for fiduciary reasons or breach of contract. A plan sponsor can generally terminate a contract after the initial term upon 90 days notice. Since the launch of our Professional Management service in 2004, we have retained over 97% of our plan sponsors each year.
 
  •  Favorable Cost Structure.   We provide our services from a proprietary advice technology platform. In addition, once we establish a relationship with a plan provider, our ongoing costs to manage existing member accounts are significantly lower and we are able to add new plan sponsors and plan participants with less than pro rata incremental expenses.
 
In evaluating our results, we focus on several key operating and financial data including AUC, enrollment rate, AUM, GAAP net income, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income. Given our business model, we believe AUC and enrollment rate are indicators of our growth potential.
 
Revenue
 
We generate revenue primarily from management fees on AUM as well as from platform fees by providing portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to plan participants of employer-sponsored retirement plans.
 
Professional Management.   We derive Professional Management revenue from management fees paid by plan participants for our Professional Management service. Our Professional Management service is a discretionary investment management service, which includes a Retirement Plan analyzing investments, contribution rate and projected retirement income, and a Retirement Checkup designed to help plan participants to develop a strategy for closing the gap, if any, between the participant’s retirement goal and current retirement income forecast. The services are generally made available to plan participants in a 401(k) plan by written agreements between Financial Engines and the plan provider, plan sponsor and the plan participant. The arrangement generally provides for management fees based on the value of assets we manage for plan participants, and is generally payable quarterly in arrears. Our Professional Management revenue is generally the product of managed accounts fee rates and the value of AUM at the end of each quarter. Our AUM increases or decreases based on asset enrollment rates, inflows or outflows of funds into accounts we manage pursuant to our Professional Management service and market fluctuations. Inflows or outflows are based on contributions, rollovers and withdrawals by our members.


44


Table of Contents

Platform.   We derive our platform revenue from recurring, annual subscription-based platform fees for access to either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only. Platform fees are paid by the plan sponsor, plan provider or the retirement plan itself, depending on the plan structure, and vary depending on the type of service provided. Our Online Advice service is a nondiscretionary Internet-based investment advisory service, which includes features such as recommendations among the investment alternatives available in the employer sponsored retirement plan, a summary of the current value of the plan account, a forecast of how much the plan account investments might be worth at retirement, whether a change is recommended to the contribution rate, risk and diversification and/or unrestricted employer stock holdings and a projection of how much the participant may be able to spend at retirement. Plan participants may use the service as frequently as they choose to monitor progress toward their financial goals, receive forecasts and investment recommendations and access educational content at our website.
 
Other Revenue.   Other revenue includes reimbursement for marketing and member materials from certain subadvisory relationships, reimbursement for providing personal statements to participants from a limited number of plan sponsors and plan implementation fees. A small portion of other revenue is derived from a defined benefit consulting business.
 
Costs and Expenses
 
Employee compensation and related expenses represent our largest expense. We allocate compensation and other related expenses, including stock-based compensation, to our cost of revenue, research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative as well as amortization of internal use software expense categories. While we expect our headcount to increase over time, we believe that the economies of scale in our business model will allow us to grow our compensation and related expenses at a lower rate than revenue.
 
Other costs and expenses include the costs of marketing materials and postage, fees paid to plan providers for facilitating the exchange of plan and plan participant data as well as implementing our transaction instructions for member account and amortization and depreciation for hardware and software purchases.
 
The following summarizes our cost of revenue and certain significant operating expenses:
 
Cost of Revenue.   Cost of revenue includes expenses from portfolio management, operations, advisor call center operations, technical operations, including information technology, customer support, installation and set-up costs, data connectivity fees and printed materials costs for certain subadvisory relationships for which we are reimbursed. These expenses are shared across the different revenue categories and we are not able to meaningfully allocate such costs between separate categories of revenue. Consequently, all costs and expenses applicable to our revenue are included in the category cost of revenue in our statements of operations. Costs in this area are primarily related to employee compensation and related expenses, payments to third parties and purchased materials.
 
Research and Development.   Research and development expense includes costs associated with defining and specifying new features and ongoing enhancement to our Advice Engines and other aspects of our service offerings, financial research, quality assurance, related administration and other costs that do not qualify for capitalization. Costs in this area are primarily related to employee compensation for our investment research, product development and engineering personnel and related expenses and, to a lesser extent, related external consulting expenses.
 
Sales and Marketing.   Sales and marketing expense includes costs associated with plan provider and plan sponsor relationship management, marketing our services, plan provider and plan sponsor marketing, direct sales, printing of, and postage for marketing materials for, direct advisory relationships and amortization of direct response advertising. Costs in this area are primarily related


45


Table of Contents

to employee compensation for sales and marketing personnel and related expenses, which include commissions, printed materials and general marketing programs.
 
General and Administrative.   General and administrative expense includes costs for finance, legal, compliance and administration. Costs in this area include employee compensation and related expenses and fees for consulting and professional services. Following this offering, we expect that we will incur additional expenses as a result of becoming a public company for, among other things, SEC reporting and compliance, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, director fees, insurance, transfer agent fees and other similar expenses. General and administrative expenses are expected to continue to increase due to incremental headcount increases, the general growth of our business and the costs associated with being a public company.
 
Amortization of Internal Use Software.   Amortization expense includes engineering costs associated with developing and enhancing our service offering, including the website. Associated direct development costs are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated lives of the underlying technology. Costs in this area include employee compensation and related expenses and fees for external consulting services.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances, changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
 
In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application, while in other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. We believe that there are several accounting policies that are critical to understanding our business and prospects for future performance, as these policies affect the reported amounts of revenue and other significant areas that involve management’s judgment and estimates.
 
These significant policies are:
 
  •  Revenue recognition;
 
  •  Deferred sales commissions;
 
  •  Direct response advertising;
 
  •  Valuation of long-lived assets;
 
  •  Income taxes; and
 
  •  Stock-based compensation.
 
These policies and our procedures related to these policies are described in detail below. In addition, please refer to the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our accounting policies.


46


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition.   We recognize revenue when all four of the following revenue recognition criteria have been met:
 
  •  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
 
  •  the product has been delivered or the service has been performed;
 
  •  the fee is fixed or determinable; and
 
  •  collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
Application of the various accounting principles in GAAP related to the measurement and recognition of revenue requires the company to make judgments and estimates. Specifically, arrangements with nonstandard terms and conditions may require significant contract interpretation to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting. Other significant judgments include determining whether we are acting as the principal in a transaction and whether separate contracts are considered part of one arrangement.
 
Revenue recognition is also impacted by our judgment used in determining allowances for uncollectible receivables. We consider various factors, including a review of specific transactions, the credit-worthiness of the customers, historical experience and market and economic conditions when calculating these provisions and allowances. Estimates are evaluated each quarter to assess the adequacy of the amounts recorded.
 
We generate revenue through three primary sources: Professional Management revenue, platform revenue and other revenue.
 
We generate Professional Management revenue on the value of assets we manage for plan participants, which fees are generally payable quarterly in arrears. Revenue derived from management fees for our Professional Management service is recognized as the services are performed. In certain instances, fees payable by members are deferred for a specified period, and are waived if the member cancels within the specified period. Effective January 1, 2009, we commenced recognizing revenue during certain of these fee deferral periods based on our estimate of the expected retention and cancellation rates determined by historical experience of similar arrangements. We currently only recognize revenue for fee deferral periods of approximately three months or less and where the member has actively enrolled in our Professional Management service. If we use different assumptions for expected retention and cancellation rates, or if actual retention and cancellation rates differ materially from our estimates, future revenue recognized may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our operating income, net income and earnings (loss) per share. As a result of recognizing revenue during the fee deferral periods, our revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was higher by approximately $0.5 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
Platform revenue includes annual subscription-based platform fees for access to either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only. Platform fees are paid by the plan sponsor, plan provider or the retirement plan itself, depending on the plan structure, and vary depending on the type of service provided. Subscription fees for our Online Advice service are generally paid annually in advance and recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, which is typically three to five years in length, beginning after the completion of customer setup and data connectivity. Other revenue is recognized as the related services are performed, in accordance with the specific terms of the contract with the customers.
 
Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition generated by subscription fees for our Online Advice service and implementation service revenue described above. For these services, we generally invoice our customers in annual or quarterly installments payable in advance. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not


47


Table of Contents

represent the total contract value of annual or multi-year, noncancelable subscription contracts. Implementation service revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated customer life, which is usually three to five years.
 
Deferred Sales Commissions.   We defer certain commission payments to our sales force. Deferred sales commissions consist of incremental costs paid to our direct sales force associated with the execution of noncancelable customer contracts. The deferred sales commission amounts are recoverable through future revenue streams under the noncancelable customer contracts. We believe this is the preferable method of accounting as the commission charges are so closely related to the revenue from the noncancelable customer contracts that they should be recorded as an asset and charged to expense over the life of the related noncancelable customer contracts, which is typically three years. Amortization of deferred sales commissions is included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
Direct Response Advertising.   Our advertising costs consist primarily of print materials associated with new customer solicitations. We account for our advertising costs in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or Codification or ASC, 340-20, Capitalized Advertising Costs (previously American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (SOP) 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs ). Advertising costs that do not qualify as direct response advertising are expensed to sales and marketing at the first time the advertisement takes place. Effective July 1, 2009, we commenced capitalization of advertising costs associated with Active Enrollment campaigns on a prospective basis as it was then determined that we had sufficient and verifiable historical patterns over a reasonable period to demonstrate probable future benefits of such campaigns.
 
ASC 340-20 requires the capitalization of direct response advertising only if the primary purpose of the advertising is to elicit sales to customers who could be shown to have responded specifically to the advertising and the direct-response advertising results in probable future benefits. The capitalized costs are amortized over the period over which the future benefits are expected to be received. Because of how we earn revenue from our Professional Management service, demonstrating that the direct-response advertising related to our direct advisory active choice campaigns results in probable future benefits requires us to make several assumptions about the gross revenues we will earn and costs we will incur as a result of each campaign.
 
We have developed forecasting methodologies that have a degree of reliability sufficient to reasonably estimate the future gross revenue stream associated with a given campaign. The significant estimates and judgments we use in our forecasting methodologies include average period of probable future benefits, market movement, AUM cancellation rates and net contribution rates. AUM cancellation rate is defined as the rate at which assets will cancel out of Professional Management program due to voluntary member terminations. A voluntary member termination is when a member contacts Financial Engines and terminates their membership in the Professional Management service. Involuntary cancellations (such as employee terminations, layoffs, etc.) are captured in the net contribution rate. Net contribution rate is defined as the net amount assets will increase as a result of new contributions in to the 401(k) plan less the amount assets will decrease as a result of disbursements from the 401(k) plan. We have estimated the average period of probable future benefits to be three years by analyzing our historical member retention rates and have estimated AUM cancellation rates by analyzing our historical AUM cancellation rates. In light of recent stock market volatility, we currently have assumed no market movement and a zero net contribution rate.
 
At September 30, 2009, $1.2 million of advertising costs associated with Active Enrollment campaigns were reported as assets. Advertising expense was $1.2 million, $1.8 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, of which direct advised Active Enrollment campaign expense was $1.2 million, $1.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Advertising expense was $2.3 million and $2.0 million for the nine months ended


48


Table of Contents

September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, of which direct advised Active Enrollment campaign expense was $2.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
 
The table below evaluates the sensitivity of two of our most significant estimates, namely average period of probable future benefits and assumed market movement, on the realizability of net capitalized direct response advertising costs as of September 30, 2009. This sensitivity analysis considered all campaigns that were eligible for capitalization under our current assumptions of a three-year average period of probable future benefits and 0% market movement per year.
 
Additional Expense (Impairments) to be Recognized
 
                                         
    Assumed Market Movement*
 
    (Per year)  
   
(40)%
   
(20)%
   
(10)%
   
0%
   
8%
 
 
Average Period of Probable Future Benefits
                                       
1 year
  $  173,000     $  133,000     $  114,000     $  92,000     $   —  
2 years
    70,000                          
3 years
    44,000                          
4 years
    46,000                          
5 years
    63,000                          
 
* Any percentage change to market movement, net contribution rate and AUM cancellation rate would have a same relative impact on the sensitivity analysis as they all directly impact member AUM.
 
The sensitivity table above indicates that we would have recorded an impairment charge as of September 30, 2009 if (a) the market was projected to decrease by 40% per year over the estimated period of probable benefits or (b) the estimated period of probable benefits was to decrease from three years to one year.
 
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets.   Long-lived assets, such as property, equipment and capitalized website development costs subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.
 
Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
Income Taxes.   We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes.
 
We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not.


49


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation 48, or FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , codified into FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , which requires a two-step approach to recognizing, derecognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The adoption of FIN 48 had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.
 
During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As a result, we recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite the belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that certain positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. We believe that our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on our assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.
 
Significant judgment is also required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all available evidence including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. In the event that we change our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, we will adjust the valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. To the extent we become more profitable in future periods, we expect that our valuation allowance will decrease.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $158 million and $77 million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire through 2027. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire through 2019.
 
As of December 31, 2008, approximately $4.9 million of the net operating losses will benefit additional paid in capital when realized. As of December 31, 2008, we also had research credit carryforwards for federal and California income tax purposes of approximately $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, available to reduce future income taxes. The federal research credit carryforwards expire through 2028. The California research credit carries forward indefinitely.
 
We are currently undergoing a federal tax audit for fiscal years 2006 and 2007. The outcome of this audit could reduce the value of potential future tax benefits.


50


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation.   Stock-based compensation for stock awards is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The determination of the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price and related volatility over the expected term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate, estimated forfeitures and expected dividends.
 
                                 
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,  
    2006     2007     2008     2009  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Expected life in years
    6.99       6.08       6.06       6.07  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.66 %     4.46 %     2.58 %     2.54 %
Volatility
    30       35       52       61  
Dividend yield
                       
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we use the “simplified” method in developing an estimate of expected term of stock options as we expect our employee exercise behavior to change resulting from our announced plans for an initial public offering. We base the risk-free interest rate on zero-coupon yields implied from U.S. Treasury issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. We estimate expected volatility based on a combination of the historical and implied volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer group based on industry and market capitalization data. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore use an expected dividend yield of zero in the option pricing model. We are required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. If we use different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods or if actual forfeitures differ materially from our estimated forfeitures, future stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our operating income, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share.
 
Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our stock price at any given time is determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors in determining the value of our common stock at each option grant date, including the following factors:
 
  •  prices for our preferred stock that we had sold to outside investors in arms-length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock and our common stock;
 
  •  contemporaneous independent valuations performed at three to four month periodic intervals;
 
  •  secondary sales of shares of our common stock;
 
  •  our actual financial condition and results of operations relative to our operating plan during the relevant period;
 
  •  forecasts of our financial results and overall market conditions;
 
  •  the market value of the stock or other equity interests of similarly situated companies whose value can be readily determined through objective means;
 
  •  hiring of key personnel; and
 
  •  the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions at the time of grant.


51


Table of Contents

 
Our board of directors believe that the judgment required in such efforts necessarily involve an element of subjectivity.
 
Our contemporaneous valuations were performed in accordance with methods specified by the AICPA Practice Aid on “ Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .” These contemporaneous valuations of our common stock were performed as of December 31, 2006, June 30, 2007, December 31, 2007, March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008, October 31, 2008, January 31, 2009, April 30, 2009 and July 31, 2009. Our board of directors considered these valuations in determining the fair market value of our common stock during those periods. The valuations use the income approach method. The income approach involves applying appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates to estimated debt-free cash flows, based on forecasted revenues and costs. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was based on a weighted average cost of capital, which represents the blended, after-tax costs of debt and equity. The projections used in connection with this valuation were based on our expected operating performance over the forecast period. The valuations also considered the public company market multiple method to evaluate the reasonableness of the income approach. The public company market multiple method focuses on comparing our company to similar publicly traded entities. The valuations also considered differences between our preferred and common stock with respect to liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights and other features. We also considered appropriate adjustments to recognize lack of marketability. In order to determine the value of our common stock, we utilized the total enterprise value in an option-based framework. Using this method, the common stock value is viewed as a claim on the enterprise’s liquidation or IPO proceeds after debt holders and preferred stockholders have been paid their principal and interest or liquidation preferences. This approach considers that the value associated with the common shares is based on our performance relative to the liquidation preferences of other share classes. There is inherent uncertainty in the estimates used in our valuations. If different discount rates, assumptions or weightings had been used, the valuations would have been different.


52


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
 
                                 
    Nine Months
       
    Ended
       
    September 30     Increase (Decrease)  
   
2008
   
2009
   
Amount
   
%
 
    (Unaudited)              
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue:
                               
Professional Management
  $   27,895     $   34,376     $   6,481       23 %
Platform
    22,192       22,526       334       2  
Other
    2,177       1,945       (232 )     (11 )
                                 
Total revenue
    52,264       58,847       6,583       13  
Cost of revenue
    20,511       21,057       546       3  
                                 
Gross profit
    31,753       37,790       6,037       19  
                                 
Operating expense:
                               
Research and development
    10,296       11,366       1,070       10  
Sales and marketing
    16,059       16,689       630       4  
General and administrative
    4,927       5,359       432       9  
Amortization of internal use software
    1,680       2,126       446       27  
                                 
Total operating expense
    32,962       35,540       2,578       8  
                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,209 )     2,250       3,459       n/a  
Interest expense
    (553 )     (514 )     39       (7 )
Interest and other income, net
    230       304       74       32  
                                 
Income (loss) before income tax expense
    (1,532 )     2,040       3,572       n/a  
Income tax expense
    9       359       350       n/a  
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,541 )   $ 1,681     $ 3,222       n/a  
                                 
 
Revenue
 
Total revenue increased 13% from $52.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $58.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to growth in Professional Management revenue of $6.5 million. Professional Management revenue and platform revenue comprised 58% and 38%, respectively, of total revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
Professional Management Revenue
 
Professional Management revenue increased 23% from $27.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $34.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to an increase in average AUM from $17.5 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $19.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in Professional Management revenue was driven primarily by increased enrollment resulting from marketing campaigns and other ongoing member acquisitions.
 
Platform Revenue
 
Platform revenue increased 2% from $22.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $22.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, due to an increased number of plan participants employed by plan sponsors who use one or more of our services.


53


Table of Contents

Other Revenue
 
Other revenue decreased 11% from $2.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $1.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in revenue related to the reimbursement of personal evaluation expenses of $0.6 million, partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in reimbursement for marketing and member materials from certain subadvisory relationships.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue increased 3% from $20.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $21.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.2 million in the fees paid to plan providers to facilitate the exchange of plan and plan participant data. This increase was offset partially by a decrease of $0.3 million in personal evaluation expense related to printed personal statements for employees of one plan sponsor and recruiting expense of $0.2 million. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue decreased from 39% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 36% in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to slower increases in payroll and employee-related expenses relative to the increase in revenue during the same period.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expense increased 10% from $10.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $11.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to higher stock-based compensation of $0.5 million and bonus expense of $0.5 million. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expense decreased from 20% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 19% in the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales and marketing expense increased 4% from $16.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $16.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to higher stock-based compensation of $0.8 million and bonus expense of $0.7 million. This increase was partially offset by the capitalization of direct response advertising costs of $1.2 million in the third quarter of 2009, contributing to a decrease of $0.4 million in participant communication expense as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2008, as well as a decrease of $0.3 million in consulting expense due to a rebranding effort in 2008. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased from 31% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 28% in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the capitalization of direct response advertising costs in the third quarter of 2009.
 
General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expense increased 9% from $4.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $5.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to increased stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million, offset by $0.2 million in recruiting expense. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense remained flat at 9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009.
 
Amortization of Internal Use Software
 
Amortization expense increased 27% from $1.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $2.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to increased capitalized development costs in late 2008. These costs include engineering costs associated with developing and enhancing our service offerings.


54


Table of Contents

Interest Expense
 
Interest expense decreased 7% from $0.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $0.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This decrease was due to our entry into a $10.0 million term loan in April 2009 with an effective interest rate lower than our previously outstanding $10.0 million promissory note.
 
Interest and Other Income, Net
 
Interest and other income increased 32% from $0.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to $0.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, as a result of other income of $0.2 million associated with the payoff of our previously outstanding $10.0 million note and $0.1 million related to amortization of a warrant, offset by lower money market rates.
 
Taxes and Net Loss
 
Taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were de minimis, as compared to $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The income tax increase was due to operating income generated in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to a net loss in the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2008
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase (Decrease)  
   
2007
   
2008
   
Amount
    %  
          (In thousands)              
 
Revenue:
                               
Professional Management
  $  28,226     $  38,963     $  10,737       38 %
Platform
    31,374       29,498       (1,876 )     (6 )
Other
    3,750       2,810       (940 )     (25 )
                                 
Total revenue
    63,350       71,271       7,921       13  
Cost of revenue
    20,602       27,588       6,986       34  
                                 
Gross profit
    42,748       43,683       935       2  
                                 
Operating expense:
                               
Research and development
    14,643       13,663       (980 )     (7 )
Sales and marketing
    19,871       21,157       1,286       6  
General and administrative
    6,663       6,613       (50 )     (1 )
Withdrawn offering expense
          3,031       3,031       n/a  
Amortization of internal use software
    3,070       2,258       (812 )     (26 )
                                 
Total operating expense
    44,247       46,722       2,475       6  
                                 
Loss from operations
    (1,499 )     (3,039 )     (1,540 )     103  
Interest expense
    (961 )     (799 )     162       (17 )
Interest and other income, net
    687       236       (451 )     (66 )
                                 
Loss before income tax expense
    (1,773 )     (3,602 )     (1,829 )     103  
Income tax expense
    31       12       (19 )     (61 )
                                 
Net loss
  $ (1,804 )   $ (3,614 )   $ (1,810 )     100  
                                 
 
Revenue
 
Total revenue increased 13% from $63.4 million in 2007 to $71.3 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to growth in Professional Management revenue of $10.7 million. Professional


55


Table of Contents

Management revenue and platform revenue comprised 55% and 41%, respectively, of total revenue in 2008.
 
Professional Management
 
Professional Management revenue increased 38% from $28.2 million in 2007 to $39.0 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to an increase in average AUM from $12.6 billion in 2007 to $17.1 billion in 2008. The increase in AUM was driven primarily by increased enrollment arising from marketing campaigns and other ongoing member acquisitions.
 
Platform
 
Platform revenue decreased 6% from $31.4 million in 2007 to $29.5 million in 2008, due to reduced setup fees of $1.6 million primarily related to a one-time recognition of revenue from a contract following completion of final deliverables in 2007. An increased number of plan participants at plan sponsors who use one or more of our services resulted in an additional $0.4 million in platform revenue.
 
Other
 
Other revenue decreased 25% from $3.8 million in 2007 to $2.8 million in 2008. This decrease was due primarily to our decision to phase out a service directed to brokers and other investment professionals offered in 2007 but not offered in 2008, and which we do not currently expect to offer in subsequent years, as well as a reduction in revenue related to reimbursement of personal evaluation expenses of $0.4 million.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue increased 34% from $20.6 million in 2007 to $27.6 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $3.0 million in fees paid to plan providers to facilitate the exchange of plan and plan participant data as well as implementing our transaction instructions for member accounts, $2.0 million in employee-related expense associated with an increase in the number of service delivery employees, $1.3 million in costs associated with the printing of, and postage for, member materials and $0.7 million in depreciation, maintenance and hosting fees associated with our data centers. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue increased from 33% in 2007 to 39% in 2008.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expense decreased 7% from $14.6 million in 2007 to $13.7 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to reduced bonus expense of $1.3 million, partially offset by increased capitalization of internal use software of $0.5 million. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expense decreased from 23% in 2007 to 19% in 2008.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales and marketing expense increased 6% from $19.9 million in 2007 to $21.2 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to additional marketing material expense of $0.9 million, selling and consulting expense of $0.8 million associated with a marketing rebranding effort in 2008 and $0.5 million in salary expense associated with increased headcount. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in bonus expense of $1.3 million. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased from 31% in 2007 to 30% in 2008.


56


Table of Contents

General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expense decreased 1% from $6.7 million in 2007 to $6.6 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to reduced stock-based compensation of $0.6 million, bonus expense of $0.5 million and bad debt expense of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in salary expense associated with increased headcount and compensation, as well as increased legal and audit fees of $0.3 and $0.2 million, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 11% in 2007 to 9% in 2008.
 
Withdrawn Offering Expense
 
As of November 2008, we had incurred $3.0 million of costs directly attributable to a planned initial public offering. These costs were being deferred until the completion of the offering. In the quarter ended December 31, 2008, these costs were charged to expense as a result of our decision in November 2008 to cease efforts to pursue an initial public offering because of the disruption in the equity capital markets and general adverse economic conditions present at that time.
 
Amortization of Internal Use Software
 
Amortization expense decreased 26% from $3.1 million in 2007 to $2.3 million in 2008, primarily due to an increase in the average life of capitalized development costs subject to amortization. The increase in the average life was primarily driven by our newer projects having a longer expected life than our historical projects. These costs include engineering costs associated with developing and enhancing our service offerings.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense decreased from $1.0 million in 2007 to $0.8 million in 2008. This decrease was due to lower interest rates associated with a $10.0 million promissory note secured in September 2006 with a variable interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 5% per annum and a maturity date of September 29, 2009.
 
Interest and Other Income, Net
 
Interest income decreased from $0.7 million in 2007 to $0.2 million in 2008 as a result of generally lower money market rates and cash balances.
 
Taxes and Net Loss
 
Taxes remained low as a result of net losses for the year in 2007 and 2008. We were subject to state minimum tax in both years as well as federal alternative minimum tax in 2007.


57


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2007
 
                                 
          Increase
 
    Year Ended December 31,     (Decrease)  
   
2006
   
2007
   
Amount
   
%
 
          (In thousands)              
 
Revenue:
                               
Professional Management
  $  14,597     $  28,226     $  13,629       93 %
Platform
    28,950       31,374       2,424       8  
Other
    4,686       3,750       (936 )     (20 )
                                 
Total revenue
    48,233       63,350       15,117       31  
Cost of revenue
    15,691       20,602       4,911       31  
                                 
Gross profit
    32,542       42,748       10,206       31  
                                 
Operating expense:
                               
Research and development
    14,233       14,643       410       3  
Sales and marketing
    18,807       19,871       1,064       6  
General and administrative
    5,557       6,663       1,106       20  
Amortization of internal use software
    2,499       3,070       571       23  
                                 
Total operating expense
    41,096       44,247       3,151       8  
                                 
Loss from operations
    (8,554 )     (1,499 )     7,055       (82 )
Interest expense
    (317 )     (961 )     (644 )     203  
Interest and other income, net
    896       687       (209 )     (23 )
                                 
Loss before income tax expense
    (7,975 )     (1,773 )     6,202       78  
Income tax expense
    8       31       23       288  
                                 
Net loss
  $ (7,983 )   $ (1,804 )   $ 6,179       77  
                                 
 
Revenue
 
Total revenue increased 31% from $48.2 million in 2006 to $63.4 million in 2007. The increase was primarily due to growth in Professional Management revenue of $13.6 million. Professional Management revenue and platform revenue comprised 45% and 50%, respectively, of total revenue in 2007.
 
Professional Management
 
Professional Management revenue increased 93% from $14.6 million in 2006 to $28.2 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase in average AUM from $5.7 billion in 2006 to $12.6 billion in 2007. The increase in AUM was driven primarily by increased enrollment arising from marketing campaigns and other ongoing member acquisitions.
 
Platform Revenue
 
Platform revenue increased 8% from $29.0 million in 2006 to $31.4 million in 2007, due primarily to an increased number of plan participants at plan sponsors who use one or more of our services.
 
Other Revenue
 
Other revenue decreased 20% from $4.7 million in 2006 to $3.8 million in 2007. This decrease was due primarily to our decision to phase out a service offered in 2007, but which we do not currently expect to offer in subsequent years, as well a decrease in consulting fees of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in revenue related to reimbursement for marketing and member materials of $1.0 million from certain subadvisory relationships.


58


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue increased 31% from $15.7 million in 2006 to $20.6 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.0 million in costs associated with the printing of, and postage for, subadvisory marketing and member materials, $1.5 million in increased payroll-related expense, including $0.3 million in stock-based compensation associated with an increase in the number of service delivery employees and $1.1 million in fees paid to plan providers to facilitate the exchange of plan and plan participant data, as well as implementing our transaction instructions for member accounts. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue remained flat at 33% for both 2006 and 2007.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expense increased 3% from $14.2 million in 2006 to $14.6 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased payroll and employee-related expenses of $1.1 million, including stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, offset by increased capitalization of website development costs of $0.8 million. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expense decreased from 30% in 2006 to 23% in 2007.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales and marketing expense increased 6% from $18.8 million in 2006 to $19.9 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased payroll and employee-related expense of $0.9 million and increased marketing materials for direct advisory relationships of $0.7 million. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased from 39% in 2006 to 31% in 2007.
 
General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expense increased 20% from $5.6 million in 2006 to $6.7 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased payroll and employee-related expenses of $1.4 million, including stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 12% in 2006 to 11% in 2007.
 
Amortization of Internal Use Software
 
Amortization expense increased 23% from $2.5 million in 2006 to $3.1 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase of capitalized development costs subject to amortization. These costs include engineering costs associated with developing and enhancing our service offerings.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense increased from $0.3 million in 2006 to $1.0 million in 2007. This increase was due to a higher effective interest rate on our $10.0 million promissory note in 2007 as compared to 2006.
 
Interest and Other Income, Net
 
Interest income decreased from $0.9 million in 2006 to $0.7 million in 2007 largely as a result of generally lower cash balances and money market rates.
 
Taxes and Net Loss
 
Taxes remained low as a result of net losses for the year in 2006 and 2007. We were subject to state minimum tax in both years as well as federal alternative minimum tax in 2007.


59


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters ended September 30, 2009. The data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and you should read the following tables together with such financial statements. The quarterly results of operations include all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
Our Professional Management revenue generally increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented as a result of AUM growth driven primarily by new rollouts and annual campaigns. Professional Management revenue decreased in the first quarter of 2008 and 2009 compared to the prior quarter, primarily due to the fee structure with one of our plan providers under which we recognize the difference between earned revenue and minimum contractual revenue in the fourth quarter. Platform revenue declined in the first quarter of 2008 compared with the prior quarter primarily due to a one-time recognition of revenue from a contract following completion of final deliverables in the fourth quarter of 2007. Platform revenue has otherwise generally increased quarter over quarter as a result of new business, partially offset by the phase-out of services related to investment guidance.
 
Cost of revenue generally increased in absolute dollars each quarter presented as a result of higher data connectivity fees and member materials incurred to support the increase in revenue. Cost of revenue decreased in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009 due to a decrease in revenue resulting from the decline in equity markets in the fourth quarter of 2008. While cost of revenue increased in absolute dollars, gross margin remained fairly consistent by quarter. Total operating expenses have fluctuated both in absolute dollars and percentage of revenue from quarter to quarter due primarily to stock-based compensation, amortization of internal use software, costs related to marketing campaigns and costs associated with headcount across all functions.
 


60


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    Dec. 31,
    Mar. 31,
    June 30,
    Sept. 30,
    Dec. 31,
    Mar. 31,
    June 30,
    Sept. 30,
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:  
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
   
2009
   
2009
 
    (In thousands, except per share data, unaudited)  
 
Revenue:
                                                               
Professional Management
  $ 9,556     $ 8,964     $ 9,018     $ 9,913     $ 11,068     $ 9,593     $ 11,137     $ 13,646  
Platform
    8,495       7,351       7,343       7,498       7,306       7,220       7,704       7,602  
Other
    2,454       519       886       772       633       595       588       762  
                                                                 
Total revenue
    20,505       16,834       17,247       18,183       19,007       17,408       19,429       22,010  
Cost of revenue
    5,962       5,983       7,087       7,441       7,077       6,601       6,910       7,546  
                                                                 
Gross profit
    14,543       10,851       10,160       10,742       11,930       10,807       12,519       14,464  
                                                                 
Operating expense:
                                                               
Research and development
    3,522       3,464       3,529       3,303       3,367       3,688       3,711       3,967  
Sales and marketing
    4,555       4,370       6,245       5,444       5,098       5,360       6,001       5,328  
General and administrative
    1,354       1,855       1,530       1,542       1,686       1,842       1,773       1,744  
Withdrawn offering expense
                            3,031                    
Amortization of internal use software
    659       685       536       459       578       638       673       815  
                                                                 
Total operating expense
    10,090       10,374       11,840       10,748       13,760       11,528       12,158       11,854  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    4,453       477       (1,680 )     (6 )     (1,830 )     (721 )     361       2,610  
Interest expense
    (246 )     (213 )     (162 )     (178 )     (246 )     (184 )     (171 )     (159 )
Interest and other income, net
    213       114       73       43       6       27       232       45  
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income tax expense
    4,420       378       (1,769 )     (141 )     (2,070 )     (878 )     422       2,496  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    31       3       3       3       3       (162 )     79       442  
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
    4,389       375       (1,772 )     (144 )     (2,073 )     (716 )     343       2,054  
Less: Preferred stock dividend
                            2,362                    
                                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to holders of common stock
  $ 4,389     $ 375     $ (1,772 )   $ (144 )   $ (4,435 )   $ (716 )   $ 343     $ 2,054  
                                                                 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.46     $ 0.04     $ (0.18 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.03     $ 0.20  
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.01     $ (0.18 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.06  
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Sources of Liquidity
 
Over the next 12 months, and in the longer term, we expect that our cash and liquidity needs will be met by existing resources and cash generated by our ongoing operations. We have a $7.0 million revolving credit facility with an interest rate of prime plus 0.75% that will expire as of April 19, 2012, and that we do not expect to draw upon in the next 12 months. In April 2009, we entered into a three-year, $10.0 million term loan with a maturity date of May 1, 2012. Under the term loan, we can receive prime rate loans or LIBOR rate loans. The interest rate for a prime rate loan is 1.50% above prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. The interest rate for a LIBOR rate loan is 4.00% above the three-month LIBOR measured on a 360-day basis, with a minimum LIBOR rate of 1.50% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. As of September 30, 2009, the amount outstanding under our term loan was $8.9 million. The interest rate currently applicable to this term loan is equal to 1.50% above prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. We intend to repay the outstanding balance under this term loan using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.
 
Since inception, our operations have been financed through cash flows from operations, private sales of our capital stock and our bank borrowings. Through September 30, 2009, we had received net cash proceeds of $147.3 million through equity financings and from the exercise of options to

61


Table of Contents

purchase our common stock. At December 31, 2008, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $14.9 million, compared to $15.0 million at December 31, 2007.
 
Cash Flows
 
The following table presents information regarding our cash flows, cash and cash equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009:
 
                                         
          Nine Months
 
          Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (1,662 )   $ 770     $ 3,188     $ (2,680 )   $ 9,498  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,251 )     (4,986 )     (6,548 )     (5,281 )     (3,841 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    10,953       1,035       3,202       (603 )     (4,716 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    7,040       (3,181 )     (158 )     (8,564 )     941  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $  18,196     $  15,015     $  14,857       6,451     $  15,798  
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $9.5 million compared to net cash used in operating activities of $2.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Net cash provided by operating activities was a result of a net profit of $2.3 million plus adjustments for non-cash expenses. These non-cash adjustments include $4.6 million in amortization of stock-based compensation expense, $2.1 million in amortization of internal use software, a $3.7 million increase in accrued compensation and a $3.0 increase in deferred revenue offset by a $5.6 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.7 million increase in other assets. Net cash used in operating activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 included approximately $2.9 million of offering costs. The offering costs were expensed during the quarter ended December 31, 2008, as a result of our decision in November 2008 to cease efforts to pursue an initial public offering.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 was $3.2 million compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $0.8 million in 2007. The difference in net cash provided by operating activities was a result of a higher net loss of $3.6 million in 2008 compared to a net loss of $1.8 million in 2007, which was offset by adjustments to net loss for non-cash expenses. These adjustments include $3.6 million for amortization of stock-based compensation expense, a $2.8 million decrease in accounts receivable, $2.2 million of amortization of internal use software and $1.6 million of depreciation expense, offset by a $4.5 million decrease in accrued compensation and a $1.5 million decrease in other assets. The decrease in accounts receivable at the end of 2008 partially reflects relatively flat AUM from 2007 to 2008 coupled with increased collections efforts.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2007 was $0.8 million compared to net cash used by operating activities of $1.7 million in 2006. The difference in net cash provided by operating activities was a result of a lower net loss of $1.8 million in 2007 compared to a net loss of $8.0 million in 2006 and the adjustment of net loss for non-cash expenses. These adjustments include $4.4 million for amortization of stock-based compensation expense, $3.0 million of amortization of internal use software and $1.3 million of depreciation expense, partially offset by an $8.2 million increase in accounts receivable and $0.9 million decrease in other assets.


62


Table of Contents

Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $3.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $5.3 million in the nine months ended September 30 2008. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we capitalized $3.4 million of internal use software and website development costs, compared to $3.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we used $0.5 million for the purchase of property and equipment costs, compared to $2.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $6.5 million in 2008 compared to $5.0 million used in 2007. In 2008, we capitalized $4.1 million of internal use software and website development costs, compared to $3.6 million in 2007. In 2008, we used $2.5 million for the purchase of property and equipment costs, compared to $1.4 million in 2007.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $5.0 million in 2007 compared to $2.3 million used in 2006. In 2007, we capitalized $3.6 million of internal use software and website development costs, compared to $2.8 million in 2006. In 2007, we used $1.4 million for the purchase of property and equipment costs, compared to $1.2 million in 2006.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash used in financing activities was $4.7 million and $0.6 million, in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.2 million, $1.0 million and $11.0 million and during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In September 2006, we issued a $10.0 million promissory note. In 2008, we borrowed $3.5 million against our revolving credit facility. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we repaid the then outstanding balance under both our $3.5 million revolving credit facility and our $10.0 million promissory note, and also began paying down the $10.0 million term loan. In 2007, we generated net cash proceeds of $909,000 from the exercise of options to purchase common stock.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table describes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2009:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
    Years
    Years
    More than
 
   
Total
   
1 Year
   
1-3
   
4-5
   
5 Years
 
                (In thousands)              
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 8,889     $  3,333     $  5,556     $     $  
Operating and capital leases  (2)
    7,179       1,954       3,748       1,265       212  
                                         
Total
  $  16,068     $ 5,287     $ 9,304     $  1,265     $  212  
                                         
 
(1) Term loan: $10.0 million term loan executed in April 2009 with a stated interest rate of prime rate plus 1.50% per annum, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum rate of 5.50% per annum, and a maturity date of May 1, 2012.
 
(2) We lease facilities under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2015.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.


63


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2009-13 —  Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force , or ASU 2009-13. ASU 2009-13 addresses how to measure and allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of accounting within a multiple-deliverable arrangement. ASU 2009-13 modifies the requirements for determining whether a deliverable can be treated as a separate unit of accounting by removing the criteria that objective evidence of fair value exist for the undelivered elements in order to account for those undelivered elements as a single unit of accounting. ASU 2009-13 is effective for us prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified beginning January 1, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact adoption will have on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement 162 , or SFAS 168, codified into FASB ASC Topic 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or Codification or ASC, will become the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. On the effective date of SFAS 168, the Codification will supersede all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become non-authoritative. SFAS 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued FASB Statement 165, Subsequent Events , or SFAS 165, codified into FASB ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events . SFAS 165 requires an entity to recognize in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet. For unrecognized subsequent events that must be disclosed to keep the financial statements from being misleading, an entity will be required to disclose the nature of the event as well as an estimate of its financial effect or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made. In addition, SFAS 165 requires an entity to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. SFAS 165 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and is to be applied prospectively. Our adoption of SFAS 165 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue 07-05, Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) is indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock , or EITF 07-5, codified into FASB ASC Subtopic 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity . EITF 07-5 provides that an entity should use a two step approach to evaluate whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock, including evaluating the instrument’s contingent exercise and settlement provisions. EITF 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. On adoption of EITF 07-5 effective January 1, 2009, we recorded a warrant liability for approximately $144,000 and a corresponding charge of $1.0 million to the accumulated deficit to reflect the cumulative effect of this change in accounting principle. The warrant is thereafter recorded at its fair value on each reporting date.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
 
Market Risk.   Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as an investment advisor for the managed accounts for which we provide portfolio management services. 55% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, was derived from fees based on the market value of AUM. We expect this percentage to increase over time. A decrease in the aggregate value of AUM may cause our revenue and income to decline.


64


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk.   Interest payable on the $10.0 million term loan we entered into as of April 2009 is variable. We may borrow up to $10.0 million under our term loan as either a prime rate loan or a LIBOR rate loan. The interest rate with respect to a prime rate loan is equal to 1.50% above prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. The interest rate with respect to a LIBOR loan is 4.00% above the three-month LIBOR measured on a 360-day basis, with a minimum LIBOR rate of 1.50% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. Interest rate changes will therefore affect the amount of our interest payments, future earnings and cash flows. A portion of the proceeds from this offering will be used to repay the outstanding indebtedness under this term loan, and, as such, we expect this risk to no longer be a factor after this offering.


65


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Retirement Industry Overview
 
The United States retirement savings industry is large and growing. Although Social Security is perhaps the best-known source of retirement assets, there are significant sources of retirement assets beyond Social Security. According to Cerulli Associates 2008 Retirement Markets Update, non-Social Security retirement assets grew from approximately $9.4 trillion in 2002 to approximately $15.8 trillion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 10.9%, and are anticipated to be approximately $18.0 trillion by 2013. Retirement assets fall primarily into two categories: defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans. In defined benefit plans, such as corporate or government pension plans, participants receive specified monetary distributions upon retirement. In most cases, professional asset managers, rather than individual investors, make investment decisions for defined benefit plans. In defined contribution plans, such as 401(k), 403(b) and 457 plans, which we collectively refer to as 401(k) plans, participants contribute a specified dollar amount into the plan on a regular basis by means of payroll deductions and, upon retirement, can draw from the amount of money resulting from these contributions and, in some cases, company matching contributions and the investment return of the contributions and company match. Unlike defined benefit plans, individual investors, rather than professional asset managers, are generally responsible for making investment decisions in defined contribution plans. Individual Retirement Accounts, or IRAs, are personal savings accounts that are typically directed by the individual and are not sponsored by a corporate or governmental employer.
 
Cerulli Associates estimates that private defined contribution assets, excluding IRAs, were approximately $4.2 trillion and constituted more than 25% of total retirement assets in the United States, excluding Social Security, in 2007, with approximately 57 million 401(k) plan participants as of December 31, 2007. Cerulli Associates also estimates a compound annual growth rate of 7.3% for 401(k) assets from 2009 to 2013. This compares to an estimated 6.3% compound annual growth rate for total retirement assets over the same time period.
 
Actual and Estimated Retirement Market Assets by Segment 2002 — 2013E
 
(BAR CHART)
 
 
Source:  Cerulli Associates 2008 Retirement Markets Update. Excludes Federal Thrift Savings Plan Assets and Social Security.


66


Table of Contents

 
Retirement Industry Trends
 
Shifting Demographics Drive a Growing Need for Retirement Assistance.   The ongoing growth in retirement assets, especially 401(k) assets, is driven in part by individuals seeking to supplement retirement funds they expect to receive from Social Security and corporate defined benefit plans. Defined contribution assets, including 401(k) assets, are not evenly distributed by age. According to data contained in the Federal Reserve Board’s Survey of Consumer Finances for 2007, households headed by individuals age 45 through 64 represented 45% of all retirement account holders but account for 56% of the assets in retirement accounts. Members of the Baby Boomer generation, which refers to individuals born between 1946 and 1964, will start to reach traditional retirement age in 2011. However, studies suggest that many Baby Boomers are not financially prepared to support themselves in retirement. The Employee Benefits Research Institute, or EBRI, 2009 Retirement Confidence Survey indicates that approximately 36% of the workers age 45 through 54, and approximately 30% of workers age 55 or older, report total savings and investments, excluding the value of their primary residence and any defined benefit plans, of less than $10,000. A study published in October 2009 by EBRI and the Investment Company Institute estimated that the median 401(k) balance was approximately $12,655 at year-end 2008.
 
Despite the increased reliance on defined contribution plans, we believe many investors are not equipped to adequately formulate an investment strategy for their retirement assets. As a result, we believe investors face significant risk and potentially inappropriate market exposure and asset allocations. According to research by the Investment Company Institute and EBRI, the average 401(k) account lost 24.3% in value over the course of 2008. As a result, we believe individuals across all age groups need assistance with investing their 401(k) assets and making other adjustments to their retirement plan to help them retire with sufficient income.
 
Growing Reliance on Defined Contribution Plans.   As employer-sponsored retirement plans continue to shift from defined benefit plans to defined contribution plans, the responsibility for making retirement investment decisions shifts from professional pension fund managers to individual investors. According to Cerulli Associates, the number of corporate defined benefit plans has declined from nearly 59,500 in 1997 to an estimated 46,000 in 2007, with 169 additional defined benefit plans in Fortune 1000 companies being terminated or frozen during 2008. When a defined benefit plan is frozen to all employees or closed to new employees, the benefit level will no longer rise based on future service or salary increases, or new employees do not participate in these plans at all. Of the workers surveyed in EBRI’s 2009 Retirement Confidence Survey, 42% estimate that a major source of their retirement funds will come from employer-sponsored retirement savings plans. The 2009 Retirement Confidence Survey suggests that workers between the ages of 25 and 34 are even less likely than older workers to rely on income from Social Security. As a result, we believe that these workers will need to accumulate greater savings amounts outside of defined benefit plans for retirement.
 
Changing Legal and Regulatory Framework.   As the burden of retirement investing shifts to the individual, we believe that there is an increasing need for assistance and guidance on how to manage retirement wealth. However, according to a 2009 survey by Hewitt Associates, the primary reason cited by plan sponsors for not making investment advice available to employees has been the fear of increased fiduciary or legal risk. We believe the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and subsequent Department of Labor regulations can reduce these concerns. In addition to providing specific guidelines for plan sponsors to automatically enroll employees into qualified plans and accelerate contributions on an annual basis, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 further supports the existing foundation for professional asset management of 401(k) accounts. Adherence to these guidelines provides specific safeguards to plan sponsors from fiduciary and legal risk. As a result, we anticipate that the Pension Protection Act will continue to accelerate demand for advisory services.
 
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 also mandated that the Department of Labor define what are known as Qualified Default Investment Alternatives, or QDIAs. QDIAs are default investment


67


Table of Contents

options to which a plan sponsor can direct participants’ ongoing contributions when automatically enrolling employees into 401(k) plans. The Department of Labor defines three qualified default investment options as QDIAs: professionally managed accounts, balanced funds and lifecycle funds. A plan sponsor that elects to automatically default plan participant contributions into a QDIA in accordance with the regulation receives a fiduciary safe harbor protecting the plan sponsor from potential liability that arises from adoption of automatic enrollment. We believe that the designation of managed accounts, such as our Professional Management service, as a QDIA will continue to increase demand for managed accounts.
 
Automatic 401(k).   As a result of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and Department of Labor guidelines, more plan sponsors are now actively seeking automatic retirement savings solutions for their employees. According to a 2009 401(k) plan survey conducted by Hewitt Associates, the percentage of employers that automatically enroll new participants increased from 19% in 2005 to 58% in 2009. Similarly, automatic contribution escalation, where employees’ contribution rates are automatically increased over time unless the employee affirmatively elects otherwise, increased from 9% in 2005 to 44% in 2009. A 2006 report by the Retirement Security Project estimates that the automatic 401(k) could increase net national saving by about 0.34% of gross domestic product per year, or approximately $44 billion per year. A growing trend within the automatic 401(k) is changing the default investment option to a target-date fund or managed account and re-enrolling existing plan participants into the new default investment option.
 
Automatic 401(k) Enrollment 1997-2009E
 
(LINE GRAPH)
 
 
Note: Percentage of employers who automatically enrolled new employees into 401(k) plans.
Source: Hewitt Associates Survey Findings: Trends and Experience in 401(k) Plans 2009.


68


Table of Contents

 
Greater Use of Managed Accounts Among Near-Retirees.   A 2009 study by EBRI, based on 2007 data, reported that workers under the age of 30, with lower incomes, less time on the job and with few assets are significantly more likely to have assets invested in target-date funds than are older workers. The study found that almost 44% of participants under 30 had assets in a target-date fund, compared with 27% of those 60 or older. Target-date funds and managed accounts can complement each other within 401(k) plans because they can appeal to different participants with different needs. We believe that younger workers are more likely to utilize target-date funds and near-retirees, who generally hold outside assets and are looking for more retirement planning help, are more likely to use managed accounts.
 
Our Company
 
We are a leading provider of independent, technology-enabled portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to participants in employer-sponsored defined contribution plans, such as 401(k) plans. We help investors plan for retirement by offering personalized plans for saving and investing, as well as by providing assessments of retirement income needs and readiness, regardless of personal wealth or investment account size. We use our proprietary advice technology platform to provide our services to millions of retirement plan participants on a cost-efficient basis. We believe that our services have significantly lowered the cost and increased the accessibility to plan participants of independent, personalized portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help.
 
Our business model is based on workplace delivery of our services. We target three key constituencies in the retirement plan market: plan participants (employees of companies offering 401(k) plans), plan sponsors (employers offering 401(k) plans to their employees) and plan providers (companies providing administrative services to plan sponsors). We provide the following benefits for each of these constituencies:
 
  •  For retirement plan participants, we provide personalized, unconflicted advice and management services unique to each individual’s specific investment needs and goals, using the investment options available through their employer-provided plan. We offer three principal services:
 
  •  Professional Management is a discretionary managed account service designed for plan participants who want affordable, personalized and professional portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help from an independent investment advisor without the conflicts of interest that can arise when an advisor offers proprietary products. Our investment recommendations are limited to the investment alternatives available in a 401(k) plan as determined and approved by a plan fiduciary other than us, although we do take into account other identified holdings of the plan sponsor or the plan participant when offering investment advice. With the exception of employer stock, if any, included as an investment alternative, we do not provide advice on or manage single-company securities. We do not consult with, or make recommendations, to the plan sponsor regarding which investment alternatives to make available in a participant plan. With this service, individuals delegate investment decision-making and trading authority to us, which is referred to as discretionary authority. The Professional Management service is our fastest growing service, with Assets Under Management, or AUM, growing at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 93% since December 31, 2004 to approximately $23.5 billion as of September 30, 2009. Plan sponsors choosing to make our Professional Management service available typically also make available our Online Advice service. In some cases, we provide this service by acting as a subadvisor to a plan provider acting as the investment manager to plan participants.
 
  •  Online Advice is a nondiscretionary Internet-based service designed for plan participants who wish to take a more active role in personally managing their portfolios and offers personalized advice for retirement portfolios. With this service, plan participants may elect to follow the online advice without delegating investment decision-making and trading authority to us, making this a nondiscretionary service. In some


69


Table of Contents

  cases, we provide this service by acting as a subadvisor to a plan provider acting as the investment advisor to plan participants.
 
  •  Retirement Evaluation is a retirement readiness assessment provided to plan participants upon rollout and generally annually thereafter, together with a Professional Management enrollment form. Retirement Evaluations highlight specific risks in a plan participant’s retirement account and assess the likelihood of achieving the plan participant’s retirement income goals. The assessment also provides guidance on how to reduce these highlighted risks and introduces our services as a means of obtaining help in addressing these issues.
 
  •  For retirement plan sponsors, our services are designed to improve employee satisfaction and reduce fiduciary and business risk by evaluating, disclosing and addressing poor investment and savings decisions by plan participants.
 
  •  For retirement plan providers, our services represent a cost-effective method of providing personalized, independent investment advice that is an attractive and increasingly necessary service for the largest plan sponsors. Providing these services helps plan providers compete more effectively in the large plan market.
 
We deliver our services to plan sponsors and plan participants primarily through connections to eight retirement plan providers. In addition, we have connectivity with Charles Schwab to support one plan sponsor. We target large plan sponsors across a wide range of industries. As of September 30, 2009, we had signed contracts to make our services available through 107 Fortune 500 companies and seven Fortune 20 companies. As of September 30, 2009, we were under contract to provide either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only, through more than 765 plan sponsors with approximately 7.6 million plan participants whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in assets. Within this group, we provide our full suite of services to 341 plan sponsors representing approximately 3.7 million participants and approximately $242 billion in AUC. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $23.5 billion in AUM, and managed the accounts of approximately 383,000 members who have delegated investment decision-making authority to us. Our AUC does not include assets in plans where we have signed contracts, but for which we have not yet rolled out our Professional Management service. As of September 30, 2009, we had 24 plan sponsors, representing approximately 870,000 plan participants, with whom we had signed contracts but for whom we had not yet rolled out our Professional Management service.
 
Our business model is characterized by subscription-based, recurring revenue. Our contracts with plan sponsors typically have initial terms of three years and evergreen clauses that extend the initial term until terminated by either party after a specified notice period. Our revenue is derived from both management fees and platform fees. The management fees we earn are based on the value of the assets that we manage for plan participants who have delegated investment decision-making authority to us or to a plan provider for whom we act as a subadvisor. The platform fees we earn are derived through annual subscriptions paid by the plan sponsor, plan provider or the retirement plan itself, depending on the plan structure, and are based on the number of eligible employees in the plan. We generated Professional Management revenue of $34.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an increase of 23% from $27.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We generated platform revenue of $22.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an increase of 2% from $22.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
The key steps associated with delivering our Professional Management service are as follows:
 
  •  Contract with Plan Sponsor.   First, we sign a contract to provide our Professional Management service to a plan sponsor’s employees.
 
  •  Plan Rollout.   Second, we obtain plan and plan participant data, set up the plan on our systems and make services available to plan participants. Upon completion of rollout, our


70


Table of Contents

  services are available to all eligible participants of that plan. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $242 billion in AUC.
 
  •  Encourage Enrollment in Our Professional Management Service.   Once the plan has been rolled out, we deliver to plan participants retirement evaluations and enrollment materials, either through the plan provider or directly to plan participants, and with the support of plan sponsors. As of September 30, 2009, our asset enrollment rate for plans actively rolled out at least 14 months was approximately 11.0% and our participant enrollment rate for plans actively rolled out at least 14 months was approximately 11.8%.
 
  •  Manage Assets.   Once a plan participant enrolls in our Professional Management service, the retirement assets of that plan participant count toward our AUM. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $23.5 billion of AUM. At this point, the plan participant’s 401(k) assets are allocated pursuant to the participant’s investment objectives and investment options available.
 
We launched our Professional Management service in September 2004. From December 31, 2004 to September 30, 2009, we had a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 93% for AUM and 98% for membership. As of September 30, 2009, we had AUM of approximately $23.5 billion and approximately 383,000 members, compared to AUM of approximately $15.6 billion and approximately 322,000 members at December 31, 2008. Our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $58.8 million, compared to $52.3 million for the nine months ended September 2008, an increase of 13%. Of these amounts, Professional Management revenue represented 58% in 2009 and 53% in 2008.
 
The following tables illustrate the increase in our AUM and membership, and the corresponding CAGR, from December 31, 2004 to September 30, 2009.
 
     
     Assets Under Management
         Total Members
(BAR CHART)   (BAR CHART)
 
All data are shown as of December 31 of the applicable year except 2009, for which the data are shown as of September 30.
 
The following table illustrates the number of plan sponsors where Professional Management in available, and the corresponding CAGR. The data below includes plan sponsors where no members had yet enrolled.
 
     Total Plan Sponsors
 
(BAR CHART)
 
All data are shown as of December 31 of the applicable year except 2009, for which the data are shown as of September 30.


71


Table of Contents

Company History
 
Financial Engines was co-founded in 1996 by Professor William F. Sharpe, a recipient of the 1990 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences for his pioneering work on the theory of financial economics, including how prices of financial assets are determined and the link between risk and return, Professor Joseph A. Grundfest, a former SEC commissioner and a professor of law at Stanford Law School, and the late Craig Johnson, then Chairman of the Venture Law Group. The company was founded to address the need for independent investment advice. Traditionally, high quality, personalized investment advice had been available only to large institutions and the affluent. Professor Sharpe’s vision was to leverage technology to make high quality independent advice available to millions regardless of their wealth or investment expertise.
 
A pioneer in our market, we introduced our Online Advice service in 1998. Following the introduction of Online Advice, we focused on expanding our service offerings to provide investors with advice on multiple tax-deferred accounts and taxable investments. Over the next five years, we made significant investments in technology and usability of our platform that allowed us to expand and enhance our service offerings, including our Retirement Evaluation, a personalized printed retirement assessment. In 2004, we launched our Professional Management service to provide personalized and professional portfolio management to retirement plan participants.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe shifting retirement industry trends present us with an opportunity to help plan sponsors provide independent portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to plan participants while working within the parameters of ERISA, the Pension Protection Act and recent Department of Labor regulations. Based on data published by Cerulli Associates, research indicates that legislation and regulation over the past several years will increase plan sponsor demand for portfolio management and investment advisory services. Furthermore, the market downturn in 2008 has highlighted the need for providing employees with retirement help. We have the capability to provide portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to plan participants who previously did not have access to these services, and we believe we can leverage our advice technology platform to cost-effectively serve the fragmented plan participant market.


72


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that our leading market position results from the following key competitive strengths:
 
Independent and Unconflicted Advice.   We believe that many plan participants value an investment advisor that is independent and free from potential conflicts of interests. We also believe that many plan fiduciaries value making independent and unconflicted advice available to their plan participants. We do not receive differential compensation based on the investments we recommend. We offer no proprietary investment products and are free from the conflicts or the perception of conflicts of interest that can arise for competitors who offer such products. We do not hold assets in custody or execute trades. Our investment recommendations are limited to the investment alternatives available in a 401(k) plan as determined and approved by a plan fiduciary other than us, although we do take into account other identified holdings of the plan sponsor or the plan participant when offering investment advice. With the exception of employer stock, if any, included as an investment alternative, we do not provide advice on or manage single-company securities. We do not consult with, or make recommendations to, the plan sponsors regarding which investment alternatives to make available in a particular plan. We are not associated with or controlled by any broker-dealer, registered investment company, insurance company or financial services organization. We believe our independence ensures that our recommendations are based only on the best interests of individual plan participants. We base our investment advice on quantitative criteria applied through a computerized model that is consistently applied through plan participants, plan sponsors, plan providers and investment choices.
 
Proprietary Investment Advice Technology.   Our technology-based investment process is based on a number of methodologies pioneered by our co-founder and Nobel Laureate, Professor William F. Sharpe, that are used by large institutional investors, including pension funds and endowments. We have applied and extended this core methodology to service the needs of a wide range of individual investors while achieving economies of scale.
 
Our technology-based investment approach incorporates the following:
 
  •  Our Optimization Engine allows us to make personalized investment recommendations chosen from the investment options available within each plan, with consideration of the plan participant’s individual circumstances including investment horizon, existing investment allocations and characteristics of his or her 401(k) plan, as well as any anticipated benefits from other employer plans, such as cash balance or defined benefit plans. Our Optimization Engine also considers other assets in a plan participant’s household portfolio, allowing the advice provided to adjust for the risks and correlations of other financial assets, as well as the participant’s risk tolerance. In addition, we provide personalized savings recommendations to help participants reach their retirement objectives.
 
  •  Our Simulation Engine allows us to model the characteristics of more than 30,000 securities, including retail mutual funds, stocks, employee stock options, institutional funds, guaranteed investment contracts and stable value funds, exchange-traded funds and fixed-income securities, taking into consideration factors such as asset class exposures, expenses, turnover, manager performance, active management risk, stock specific risk and the security’s tax-efficiency. This allows our Advice Engines to generate high quality recommendations over almost any investment universe.
 
  •  Our Advice Engines’ ability to manage a plan participant’s employer stock holdings is an attractive feature to plan sponsors seeking to reduce the risk of fiduciary liability that can arise when employer stock is included in a 401(k) plan. The advice produced by our Advice Engines also generally reduces plan participants’ undiversified exposure to the equity risk that results from holding an overly-high concentration in employer stock. Managed accounts are the only QDIA under the recent Department of Labor regulations that provide a fiduciary safe harbor for plan sponsors that include employer stock in their plans.


73


Table of Contents

 
  •  Our Advice Engines are able to provide advice that takes into consideration the impact of personal tax rates, unrealized gains and losses, asset placement across taxable and tax-deferred accounts and the tax efficiency of specific investments.
 
Scalable Technology Platform.   Historically, providing high quality investment advice to low balance investors had been cost-prohibitive. We believe that our advice technology platform allows us to cost-effectively service the needs of individual investors with low asset balances and provide sophisticated, personalized investment advice that addresses the needs of millions of individual investors, many of whom are underserved by the financial services industry. Traditional advisors and asset managers have typically focused on investors with financial assets of several hundred thousand dollars or more. As of September 30, 2009, approximately 46% of our Professional Management members had less than $20,000 of retirement assets in their accounts. The ability to serve these low balance plan participants cost-effectively is a key advantage of our business model.
 
Significant Invested Capital.   Our services are based on our proprietary technology, which we developed over a number of years and in which we have invested significant financial and personnel resources. We believe that any potential competitor will face significant challenges in terms of the human capital, time, money and technology required to develop a competitive offering. Furthermore, the technology interfaces that we have established with our retirement plan providers and plan sponsors are complex and would be time-consuming and costly for our plan providers and plan sponsors to replicate.
 
Established Relationships and Data Connections with Retirement Plan Providers.   Effectively managing plan participant accounts requires relationships and a data connection with the recordkeeping systems of those retirement plans. We have built data transfer and retrieval, transaction processing and fee deduction interfaces with a number of retirement plan providers, including these eight primarily: ACS, Fidelity, Hewitt, ING, JPMorgan, Mercer, T. Rowe Price and Vanguard. Based on information from Pensions and Investments, as of March 31, 2009, and one plan provider, we estimate that these eight plan providers collectively service plan sponsors representing more than $1.5 trillion in plan assets, or more than 80% of the assets contained in plans with more than 10,000 participants. In addition, we have connectivity with Charles Schwab to support one plan sponsor. Building these connections are major technical projects that we believe provide us with a significant advantage over companies wishing to provide retirement plan managed accounts. In addition, our connections and arrangements with plan providers allow for direct deduction of our fees from plan participant accounts, with the approval of the plan sponsor.
 
Large, Industry-Leading Retirement Plan Sponsor Clients.   As of September 30, 2009, we were under contract to provide either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only, through more than 765 plan sponsors with approximately 7.6 million plan participants whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in assets. Within this group, we were under contract to make available our full suite of services to more than 341 plan sponsors representing approximately 3.7 million participants and approximately $242 billion in AUC as of September 30, 2009. We believe our brand recognition and experience serving plan sponsors from a wide variety of industries provide us with a competitive advantage. Our strategy of serving large plan sponsors with complex plans has led us to develop a set of product features, processes and organizational knowledge that is attractive to other large plan sponsors that have similar plan complexities. Companies with more than 5,000 employees account for 3% of all 401(k) plans and 56% of all 401(k) assets as of 2007, according to Cerulli Associates. We believe that among discretionary managed account providers, we have the largest installed base of plan sponsors that have more than 10,000 participants. As of September 30, 2009, we had signed contracts to make our services available through 107 Fortune 500 and seven Fortune 20 companies. We believe the quality and quantity of our plan sponsor customer base further enhances our position as an acknowledged leader in our markets. Furthermore, we believe that many plan sponsors that contemplate switching plan providers consider the availability of our services on alternative plan


74


Table of Contents

provider platforms in making their decisions. We believe that this in turn provides incentives to plan providers to maintain ongoing relationships with Financial Engines.
 
Our Business Model
 
Recurring and Resilient Revenue Base.   We believe our business model has structural advantages that allow us to demonstrate resiliency in difficult environments. We currently serve investors with 401(k) accounts that, unlike non-retirement investment accounts, generally receive consistent automatic contributions from participants and have adverse tax treatment on early withdrawals. We create portfolios with a diversified mix of equity and fixed income exposure designed to reduce volatility. Our investment methodology also avoids market timing biases that can increase volatility for investors. In addition, our contracts with plan sponsors typically have initial terms of three years and evergreen clauses that extend the initial term until terminated by either party after a specified notice period. Our technological connectivity with plan providers and plan sponsors results in low sponsor turnover and high switching costs should a competitor try to win these accounts. In a given year, our Professional Management revenue consists of recurring revenue earned from contracts in place prior to the beginning of that year. Revenue from contracts in place as of December 31, 2007 accounted for approximately 99% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
While market declines may affect the value of our AUM, we believe our business model may mitigate the effects of market declines. From December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, our AUM declined approximately 4%. This was a challenging time for the equity markets, as shown by a decline in the S&P 500 of approximately 38% over the same period. We believe the effect on our AUM during this period was mitigated as a result of new business, ongoing participant contributions and less volatile investment performance among other factors. From December 31, 2008 to September 30, 2009, our AUM increased 51%.
 
The table below illustrates the level of the S&P 500 and our AUM, measured as of the last day of the quarter in each of the past four quarters. Changes in AUM reflect ongoing enrollment from new members and ongoing contributions into member accounts. Factors that may cause our AUM to fluctuate include, but are not limited to, the performance of financial markets globally, new enrollments and participant contributions or cancellations. This table does not reflect our prediction or belief as to how our AUM will perform in relation to the S&P 500 in future periods or on future dates.
 
                                         
              Percentage
              Percentage
 
              Change from
      AUM*
      Change from
 
Quarter     S&P 500*       Prior Quarter       (in billions)       Prior Quarter  
Q4 2008
      903         (23 )%     $ 15.6            
Q1 2009
      798         (12 )%     $ 16.1         3 %
Q2 2009
      919         15 %     $ 19.5         22 %
Q3 2009
      1057         15 %     $ 23.5         20 %
                                         
 
* Measured as of the last day of the applicable quarter.
 
Attractive Economic Model.   We believe the scalability of our technology platform results in attractive per-member economics. We incur significant up front expenses to establish connectivity with plan provider and plan sponsor platforms. Thereafter, our ongoing costs to manage existing member accounts are significantly lower. In the years following the acquisition of a new member, we experience relatively high contribution margins. As a result, we are able to add new plan sponsors and plan participants with less than pro rata incremental expenses.
 
Sole Access and Customer Retention.   Our business model enjoys a number of structural advantages that result in sole access to plan participants and high plan sponsor retention levels. The 341 plan sponsors representing approximately $242 billion in AUC who make available our Professional Management service have each made us the sole provider of these services to their


75


Table of Contents

plans. We believe this reflects the desire of plan sponsors to avoid inconsistent methodologies, to simplify choices for plan participants and to avoid building new data connections with multiple investment advice vendors.
 
Since the launch of our Professional Management service in September 2004, we have retained over 97% of our plan sponsor clients each year. We believe this reflects the desire of plan sponsors to maintain continuous and consistent provision of investment advisory services for their employees. In addition, we have been largely unaffected if a plan sponsor changes its underlying recordkeeping platform or the investment alternatives available to its employees because of the breadth of our data connections and our independent investment methodology.
 
Significant Growth Opportunity Within Our Existing Customer Base.   We believe our business has a significant opportunity for growth from our existing customer base. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $23.5 billion in AUM and approximately 383,000 members, while our Professional Management services were available to employees representing approximately $242 billion in AUC and approximately 3.7 million potential members. This implies a participant enrollment rate, or the percentage of plan participants who use our Professional Management service, across all plans where Professional Management is available, including plans where enrollment campaigns are not concluded or have not yet been commenced, of approximately 10.3%. The growth from ongoing contributions, market returns and AUM penetration of existing sponsors will provide us with the ability to increase our revenue and net income. With our scalable technology, we will be able to use our existing infrastructure to serve additional members without significantly increasing servicing costs. We believe we can increase our revenue and net income by increasing our participant enrollment rate within our existing client base.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Increase Penetration Within Our Existing Professional Management Plan Sponsors.   We believe we have a significant opportunity for growth within our existing plan sponsor base that offers our Professional Management service to plan participants by increasing enrollment rates for our Professional Management service. Our focus is to encourage enrollment in our Professional Management service in order to help employees reach their retirement goals and plan sponsors execute their duties as prudent plan fiduciaries. As of September 30, 2009, we managed approximately 11.0% of plan assets in plans to which our Professional Management service has been actively rolled out for at least 14 months. We plan to increase enrollment by both continuing to promote our services to participants in Active Enrollment campaigns and encouraging plan sponsors to initiate Passive Enrollment campaigns. Active Enrollment campaigns require that plan participants proactively sign up for our services. Passive Enrollment campaigns automatically enroll some or all of a plan sponsor’s plan participants into our Professional Management service unless the individual participant declines or “opts-out” of the service.
 
Over time, we believe that we can increase our enrollment rate in Active Enrollment campaign plans through annual enrollment campaigns, direct marketing to plan participants and other promotional activities. Our past experience has shown that in cases where a plan sponsor used Passive Enrollment, the enrollment rate of plan assets was higher and achieved at lower acquisition cost per member than in cases where a plan sponsor used Active Enrollment. We believe Passive Enrollment is attractive to plan sponsors due to the lower fees payable by plan participants who are passively enrolled, the fiduciary protection afforded to plan sponsors by participants having to affirmatively elect not to receive professional advice and the relatively higher number of participants likely to be enrolled and receiving professional management upon rollout. We believe that the adoption of Passive Enrollment among more plan sponsors will likely increase our AUM as a result of the higher enrollment rates that these campaigns historically generate. Depending on the proportion of the plan’s participants who are passively enrolled, we eliminate or reduce our platform fees, as well as reducing the fees payable by plan participants.


76


Table of Contents

We measure enrollment in our Professional Management service by members as a percentage of plan participants, and by AUM as a percentage of AUC, in each case across all plans where Professional Management is available, including plans where enrollment campaigns are not yet concluded or have not been commenced. In addition to measuring enrollment in all plans that have been rolled out, we measure enrollment in plans that have been actively rolled out for at least 14 months and in plans that have been actively rolled out for at least 26 months. We consider a plan to be actively rolled out upon mailing of initial enrollment materials. We measure enrollment in plans that have been rolled out for at least 14 months and at least 26 months because we generally seek to commence annual campaigns 12 months after the start of the prior campaign, and each campaign typically lasts 45-60 days.
 
                     
      Members as a
    AUM as a
      Percentage of
    Percentage of
As of September 30, 2009     Eligible Participants     AUC
All plans rolled out
      10.3 %       9.7 %
All plans actively rolled out 14 months or more
      11.8 %       11.0 %
All plans actively rolled out 26 months or more
      11.7 %       11.9 %
                     
 
Enhance and Extend Our Services as Baby Boomers Enter Retirement.   While the financial services industry has largely focused on helping Baby Boomers accumulate assets for retirement, we believe there is a growing need for services to help convert their accumulated retirement assets into stable lifetime income. According to data contained in the Federal Reserve Board’s Survey of Consumer Finances for 2007, households headed by individuals age 45 through 64 represented 45% of all retirement account holders but account for 56% of the assets in retirement accounts. While accumulating enough assets for retirement is challenging for the average investor, the calculation of how to spend retirement assets is even more intimidating as individuals bear the risk of outliving their assets. A McKinsey & Company report, “Redefining Defined Contribution” (2007), indicated that 85% of the consumers concerned or extremely concerned about not having a sufficient income for retirement are interested in seeking advice on how to guarantee sufficient income for retirement.
 
We have plans to extend our services to help investors turn those retirement assets into stable lifetime income. With many Baby Boomers now reaching traditional retirement age, we believe there is an opportunity for us to expand our services to offer cost-effective, objective and convenient solutions to help retirees safely convert their accumulated assets into stable lifetime income. We believe our established investment methodology, technology, communications and access to our Investment Advisor Representatives can form the basis of an attractive service for individuals who need payouts from their retirement account. We believe our existing relationships with retirement plan providers, plan sponsors and plan participants provide us with an opportunity to extend our services to help manage the complex challenge of turning retirement investments into retirement income. More than 40% of our current Professional Management members are over the age of 50 and represent 61% of assets in our Professional Management program as of September 30, 2009.
 
IRA Rollover Market.   We also intend to expand our services to help members of our Professional Management program who roll over their 401(k) into an IRA account available through the plan provider. We believe that our pre-existing relationships with many 401(k) participants will provide an advantage as we expand into the IRA rollover market. We also plan to help other individual IRA investors manage and draw down income from their IRAs. We believe that the existing technology, distribution relationships and operational scale we have developed will be directly applicable to serving millions of IRA investors cost-effectively. According to Cerulli Associates, the IRA market, with more than $4.7 trillion in assets as of December 31, 2007, and a five-year compound annual growth rate approaching 13.4% per year, is larger and estimated to grow faster than any other part of the retirement market, due largely to retirees rolling their assets from a 401(k) plan to an IRA.


77


Table of Contents

Increase Defined Contribution Market Penetration.   We also plan to expand our services to more fully serve the defined contribution market. We currently focus our sales and marketing efforts on large, corporate defined contribution plans, or 401(k) plans, and have little penetration into public defined contribution plans such as 403(b) and 457 plans. We believe that the existing technology, distribution relationships and operational scale we have developed will be directly applicable to serving millions of 403(b) and 457 investors cost-effectively, as well as participants at employers with fewer employees.
 
Expand Number of Retirement Plan Sponsors.   We deliver our services to plan sponsors and plan participants primarily through existing connections with eight retirement plan providers. Based on information from Pensions and Investments, as of March 31, 2009, and one plan provider, we estimate that these eight plan providers collectively service plan sponsors representing more than $1.5 trillion in plan assets, or more than 80% of the assets contained in plans with more than 10,000 participants. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately $242 billion in AUC. We intend to sell our services to other plan sponsors that are not current clients but are serviced by plan providers with whom we have relationships. We also plan to create data connections with additional plan providers to access defined contribution plans of educational institutions as well as non-profit organizations and government entities.
 
Offer Professional Management Service to “Online Only” Plan Sponsors.   As of September 30, 2009, we provided our Online Advice service to more than 400 of our plan sponsor customers, but do not offer our Professional Management service to them. We plan to pursue growth by seeking to convert a number of the largest of these plan sponsors to our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation. As of September 30, 2009, we were under contract to provide our full suite of services through more than 765 plan sponsors with approximately 7.6 million plan participants whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in assets. More than one million participants had accepted our online services agreement. We believe that successfully converting a portion of the 401(k) assets in our online-services-only plans into AUC, and then into AUM, will likely increase future revenue because we would earn fees based on AUM as well as the flat fee paid by the plan sponsor.
 
Products and Services
 
We provide individuals with personalized portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to plan participants through plan providers. Our services address some of the most important questions and concerns faced by plan participants as they prepare for retirement, including:
 
  •  “How much will I need when I retire”?
 
  •  “Will I have enough money to retire”?
 
  •  “How should I invest my money”?
 
  •  “When can I retire and how much can I spend when I do”?
 
Professional Management.   Our Professional Management service, a discretionary managed account service launched in 2004, is designed for 401(k) participants who want affordable, personalized and professional portfolio management, investment advice and retirement help from an independent investment advisor with no conflicts of interest. With this service, plan participants delegate investment decision-making and trading authority to us, which is referred to as discretionary authority. We developed our Professional Management service to reach a large number of plan participants on a cost-effective basis and assist them on the path to a secure retirement. When plan participants enroll in our Professional Management service, we use our Advice Engines to create personalized, diversified portfolios and provide ongoing Professional Management.
 
Members enrolled in the Professional Management service receive a Retirement Plan, which analyzes their investments, contribution rate and projected retirement income. The Retirement Plan


78


Table of Contents

provides advice on their annual contribution amount, shows how we propose to allocate their investments and forecasts their retirement income relative to a retirement goal. Members are encouraged to provide their desired retirement age, risk preference, employer stock holding preference and information regarding certain other assets that they hold outside of their 401(k) account. Any personal information provided is used to customize a new portfolio allocation that is reflected in a revised Retirement Plan. Each member portfolio is reviewed every three months and transactions are executed, if necessary, to reallocate the investments. The member also receives a quarterly Retirement Update that shows how they are progressing towards their retirement goals and describes any changes that we have made to their investment allocations.
 
Members can, at any time, call one of our registered Investment Advisor Representatives or log in to a website to check their progress or further tailor their portfolio to their personal circumstances. Our registered Investment Advisor Representatives, and certain call center personnel of the plan providers with whom we work, have access to the Financial Engines Professional Advisor, our proprietary client relationship management application, enabling the advisor to change or add to the personal information used to manage the member’s account and explain to the member the impact of any changes on the member’s projected future 401(k) balance. Registered Investment Advisor Representatives can modify member inputs but not Advice Engine outputs and recommendations. As members approach retirement, they are offered a Retirement Checkup, which is a phone-based consultation with an Investment Advisor Representative. During the Retirement Checkup, the Investment Retirement Representative confirms the participant’s retirement goal, reviews the participant’s retirement income forecast and helps the participant close the gap, if any, by exploring alternatives, such as the impact of increasing savings or adjusting the participant’s retirement age. As of September 30, 2009, we had 16 Investment Advisor Representatives. We additionally rely on supervisors and other trained employees and personnel when call volumes are high. We expect to increase modestly the number of Investment Advisor Representatives to support Retirement Checkups and outbound calling initiatives.
 
Online Advice.   Our Online Advice service, launched in 1998, is a nondiscretionary Internet-based service designed for plan participants who wish to take a more active role in personally managing their portfolio. With this service, plan participants may elect to follow the online advice without delegating investment decision-making and trading authority to us, making this a nondiscretionary service. This Internet-based service includes interactive access to simulation and portfolio optimization technologies through our Advice Engines. Plan participants see a forecast that shows how likely they are to reach their desired retirement goals, get recommendations on which investments to buy or sell and simulate how their portfolios might perform under a wide variety of economic scenarios. They can also explore different levels of investment risk, savings amounts and retirement horizons, as well as get tax-efficient advice on accounts other than their 401(k). The Online Advice service is integrated with single sign-on to the plan provider’s 401(k) website, which enables data pre-population and, typically, the ability to initiate transactions directly from the Online Advice service. A version of the service is also available to retail investors directly through our website.
 
Retirement Evaluation.   When our full suite of services is being offered in a plan, we send each eligible plan participant a Retirement Evaluation or similar retirement readiness assessment upon rollout and generally annually thereafter, together with a Professional Management enrollment form. Retirement Evaluations highlight specific risks in a plan participant’s retirement account, provide an assessment of the likelihood of achieving the plan participant’s retirement income goal, provide guidance on how to reduce those risks and introduce our services as a means of obtaining help in addressing these issues. Retirement Evaluations are based on data provided by the plan provider and include an evaluation of how well the plan participant is investing and saving in the retirement plan. Specifically, the evaluation considers the individual plan participant’s risk, diversification, employer stock concentration and 401(k) contribution rate.


79


Table of Contents

Investment Process and Methodology
 
Our goal is to apply investment techniques traditionally available only to large, sophisticated investors to help small, individual investors achieve their retirement goals. Our advice services incorporate several of the methodologies developed by our co-founder and economics Nobel Laureate, Professor William F. Sharpe. We use Monte Carlo simulation and proprietary optimization techniques to provide plan participants with cost-effective, sophisticated, personalized and unconflicted advice. Monte Carlo simulation is widely used in investment management and is a statistical technique in which many simulations of an uncertain quantity are run to model the distribution of possible outcomes.
 
We model more than 30,000 securities, including retail mutual funds, stocks, employee stock options, institutional funds, guaranteed investment contracts and stable value funds, exchange-traded funds and fixed-income securities on an ongoing basis. When providing simulations and investment recommendations, our methodology evaluates a variety of factors that impact investment returns, including: fees, portfolio turnover, management performance, tax-efficiency, a fund’s investment style where we identify the underlying asset class exposures and active management risk associated with asset allocation changes by a fund manager in response to market conditions and decisions to weight specific security holdings differently than comparable indices. By modeling the characteristics of specific investment alternatives, we are able to provide quantitative estimates of possible future outcomes and make investment recommendations. We are able to model the complexities found in large retirement plans and to provide investment advice to plan participants that can be implemented within the limits of a given plan’s available options.
 
Unlike traditional advisory services, we do not rely on the subjective evaluation of each plan participant’s portfolio by a human investment advisor. Instead, our services rely on Advice Engines that accept inputs on available investment choices along with a variety of personal information including: risk tolerance, investment horizon, age, savings, outside personal assets, investor preferences and tax considerations. This approach results in a consistent, systematic and objective investment methodology in which the advice generation is distinct from the method of delivery, which may be online, via printed materials or through phone conversations with our registered Investment Advisor Representatives or the call center representatives of certain plan providers with whom we have relationships. The representatives who are available by phone to speak with Professional Management members have the ability to change or add to the personal information used to manage the member’s account and explain to the member the impact of any changes on the member’s projected future 401(k) balance. Registered Investment Advisor Representatives can modify member inputs but not Advice Engine outputs and recommendations. This process is designed to ensure that the advice is personalized and consistent regardless of the asset balance of the plan participant, or the channel through which the plan participant receives our advice. This process also ensures that the investment recommendations are consistent across plan providers, plan sponsors and plan participants. Finally, this approach enables a detailed audit trail of the recommendations provided to each plan participant over time to assist with regulatory responsibilities.
 
To maintain the quality of our investment recommendations, our Advice Engines incorporate a wide variety of automated checks and validation procedures. These processes are overseen by multiple groups within our Investment Management and Service Delivery organizations. These processes help verify that the data inputs into our systems are timely and accurate, and that the resulting investment recommendations reflect the correct application of our investment methodology. We devote substantial ongoing product development to the maintenance and development of these data and advice validation procedures.
 
Our investment recommendations are limited to the investment alternatives available in a 401(k) plan as determined and approved by a plan fiduciary other than us, although we do take into account other identified holdings of the plan participant when offering investment advice. With the exception of employer stock, if any, included as an investment alternative, we do not provide advice on or manage


80


Table of Contents

single-company securities. We do not consult with, or make recommendations to, the plan sponsor regarding which investment alternatives to make available in a particular plan.
 
We offer no proprietary investment products. We are free of the conflicts of interest, or the perceptions of conflicts of interest, that can arise for competitors who offer such products. We do not receive differential compensation based on the investments we recommend. We do not hold assets in custody or execute trades.
 
We maintain an ongoing research program to improve and extend our investment methodologies and our portfolio management and investment advisory services. We conduct research into the needs of retirees, publishing new findings in academic and practitioner journals. Recent research has included a behavioral finance study of the demand for annuities, efficient methods for addressing longevity risk and efficient methods for generating retirement income. This research can form the basis of extensions to our current investment methodology that can enable services that allow our Professional Management program to help participants generate stable retirement income from accumulated defined contribution assets. We believe that these extensions can expand the opportunity to manage assets for participants both within existing sponsored plans as well as in IRA rollover accounts.
 
Investment Performance
 
Historical investment performance is one factor that plan sponsors evaluate when deciding whether to offer our Professional Management service to their employees and when monitoring the investment manager selected. Because each of our Professional Management portfolios is personalized to the member’s specific financial circumstances, there is no one representative portfolio from which to calculate investment performance. Unlike a traditional investment fund, there is no single benchmark that would be appropriate to measure the relative performance of member portfolios. In order to provide investment performance and benchmarking information to plan sponsors, we have aggregated members into “cohort portfolios” corresponding to specific anticipated retirement dates. While the member allocations within these cohort portfolios differ according to the specific financial circumstances of each individual member, they share a common investment horizon and often have similar risk levels. This makes it possible to benchmark the cohort portfolios against the investment performance of similar strategies. For instance, the performance of cohort portfolios can be compared against the performance of target maturity funds with similar retirement horizons.
 
We believe the historical investment performance of cohort portfolios compares favorably to target-date fund benchmarks with similar time horizons and risk-return objectives. Our investment methodology emphasizes using market consensus expectations (i.e., no market timing), investing in lower cost funds and selecting managers with consistent performance over long time periods. We believe that this methodology can result in lower volatility and more predictable results for Professional Management members relative to the strategies employed by most target-date funds.
 
                               
      Financial Engines
    Target-Date Fund
    Performance
      Professional Management*
    Composite Benchmark
    Difference
      (Net of Fees)     (Net of Fees)     (Net of Fees)
Annualized Since Program Inception (June 30, 2005 through September 30, 2009)
                               
2010 Portfolio
      3.28 %       2.55 %       0.73 %
                               
2020 Portfolio
      2.35 %       1.93 %       0.42 %
                               
2030 Portfolio
      1.79 %       1.27 %       0.52 %
                               
 
* Includes management on an advised and subadvised basis.
 
The performance shown for the member cohort portfolios reflect asset weighted performance, net of all Professional Management fees, across all members in retirement plans that had the requisite


81


Table of Contents

data and were retiring in a specified target year, plus or minus one year. For example, the 2010 Portfolio includes members retiring in years 2009, 2010 and 2011. Cohort portfolios therefore do not include results of all program members in the reported plans. We net out fees on the basis of the maximum fee schedule applicable to any cohort member. The “requisite data” qualification is in regard to members who are through the transition period and who had account balances at some time during the measured time period. In a small number of cases, we excluded certain member accounts because they included investments in closed or private funds for which performance data is not available or is not able to be derived, based on asset class, or we may not include multiple accounts. Starting on January 1, 2010, the cohort portfolios will reflect performance across all members in plans that had such requisite data and were retiring in a specified target year, plus or minus two years, subject to a retired member cohort portfolio adjustment. A retired member cohort portfolio shall be established and consist of all members in plans that had such requisite data and were retiring, or retired, within one year from the then current calendar year. For example, in 2011, the retired member cohort portfolio shall consist of members targeted to retire in 2012 and all other previous periods. No cohort portfolios contain results of members who cancelled out of the program. Because daily participant contribution and withdrawal information is generally not available, we derive performance by attributing the performance of each investment held to plan accounts in the proportions held at the start of the period.
 
The target-date fund composite benchmark is an equally weighted average performance of the top five target-date funds by assets, currently the target-date funds of Fidelity, Vanguard, T. Rowe Price, Principal Investments and BlackRock (formerly Barclays Global Investors). Changes are made in the composite on a forward basis, and prior composites are available upon request. For some target years, a fund family did not offer a specific target horizon fund and in those cases the return was interpolated using the returns of the existing target-date funds.
 
Historical performance, particularly short-term performance, is not a guarantee of future returns. The target-date fund composite is provided as a benchmark, but is not illustrative of any particular investment. An investment cannot be made in the benchmark as a single investment.
 
Investment Technology
 
We believe portfolio management services in the workplace should be offered to all eligible plan participants regardless of wealth. Achieving that objective requires significant scalability to achieve an affordable cost to the investment manager. The scalability of our technology has been tested and continues to deliver flexibility and results as our business has grown. As of September 30, 2009, we were managing nearly 383,000 separate portfolios with a total AUM value of approximately $23.5 billion. As of September 30, 2009, approximately 46% of our Professional Management members have less than $20,000 of retirement assets in their accounts. We believe this technology advice platform and delivery mechanism allows us to normally operate, on average, with a ratio of one registered Investment Advisor Representative for approximately every 10,000 members who are served by our advisors. We believe this is a more favorable ratio than that of the typical traditional broker or investment advisor.
 
Our Advice Engines consist of two main components: a Simulation Engine and an Optimization Engine. In the course of our development, we have received nine U.S. patents that apply to various parts of our Advice Engines.
 
Simulation Engine.   We have developed a Monte Carlo Simulation Engine that provides plan participants with a view of the potential range of future values of their retirement investments. The Simulation Engine helps plan participants reach informed decisions about the appropriate level of risk, savings and time horizon to improve the likelihood of achieving financial goals. Our Simulation Engine is capable of:
 
  •  modeling more than 30,000 securities, including retail mutual funds, stocks, employee stock options, institutional funds, guaranteed investment contracts and stable value funds, exchange-


82


Table of Contents

  traded funds and fixed-income securities while considering tax implications, expenses, redemption fees, loads and distributions;
 
  •  considering security-specific characteristics such as investment style, expenses, turnover, manager performance, security-specific and industry risk;
 
  •  forecasting the total household portfolio, including tax-deferred and taxable accounts;
 
  •  incorporating social security, pension income and other retirement benefits; and
 
  •  presenting outcomes in terms of portfolio value or retirement income.
 
Optimization Engine.   We use our Optimization Engine to construct personalized portfolios. We do not rely on generic, model portfolios that are unable to accommodate many real-world complexities. As of September 30, 2009, more than 73% of the portfolios generated by our Advice Engines for our members had investment allocations that were not identical to any other member’s portfolio in their plan. We believe individuals prefer personalized investment recommendations that consider their personal preferences and financial circumstances over model portfolios.
 
Our Optimization Engine takes into consideration the costs, quality and investment styles of the specific investment alternatives available to a plan participant. Specifically, our investment recommendations take into consideration for each fund the mix of asset class exposures, fund expenses, turnover, fund-specific risk due to active management, manager performance and consistency, user imposed constraints and tax efficiency, where applicable, to construct a personalized portfolio recommendation for each client. The calibration of this model is based on more than a decade of research into the factors that influence investment performance. Our approach does not rely on market timing or tactical asset allocation strategies. Our models are designed and calibrated on an ongoing basis to reflect the consensus market expectations built into the observed asset holdings of the market as a whole. We believe this approach increases the probability that our recommendations are consistent with current market conditions and are free from subjective or market timing biases that can arise from traditional optimization models. Our platform has been employed to provide portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement readiness assessments to millions of investors over the last 11 years.
 
When constructing a portfolio, our Optimization Engine:
 
  •  supports real-time, specific, product-level buy and sell recommendations for Online Advice, which can be readily executed, and automated transactions for Professional Management;
 
  •  creates recommended portfolios from the available investment alternatives, such as retail mutual funds, institutional funds and employer stock, in the case of a 401(k) plan, or from either the entire universe of more than 15,000 retail mutual funds, or a subset thereof, in the case of taxable or other tax-deferred accounts;
 
  •  creates recommendations across multiple taxable and tax-deferred accounts;
 
  •  takes into consideration investor risk preferences, restricted positions, redemption fees, investor constraints and outside account information provided to us to create personalized investment recommendations;
 
  •  for assets held in taxable accounts, considers the impact of personal tax rates, unrealized capital gains and losses, the tax efficiency of specific investment options including the propensity to distribute capital gains and income distributions and the benefit of optimal asset placement to maximize after-tax investment returns; and
 
  •  enables real-time interaction with plan participants allowing them to partially override recommendations and immediately receive updated advice reflecting these constraints.
 
Our systems assess a plan participant’s portfolio through a variety of market conditions including variation in inflation, interest rates, dividends and the performance of 15 different asset classes. We


83


Table of Contents

are able to simulate an individual investment portfolio’s performance across a wide variety of scenarios in a fraction of a second, illustrating the possible outcomes for a given strategy. This technology underlies the interactive user experience available to users online or through call center sessions. The platform enables us to provide a financial forecast of a plan participant’s current or target portfolio, showing the impact of a wide variety of potential market scenarios on their investment performance.
 
Customers and Key Relationships
 
We provide personalized portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to plan participants and reach them through plan sponsors whose retirement plans are administered by plan providers.
 
Retirement Plan Participants.   We define plan participants as employees participating in retirement plans who have access to our Professional Management or Online Advice services. As of September 30, 2009, approximately 7.6 million plan participants, whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in aggregate plan assets, had access to our services. As of September 30, 2009, we managed portfolios for approximately 383,000 members with an average balance of $61,000 in their 401(k) accounts, collectively representing approximately $23.5 billion in AUM. More than one million participants have accepted our online services agreement.
 
Retirement Plan Sponsors.   We define plan sponsors as employers across a range of industries who offer defined contribution plans to employees. As of September 30, 2009, we were under contract to provide either our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or our Online Advice service only, through more than 765 plan sponsors. No more than 5% of our revenue was associated with any one plan sponsor in 2008. Since the launch of our Professional Management service in 2004, we have retained over 97% of our sponsors each year. Our plan sponsor agreements are typically for an initial three-year term and continue thereafter unless terminated. At any time during the initial term or thereafter, a plan sponsor can cancel a contract for fiduciary reasons or breach of contract. A plan sponsor can generally terminate a contract after the initial term upon 90 days notice.
 
Retirement Plan Providers.   We define plan providers as the administrators and recordkeepers of defined contribution plans. In consultation with plan sponsors, plan providers make available a range of investment alternatives through retirement plans to individual participants. We work with plan providers to make available portfolio management and investment advisory services to the participants in the defined contribution plans of plan sponsors. We deliver our services to plan sponsors and plan participants primarily through existing connections with eight retirement plan providers. Our contracts with plan providers generally have terms ranging from three to five years, and have successive automatic renewal terms of one year unless terminated in accordance with prior notice requirements. Certain of the plan provider agreements are in or will soon be in renewal periods. In addition, a plan provider may terminate its contract with us at any time for specified breaches. We maintain two types of relationships with our plan providers:
 
  •  Subadvisory Relationships.   In these relationships, the plan provider is the primary advisor and plan fiduciary and we act in a subadvisory capacity. Our contract is with the plan provider and not the plan sponsor. We receive full sales support from the plan provider and offer our co-branded services under the plan provider’s brand, with the services identified as “powered by Financial Engines.” Revenue is collected by the plan provider who then pays a subadvisory fee to us. We have subadvisory relationships with ING, JPMorgan and Vanguard.
 
  •  Direct Advisory Relationships.   In these relationships, we are the primary advisor and a plan fiduciary. Data is shared between the plan providers and us via data connections. In addition, our sales teams directly engage plan sponsors, although, in some cases, we have formed and are executing a joint sales and collaborative marketing strategy with the plan provider. We have separate contracts with both the plan sponsor and plan provider and pay fees to the plan


84


Table of Contents

  provider for facilitating the exchange of plan and plan participant data as well as implementing our transaction instructions for member accounts. Plan providers with whom we have direct advisory relationships are ACS, Charles Schwab (for one plan sponsor), Fidelity, Hewitt, Mercer and T. Rowe Price.
 
In 2008, 18%, 17% and 11% of our total revenue was attributable to JPMorgan, ING and Vanguard, respectively. Revenue attributable to these three plan providers includes subadvisory fees they pay to us directly, as well as revenue from certain plan sponsors that work with these plan providers but pay us directly. In 2008, these plan providers worked with 67, 78 and 130 plan sponsors to whom we provided our services, respectively. JPMorgan, Vanguard and ING directly accounted for approximately 17%, 11% and 10% of our total revenue, respectively, during 2008. No other plan provider or plan sponsor accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue during 2008.


85


Table of Contents

The following table describes the key constituents within the retirement plan process, their specific role in the retirement plan process and our relationship with each constituent.
 
                   
      Role in Retirement
    Role of Financial
    Financial Engines
Constituents     Plan Process     Engines     Reaches
 Plan Participants
   
•   Invest in personal retirement plan by making ongoing contributions through payroll deduction.

•   In the absence of a managed account provider, select investments from options available within plan.

•   Seek retirement portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help.
    •   Provide plan participants with independent portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help.

•   We refer to plan participants who enroll in our Professional Management service as members. Members delegate investment decision-making to us.

•   Participants in plans with Active Enrollment campaigns must proactively sign up for our Professional Management service. Participants in plans with Passive Enrollment campaigns are automatically enrolled into our Professional Management service unless they decline the service.
    •   As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately 383,000 members, and approximately 7.6 million plan participants, whose retirement savings represented more than $500 billion in aggregate plan assets, had access to our services.

•   As of September 30, 2009, 26% of our approximately 383,000 Professional Management members were passively enrolled.
                   
                   
Plan Sponsors
   
•   Make 401(k) plan and payroll deductions available to employees.

•   Choose investment alternatives available to employees.

•   Focus on increasing retirement plan participation, increasing plan participant contributions and improving plan participant asset allocation.

•   Make services available to assist plan participants with retirement investing.
    •   Provide plan sponsors with a mechanism to facilitate fulfillment of fiduciary responsibilities.

•   Coordinate with plan sponsors to make advice and management services available to their plan participants.
    •   As of September 30, 2009, we provided our services to plan participants at more than 765 plan sponsors, including 107 Fortune 500, 30 Fortune 100 and seven Fortune 20 companies.

•   As of September 30, 2009, we provide our full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, to 341 plan sponsors representing approximately 3.7 million participants and approximately $242 billion in AUC.
                   
                   
Plan Providers
   
•   Provide recordkeeping and administrative services to retirement plans.

•   Process investment transactions and payroll deductions for plan participants.

•   Collaborate with us on sales, marketing, product integration and branding.
    •   Offer an independent advisory service valued by plan sponsors to complement the plan provider’s existing platform.

•   Subadvisory plan provider relationships include ING, JPMorgan and Vanguard.

•   Direct advisory plan provider relationships include ACS, Charles Schwab (for one plan sponsor), Fidelity, Hewitt, Mercer and T. Rowe Price.
    •   As of September 30, 2009, we delivered our services to plan sponsors and plan participants primarily through existing connections with eight retirement plan providers. We estimate that these eight providers collectively service plan sponsors representing more than $1.5 trillion in plan assets, or more than 80% of the assets contained in plans with more than 10,000 participants.
                   
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Increasing the number of plan participant accounts and assets we manage requires establishing relationships and data connections with plan providers, obtaining contracts with plan sponsors to make our services available to their plan participants and conducting direct marketing and other promotional activities to encourage plan participants to use our Online Advice service or to enroll in our Professional Management service.


86


Table of Contents

Establishing Relationships and Connections with Plan Providers .  We rely on direct sales to create contractual relationships with plan providers. Following contract signing, technical teams from Financial Engines and the plan provider initiate a data connection project that typically takes between four months and one year to complete. Once we have incurred this one-time, up-front cost to establish a relationship and connection with a plan provider, we are able to roll out our services for any plan sponsor of that plan provider with modest time and effort.
 
Obtaining Contracts with Plan Sponsors.   Either Financial Engines or, in the case of a subadvisory relationship, the plan provider, must obtain a contract with a plan sponsor before we can make available our Professional Management or Online Advice services to that plan sponsor’s participants. We market our services to plan sponsors in the following manner:
 
  •  Sell through the Retirement Plan Provider.   Where we have a subadvisory relationship with the plan provider, we provide a combination of primary and secondary sales and marketing support depending on the plan sponsor opportunity. Together with the plan provider, we develop a joint sales and rollout plan in which our relationship managers and direct sales team support the plan provider. This distribution model enables us to reach plan sponsors efficiently, while providing consistent and independent investment advice to plan participants.
 
  •  Direct to Plan Sponsor.   In the case of direct advisory relationships, we pursue a direct sales strategy with plan sponsors. Our direct sales team’s efforts are supported by a client services team that engages in sales efforts with existing plan sponsors and that coordinates sales activities directed at new plan sponsors with our plan provider partners. The direct sales and client services teams are supported by a channel marketing team that seeks to generate demand for our services through public relations, industry events, plan provider specific marketing programs and sales support in the field.
 
Direct Marketing to Plan Participants.   Once a retirement plan has been set up on our systems and our services have been made available to plan participants, we conduct direct marketing and other promotional activities to encourage use of our Online Advice service and enrollment in our Professional Management service. These efforts typically include printed Retirement Evaluations, email notifications and website integration. These campaigns are usually conducted at the time of rollout and annually thereafter. Plan sponsors can choose an Active Enrollment campaign, in which a plan participant must affirmatively sign up for the Professional Management service, or a Passive Enrollment campaign, in which a plan participant will become a member of the Professional Management service unless they decline the service. Passive Enrollment campaigns achieve higher enrollment results at lower acquisition cost per member than do Active Enrollment campaigns. We believe Passive Enrollment is attractive to plan sponsors due to the lower fees payable by plan participants who are passively enrolled, the fiduciary protection afforded to plan sponsors by participants having to affirmatively elect to not receive professional advice and the relatively higher number of participants who will be enrolled and receiving professional management upon rollout. Depending on the proportion of the plan’s participants who are passively enrolled, we eliminate or reduce our platform fees, as well as reducing the fees payable by plan participants.
 
Service Delivery and Systems
 
Our Service Delivery team is responsible for the rollout, operation and support of our Professional Management and Online Advice services. As of September 30, 2009, we had rolled out our Professional Management service at 341 plan sponsors with approximately 383,000 members enrolled in this service. In addition, the Service Delivery team supports the availability of the service to approximately 7.6 million plan participants who have access to our Online Advice service.
 
Our Client Implementations team is responsible for project management and the steps involved in setting up and rolling out our services to a plan sponsor. This includes learning the specifics of each plan sponsor’s plan(s), including the fund lineup, fees, matching rules, associated defined benefit and non-qualified and other plans, configuring the plan specifics using our plan sponsor configuration


87


Table of Contents

tool, verifying the implementation and approving the commencement of enrollment efforts. The team also oversees the preparation and production of enrollment materials for each participant in the plan. Once a sponsor is set up and rolled out, our Client Implementations Team is also responsible for maintenance of each sponsor’s ongoing plan updates as directed by our account managers.
 
The Operations team is responsible for data processing and validation of prospect data for new sponsor rollouts and annual campaigns, as well as the ongoing servicing of members in the Professional Management service. These member servicing responsibilities include member data load and verification, the coordination and oversight of all printed materials, such as Welcome Kits and quarterly Retirement Updates, transaction processing and reconciliation, fee processing and reconciliation and quarterly sponsor report generation.
 
Our advisor call center is staffed with registered Investment Advisor Representatives. These advisors service participants through phone and email channels by providing guidance to plan participants regarding the operation of the program, enrollment and personalization of the participant’s financial profile. Our registered Investment Advisor Representatives and certain call center personnel of the plan providers with whom we work have access to the Financial Engines Professional Advisor, our proprietary client relationship management application, which enables the advisor to change or add to the personal information used to manage the member’s portfolio allocation. Registered Investment Advisor Representatives can modify member inputs but cannot modify Advice Engine outputs and recommendations.
 
Our services are deployed using a centrally hosted, web-based architecture built on industry-standard hardware and software. We have off-site back-up facilities for our database and network equipment, a disaster recovery plan and on-going third-party security audits to ensure the integrity of our systems. We evaluate and improve our systems based on measures of availability, system response time and processing capacity.
 
Competition
 
We operate in a competitive industry, with many investment advice providers competing for business from individual investors, financial advisors and institutional customers. Direct competitors who offer independent portfolio management and investment advisory services to plan participants in the workplace include Morningstar, GuidedChoice and ProManage. Plan providers that offer directly competing portfolio management and investment advisory services to investors in the workplace include Fidelity and Merrill Lynch. We currently have a relationship with Fidelity that allows us to provide our services to plan sponsors, for whom Fidelity is the plan provider, who elect to hire us. We also face indirect competition from products that could potentially be substitutes for our portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help, most notably target-date retirement funds. Target-date funds are offered by multiple financial institutions, such as BlackRock (formerly Barclays Global Investors), Fidelity and Vanguard. These funds provide generic asset allocation based solely on the investment horizon of the investor. Among the plan sponsors to whom we offer our Professional Management service and that offer lifecycle funds, approximately 81% offer retail-priced target-date retirement funds. Target-date funds, managed account and balance funds have been granted QDIA status by the Department of Labor.
 
We believe the competitive factors in our industry include:
 
  •  ability to provide systemic portfolio management, investment advice and retirement help based on widely recognized financial economic theory without conflicts of interest;
 
  •  established investment methodology and technology;
 
  •  quality, breadth and convenience of advisory services;
 
  •  established relationships with plan providers and plan sponsors;


88


Table of Contents

 
  •  reputation and experience serving plan sponsors and plan participants; and
 
  •  price.
 
We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.
 
Regulation
 
Our investment advisory and management business is subject to extensive complex and rapidly changing federal and state laws and regulations. Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C., a subsidiary of Financial Engines, Inc., is registered as an investment advisor with the SEC and is subject to examination by the SEC. The Investment Advisers Act and related regulations impose numerous obligations and restrictions on registered investment advisers including fiduciary duties, record keeping requirements, operational requirements, marketing requirements and disclosure obligations.
 
The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose fines and sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act, including the power to limit, restrict or prohibit a registered investment adviser from carrying on its business in the event that it fails to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act or the related SEC rules and interpretations, or other relevant legal provisions could have a material adverse effect on us. We believe we are in compliance in all material respects with SEC requirements and all material laws and regulations. We were last inspected by the SEC in 2000. At the end of that examination the SEC staff sent the firm a letter indicating that the examination was concluded without findings, typically referred to as a “no-further action letter” or “no deficiencies letter.” These findings do not indicate that the SEC staff concluded that we were in compliance with federal securities laws or other applicable laws and regulations, but only that no deficiencies or violations came to the attention of the SEC staff during the course and scope of their examination.
 
In 2008, we derived nearly all of our revenue from Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C.’s investment advisory and management services through our contracts with plan providers, plan sponsors and plan participants. As an Investment Advisor, Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C. is not permitted to assign any investment advisory contract without the relevant client’s consent. The term “assignment” is broadly defined and includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur, under certain circumstances, upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a controlling interest in Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C. The initial public offering of Financial Engines, Inc.’s common stock will not constitute an assignment for these purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to seek approvals from our clients in connection with this offering.
 
Some of our executives and other employees are registered Investment Adviser Representatives with various states through the Investment Adviser Registration Depository and are subject in some states to examination requirements.
 
Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C. is subject to ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder, with respect to investment advisory and management services provided to participants in retirement plans covered by ERISA, and is also subject to state laws applicable to retirement plans not covered by ERISA. ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to as the Code, impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients. We rely on certain regulatory interpretations and guidance in connection with our current business model, including regulations and guidance allowing us to passively enroll participations into our Professional Management service. We provide subadvisory services to plan participants pursuant to the Department of Labor’s Advisory Opinion 2001-09A. The failure of Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C. to comply with these requirements could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
We are also subject to state and federal regulations related to privacy, data use and security. These rules require that we develop, implement and maintain written, comprehensive information security programs including safeguards that are appropriate to our size and complexity, the nature and


89


Table of Contents

scope of our activities and the sensitivity of any customer information at issue. In recent years, there has been a heightened legislative and regulatory focus on data security, including requiring consumer notification in the event of a data breach. Legislation has been introduced in Congress and there have been several Congressional hearings addressing these issues. Congress is considering legislation establishing requirements for data security and response to data breaches that, if implemented, could affect us by increasing our costs of doing business. In addition, several states have enacted security breach legislation requiring varying levels of consumer notification in the event of a security breach. Several other states are considering similar legislation. Further, the SEC has issued a proposed rule expanding current requirements for safeguarding and disposing of customer information. The proposed rule also adds a requirement to notify customers in the event of a data security breach. Adoption of this rule will also increase our costs of doing business.
 
In recent years, there has been a heightened legislative and regulatory focus on the financial services industry, including proposals that call for creation of a self-regulatory framework for investment advisors similar to the regulatory structure that currently exists for broker-dealers through FINRA, elimination of pre-dispute arbitration clauses, additional fee disclosures, and the imposition of additional qualification requirements on investment advisors providing services to ERISA plan clients. Included in the financial reform legislation currently pending in Congress are various proposals that may affect investment advisers, including Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C. Although the final versions of these bills have not been adopted and signed into law, and the final scope and wording of the legislation, or the implementing rules and regulations are not yet known, it is expected that the compliance costs and liability risks for investment advisers will increase.
 
Rigorous legal and compliance analysis of our business is important to our culture. Our General Counsel supervises our compliance group, which is responsible for addressing all regulatory and compliance matters that affect our activities.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection laws to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property. We seek to control access to and distribution of our proprietary information. We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors, plan sponsors and plan providers that generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential. We have proprietary know-how in software development, implementation and testing methodologies. We also pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks in the United States and other countries. We have registered the mark “Financial Engines” in the United States, Australia, Switzerland, China, the European Community, Hong Kong, Japan, Taiwan and Tunisia and have registered a sun and clouds design mark in these same countries. We have registered the marks “Adviceserver” and “Forecaster” in Japan and “FinEng” in Tunisia. We have registered our corporate logo and the marks “Investor Central,” “The Power to Shape the Future,” “Financial Engines Investment Advisor,” “Retirement Help for Life,” and “We Make it Personal” in the United States. “Advice Light” is also a trademark owned by Financial Engines, Inc. which we use to notify an online user that we have advice on his or her account. In addition, we have registered our domain name, www.FinancialEngines.com. We have nine issued U.S. patents: three have been issued on our user interface, four relate to outcomes-based investing, including our financial advisory system, our pricing module and load-aware optimization and two have been issued on advice palatability. We also have seven pending U.S. patent applications. In addition, we also have issued patents and pending applications in foreign jurisdictions.
 
We have established a system of security measures to protect our computer systems from security breaches and computer viruses. We have employed various technology and process-based methods, such as clustered and multi-level firewalls, intrusion detection mechanisms, vulnerability assessments, content filtering, antivirus software and access control mechanisms. We also use


90


Table of Contents

encryption techniques. We control and limit access to customer-specific project areas, particularly at our data centers based on a “need to know” basis.
 
Employees
 
At September 30, 2009, we employed 256 full-time equivalent employees, including 102 combined in investment research, product development and engineering, 70 in sales and marketing, 59 in service delivery and 25 in general and administrative management. We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced a work stoppage. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
 
Facilities
 
We currently lease our principal executive offices in Palo Alto, California under a lease that expires on August 31, 2012. We also lease office space in Phoenix, Arizona, primarily for our operations and call center, under a lease that expires on May 31, 2015, with an option to extend the lease until May 31, 2020. We sublease office space in Boston, Massachusetts, under a lease that expires on January 30, 2015. We believe that current facilities are sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are currently not party to any material legal proceedings. We may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. These claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.


91


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table shows information about our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of September 30, 2009:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
    40     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Raymond J. Sims
    58     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Christopher L. Jones
    42     Executive Vice President, Investment Management and Chief Investment Officer
Lawrence M. Raffone
    46     Executive Vice President, Sales and Client Services
Garry W. Hallee
    48     Executive Vice President, Technology and Service Delivery
Kenneth M. Fine
    41     Executive Vice President, Marketing
Anne S. Tuttle
    48     Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Deborah J. Behrman
    52     Vice President, Human Resources
Paul G. Koontz (2)
    49     Chairman
E. Olena Berg-Lacy
    59     Director
Heidi Fields (1)
    54     Director
Joseph A. Grundfest (1)(3)
    58     Director
C. Richard Kramlich (1)(2)(3)
    74     Director
Mark A. Wolfson (1)
    57     Director
 
(1) Member of the audit committee.
 
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
 
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since August 1996 and as a director since March 1997. From June 1991 to August 1994, he served as an associate at Cornerstone Research, an economic and financial consulting firm. Mr. Maggioncalda received an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and a bachelor’s degree in economics and English from Stanford University.
 
Raymond J. Sims has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 1999. Before joining us, Mr. Sims served at Raychem Corporation, a technology company, as senior vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer from 1993 to 1999, as vice president and treasurer from 1985 to 1993 and as director, internal audit from 1982 to 1984. Mr. Sims received an MBA from the Harvard Business School and a bachelor’s degree in business and economics from Lehigh University.
 
Christopher L. Jones has served as our Executive Vice President, Investment Management and Chief Investment Officer since January 2006, our Executive Vice President, Investment Management from May 2001 until January 2006, and as our Vice President, Financial Research & Strategy, from January 1998 until May 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jones served as a consultant at Cornerstone Research, an economic and financial consulting firm. Mr. Jones received masters degrees in business technology and engineering-economic systems and a bachelor’s degree in economics from Stanford University.
 
Lawrence M. Raffone has served as our Executive Vice President, Sales and Client Services since January 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Raffone served as the executive vice president of Fidelity


92


Table of Contents

Investments Institutional Brokerage Group, a division of Fidelity Investments. Mr. Raffone received an MBA from Babson College and a bachelor’s degree in marketing from Bryant University.
 
Garry W. Hallee has served as our Executive Vice President of Technology and Service Delivery since December 2009 and served as our Executive Vice President, Technology from June 1999 to December 2009. He also served as acting Executive Vice President, Service Delivery, from December 2007 to May 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hallee served as the executive vice president of research and development for Vantive Corporation, a customer relationship management software company, from October 1996 to August 1998. From May 1984 to September 1996, Mr. Hallee co-founded and served as the chief technology officer of Aion Corporation, a computer software company. Mr. Hallee received a masters degree and a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering/computer systems from Stanford University.
 
Kenneth M. Fine has served as our Executive Vice President, Marketing since January 2006 and served as our Executive Vice President, Product and Channel Marketing from May 2005 until January 2006. Prior to joining us in 1997 as our Director, Product Marketing, Mr. Fine served as a Naval Officer and engineer from July 1990 to August 1995. Mr. Fine received a masters degree in systems engineering from Virginia Polytechnic Institute, an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
 
Anne S. Tuttle has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since March 2009. Ms. Tuttle joined us in November 2003 as Director and Associate General Counsel and served as our Director, Acting General Counsel and Secretary from August 2005 to March 2006 and as our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from March 2006 to March 2009. Prior to joining us, she served as Vice President and Assistant General Counsel at Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P., a federally registered investment advisor, overseeing a 12-person compliance team, from April 2000 to October 2003. Ms. Tuttle received a juris doctorate from Boston University School of Law and a bachelor’s degree in economics from Yale University.
 
Deborah J. Behrman has served as our Vice President, Human Resources since April 2007. Prior to joining us, Ms. Behrman served as President and Principal Consultant at Dragonfly Consultants, a human resources and services consulting firm, from July 2001 to April 2007 and as senior director, human resources at Neoforma, a provider of supply chain management services for healthcare from November 2003 to March 2007. Ms. Behrman received a bachelor’s degree in psychology from the University of California at Davis.
 
Paul G. Koontz has served as our Chairman since February 2003 and has been a director since March 1997. Mr. Koontz has been a general partner at Foundation Capital, a venture capital firm, since 1996. Mr. Koontz currently serves on the board of directors of Envestnet, Babycare (in Beijing) and eBates. Mr. Koontz received a masters degree in engineering management from Stanford University and a bachelor’s degree in engineering from Princeton University.
 
E. Olena Berg-Lacy has served as a director since July 1998 and as a consultant from July 1998 until December 2007 and from October 2009 through the present. Ms. Berg-Lacy has been a partner with Fiduciary Benchmarks, Inc. since September 2007. Ms. Berg-Lacy has been a member of the Board of Trustees for the GM/UAW Trust for Retiree HealthCare since March 2006 and the UAW Trust for Retiree Health Benefits since January 2009. Prior to this, she served as Assistant Secretary of the United States Department of Labor, a position she held from June 1993 to June 1998. She received an MBA with honors from Harvard Business School and a bachelor’s degree in English literature from California State University at Chico.
 
Heidi Fields has served as a director since November 2008 and has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Blue Shield of California since September 2003. Prior to joining Blue Shield of California, she served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Gap, Inc. from 1999 to January 2003. From 1995 to 1999, Ms. Fields served as the chief financial officer of ITT Industries, Inc. She has also held senior financial management positions at General Motors


93


Table of Contents

Corporation, including vice president and treasurer during her 16-year tenure from 1979 to 1995. Ms. Fields has served as a director of Agilent Technologies Inc. since 2000. Ms. Fields received an MBA in finance/accounting from Columbia Business School and a bachelor’s degree in Russian language from Georgetown University.
 
Joseph A. Grundfest is one of our founders and has served as a director since our inception in June 1996. Mr. Grundfest joined the faculty of Stanford Law School in January 1990 where he is the William A. Franke Professor of Law and Business. He also is the co-director of the Arthur and Toni Rembe Rock Center for Corporate Governance at Stanford University, and co-director of Director’s College, a venue for the continuing professional education of directors of publicly traded corporations. Prior to joining Stanford Law School, Mr. Grundfest was a commissioner of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission from 1985 to 1990. Mr. Grundfest received a juris doctorate from Stanford Law School and a bachelor’s degree in economics from Yale University.
 
C. Richard Kramlich has served as a director since January 1997 and has been a general partner at New Enterprise Associates since co-founding the venture capital firm in 1978. Mr. Kramlich currently serves as a director on the board of directors of Sierra Monitor Corporation, a developer of monitoring technology, Zhone Technologies Inc., a developer of communications networking environmental sensing and measuring, and SVB Financial Group, a provider of commercial banking products and services. Mr. Kramlich received an MBA from Harvard Business School and a bachelor’s degree in history from Northwestern University.
 
Mark A. Wolfson has served as a director since January 2000 and has served as a managing partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, a private equity firm, since 1998, and is a founding managing partner of Oak Hill Investment Management, L.P. Mr. Wolfson has been on the faculty of the Stanford University Graduate School of Business since 1977, has served as its associate dean, and has held the title of consulting professor since 2001. He has been a research associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research and serves on the executive committee of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research. Mr. Wolfson is a director of eGain Communications Corporation, a publicly held provider of multi-channel customer service and knowledge management software, Conversus Asset Management, LLC, which manages the portfolio of Conversus Capital, L.P., a publicly traded portfolio of third-party private equity funds and Accretive Health, Inc., a leading provider of healthcare revenue cycle management services. He is also an advisor to the investment committee of the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation. Mr. Wolfson holds a Ph.D. in accounting from the University of Texas, Austin and a bachelor’s and masters degree in accounting and finance from the University of Illinois.
 
Board of Directors
 
Our bylaws provide for a board of directors consisting of not fewer than five nor more than 15 members. Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolution of the board. Vacancies on the board can be filled by resolution of the board of directors. Currently, our directors are elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders, until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Upon the completion of this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered, three-year terms:
 
  •  Our Class I directors will be Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda and C. Richard Kramlich and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus;
 
  •  Our Class II directors will be Mark A. Wolfson and E. Olena Berg-Lacy and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus; and
 
  •  Our Class III directors will be Joseph A. Grundfest, Heidi Fields and Paul G. Koontz and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus.


94


Table of Contents

 
As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms. This classification of the board of directors may delay or prevent a change in control of Financial Engines.
 
Our directors are elected by a plurality standard. However, in an election of directors, if the majority of votes cast for a director are marked as “against” or “abstain,” and notwithstanding the valid election of such director, our bylaws provide that such director will voluntarily tender his or her resignation for consideration by our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors will determine whether to accept the resignation of such director, taking into account the recommendation of the nominating and corporate governance committee. With limited exceptions, our board of directors is required to have a majority of independent directors at all times.
 
Director Emeritus
 
Professor William F. Sharpe is one of our founders and served as a director since our inception in June 1996 until retiring from our board of directors at age 75 in April 2009. Professor Sharpe was also chairman of our board of directors from June 1996 to February 2003. Professor Sharpe is currently a director emeritus. Professor Sharpe does not receive any compensation for his service as a director emeritus and does not have any voting rights with respect to any board matters. He is currently the STANCO 25 professor of finance, emeritus, at the Stanford Graduate School of Business and originally joined the Stanford faculty in 1970. Professor Sharpe received the Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences in 1990. He received his Ph.D., masters and bachelor’s degrees in economics from the University of California at Los Angeles. Professor Sharpe is also a recipient of a Doctor of Humane Letters, Honoris Causa from DePaul University, Doctor Honoris Causa from the University of Alicante in Spain, Doctor Honoris Causa from the University of Vienna, Austria, Doctor of Science, Economics, Honoris Causa from the London Business School and of the UCLA Medal from the University of California at Los Angeles, the institution’s highest honor.
 
Corporate Governance
 
We believe our corporate governance initiatives comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the SEC adopted thereunder. In addition, we believe our corporate governance initiatives comply with the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. After this offering, our board of directors will continue to evaluate our corporate governance principles and policies.
 
Our board of directors also adopted a code of business conduct that applies to each of our directors, officers and employees. The code addresses various topics, including:
 
  •  compliance with laws, rules and regulations;
 
  •  conflicts of interest;
 
  •  insider trading;
 
  •  corporate opportunities;
 
  •  competition and fair dealing;
 
  •  equal employment and working conditions;
 
  •  record keeping;
 
  •  confidentiality;
 
  •  protection and proper use of company assets; and
 
  •  payments to government personnel.
 
Our board of directors also adopted a code of ethics for senior financial officers applicable to our chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, controller and other key management


95


Table of Contents

employees addressing ethical issues. Upon completion of this offering, the code of business conduct and the code of ethics will each be posted on our website. The code of business conduct and the code of ethics can be amended only by the approval of a majority of the board of directors. Any waiver to the code of business conduct for an executive officer or director or any waiver of the code of ethics may be granted only by the board of directors or the nominating and corporate governance committee and must be timely disclosed as required by applicable law. We also implemented whistleblower procedures that establish formal protocols for receiving and handling complaints from employees. Any concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters reported under these procedures will be communicated promptly to the audit committee.
 
Board Committees
 
We have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We believe that the composition of these committees meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements as they become applicable to us. The board of directors has determined that Heidi Fields, Joseph A. Grundfest, C. Richard Kramlich and Mark A. Wolfson are each an audit committee financial expert, as defined by the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below:
 
Audit Committee.   Heidi Fields, Joseph A. Grundfest, C. Richard Kramlich and Mark A. Wolfson serve on the audit committee. Ms. Fields is chairperson of this committee. The audit committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. The audit committee is also responsible for monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters.
 
Compensation Committee.   Paul G. Koontz and C. Richard Kramlich serve on the compensation committee. Mr. Koontz is chairperson of this committee. The compensation committee assists the board of directors in meeting its responsibilities with regard to oversight and determination of executive compensation and assesses whether our compensation structure establishes appropriate incentives for officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our major compensation plans, policies and programs. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations for approval by the independent members of the board of directors regarding the compensation for our executive officers, establishes and modifies the terms and conditions of employment of our executive officers, and administers our stock option plans.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.   Joseph A. Grundfest and C. Richard Kramlich serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Grundfest is chairperson of this committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines, and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
Paul G. Koontz and C. Richard Kramlich served as members of the compensation committee during 2008. None of the members of our compensation committee is or has in the past served as an


96


Table of Contents

officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
Currently, our directors do not receive any fees for their service on our board of directors, except for E. Olena Berg-Lacy and Heidi Fields. In addition, for a description of our compensation arrangements with Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda, see “Executive Compensation.”
 
On January 12, 2009, we agreed to pay each of Ms. Berg-Lacy and Ms. Fields an annual retainer of $30,000 and Ms. Fields an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for her services as chairperson of our audit committee. In addition, we reimburse each of Ms. Berg-Lacy and Ms. Fields for reasonable out-of-pocket and travel expenses in connection with attendance at the board of directors meetings and committee meetings. We also agreed that at the first meeting of our board of directors held after January 12 of each year, beginning in 2010, we will grant to each of Ms. Berg-Lacy and Ms. Fields an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock subject to the terms and conditions of our form of stock option agreement in place at such time, assuming Ms. Berg-Lacy or Ms. Fields, as the case may be, has provided continuous service on our board of directors during the prior year.
 
Following completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $30,000, prorated for partial service in any year. Members of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, other than the chairpersons of those committees, will receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000. The chairperson of the audit committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 and the chairpersons of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will each receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000.
 
In addition, non-employee directors will receive nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. A non-employee director will be automatically granted an initial option to purchase 50,000 shares upon becoming a member of our board of directors. The initial option will vest and become exercisable over four years, with the first 1/4th of the shares subject to the initial option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting monthly thereafter over the subsequent three years. On the first business day following each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders, each non-employee director will be automatically granted a nonstatutory option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock, provided the director has served on our board of directors for at least six months. These options will vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant or immediately prior to our next annual meeting of stockholders, if earlier. The options granted to non-employee directors will have a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant and will become fully vested if a change in control occurs. See “Employee Benefit Plans — 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.”
 
Joseph A. Grundfest will receive the compensation described above effective upon the completion of this offering, with the annual retainer of $30,000 prorated for the remainder of 2010. In addition, he will receive an annual retainer of $10,000 and $5,000 for his service as chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee and as a member of the audit committee, respectively, which will be prorated for the remainder of 2010. He also will be eligible to receive the option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock following each annual meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering. Paul G. Koontz, C. Richard Kramlich and Mark A. Wolfson also will receive the compensation described above once a stockholder meeting for the election of directors has been held after the date of this prospectus, which will be prorated for partial service during the year. However, Messrs. Grundfest, Koontz, Kramlich and Wolfson will not receive the initial option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock referenced above.


97


Table of Contents

2008 Director Compensation
 
In 2008, we granted to each of E. Olena Berg-Lacy and Heidi Fields an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $6.51 per share, which vests as to 1/4th of the shares on the one-year anniversary of December 17, 2008, the vesting commencement date, with 1/48th of the shares subsequently vesting on each monthly anniversary thereafter. Our other non-employee directors did not receive compensation for their service as a member of our board of directors except as described below. We also reimbursed Ms. Berg-Lacy for her reasonable out-of-pocket costs and travel expenses in connection with her attendance at board and committee meetings.
 
The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued by us to our directors during fiscal 2008. The table excludes Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda, who did not receive any additional compensation from us for his role as a director because he is our chief executive officer.
 
                         
    Fees Earned or
  Option
   
Name
 
Paid in Cash
 
Awards (1)(2)
 
Total
 
E. Olena Berg-Lacy (3)
  $      —          $ 3,255     $ 3,255  
Heidi Fields
  $      —          $ 3,255     $ 3,255  
 
  (1)  Amounts listed in this column represent the stock-based compensation expense of awards recognized by us for fiscal year 2008, rather than amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. Our assumptions with respect to the calculation of stock-based compensation expense are set forth above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates — Stock-Based Compensation.” There can be no assurance that options will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual) or that the value on exercise will approximate the compensation expense recognized by us.
 
  (2)  See the outstanding equity awards table below for the details of the option awards.
 
The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by non-employee directors as of the end of fiscal 2008:
 
                                         
          Number of
    Number of
             
          Securities
    Securities
             
          Underlying
    Underlying
             
          Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
    Option
 
    Option
    Options
    Options
    Exercise
    Expiration
 
Name
 
Grant Date
   
Exercisable
   
Unexercisable
   
Price
   
Date
 
 
E. Olena Berg-Lacy
    05/01/2002       25,000           $ 2.00       05/01/2012  
      05/01/2002       25,000             2.00       05/01/2012  
      04/26/2005       10,000             4.25       04/26/2010  
      01/27/2006       50,000             6.00       01/27/2011  
      12/17/2008       50,000   (a)           6.51       12/17/2018  
Heidi Fields
    12/17/2008       50,000   (a)           6.51       12/17/2018  
 
  (a)  The grant date fair value of this option award was $174,500.
 
  (3)  This amount does not reflect a reversal of the stock-based compensation expense of $10,263 that we recognized in 2008 for the options granted in connection with Ms. Berg-Lacy’s consulting agreement.


98


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Executive Summary
 
The following discussion provides information regarding our 2008 compensation program for our named executive officers, including Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda, our Chief Executive Officer, Raymond J. Sims, our Chief Financial Officer, Lawrence R. Raffone, our Executive Vice President of Sales and Client Services, Christopher L. Jones, our Executive Vice President of Investment Management and Chief Investment Officer and Garry W. Hallee, our Executive Vice President of Technology and Service Delivery. Recommendations for executive compensation are made by our compensation committee and approved by the board of directors, except that compensation recommendations for our Chief Executive Officer are approved by the non-employee members of the board of directors. The primary components of compensation for the named executive officers were base salary, cash incentive plan and equity awards. In 2008, target level bonuses under our cash incentive plan were payable at mid-year and at year-end upon achievement of specified Company performance metrics. In 2009, we eliminated the mid-year payment and instead based the cash incentive plan on full-year Company performance and expect to continue this practice going forward. Compensation decisions in 2008 also reflected the extremely difficult economic environment, the impact of this environment on our financial performance and the ability of our named executive officers to address the challenges of the economic environment.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
The primary objectives of our compensation and benefits programs for executives are to attract and retain senior, skilled executive management, to motivate their performance toward achieving clearly defined corporate goals, and to align their long term interests with those of our stockholders.
 
We have established a set of guiding principles that have provided the foundation for all compensation programs for executives and all employees. These principles include, but are not limited to, taking a total rewards approach (which includes all aspects of our compensation package, including cash compensation, equity, Company-provided benefits and intangibles such as Company culture and environment), paying consistently within the markets in which we compete for talent, making individual compensation decisions based on overall performance and offering pay programs that allow employees at all levels to share in Financial Engines’ success in a form that is simple to explain and administer. We use these principles to guide us in our compensation recommendations and decisions.
 
Each year our board of directors approves a set of goals and objectives for the Company, including fiscal objectives. Our executive incentive compensation is tied directly to the achievement of clearly defined financial objectives. The executive incentive program is designed to align executive incentives with the Company’s success and to recognize and reward contributions of our executive officers to the Company’s performance but without encouraging unnecessary risk-taking.
 
Role of the Compensation Committee
 
The compensation committee is currently comprised of two independent non-employee members of our board of directors. The compensation committee determines and recommends to the non-employee members of our board of directors for approval, the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary, merit increases, incentive compensation targets and equity award grants, without the participation of the Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee is also responsible for reviewing the performance of our Chief Executive Officer. With respect to our other named executive officers, our Chief Executive Officer meets with the compensation committee as needed, and provides evaluations of our executives and other relevant information to the committee and makes recommendations regarding appropriate compensation for each executive, including merit increases, changes to


99


Table of Contents

incentive compensation and grant of equity awards. The compensation committee also approves our incentive compensation plan for all employees and approves sales compensation programs in principle.
 
Our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Human Resources, from time to time, provide market data and other information to assist the compensation committee in determining appropriate compensation levels for executives. In 2008, the compensation committee did not retain a compensation consultant with respect to the review, recommendation or determination of executive compensation. However, we have retained a human resources consultant to assist with various human resources activities, including survey entry and data analysis. In this capacity, the consultant may from time to time provide us with general background and information regarding executive compensation practices but does not review or make specific recommendations with respect to our executive compensation. The human resources consultant analyzes compensation practices and provides information on industry trends for use by us in determining appropriate compensation levels.
 
Competitive Market Review for Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2009
 
For our cash compensation programs, generally, we target to be within a range of the middle quartile of the market in which we compete for talent. To determine our competitive position, we use a number of surveys, including the McLagan Survey for our financial services positions, and the Radford Survey for our technology, marketing and other positions. We use these third party surveys as we believe McLagan is considered to be the industry leader in financial services and that Radford is considered to be the industry leader in technology. From time to time, we also utilize other surveys. In 2008, we used both the McLagan and Radford surveys as input in establishing compensation and equity levels for our executive officers.
 
Principal Elements of Executive Compensation
 
Our executive compensation program consists of three main elements: base salary, cash incentive program and equity awards. There is both a threshold of Company financial performance below which cash incentive payments are not made and a cap on cash incentive payments.
 
Base Salaries.   Base salaries are intended to provide our executives with a degree of financial certainty and stability that does not depend on our performance. In determining the base salaries for our Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers, the compensation committee reviews the overall scope of each officer’s responsibilities while taking into account the base salaries being paid by companies with which we compete for talent. Historically, base salaries have not been reviewed according to a pre-set schedule. Base salary adjustments are based on market data, individual performance, our overall financial results and performance, changes in job duties and responsibilities and our overall budget for base salary increases.
 
The compensation committee last approved base salary increases of $50,000 for our Chief Executive Officer and $25,000 for each of our named executive officers effective April 1, 2008. The increases were based on three factors. The first factor was the desire to bring executive pay more in line with the middle quartile of executive pay at comparable companies, as determined by market data provided by the compensation surveys described above. The second factor was to ensure that we are competitive as we fill key positions and as we go forward as a public company. Third, the compensation committee observed that executive performance warranted an increase in salaries based upon achievement of department and Company goals, including company financial metrics, as documented in annual performance evaluations.
 
Cash Incentive Plan.   Our annual cash incentive program for our named executive officers is designed principally to reward performance that furthers key corporate goals, and has to date focused exclusively on annual financial objectives, except in the case of our Executive Vice President of Sales


100


Table of Contents

and Client Services, for whom a significant portion of his incentive compensation is based on the achievement of specified quarterly and annual sales objectives. In 2008, each of our named executive officers received an annual cash incentive payment based solely upon Company performance, with no addition or decrement based on individual performance. For 2009, annual cash incentive payments will continue to be awarded based upon Company financial performance. In addition, the compensation committee may award certain “one-time” incentive payments to our executive officers in consideration of taking on significant additional responsibility for an indefinite period of time, or extraordinary performance significantly above and beyond the norm. While rare, we expect to continue this practice going forward as we believe having a flexible approach to our incentive compensation program is essential to allow us to consider and recognize performance against changing market or industry dynamics. In 2008, we granted such an incentive payment to our Executive Vice President, Technology and Service Delivery, in the amount of $25,000 for managing an additional department for more than six months.
 
At the beginning of each fiscal year, our compensation committee sets threshold and target levels for certain Company financial metrics for that fiscal year based upon the performance goals established through the annual planning process of our full board of directors. If the threshold is not met, no incentive payments are made under the cash incentive plan. If the threshold is met, each participating executive officer is eligible to receive the cash incentive amount payable at the level of Company financial performance achieved. If the target level is exceeded, the actual cash incentive payments are adjusted upward based upon the level of Company financial performance achieved. We believe this structure is consistent with our principle of ensuring that our employees share in our success.
 
For fiscal year 2008, the target level cash incentive payment was payable at mid-year and at year-end if we achieved certain levels of “New Management Fee Run Rate” and “Cash Net Income” as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008. If the mid-year payment exceeded the amount payable based on full-year performance, we did not require repayment of the excess at year-end. In 2008, the mid-term payment was 58% of the amount payable based on full-year performance. In 2009, we eliminated the mid-year payment to increase focus on annual, rather than quarterly, objectives and to more closely tie the timing of incentive payments with the performance period being measured. We currently expect to continue this practice going forward. New Management Fee Run Rate represents estimated annualized fees generated from certain new enrollees into our Professional Management program during the relevant period. Cash Net Income is defined as net earnings prior to the deduction for taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. The Cash Net Income target level will be adjusted for any accounting changes, as well as for any unanticipated unusual items approved by our board of directors, that cause the calculation of actual Cash Net Income to differ from that used in the development of the goal. We set cash incentive targets based in part on New Management Fee Run Rates as we believe this metric minimizes the impact of market performance on the actual payments to our executive officers and awards our executive officers for performance elements that are in their control and for which they are responsible. We use Cash Net Income as an incentive metric because we believe that it reasonably reflects the elements of profitability that can be most directly impacted by employees, and because it excludes certain expenses which arise as a result of financing decisions and actions by our board of directors. Both metrics are weighted equally and together determine our “Company Performance Factor.”


101


Table of Contents

Executive payments are determined by multiplying the Company Performance Factor by the respective executive’s target cash incentive amount. At the threshold plan achievement level, payments are 50% of target payment amounts and scale linearly to 100% of target payment amounts at 100% plan achievement. If Company performance exceeds the goals, payments scale linearly from 100% payment at 100% plan achievement to 200% payment at 200% plan achievement, and are capped at 200% of target cash incentive amounts. Target incentive levels are determined using market data provided by the surveys discussed above.
 
             
        2008 Incentive
Name
 
Current Position(s)
 
Target
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   $ 150,000  
Raymond J. Sims
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   $ 75,000  
Christopher L. Jones
  Executive Vice President, Investment Management and Chief Investment Officer   $ 150,000  
Lawrence M. Raffone
  Executive Vice President, Sales and Customer Services   $ 525,000  
Garry W. Hallee
  Executive Vice President, Technology and Service Delivery   $ 75,000  
 
The target for New Management Fee Run Rate for fiscal year 2008 was $9.0 million for the first half of the year and $24.0 million for the full year. The target for Cash Net Income for fiscal year 2008 was $1.2 million for the first half of the year and $9.0 million for the full year. The mid-year payment was calculated by assessing actual Company performance in comparison to target levels for the first half of the year. The year-end incentive payment was calculated by assessing actual Company performance in comparison to the target levels for the entire year, less the mid-year payment. New Management Fee Run Rate as of June 30, 2008 was $8.5 million, as compared to our target of $9.0 million and $14.0 million as of December 31, 2008, as compared to our target of $24 million. New management fee run rate lagged plan primarily due to the effects of the market decline in the fourth quarter of 2008 as well as enrollment campaigns of certain large sponsors occurring later than anticipated. Cash Net Income in the first half of the year was $2.1 million, exceeding our target of $1.2 million, and $3.9 million for the full year, less than our $9.0 million goal. The shortfall in Cash Net Income was primarily due to the $3.0 million of withdrawn offering expenses incurred due to our decision to cease efforts to pursue an initial public offering in 2008, and lower revenue associated with unfavorable equity markets. Total goal achievement for the first half of 2008 was 116% resulting in a mid-year cash incentive payment for all eligible employees, and 51% of the target achievement level for the full year goals. Once the mid-year payment was deducted from the annual calculation, no additional cash incentive payments were made at year-end.
 
For 2009, we eliminated the mid-year payment and instead based the incentive plan on full-year Company performance. We currently expect the cash incentive plan to remain substantially the same going forward. The metrics used to determine the threshold and target levels may vary slightly from year-to-year as our strategy and plans change. For fiscal year 2009, the two financial performance metrics used for determining bonus payments will continue to be Cash Net Income and New Management Fee Run Rate. We believe Company performance is likely to exceed the threshold performance levels that will make our named executive officers eligible to receive a cash incentive payment for 2009. In 2009, the compensation committee recommended, and the board of directors approved, an advance payment of 20% of target cash incentive payments for those employees who participate in the cash incentive plan and were hired prior to June 1, 2009. The advance payouts were recommended in consideration of the Company’s financial performance, lack of a merit increase in 2009, suspension of the 401(k) Company match, and the potential 18 month gap in any cash incentive payments. The advance payouts were made in July 2009. The advance payouts were a one-time occurrence and we do not currently anticipate continuing this practice going forward. Cash incentive payments for 2009 will be calculated in 2010 based on Company and, for non-executive employees, individual performance, in accordance with the cash incentive plan and the amount


102


Table of Contents

previously advanced would be deducted. However, for employees who remain with us as of the annual payout date, there would be no recovery of advance amounts paid in the event actual cash incentive targets were not achieved. We did reserve the right to recover advances from employees who left us prior to the annual payout date.
 
Equity Awards.   We grant stock options to our current and newly hired executive officers to enable them to share in our success and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns employee interests with shareholder interests. It has been our practice to periodically grant stock options to employees, including executives, in recognition of performance and as an incentive for retention under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. The size of these grants are based on a number of factors, including an executive’s overall unvested share ownership, individual performance and changes in the scope of the individual’s position.
 
The size and terms of any initial option grants to new employees, including executive officers, are based largely on competitive conditions and our own internal guidelines applicable to the specific position.
 
Since 2005, our practice has been to provide equity incentives principally in the form of stock option grants that vest over time, with 1/4th of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares subsequently vesting on each monthly anniversary thereafter. Our compensation committee may consider alternative forms of equity in the future, such as performance shares, restricted stock units or restricted stock awards with alternative vesting strategies based on the achievement of performance milestones or financial metrics.
 
The following stock option awards were granted to our executive officers in 2008:
 
             
        2008 Options
Name
 
Current Position(s)
 
Granted
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director     175,000  
Raymond J. Sims
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     125,000  
Christopher L. Jones
  Executive Vice President, Investment Management and Chief Investment Officer     125,000  
Lawrence M. Raffone
  Executive Vice President, Sales and Customer Services     150,000  
Garry W. Hallee
  Executive Vice President, Technology and Service Delivery     125,000  
 
Stock option awards were based on a number of factors, including market data, individual performance, internal equity and retention potential. We intend to continue to offer stock options to our employees to encourage ownership in the Company, recognize outstanding individual performance and provide a retention tool for key executives to the extent that stock options and other equity awards are subject to vesting over extended periods of time and provide for only a limited exercise period following termination of employment. Prior to this offering, we plan to adopt the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, pursuant to which we will grant equity compensation awards following the offering. The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan permits the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, performance shares and other stock-based awards.
 
Assessment of Risk
 
Our compensation program for our executive officers is designed such that it will not incentivize unnecessary risk-taking. The base salary component of our compensation program is a fixed amount and does not depend on performance. Our cash incentive program takes into account multiple metrics, thus diversifying the risk associated with any single performance metric, and we believe it does not incentivize our executive officers to focus exclusively on short-term outcomes. Our equity awards are limited by the terms of our equity plans to a fixed maximum specified in the plan, and are


103


Table of Contents

subject to vesting to align the long-term interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders.
 
Annual Review Process
 
Performance is reviewed semi-annually for named executive officers, including performance relative to goals and objectives for the first or second half of the year, depending on when in the year the performance evaluation is occurring. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for evaluating the performance of all executives on a regular basis.
 
In the first quarter of each year, our Chief Executive Officer conducts an annual performance review of each executive officer. This performance review includes performance for the previous fiscal year. In addition, the Chief Executive Officer conducts a mid-year review of performance relative to specific goals for each executive officer. The performance reviews serve as one of the considerations used by the compensation committee to determine base salary increases. Performance reviews are conducted around the time the board typically sets the incentive bonus targets as part of finalizing the financial plan for the next year. Our board of directors may further refine targets early into the next fiscal year. We anticipate continuing to review executive compensation and performance annually in the first quarter of the year.
 
Supplemental Benefits
 
We provide the following benefits to our executives on the same basis as provided to all of our employees:
 
  •  health, dental and vision insurance;
 
  •  life insurance;
 
  •  medical and dependant care flexible spending account;
 
  •  short-and long-term disability, accidental death and dismemberment;
 
  •  a 401(k) plan, with Company match and Professional Management services; and
 
  •  employee assistance plan.
 
We believe these benefits are consistent with companies with which we compete for employees. In 2009, in light of the uncertain economic environment, we suspended our 401(k) matching contributions. We expect to reinstate the matching contributions in 2010.
 
Stock Ownership Guidelines
 
There are currently no equity ownership requirements or guidelines that any of our directors, named executive officers or other employees must meet or maintain.
 
Policy Regarding the Timing of Equity Awards
 
As a privately owned company, there has been no market for our common stock. Accordingly, in 2008, we had no program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to executive officers coinciding with the release of material non-public information.
 
Policy Regarding Restatements
 
We do not currently have a formal policy requiring a fixed course of action with respect to compensation adjustments following later restatements of financial results. Under those circumstances, the board of directors or compensation committee thereof would evaluate whether compensation adjustments were appropriate based upon the facts and circumstances surrounding the restatement.


104


Table of Contents

Tax and Accounting Treatment of Compensation
 
Under section 162(m) of the Code, we may be unable to deduct as compensation amounts in excess of $1 million paid in any one year to any named executive officer. Certain performance-based compensation approved by stockholders may not be subject to this limitation. As we are not currently publicly traded, our board of directors has not previously taken the deductibility limitation imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in making compensation decisions. We expect that following this offering, we will generally consider whether a form of compensation will be deductible under section 162(m) in determining executive compensation, though other factors will also be considered. However, we may authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions to section 162(m) when we believe that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent. We expect that equity awards under our 1998 Stock Option Plan and 2009 Stock Incentive Plan will qualify as performance-based compensation under section 162(m).
 
2008 Summary Compensation Table
 
The following tables set forth compensation for services rendered in all capacities to us for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 for our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2008, whom we refer to in this Registration Statement as the named executive officers.
 
                                                                 
                                  Non-Equity
             
                      Stock
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    All Other
       
Name & Principal Position
  Year     Salary     Bonus     Awards (1)     Awards (1)     Compensation     Compensation (2)     Total  
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
    2008     $  237,500     $  87,150     $  63,512     $  351,050     $  304,650     $  6,900     $  963,610  
Raymond J. Sims
Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer
    2008       193,750       43,575       63,512       106,583       133,575       5,813       503,230  
Christopher L. Jones
Executive Vice President, Investment Management and Chief Investment Officer
    2008       193,750       87,150       63,512       145,397       267,150       5,813       675,619  
Lawrence M. Raffone
Executive Vice President, Sales and Client Services
    2008       200,000       122,010       63,512       151,188       567,283       6,000       987,981  
Garry W. Hallee
Executive Vice President, Technology and Service Delivery
    2008       193,750       68,575       63,512       145,397       158,575       5,813       567,044  
 
 
(1) Amounts listed in this column represent the stock-based compensation expense of awards recognized by us for fiscal year 2008, rather than amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. Our assumptions with respect to the calculation of stock-based compensation expense are set forth above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates — Stock-Based Compensation.” There can be no assurance that awards will vest or will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual), or that the value upon vesting or exercise will approximate the compensation expense recognized by us.
 
(2) Represents amounts paid for 401(k) contribution matching program.


105


Table of Contents

 
2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth information on grants of plan-based awards in fiscal year 2008 to our named executive officers.
 
                                                         
                            All Other
             
                            Option
             
                            Awards:
    Exercise or
    Grant Date
 
          Estimated Future Payouts Under
    Number of
    Base Price
    Fair Value
 
          Non-Equity Incentive Plan
    Securities
    of Option
    of Stock and
 
          Awards (1)     Underlying
    Awards
    Option
 
Name
 
Grant Date
    Threshold     Target     Maximum     Options     (per share)     Awards  
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
          $ 75,000     $  150,000     $ 375,000                          
      11/11/2008                               175,000     $  6.51     $  610,750  
Raymond J. Sims
            37,500       75,000       187,500                          
      11/11/2008                               125,000       6.51       436,250  
Christopher L. Jones
            75,000       150,000       375,000                          
      11/11/2008                               125,000       6.51       436,250  
Lawrence M. Raffone
            250,000       525,000       1,250,000                          
      11/11/2008                               150,000       6.51       523,500  
Garry W. Hallee
            37,500       75,000       187,500                          
      11/11/2008                               125,000       6.51       436,250  
 
 
(1) The threshold illustrates the smallest payout that can be made if all of the pre-established performance objectives are achieved at the minimum achievement level. Actual awards may be more or less than these amounts and are at the discretion of the compensation committee. The target is the payout that can be made if the pre-established performance objectives have been achieved at the target achievement level. The maximum is the greatest payout that can be made if the pre-established maximum performance objectives are achieved or exceeded at the outperform achievement levels.
 
Narrative to 2008 Summary Compensation Table and 2008 Grants Plan-Based Awards Table
 
Please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above for a complete description of compensation plans pursuant to which the amounts listed under the 2008 Summary Compensation Table and 2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table were paid or awarded and the criteria for such payment, including targets for payment of annual incentives, as well as performance criteria on which such payments were based. The Compensation Discussion and Analysis also describes the options grants.
 
Except as otherwise noted, all option awards vest over four years with 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option vesting 12 months after the vesting commencement date and the remaining shares vesting at a rate of 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option each month thereafter.


106


Table of Contents

2008 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
 
The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2008.
 
                                                 
    Option Awards (1)     Stock Awards (2)  
    Number of
    Number of
                Number of
       
    Securities
    Securities
                Shares or
       
    Underlying
    Underlying
                Units of
       
    Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
    Option
    Stock That
    Market Value of
 
    Options
    Options
    Exercise
    Expiration
    Have Not
    Shares That
 
Name
  Exercisable     Unexercisable     Price     Date     Vested     Have Not Vested  
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
    3,000             2.75       07/07/2009                  
      231,116             6.00       12/14/2009                  
      125,000             10.00       04/11/2011                  
      168,705             1.00       12/19/2011                  
      11,667  (3)           1.00       03/05/2012                  
      75,000             3.00       01/30/2014                  
      50,000             4.25       03/23/2015                  
      400,000             7.50       09/19/2016                  
      175,000             6.51       11/11/2018                  
                                      50,000        
Raymond J. Sims
    247,500             5.00       11/16/2009                  
      5,500             1.00       12/19/2011                  
      50,000             3.00       01/30/2014                  
      25,000             4.25       07/22/2015                  
      100,000             7.50       09/19/2016                  
      125,000             6.51       11/11/2018                  
                                      50,000        
Christopher L. Jones
    3,000             2.75       07/07/2009                  
      173,222             6.00       12/14/2009                  
      107,741             1.00       12/19/2011                  
      10,000  (3)           1.00       03/05/2012                  
      75,000             2.50       04/22/2013                  
      50,000             3.00       01/30/2014                  
      50,000             4.25       03/23/2015                  
      150,000             7.50       09/19/2016                  
      125,000             6.51       11/11/2018                  
                                      50,000        
Lawrence M. Raffone
    110,001             1.00       12/19/2011                  
      400,000             2.50       10/28/2013                  
      25,000             3.00       01/30/2014                  
      50,000             4.25       03/23/2015                  
      150,000             7.50       09/19/2016                  
      150,000             6.51       11/11/2018                  
                                      50,000        
Garry W. Hallee
    120,395             6.00       12/14/2009                  
      90,132             1.00       12/19/2011                  
      6,355  (3)           1.00       03/05/2012                  
      75,000             3.00       01/30/2014                  
      50,000             4.25       03/23/2016                  
      150,000             7.50       09/19/2016                  
      125,000             6.51       11/11/2018                  
                                      50,000        
 
 
(1) Except as otherwise noted, all option awards listed in the table vest as to 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option 12 months after the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares vest at a rate of 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the options each month thereafter. All option awards are subject to early exercise, subject to our right of repurchase during the vesting period.
 
(2) All stock awards vest on the seventh anniversary of February 14, 2005, the vesting commencement. The vesting accelerates upon a change of control or following an initial public offering as to 50% of the shares after six months, and as to the remaining 50% of the shares after 12 months.
 
(3) All option awards fully vest on grant date.


107


Table of Contents

 
2008 Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table sets forth the number of shares acquired upon exercise of options by each named executive officer during 2008.
 
                                 
    Option Awards   Stock Awards
    Number of Shares
      Number of Shares
   
    Acquired on
  Value Realized
  Acquired on
  Value Realized
Name
  Exercise   on Exercise (1)   Vesting   on Vesting (1)
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
                50,000          
Raymond J. Sims
    9,500               50,000          
Christopher L. Jones
                50,000          
Lawrence M. Raffone
                50,000          
Garry W. Hallee
                50,000          
 
 
(1) Value realized is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise minus the exercise price. As there was no public market for our common stock on the dates the options were exercised, we have assumed the fair market value on the date of exercise was $     , which is the midpoint of the proposed price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements
 
We do not have any employment agreements or termination agreements with any of our executive officers.
 
We generally do not have change in control agreements with our executives except with regards to their equity agreements. The stock option agreements state that upon a change in control, the following will occur:
 
  •  If the executive is terminated other than for cause at any time within 12 months following a change of control; and
 
  •  If as of the date of termination some portion of the shares are still subject to the one-year cliff;
 
  •  Then the vesting for the portion of the shares still subject to the one-year cliff will be accelerated.
 
In addition, shares subject to the restricted stock purchase agreements will automatically vest upon a change of control or following an initial public offering as to 50% of the shares after six months, and the remaining 50% of the shares after 12 months.
 
For example, an executive who was hired on April 1, 2009 and who received 10,000 options would reach the one-year cliff on April 1, 2010 and 2,500 options would vest accordingly. If a change of control occurred on February 1, 2010, and the executive was terminated other than for cause, then the vesting of those 2,500 options would accelerate as of the date of the change of control.
 
Our offer letter to our Executive Vice President of Sales and Client Services provided for certain change of control benefits if his employment is involuntarily terminated during the 12-month period commencing 30 days prior to a change in control. Under the terms of his offer letter, any unvested options held by him that would otherwise have vested during the one-year period following the date of termination will become vested on the termination date.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
1998 Stock Plan
 
Our 1998 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors in April 1998 and was subsequently approved by our stockholders. The 1998 Stock Plan was originally scheduled to expire on April 9, 2008. However, pursuant to amendments to the 1998 Stock Plan adopted by our board of directors


108


Table of Contents

and subsequently approved by our stockholders, the 1998 Stock Plan will continue in effect until April 10, 2011, unless sooner terminated under the terms of the 1998 Stock Plan.
 
As of September 30, 2009, 1,167,331 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan. As of September 30, 2009, options to purchase a total of 10,560,935 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 1998 Stock Plan. The outstanding options have exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $10.00 per share. The weighted average exercise price of the options outstanding under the 1998 Stock Plan was $5.76.
 
Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted and no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under the 1998 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan but which are not subject to outstanding options on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options under our 1998 Stock Plan on the effective date of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares, will again become available for awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
The 1998 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees, including officers and employee directors, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock to employees, officers, directors (including non-employee directors) and consultants.
 
The 1998 Stock Plan has been administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by the board of directors, and may be amended or modified by the board of directors at any time, without stockholder approval, unless approval is required by applicable laws, rules or regulations or stock exchange listings standards, and provided that any amendment or termination does not impair the rights of holders of outstanding awards without their consent.
 
Stock Options.   The committee administering the 1998 Stock Plan determines the term of each option, which may not exceed 10 years (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a stockholder holding more than 10% of the voting shares of our company). To the extent an optionholder has the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, any such excess options are treated as nonstatutory stock options.
 
No option may be transferred by the optionholder other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution. Stock options may not be granted with an exercise price less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date, or, in the case of incentive stock options granted to a holder of 10% or greater of the voting shares of our company, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. Each option may be exercised during the optionholder’s lifetime solely by the optionholder. 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the options vest and become exercisable 12 months after the vesting commencement date for options granted under the 1998 Stock Plan, and the remaining options vest and become exercisable at a rate of 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the options each month thereafter. After the termination of an optionholder’s service as an employee, director, or consultant for any reason other than death or disability, such optionholder may exercise his or her vested options for the length of time stated in the option agreement, which period may not exceed three months or be less than 30 days. Generally, upon the death of the optionholder, the option will remain exercisable for six months. In the case of the optionholder’s termination of service as a result of total or permanent disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In the case of the optionholder’s termination of service as a result of a disability that does not constitute a total or permanent disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no option may be exercised after the expiration of its term.


109


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock.   Restricted stock is a share award that may be conditioned upon continued service, the achievement of performance objectives or the satisfaction of any other condition as specified in a restricted stock agreement. Restricted stock purchase rights granted may not be granted with a purchase price less than 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date, or, in the case of a holder of 10% or greater of the voting shares of our company, the price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. Participants who were awarded restricted stock under the 1998 Stock Plan generally have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such stock, other than the right to transfer such stock prior to vesting. Restricted stock may generally be subject to a repurchase right by us in the event the recipient ceases to provide services to us.
 
The 1998 Stock Plan provides that in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, or any other increase or decrease effected without receipt of consideration by the company; our board of directors will make appropriate adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of awards outstanding under the 1998 Stock Plan. The 1998 Stock Plan further provides that upon consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger, outstanding awards granted under the 1998 Stock Plan would terminate, unless assumed or substituted by an equivalent option or right by the acquiring or surviving company. For more information regarding the effect of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction on outstanding awards granted under the 1998 Stock Plan, see “Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements” above.
 
Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
 
Our Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by our board of directors on June 19, 2001 and was subsequently approved by our stockholders. Our Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan provides for grants of restricted stock to our employees and consultants.
 
As of September 30, 2009, 25,000 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under our Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan. As of September 30, 2009, 350,000 shares of restricted stock were issued but unvested under the Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan. The weighted average purchase price of the restricted stock awards granted was $0.04.
 
Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted and no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under the Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan.
 
The Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan provides for the grant of restricted stock to employees and consultants of the company.
 
The Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan was administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by the board of directors, and may be amended or modified by the board at any time, without stockholder approval, unless approval is required by applicable laws, rules or regulations or stock exchange listings standards, and provided that any amendment or termination does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder of outstanding awards without his or her consent.
 
Restricted stock is a share award that may be conditioned upon continued service, the achievement of performance objectives or the satisfaction of any other condition as specified in a restricted stock purchase agreement. Prior to an initial public offering and if required by applicable laws at the time of grant, restricted stock granted under the Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan may not be granted with a purchase price less than 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date, or, in the case of a holder of 10% or greater of the voting shares of our company, the price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant


110


Table of Contents

date. Participants who were granted restricted stock under the plan generally have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such stock, other than the right to transfer such stock prior to vesting. Restricted stock may generally be subject to a repurchase right by us in the event the recipient ceases to provide services to us.
 
The Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan provides that in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, or any other increase or decrease effected without receipt of consideration by the company, our board of directors will make appropriate adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of awards outstanding under the plan. The plan further provides that upon consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization of the company that includes a change of control, outstanding stock purchase rights granted under the Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan would terminate, unless assumed or substituted by an equivalent right by the acquiring or surviving company. For more information regarding the effect of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction on outstanding awards granted under the Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, see “Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements” above.
 
2009 Stock Incentive Plan
 
General.   Our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors in November 2009, subject to stockholder approval, and will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of Code to employees and the granting of nonstatutory stock options to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan also provides for the grants of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and stock unit awards to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants.
 
Administration.   The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, including the determination of the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonstatutory option, and the terms and conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award.
 
At the discretion of our board of directors, the compensation committee may consist solely of two or more “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or solely of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Our board of directors may appoint one or more separate committees of our board, each consisting of one or more members of our board of directors, to administer our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan with respect to employees who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Subject to applicable law, our board of directors may also authorize one or more officers to designate employees, other than employees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan and/or determine the number of such awards to be received by such employees subject to limits specified by our board of directors.
 
Authorized Shares.   Under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, 2,000,000 shares of our common stock have been authorized for issuance. In addition, the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan will be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2010 and ending in 2019, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 2,000,000 million shares, (ii) 4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding year or (iii) another amount determined by the board of directors. Shares subject to awards granted under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that expire unexercised, are forfeited or terminated before being exercised or settled, or are not delivered to the participant because such


111


Table of Contents

award is settled in cash will again become available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation related to an award will again become available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, shares originally reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan but which are not subject to outstanding options on the effective date of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options under our 1998 Stock Plan on the effective date of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares, will again become available for awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan after this offering is completed and the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan is effective.
 
No participant in the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan can receive option grants, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights or stock units totaling more than an aggregate of 500,000 shares in any calendar year, except in the participant’s first year of employment in which the participant may receive equity awards totaling up to 1,000,000 shares. No participant in the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan may be paid more than an aggregate of $1,000,000 in cash during any calendar year with respect to equity awards that are payable in cash.
 
Types of Awards.
 
  •  Stock Options.   A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock, at a certain exercise price, in the future. Under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incentive stock options and nonstatutory options must be granted with an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock options granted to any holder of more than 10% or greater of the voting shares of our company must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No incentive stock option can be granted to an employee if as a result of the grant, the employee would have the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000. The stock option agreement specifies the date when all or any installment of the option is to become exercisable. We expect that 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the options will vest and become exercisable 12 months after the vesting commencement date for options granted, and the remaining options will vest and become exercisable at a rate of 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the options each month thereafter. Each stock option agreement sets forth the term of the options, which is prohibited from exceeding 10 years (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any holder of more than 10% of our voting shares), and the extent to which the optionee will have the right to exercise the option following termination of the optionee’s service with the company. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or cash equivalents or, if provided for in the stock option agreement evidencing the award, (i) by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, shares which have already been owned by the optionee, (ii) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to us in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (iii) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge shares and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to us in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (iv) by delivering a full-recourse promissory note or (v) by any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.
 
  •  Restricted Stock.   Restricted stock is a share award that may be subject to vesting conditioned upon continued service, the achievement of performance objectives or the satisfaction of any other condition as specified in a restricted stock agreement. Participants who are granted restricted stock awards generally have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such stock, other than the right to transfer such stock prior to vesting. Subject to the terms of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, the compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of any restricted stock award, including any vesting arrangement, which will be


112


Table of Contents

  set forth in a restricted stock agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient. Restricted stock may be awarded for such consideration as the compensation committee may determine, including without limitation cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes or future services or services rendered prior to the award (without a cash payment by the recipient).
 
  •  Stock Units.   Stock units give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of stock at a future date upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including any vesting arrangement, established by the compensation committee and as set forth in a stock unit agreement. Unlike restricted stock, the stock underlying stock units will not be issued until the stock units have vested and are settled, and recipients of stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time the vesting conditions are satisfied and the award is settled. The compensation committee may elect to settle vested stock units in cash or in common stock or in a combination of cash and common stock. Subject to the terms of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, the compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of any stock unit award, which will be set forth in a stock unit agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient.
 
  •  Stock Appreciation Rights.   Stock appreciation rights may be granted independently or in combination with an award of stock options. Stock appreciation rights typically will provide for payments to the recipient based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the award. The exercise price of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the compensation committee, which shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The compensation committee may elect to pay stock appreciation rights in cash or in common stock or in a combination of cash and common stock.
 
Other Plan Features.   Under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan:
 
  •  Unless the agreement evidencing an award expressly provides otherwise, no award granted under the plan may be transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to shares issued under such award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
  •  Nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to outside directors. Any outside director who first joins the board of directors on or after the effective date, will be automatically granted an initial nonstatutory option to purchase 50,000 shares upon first becoming a member of the board. The initial option will vest and become exercisable over four years, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the initial option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting monthly after that date. Immediately after each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders, each outside director will be automatically granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares, provided that the outside director has served on the board of directors for at least six months. Each annual option will vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant, or immediately prior to the next regular annual meeting of the company’s stockholders following the date of grant if the meeting occurs prior to the first anniversary date. The options granted to outside directors will have a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant and will become fully vested if we are subject to a change of control.
 
  •  In the event of a recapitalization, stock split or similar capital transaction, we will make appropriate and equitable adjustments to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, including the share number in the formula for automatic annual increases, the limitation regarding the total number of shares underlying awards given to an individual participant in any calendar year and the number of nonstatutory stock options automatically granted to outside directors and other adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of outstanding awards under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.


113


Table of Contents

 
  •  Generally, if we merge with or into another corporation, we will provide for full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of outstanding awards or settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such awards unless the awards are continued if we are the surviving entity, or assumed or substituted for by any surviving entity or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving entity.
 
  •  If we are involved in an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger or similar transaction with another entity, the compensation committee may make awards under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan by the assumption, substitution or replacement of awards granted by another entity. The terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced awards will be determined by the compensation committee, in its discretion.
 
  •  Awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance criteria including cash flows, earnings per share, earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, return on equity, total stockholder return, share price performance, return on capital, return on assets or net assets, revenue, income or net income, operating income or net operating income, operating profit or net operating profit, operating margin or profit margin, return on operating revenue, return on invested capital, market segment, shares, costs, expenses, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product or implementation or completion of critical projects.
 
  •  The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan terminates ten years after its initial adoption, unless terminated earlier by the board of directors. The board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where required by applicable law. Any amendment or termination may not impair the rights of holders of outstanding awards without their consent.


114


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers and the registration rights described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2006 and each currently proposed transaction in which:
 
  •  we have been or are to be a participant;
 
  •  the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and
 
  •  any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals (other than tenants or employees), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
Consulting Agreements
 
We have entered into a consulting agreement, as amended and restated as of October 1, 2009, that amended and restated a prior Consulting Agreement dated May 1, 2002, with one of our directors, E. Olena Berg-Lacy. Under this agreement, Ms. Berg-Lacy serves as a strategic advisor to us. We paid Ms. Berg-Lacy $140,000, $86,000 and $0 for services under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
We have entered into a consulting agreement, dated as of March 5, 1998, as amended on January 11, 2002, with Professor William F. Sharpe. Professor Sharpe retired from our board of directors at the age of 75 in April 2009 and is currently a director emeritus. Under the consulting agreement, Professor Sharpe provides us with investment advisory services. We incurred consulting fees under this agreement of $325,000, $300,000 and $300,000 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
Other Agreements
 
In September 2006, we entered into a three-year $10.0 million term loan with Coast DL Funding L.L.C., an account managed by Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. receives fees for managing this account but has no ownership interest in Coast DL Funding L.L.C. Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our greater than 5% holders, has a strategic relationship with Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. One of our directors, Mark A. Wolfson, is a managing partner of Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. Neither Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. nor Mr. Wolfson has an ownership interest in Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. Any optional prepayment made within two years of the date the loan was entered into was subject to a prepayment penalty of 1% of principal amount of the note. The interest rate with respect to the term loan was based on 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5.00%. The term loan was repaid in full in May 2009.
 
Issuance of Preferred Stock for Anti-Dilution Adjustment
 
In March 2005, we issued 11,843 shares of our series D preferred stock and 134,915 shares of our series E preferred stock to existing holders of series D preferred stock and series E preferred stock, respectively and on a pro rata basis, in satisfaction of anti-dilution adjustments that were triggered by increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance under our stock incentive plan. Similarly, in September 2006, December 2008 and November 2009, we issued 118,480, 207,181 and 91,651 shares of our series E preferred stock, respectively, to existing holders of series E preferred stock, on a pro rata basis, in satisfaction of an anti-dilution adjustment that was triggered by increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance under our stock incentive plan.


115


Table of Contents

Registration Rights
 
We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with each of the purchasers of our preferred stock. Under this agreement, our preferred stockholders are entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of their convertible preferred stock immediately prior to completion of this offering and common stock, respectively. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.
 
Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions
 
Currently, any related party transaction is submitted to our board of directors and are approved by a disinterested majority of our board of directors. Our board of directors has approved a Related Person Transactions Policy that will be effective upon consummation of this offering. This Related Person Transactions Policy will provide for approval by the audit committee of our board of directors of transactions with our company valued at or more than $120,000 in which any director, officer, 5% or greater stockholder or certain related persons or entities has a direct or indirect material interest.


116


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information as of November 30, 2009 about the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned and the percentage of common stock beneficially owned before and after the completion of this offering by:
 
  •  each person or group of persons known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each of the selling stockholders.
 
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Financial Engines, Inc., 1804 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303.
 
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
 
Applicable percentage ownership is based on 32,966,515 shares of common stock outstanding on November 30, 2009, which gives effect to the conversion of each share of our preferred stock into one share of common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that          shares of common stock will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2009. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
                                         
    Beneficial
                   
    Ownership of
          Beneficial Ownership of
 
    Shares Before the
    Number
    Shares after the
 
    Offering     of Shares
    Offering  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent     Offered     Number     Percent  
 
5% Stockholders:
                                       
Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. (1)
    5,737,525       17.4 %                           
Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P. (2)
    4,745,358       14.4                          
Entities affiliated with Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. (3)
    3,058,628       9.3                          
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
                                       
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda (4)
    1,637,385       4.8                          
Raymond J. Sims (5)
    537,017       1.6                          
Christopher L. Jones (6)
    1,227,600       3.6                          
Lawrence M. Raffone (7)
    1,069,292       3.1                          
Garry Hallee (8)
    893,953       2.7                          
Paul G. Koontz (9)
    5,737,525       17.4                          


117


Table of Contents

                                         
    Beneficial
                   
    Ownership of
          Beneficial Ownership of
 
    Shares Before the
    Number
    Shares after the
 
    Offering     of Shares
    Offering  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent     Offered     Number     Percent  
 
E. Olena Berg-Lacy (10)
    205,000       *                          
Heidi Fields (11)
    50,000       *                          
Joseph A. Grundfest (12)
    713,199       2.2                          
C. Richard Kramlich (13)
    4,745,358       14.4                          
Mark A. Wolfson (14)
    34,175       *                          
All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons) (15)
    17,932,140       46.7 %                        
 
Selling Stockholders:
 
 
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
 
(1) Represents 2,871,232 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P., 2,510,756 shares held by Foundation Capital, L.P., 278,974 shares held by Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, LLC and 76,563 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC. Paul G. Koontz, one of our directors, is a Managing Member of Foundation Capital Management Co., LLC, which is the general partner of Foundation Capital, L.P. and Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, LLC. Mr. Koontz is a Managing Member of FC Leadership Management Co., LLC, which is the general partner of Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. and FC Leadership Principals Fund, LLC. Mr. Koontz holds voting and dispositive power over the securities held by these funds. Mr. Koontz disclaims beneficial ownership of the reported securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. is 250 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
 
(2) Represents 4,068,257 shares held by New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P., 624,000 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 9, L.P., 49,093 shares held by NEA Presidents Fund, L.P. and 4,008 shares held by NEA Ventures 1997, L.P. The shares held by New Enterprise Associates VII are indirectly held by NEA Partners VII, Limited Partnership, the sole general partner of NEA Partners VII and the individual general partners of NEA Partners VII, Limited Partnership. The shares held by New Enterprise Associates 9 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 9, Limited Partnership, the sole general partner of New Enterprise Associates 9 and the individual general partners of NEA Partners 9. The shares held by each of NEA Presidents Fund are indirectly held by NEA General Partners L.P., the sole general partner of NEA Presidents Fund and the individual general partners of NEA General Partners. C. Richard Kramlich, one of our directors, shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these funds with Peter Barris, John M. Nehra, Charles W. Newhall, III and Mark Perry. Messrs. Kramlich, Barris, Nehra, Newhall and Perry disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest therein, if any. Pamela J. Clark, the general partner of NEA Ventures 1997, holds voting and dispositive power over the shares held by NEA Ventures 1997. Ms. Clark disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of the New Enterprise Associates funds is 2490 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
 
(3) Represents 2,982,159 shares held by Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. and 76,469 shares held by Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P. OHCP MGP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, holds voting and dispositive power over these shares. Mark A. Wolfson, one of our directors, is one of eight members of OHCP MGP, LLC. The principal business address of Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. is 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 220, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
 
(4) Includes 1,355,372 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 564,584 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009, and 50,000

118


Table of Contents

restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009. Also includes 36,222 shares held in each of three separate trusts for each of his three children, for which Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda serves as custodian. Mr. Maggioncalda has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these trusts. Also includes 144,739 shares held in trust by The 1999 Maggioncalda Family Trust. Mr. Maggioncalda has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the trust.
 
(5) Includes 400,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 214,584 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009, and 50,000 restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009. Also includes 3,542 shares held in trust for one of his children, for which Raymond J. Sims serves as a custodian. Mr. Sims has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the trust.
 
(6) Includes 840,963 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 225,001 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009, and 50,000 restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009.
 
(7) Includes 985,001 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 243,751 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009, and 50,000 restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009.
 
(8) Includes 621,487 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 250,001 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009, and 50,000 restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009. Also includes 63,187 shares held in trust by the Hallee Family Trust. Mr. Hallee has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the trust.
 
(9) Represents 2,871,232 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Fund L.P., 2,510,756 shares held by Foundation Capital, L.P., 278,974 shares held by Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, LLC and 76,563 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC. Mr. Koontz, one of our directors, is a Manager of Foundation Capital Management Co., LLC, which is the general partner of Foundation Capital, L.P. and the sole manager of Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, LLC. Mr. Koontz is a Manager of FC Leadership Management Co., LLC, which is the general partner of Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. and the sole manager of FC Leadership Principals Fund, LLC.  Mr. Koontz holds voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these funds. Mr. Koontz disclaims beneficial ownership of the reported securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(10) Includes 160,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 52,084 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009.
 
(11) Consists of 50,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, all of which are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009.
 
(12) Includes 713,199 shares held in trust by The Grundfest Living Trust U/T/A DD 8/25/97. Mr. Grundfest shares voting and dispositive power over these shares with Carol C. Grundfest.
 
(13) Represents 4,068,257 shares held by New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P., 624,000 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 9, L.P., 49,093 shares held by NEA Presidents Fund, L.P. and 4,008 shares held by NEA Ventures 1997, L.P. Mr. Kramlich shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these funds with Peter Barris, John M. Nehra, Charles W. Newhall, III and Mark Perry. Messrs. Kramlich, Barris, Nehra, Newhall and Perry disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(14) Does not include 2,982,159 shares held by Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. and 76,469 shares held by Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P. as to which Mr. Wolfson disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(15) Includes 5,445,123 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 2,096,781 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009, and 325,000 restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of November 30, 2009.


119


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws is only a summary. You should also refer to the copies of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of Delaware law. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock and the restatement of our certificate of incorporation.
 
Common Stock
 
As of September 30, 2009, there were 32,784,581 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 371 stockholders of record, assuming the conversion on a one-for-one basis of each outstanding share of series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock, series C preferred stock, series D preferred stock, series E preferred stock and series F preferred stock upon the completion of this offering.
 
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Upon completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our common stockholders will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors by our certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the voting shares will be able to elect all of the directors then standing for election. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All currently outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, when paid for, will also be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our series A preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of 1,030,006 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our series B preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 3,445,858 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our series C preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 3,123,573 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our series D preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 3,655,166 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our series E preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 7,411,158 shares of common stock and each outstanding share of our series F preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 3,684,211 shares of common stock.
 
Following the conversion, our certificate of incorporation will be amended to delete all references to the prior series of preferred stock and our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue from time to time up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of


120


Table of Contents

preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. We expect that our board of directors will be authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. We expect that our board of directors will also be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
 
The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or alter other rights of the holders of our common stock, or that could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock after the completion of this offering.
 
Warrant
 
As of September 30, 2009, there was a warrant outstanding to purchase 108,290 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $9.23 per share, upon completion of this offering. The warrant expired in October 2009.
 
Registration Rights
 
After this offering, the holders of 23,596,952 shares of common stock, including shares issued upon conversion of the preferred stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders are entitled to contractual rights by which they may require us to register those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to a lock-up period for 163 days, subject to extension as described under “Shares Eligible For Future Sale.” If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for our own account, holders of those shares are entitled to include their shares in our registration, provided they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between us and the underwriters selected by us, and among other conditions, that the underwriters of any such offering have the right to limit the number of shares included in the registration. Six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and subject to limitations and conditions specified in the registration rights agreement with the holders, holders of at least 50% of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock, series C preferred stock, series D preferred stock, series E preferred stock and series F preferred stock may require us to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense covering those shares, provided that the shares to be included in the registration have an anticipated aggregate public offering price of at least $25,000,000. We are not obligated to effect more than two of these demand registrations. In addition, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and subject to limitations and conditions specified in the registration rights agreement with the holders, holders of at least 50% of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the series D preferred stock, series E preferred stock and series F preferred stock may require us to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense covering those shares, provided that the shares to be included in the registration have an anticipated aggregate public offering price of at least $5,000,000. We are not obligated to effect more than two of these demand registrations. Holders of those shares may also require us to file additional registration statements on Form S-3, subject to limitations specified in the registration rights agreement.


121


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.
 
Delaware Law
 
We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  the transaction is approved by the board of directors before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •  on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors, the business combination is authorized at a meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
In general, Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person.
 
A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of, and do not currently intend to opt out of, this provision. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.


122


Table of Contents

Charter and Bylaws
 
Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that:
 
  •  no action can be taken by stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, and stockholders may not act by written consent;
 
  •  the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each director serving a three-year term;
 
  •  the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent or call a special meeting;
 
  •  our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;
 
  •  stockholders may not call special meetings of the stockholders or fill vacancies on the board;
 
  •  stockholders must provide notice of nominations of directors or the proposal of business to be voted on at an annual meeting;
 
  •  our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, as described above;
 
  •  our board of directors will be elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  directors may only be removed for cause; and
 
  •  we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that they may incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
We will adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Accordingly, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liabilities:
 
  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions, as provided under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Any amendment or repeal of these provisions will require the approval of the holders of shares representing at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class.
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other


123


Table of Contents

agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that could require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
 
The Nasdaq Global Market Listing Symbol
 
We intend to apply to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FNGN.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is          .


124


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.
 
Sale of Restricted Shares
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have           outstanding shares of common stock, assuming that there are no exercised outstanding options after          2010. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable, other than by any of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144(a) under the Securities Act, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as described below.
 
As a result of the lock-up agreements described below, other contractual restrictions on resale and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 described below, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
  •  no shares will be eligible for sale prior to 163 days after the date of this prospectus;
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 163 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below, and when permitted under Rule 144 or 701; and
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 163 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed with limited exceptions that they will not sell any shares of common stock owned by them without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the underwriters for a period of 163 days from the date of this prospectus; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial lock-up period, we release earnings results or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial lock-up period, then in each case the lock-up period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 17-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. waives, in writing, such extension. As a result, the maximum possible lock-up period under these lock-up agreements is 180 days beginning on the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, Goldman, Sachs & Co. may in its sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and these shares are sold into the market, the market price of our common stock could decline. Immediately following the 163-day lock-up period, shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will become available for sale, subject to legal restrictions on resale. See “Underwriting .”


125


Table of Contents

Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.
 
In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:
 
  •  the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and
 
  •  the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.
 
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person deemed to be our affiliate, who beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, or approximately           shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are subject to requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
Subject to various limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to the resale of securities originally purchased from us by our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisers prior to the completion of this offering, pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating to the compensation of such persons. In addition, the SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by us before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of those options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be restricted securities and, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless subject to the contractual restrictions described above, may be sold by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the minimum holding period requirements. All securities issued in reliance on 701 are also subject to the 163-day lock-up period described above.
 
Stock Plans
 
We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering           shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. This registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open


126


Table of Contents

market unless those shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described above.
 
Registration Rights
 
In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 23,596,952 shares of common stock, without taking into account the shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, including shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock, series C preferred stock, series D preferred stock, series E preferred stock and series F preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, will be entitled to rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to the 163-day lock-up period. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares, other than shares purchased by our affiliates, becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”


127


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
General
 
On April 20, 2009, we, and our subsidiary, Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc., as borrower, entered into a second amended and restated loan and security agreement that provides for a three-year $10.0 million term loan, which matures on May 1, 2012, and a 364-day $7.0 million revolving credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The key terms of the term loan are described below. This description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
Loan and Terms of Payment
 
Under the terms of the loan and security agreement, we may borrow up to the lesser of (a) $7.0 million or (b) the sum of 80% of our eligible accounts and 50% of our eligible intra-quarter managed accounts through our revolving credit facility. As part of our revolving credit facility, the lender may issue letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of $2.5 million. We are required to immediately reimburse the lender for drawings made under the letters of credit. In addition, we may enter into foreign exchange contracts with the lender under which we commit to purchase from or sell to the lender specified amounts of foreign currency on specific days up to an aggregate amount of $2.5 million. We also may use up to $2.5 million of the revolving credit facility for the lender’s cash management services. Any amounts paid under the foreign exchange contracts or for the cash management services will be treated as advances under the revolving credit facility and accrue interest at the applicable interest rate.
 
We also may borrow up to $10.0 million under our term loan as either a prime rate loan or a LIBOR rate loan. We must repay any principal and accrued interest in 36 equal installments.
 
Interest and Fees
 
The interest rate for the revolving credit facility will accrue at a floating rate per annum rate equal to 0.75% above the prime rate, which is payable monthly, and which may be increased by an additional 5.00% in the event of default. We also must pay a commitment fee equal to 0.25% of the revolving credit facility. However, if our account balances with the lender drop below $5.0 million at any time, we will immediately owe the lender an additional commitment fee of $30,000.
 
The interest rate for a prime rate loan is at a rate per annum equal to 1.50% above the prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate for prime rate loans of 5.50% per annum, subject to an additional 5.00% in the event of default. The interest rate for a LIBOR loan is 4.00% above the three-month LIBOR rate per annum, measured on a 360-day basis, with a minimum LIBOR rate of 1.50% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate for LIBOR loans of 5.50% per annum, which may be increased in the event of default to prime rate plus 5.00%. We also paid a fee of $50,000, or an amount equal to 0.50% of the term loan.
 
Immediately upon an event of default and during the continuance of any event of default, all outstanding amounts under the revolving credit facility or a prime rate loan will bear an interest rate per annum that is 5.00% above the rate that would otherwise be applicable to such amounts.
 
Guarantees and Security
 
The borrower, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees the prompt and complete payment and performance of the note when due.
 
The term loan is secured by a security interest in all of our personal property, including our deposit accounts, intellectual property and intellectual property licenses, investment property and receivables.


128


Table of Contents

Covenants
 
The loan and security agreement contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to create liens, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, incur indebtedness and guarantees, repurchase or redeem capital stock and indebtedness, make certain investments, acquisitions and capital expenditures, enter into certain transactions with affiliates or change the nature of our business.
 
The loan and security agreement also contains financial covenants, including:
 
  •  the maintenance of a ratio of (a) quick assets to (b) the sum of (i) current liabilities plus (ii) all advances and term loans minus (iii) deferred revenue of at least 1.15 to 1.0 through September 30, 2009, and at least 1.25:1.00 thereafter;
 
  •  a minimum EBITDA for each fiscal quarter of $750,000; and
 
  •  a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.50 for the period ending September 30, 2009, 2.0 for the period ending December 31, 2009, 1.50 for the period ending March 31, 2010, 2.0 for the period ending June 30, 2010 and 2.50 for the period ending September 30, 2010 and thereafter.
 
Events of Default
 
Events of default, subject to certain exceptions and limitations and whereupon the note shall become immediately due and payable, include: non-payment of principal or interest as such amounts become due, misrepresentation, breach of covenants, other defaults, insolvency proceedings, bankruptcy filing, judgments, cross-defaults, dissolution or liquidation and cessation of the enforceability of any material provision of the note or any lien created therein.


129


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof that may be relevant to you if you are a non-U.S. Holder.
 
As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. Holder” means any person that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its sources; or
 
  •  a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
 
This discussion is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. This discussion is limited to non-U.S. Holders who hold shares of our common stock as capital assets. Moreover, this discussion is for general information only and does not address all the U.S. federal income tax consequences and does not address foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your personal circumstances, nor does it discuss special tax provisions that may apply to you if you relinquished U.S. citizenship or residence. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, if you are an expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). If you are a partnership holding our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.
 
EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER IS ADVISED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
 
Dividends
 
If dividends are paid on our common stock, as a non-U.S. Holder, you will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To claim the benefit of a lower rate under an income tax treaty, you must properly file with the payor an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor form, certifying under penalty of perjury that you are not a United States person (as defined under the Code) and claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the applicable tax treaty. Special certification and other requirements apply to you if you are a pass-through entity rather than a corporation or individual or if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries.
 
If dividends are considered effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of yours, those dividends will not be subject to withholding tax, but instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates


130


Table of Contents

as if you were a United States person (as defined under the Code), unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or successor form, is filed with the payor. In addition, if you are required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or successor form, as discussed above, you must also provide your tax identification number. If you are a foreign corporation, any effectively connected dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
As a non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is considered effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of yours, in which case, you will generally be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as if you were a United States person (as defined in the Code) and, if you are a corporation, you may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty;
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case, you will be subject to a 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period you held our common stock, you held, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and are not likely to become, a USRPHC.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
If you are an individual, our common stock held at the time of your death will be included in your gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
Current U.S. federal tax law provides for reductions in U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of such estate tax entirely in 2010. Under this law, such estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions, in 2011, unless further legislation is enacted.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax
 
We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each of you the amount of dividends paid to you and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and withholding may also be made available by the Internal Revenue Service to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or other applicable agreements.
 
Backup withholding tax may also apply to dividend payments made to you on or with respect to our common stock unless you certify under penalty of perjury that you are a non-U.S. Holder (and we


131


Table of Contents

do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person (as defined under the Code)) or you otherwise establish an exemption.
 
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through United States-related financial intermediaries unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person (as defined under the Code)) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required procedures are followed.
 
You should consult your tax advisor regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to you.


132


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below, have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the representative of the underwriters.
 
         
Underwriter
  Number of Shares  
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
           
UBS Investment Bank
       
Piper Jaffray & Co.
       
Cowen and Company, LLC
       
         
Total
                
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than those shares covered by the option described below.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional           shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares.
 
Paid by Us
 
                 
        Full
    No Exercise   Exercise
 
Per Share
  $           $        
Total
  $       $  
 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
                 
        Full
    No Exercise   Exercise
 
Per Share
  $
    $        
Total
  $           $        
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
 
We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 163 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives.


133


Table of Contents

This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
The 163-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 163-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 163-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 163-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 17-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
We intend to apply to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FNGN.”
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the company and selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
We and the selling stockholders estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $      million.


134


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. is acting as an underwriter of this offering, and we will enter into an underwriting agreement with them.
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. owns 1,307,837 shares of Series E preferred stock as of September 30, 2009.
 
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, including securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
 
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the issuer.
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.


135


Table of Contents

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom
 
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
 
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
Notice to Residents of Hong Kong
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
Notice to Residents of Singapore
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
Notice to Residents of Japan
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or


136


Table of Contents

sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, San Francisco, California.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Financial Engines, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Please refer to the registration statement, exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document are only summaries. With respect to any contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a copy of the contract or document, and each statement in this prospectus regarding that contract or document is qualified by reference to the exhibit. A copy of the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules may be inspected without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and we intend to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above.


137


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
    F-2  
       
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
       
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    F-28  
    F-29  
    F-30  
    F-31  
    F-32  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Financial Engines, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Financial Engines, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Financial Engines, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Mountain View, California
May 29, 2009


F-2


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
 
                 
   
2007
   
2008
 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,015     $ 14,857  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $309 in 2007 and $180 in 2008
    15,791       12,826  
Prepaid expenses
    1,582       1,537  
Other current assets
    1,058       1,575  
                 
Total current assets
    33,446       30,795  
Property and equipment, net
    2,058       2,991  
Internal use software, net
    4,521       6,474  
Other assets
    2,083       2,042  
                 
Total assets
  $ 42,108     $ 42,302  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 3,558     $ 5,405  
Accrued compensation
    6,752       2,283  
Deferred revenue
    6,700       7,040  
Bank borrowings and note payable
          13,500  
Other current liabilities
    46       77  
                 
Total current liabilities
    17,056       28,305  
Note payable
    10,000        
Deferred revenue
    3,030       2,271  
Other liabilities
    508       457  
                 
Total liabilities
    30,594       31,033  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (see note 9)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 24,100,000 shares; issued and outstanding 22,142,791 shares; and 22,349,972 shares at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Aggregate liquidation preference of $139,404 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008
    2       2  
Common stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized 47,650,000 shares; issued and outstanding 10,138,300; and 10,287,881 shares at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively
    1       1  
Additional paid-in capital
    171,728       174,749  
Preferred stock warrant
    1,191       1,191  
Deferred compensation
    (923 )     (575 )
Accumulated deficit
    (160,485 )     (164,099 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    11,514       11,269  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 42,108     $ 42,302  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008
(In thousands, except per share data)
                         
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
 
Revenue:
                       
Professional management
  $   14,597     $   28,226     $   38,963  
Platform
    28,950       31,374       29,498  
Other
    4,686       3,750       2,810  
                         
Total revenue
    48,233       63,350       71,271  
Cost of revenue  (1)
    15,691       20,602       27,588  
                         
Gross profit
    32,542       42,748       43,683  
                         
Operating expense:
                       
Research and development  (1)
    14,233       14,643       13,663  
Sales and marketing  (1)
    18,807       19,871       21,157  
General and administrative  (1)
    5,557       6,663       6,613  
Withdrawn offering expense
                3,031  
Amortization of internal use software  (1)
    2,499       3,070       2,258  
                         
Total operating expense
    41,096       44,247       46,722  
                         
Loss from operations
    (8,554 )     (1,499 )     (3,039 )
Interest expense
    (317 )     (961 )     (799 )
Interest and other income, net
    896       687       236  
                         
Loss before income tax expense
    (7,975 )     (1,773 )     (3,602 )
Income tax expense
    8       31       12  
                         
Net loss
    (7,983 )     (1,804 )     (3,614 )
Less preferred stock dividend
    930             2,362  
                         
Net loss attributable to holders of common stock
  $ (8,913 )   $ (1,804 )   $ (5,976 )
                         
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to holders of common stock
  $ (1.00 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.61 )
Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to holders of common stock
    8,879       9,427       9,767  
                         
                         
                         
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                       
Cost of revenue
  $ 358     $ 648     $ 817  
Research and development
    921       1,134       796  
Sales and marketing
    1,189       1,150       1,112  
General and administrative
    480       1,434       801  
Amortization of internal use software
    11       50       63  
                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 2,959     $ 4,416     $ 3,589  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008
(In thousands, except share data)
 
                                                                                         
                                                    Accumulated
             
                            Additional
    Preferred
    Deferred
    Stockholder
    other
          Total
 
    Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in
    Stock
    Stock
    Notes
    Comprehensive
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares    
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Warrant
   
Compensation
   
Receivable
   
Loss
   
Deficit
   
Equity
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2006
    22,024,311     $ 2       9,293,894     $ 1     $  164,163     $  1,191     $  (2,770 )   $ (144 )   $ 1     $  (150,698 )   $  11,746  
Antidilution issuance of Series E preferred stock
    118,480                                                              
Issuance of common stock
                702,707             984                                     984  
Repurchase of unvested shares of restricted stock
                (125,000 )           (6 )                                   (6 )
Reduction of deferred stock compensation due to repurchase of restricted stock
                            (619 )           619                          
Amortization of deferred stock compensation under the intrinsic value method
                                        682                         682  
Stock-based compensation under the fair value method
                            2,137                                     2,137  
Nonemployee stock-based compensation expense
                            208                                     208  
Unrealized loss on investment
                                                    (1 )           (1 )
Net loss
                                                          (7,983 )     (7,983 )
                                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                                    (7,984 )
                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2006
    22,142,791       2       9,871,601       1       166,867       1,191       (1,469 )     (144 )           (158,681 )     7,767  
Issuance of common stock
                304,199             909                                     909  
Repayment of stockholder notes receivable for cash
                                              144                   144  
Repurchase of unvested shares
                (37,500 )                                                
Amortization of deferred stock compensation under the intrinsic value method
                                        546                         546  
Stock-based compensation under the fair value method
                            3,843                                     3,843  
Non-employee stock-based compensation expense
                            109                                     109  
Net loss
                                                          (1,804 )     (1,804 )
                                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                                    (1,804 )
                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    22,142,791       2       10,138,300       1       171,728       1,191       (923 )                 (160,485 )     11,514  
Antidilution issuance of Series E preferred stock
    207,181                                                                
Issuance of common stock
                236,042             552                                     552  
Net share settlements for restricted stock awards minimum tax withholdings
                (86,461 )           (830 )                                   (830 )
Amortization of deferred stock compensation under the intrinsic value method
                                        348                         348  
Stock-based compensation under the fair value method
                            3,303                                     3,303  
Nonemployee stock-based compensation expense
                            (4 )                                   (4 )
Net loss
                                                          (3,614 )     (3,614 )
                                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                                    (3,614 )
                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    22,349,972     $ 2       10,287,881     $ 1     $ 174,749     $ 1,191     $ (575 )   $     $  —     $ (164,099 )   $ 11,269  
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 


F-5


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008
(In thousands)
 
                         
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net loss
  $ (7,983 )   $ (1,804 )   $ (3,614 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    1,388       1,284       1,641  
Amortization of internal use software
    2,488       3,020       2,196  
Amortization of stock-based compensation
    2,959       4,416       3,589  
Amortization of deferred sales commissions
    864       1,034       991  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    125       451       136  
Loss on fixed asset disposal
                2  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (1,770 )     (8,253 )     2,828  
Prepaid expenses
    (14 )     (49 )     45  
Other assets
    (1,629 )     (923 )     (1,466 )
Accounts payable
    655       204       1,726  
Accrued compensation
    2,946       854       (4,469 )
Deferred revenue
    (1,694 )     405       (419 )
Other liabilities
    3       131       2  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (1,662 )     770       3,188  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (1,152 )     (1,426 )     (2,456 )
Capitalization of internal use software
    (2,791 )     (3,560 )     (4,092 )
Purchases of short-term investments
    (3,480 )            
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments
    5,172              
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,251 )     (4,986 )     (6,548 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from notes payable
    25,000              
Payments on notes payable
    (15,000 )            
Proceeds from bank borrowings
                3,500  
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (25 )     (18 )     (20 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    984       909       552  
Net share settlements for restricted stock awards minimum tax withholdings
                (830 )
Repayment of stockholder notes receivable
          144        
Repurchase of unvested common stock
    (6 )            
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    10,953       1,035       3,202  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    7,040       (3,181 )     (158 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    11,156       18,196       15,015  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 18,196     $  15,015     $  14,857  
                         
Supplemental cash flows information:
                       
Income taxes paid
  $ 9     $ 9     $ 150  
Interest paid
    261       961       867  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Preferred stock dividend
    930             2,362  
Unrealized gain or loss on short-term investments
    (1 )            
Purchase of property and equipment under capital lease
    81              
Capitalized stock-based compensation
    79       133       120  
Accounts payable for purchases of property and equipment
    79       33       121  
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 — THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The Company
 
Financial Engines, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on May 13, 1996 under the laws of the state of California and is headquartered in Palo Alto, California. The Company is a provider of independent, technology-enabled portfolio management services, investment advice and retirement help to participants in employer-sponsored defined contribution retirement plans such as 401(k) plans. The Company uses its proprietary advice technology platform to provide its services to retirement plan participants, regardless of personal wealth or account size, on a cost-efficient basis. The Company’s business model is based on workplace delivery of its services. The Company targets three key constituencies in the retirement plan markets: plan participants (employees of companies offering defined contribution plans, collectively referred to as 401(k) plans), plan sponsors (employers offering 401(k) plans to their employees) and plan providers (companies providing administrative services to retirement plan sponsors).
 
The Company has incurred losses to date and continues to devote the majority of its resources to the growth of the Company’s business in accordance with its business plan. The Company’s activities have been financed primarily through the sale of equity securities and, to a lesser extent, cash flows from operations and notes payable and other borrowings.
 
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, the carrying amount and useful lives of property, equipment and internal use software cost, valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of these instruments approximates fair value because of their short-term maturity.
 
Marketable Securities
 
Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value with the resulting unrealized gain or loss recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). Other-than-temporary declines in market value from original cost are charged to interest and other income in the period in which the loss occurs. In determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in the market value has occurred, the Company


F-7


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
considers the duration that, and extent to which, fair value of the investment is below its cost. Realized gains and losses are included in interest and other income in the consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, there was no realized gain or loss and the unrealized (loss) gain was $(1,000), $0 and $0, respectively.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company believes the fair value of its financial instruments, principally cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank borrowings, note and accounts payable, approximate their recorded values due to the short-term nature of the instruments or interest rates, which are comparable with current rates.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement (SFAS) 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements.
 
The Company adopted SFAS 157 effective January 1, 2008, for all of its financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually). To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in valuation techniques. There are three levels to the fair value hierarchy of inputs to fair value, as follows:
 
  •  Level 1: Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
  •  Level 2: Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
  •  Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.
 
The Company measures and reports its investments in money market funds at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value of the Company’s investments in certain money market funds approximates their face value. Such instruments are classified as Level 1 and are included in cash and cash equivalents.
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company deposits its cash and cash equivalents primarily with a major bank, in which deposits may exceed federal deposit insurance limits.
 
The Company’s customers are concentrated in the United States of America. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and does not require collateral. The Company reviews the need for allowances for potential credit losses and such losses have been insignificant to date.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Significant customer information is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
   
2007
 
2008
 
Percentage of accounts receivable:
               
Customer A
    14 %     21 %
Customer B
    39       22  
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
Percentage of revenue:
                       
Customer A
    10 %     10 %     10 %
Customer B
    13       15       17  
Customer C
    11       10       11  
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible trade receivables. The Company reviews its trade receivables by aging category to identify significant customers with collection issues. For accounts not specifically identified, the Company provides reserves based on historical bad debt loss experience.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the useful life of the asset. Software purchased for internal use is amortized over its useful life. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
         
    Estimated
    Useful Lives
   
in Years
 
Computer equipment
    3  
Computer software
    3  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    5  
 
Internal Use Software
 
The Company capitalizes certain direct development costs associated with Internal Use Software in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 00-2, Accounting for Website Development Costs. The capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated lives of two to five years. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company capitalized approximately $2.9 million, $3.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of development costs, including interest and stock compensation expense, relating to technology to be used to enhance the


F-9


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company’s internal use software and website for delivery of its financial advice services. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, included in the total costs capitalized are $75,000 and $104,000, respectively, of interest related to internal use software. The Company did not capitalize any interest related to website development in the year ended December 31, 2006, as such amounts were not significant. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company capitalized $79,000, $133,000 and $120,000, respectively, of noncash stock-based compensation costs related to website development.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
In accordance with SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , long-lived assets, such as property, equipment and capitalized website development costs subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.
 
Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.
 
Sales Commissions
 
Deferred sales commissions consist of incremental costs paid to the Company’s direct sales force associated with the execution of noncancelable customer contracts. The deferred sales commission amounts are recoverable through future revenue streams under the noncancelable customer contracts. The Company believes this is the preferable method of accounting as the commission charges are so closely related to the revenue from the noncancelable customer contracts that they should be recorded as an asset and charged to expense over the life of the related noncancelable customer contracts, which is typically three years. Amortization of deferred sales commissions is included in marketing and sales expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
The Company capitalized sales commission of $1.7 million, $1.1 million and $1.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and amortized $864,000, $1.0 million and $991,000 of deferred sales commissions during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
Comprehensive Loss
 
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive loss comprises solely unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities.
 
Segment Information
 
The Company operates in one reportable segment in accordance with SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information . The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its chief executive officer, reviews its operating results on an aggregate basis and manages its operations as


F-10


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
a single operating segment. In addition, all of the Company’s operations and assets are based in the United States.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met:
 
  •  There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, as evidenced by a signed contract;
 
  •  Delivery has occurred or the service has been made available to the customer, which occurs upon completion of implementation and connectivity services and acceptance by the customer;
 
  •  The collectibility of the fees is reasonably assured; and
 
  •  The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.
 
The Company generates its revenue through three primary sources: professional management, platform and other revenue.
 
Professional Management.   The Company derives Professional Management revenue from management fees paid by plan participants for its Professional Management service. This discretionary investment management service includes a Retirement Plan analyzing investments, contribution rate and projected retirement income, and a Retirement Checkup designed to help plan participants to develop a strategy for closing the gap, if any, between the participant’s retirement goal and current retirement income forecast. The services are generally made available to plan participants in a 401(k) plan by written agreements between the Company and the plan provider, plan sponsor and the plan participant. The arrangement generally provides for management fees based on the value of assets we manage for plan participants, and is generally payable quarterly in arrears. Revenue derived from Professional Management services is recognized as the services are performed.
 
Platform.   The Company derives platform revenue from recurring, annual subscription-based platform fees for access to either its full suite of services, including Professional Management, Online Advice and Retirement Evaluation, or its Online Advice service only. Online Advice is a nondiscretionary Internet-based investment advisory service, which includes features such as: recommendations among the investment alternatives available in the employer sponsored retirement plan; a summary of the current value of the plan account; a forecast of how much the plan account investments might be worth at retirement; whether a change is recommended to the contribution rate, risk and diversification and/or unrestricted employer stock holdings; and a projection of how much the participant may spend at retirement. Plan participants may use the service as frequently as they choose to monitor progress toward their financial goals, receive forecasts and investment recommendations and access educational content at the Company’s website. The arrangements generally provide for the Company’s fees to be paid by the plan sponsor, plan provider or the retirement plan itself, depending on the plan structure. Platform revenue is generally paid annually in advance and recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, which is typically three to five years in length, beginning after the completion of customer setup and data connectivity.
 
Other.   Other revenue includes reimbursement for marketing and member materials from certain subadvisory relationships, reimbursement for providing personal statements to participants from a limited number of plan sponsors and plan implementation fees. A small portion of other revenue is derived from a defined benefit consulting business. Revenue is recognized as the related services are performed, in accordance with the specific terms of the contract with the customers.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Deferred Revenue
 
Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition generated by the Company’s platform and implementation service revenue described above. For these services, the Company generally invoices its customers in annual or quarterly installments payable in advance. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of annual or multiyear, noncancelable subscription contracts. Implementation service revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated customer life, which is usually three to five years.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue includes expenses from portfolio management, operations, advisor call center operations, technical operations, including information technology, customer support, installation and set-up costs, data connectivity fees and printed materials costs for certain subadvisory relationships where the reimbursed costs are included in other revenue. These expenses are shared across the different revenue categories and the Company is not able to meaningfully allocate such costs between separate categories of revenue. Consequently, all costs and expenses applicable to the Company’s revenue are included in the category cost of revenue in the Company’s statements of operations.
 
Advertising Costs
 
The Company’s advertising costs consist primarily of print materials associated with new customer solicitations. The Company accounts for its advertising costs in accordance with SOP 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs. Print materials costs primarily relate to either Active Enrollment campaigns, where marketing materials are sent to solicit enrollment in professional management, or Passive Enrollment campaigns, where the plan sponsor defaults all eligible members into the professional management service unless they decline. Advertising costs relating to Passive Enrollment campaigns do not qualify as direct response advertising and are expensed to sales and marketing at the first time advertisement takes place. The Company has concluded that the costs associated with Active Enrollment campaigns qualify as direct response advertising under SOP 93-7. As of December 31, 2008, the Company determined that it did not have sufficient verifiable historical patterns to estimate the probable future economic benefit from Active Enrollment campaigns in order to capitalize such costs. Consequently, all related advertising costs have been expensed at the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $1.2 million, $1.8 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, of which direct advised Active Enrollment campaign expense was $1.2 million, $1.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which requires a two-step approach to recognizing, derecognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The adoption of FIN 48 had no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In accordance with its accounting policy, the Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , using the prospective transition method, which requires the application of the provisions of SFAS 123R only to new awards granted, and to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled, after the effective date. Under this transition method, total employee stock-based compensation expense recognized beginning January 1, 2006 is based on the following: (1) the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted or modified after January 1, 2006 and (2) the balance of deferred stock-based compensation related to stock option awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, which was calculated using the intrinsic value method as previously permitted under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees .
 
Under SFAS 123R, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company amortizes stock-based compensation expense using a graded vesting method over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The expected term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of the Company’s stock-based awards. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company uses the “simplified” method, as discussed in Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 107 and 110, Share-Based Payment, in developing an estimate of expected term of stock options in accordance with SFAS 123R. The computation of expected volatility for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 is based on a combination of the historical and implied volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer group based on industry and market capitalization data. As required by SFAS 123R, management estimates expected forfeitures and recognizes compensation costs only for those stock-based awards expected to vest.
 
The Company’s current practice is to issue new shares to settle stock option exercises.
 
Net Loss per Common Share
 
Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period less the weighted average number of unvested common shares subject to our right of repurchase. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common shares, including options, common stock subject to repurchase, warrants and convertible preferred stock. Basic and diluted net loss per common share were the same for all periods presented as the impact of all potentially dilutive securities outstanding was anti-dilutive.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2008, the EITF reached consensus on Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock. EITF 07-5 provides guidance for instruments (including options or warrants on a company’s shares, forward contracts on a company’s shares and convertible preferred stock) that may contain contract terms that call into question whether


F-13


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the instrument or embedded feature is indexed to the entity’s own stock. EITF 07-5 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company currently is evaluating the impact of applying EITF 07-5.
 
NOTE 2 — NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands, except
 
    per share data)  
 
Numerator (basic and diluted):
                       
Net loss
  $  (7,983 )   $  (1,804 )   $ (3,614 )
Less preferred stock dividend
    930             2,362  
                         
Net loss attributable to holders of common stock
  $  (8,913 )   $  (1,804 )   $ (5,976 )
                         
Denominator (basic and diluted):
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
  $ 9,626     $ 9,989     $  10,183  
Less weighted average restricted common shares subject to repurchase
    (747 )     (562 )     (416 )
                         
Net weighted average common shares outstanding
  $ 8,879     $ 9,427     $ 9,767  
                         
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to holders of common stock
  $ (1.00 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.61 )
 
Diluted net loss per share does not include the effect of the following antidilutive common equivalent shares:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Stock options and awards outstanding
    8,189       8,982       9,169  
Common shares from convertible note payable
    1,500              
Common equivalent shares from preferred stock warrant outstanding
    108       108       108  
Restricted common shares subject to repurchase
    747       562       416  
Common shares from preferred stock
    22,058       22,143       22,163  
                         
      32,602       31,795       31,856  
                         


F-14


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 3 — BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash
  $ 3,726     $ 884  
Money market fund
    11,289       13,973  
                 
    $  15,015     $  14,857  
                 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The following table summarizes the changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
          (In thousands)        
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 69     $ 44     $ 309  
Add provisions for doubtful accounts
    125       451       136  
Less write-offs
    (150 )     (186 )     (265 )
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 44     $ 309     $ 180  
                         
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Computer equipment
  $ 6,056     $ 7,258  
Computer software
    2,463       3,358  
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures
    2,071       2,290  
Leasehold improvements
    553       665  
                 
      11,143       13,571  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (9,085 )     (10,580 )
                 
    $ 2,058     $ 2,991  
                 
 
Included in property and equipment as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 are assets acquired under capital lease obligations with original costs of approximately $81,000. Accumulated depreciation on the leased assets was approximately $23,000 and $39,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Internal Use Software
 
Internal use software consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Capitalized internal use software
  $ 20,241     $ 24,452  
Accumulated amortization
    (15,720 )     (17,978 )
                 
    $ 4,521     $ 6,474  
                 
 
Other Current Assets
 
Other current assets consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred sales commissions
  $  1,055     $  1,132  
Other
    3       443  
                 
    $  1,058     $  1,575  
                 
 
NOTE 4 — DEBT
 
Revolving Line of Credit
 
In June 2008, the Company executed an amendment to its December 2006 agreement for a committed revolving line of credit with a bank for up to $7.0 million. The interest rate is set at 0.25% points above the bank’s prime rate. The interest rate on the line of credit was 4.25% as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, a total of $950,000 of the borrowing limit has been pledged as security related to the Company’s operating leases. There were borrowings outstanding of $3.5 million and interest payable of $13,000 under this line of credit as of December 31, 2008. The line of credit expired on April 27, 2009 and was replaced by a line of credit expiring April 19, 2010 (see note 10).
 
Note Payable
 
In March 2006, the Company borrowed $15.0 million under a promissory note (the Note) with a financial institution (the Issuer). The Note had a stated interest rate of LIBOR plus 2%. Under certain circumstances, the Issuer had the ability to covert the Note to common stock. The maturity date was August 29, 2006 and later amended to September 29, 2006. In September 2006, the Company repaid the Note in full.
 
In September 2006, the Company borrowed $10.0 million under a promissory note (the Second Note) with a different lender (the Second Issuer). The Note has a stated interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.00% (6.47% at December 31, 2008) and a maturity date of September 29, 2009. The Second Note was collateralized by the Company’s assets including intellectual property and is subject to financial covenants that include meeting gross margin minimums, limitations on creating debt by subsidiaries and annual restrictions on capital spending to $3.0 million. The Second Note calls for quarterly interest payments and as of December 31, 2008 the outstanding interest payable balance was


F-16


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$7,000. In conjunction with this agreement, the Company signed an intercreditor agreement with the bank holding its revolving line of credit, to allow the Second Issuer to be named the primary creditor.
 
As described further in note 10, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of the Second Note in May 2009 with proceeds from a new term loan.
 
NOTE 5 — INCOME TAXES
 
The Company is subject to income taxes only in the United States. Provision for income tax expense consists of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $  —     $  25     $  (3 )
State
    8       6       15  
                         
    $ 8     $ 31     $ 12  
                         
 
The difference between income tax expense and the amount resulting from applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to net loss is attributable to the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
 
          (In thousands)        
 
Federal tax at statutory rate
  $  (2,791 )   $  (621 )   $  (1,261 )
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    8       6       15  
Nondeductible expenses
    24       25       38  
Nondeductible stock compensation
    360       553       559  
Research and development credit
    (699 )     (131 )     (12 )
Change in valuation allowance
    3,106       224       673  
Other
          (25 )      
                         
    $ 8     $ 31     $ 12  
                         


F-17


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 54,791     $ 57,910  
Research and other credits
    2,546       2,558  
Deferred revenue
    703       775  
Capital loss carryforward
    509       488  
Stock-based compensation
    2,778       1,887  
Other temporary differences
    1,458       422  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    62,785       64,040  
Valuation allowance
    (61,350 )     (61,694 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
    1,435       2,346  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangible amortization
    (1,435 )     (2,346 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (1,435 )     (2,346 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $     $  
                 
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of the future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. A valuation allowance is recorded for the entire deferred tax asset as a result of uncertainties regarding realization of the asset including the lack of profitability to date and the uncertainty over future operating profitability and taxable income.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $158 million and $77 million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire through 2027. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire through 2019.
 
As of December 31, 2008, approximately $4.9 million of the net operating losses will benefit additional paid in capital when realized. As of December 31, 2008, the Company also has research credit carryforwards for federal and California income tax purposes of approximately $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, available to reduce future income taxes. The federal research credit carryforwards expire through 2028. The California research credit carries forward indefinitely.
 
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and applicable state tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the ability of a company to utilize net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s federal and state tax losses and tax credit carryover incurred through that date of change are subject to an annual limitation.
 
As of December 31, 2008, unrecognized tax benefits approximated $8.4 million all of which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. Included in the balance at December 31, 2008 is $68,000 of current year tax positions, which would affect the Company’s income tax expense if recognized. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has no uncertain tax positions that would be reduced as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. The Company does not


F-18


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
anticipate any adjustments would result in a material change to its financial position. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company did not recognize interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $  6,877  
Increase in tax positions for prior years
    1,504  
Decrease in tax positions for prior years
    (5 )
Increase in tax positions for current year
    68  
         
Balance, end of year
  $ 8,444  
         
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states jurisdictions. The 1996 through 2008 tax years are open and may be subject to potential examination in one or more jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under federal or state income tax examination.
 
NOTE 6 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, designate and authorizes the Company to issue 24,100,000 shares of convertible preferred stock, of which the following are outstanding:
 
                                         
                      Aggregate
    Noncumulative
 
    Shares
    Shares
          Liquidation
    Dividend per
 
   
Authorized
   
Outstanding
   
Amount
   
Preference
   
Share
 
                (In thousands)        
 
Series A
    1,030,006       1,030,006     $ 509     $ 515     $  0.03  
Series B
    3,445,858       3,445,858       4,270       4,301       0.06  
Series C
    3,123,573       3,123,573       11,799       11,835       0.19  
Series D
    3,800,000       3,655,166       20,218       20,252       0.28  
Series E
    7,500,000       7,411,158       84,899       85,001       0.57  
Series F
    4,000,000       3,684,211       17,373       17,500       0.24  
                                         
      22,899,437       22,349,972     $  139,068     $  139,404          
                                         
 
Conversion
 
Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the right and option of the stockholder into such number of fully paid and non assessable shares of common stock as is determined by (i) $0.50 for Series A preferred stock, (ii) $1.25 for Series B preferred stock, (iii) $3.79 for Series C preferred stock, (iv) $5.54 for Series D preferred stock, (v) $11.47 for Series E preferred stock and (vi) $4.75 for Series F preferred stock, by the conversion price applicable to such share in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The conversion price is subject to adjustment for certain dilutive issuances, splits and combinations.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock in the event of the closing of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock from which the Company receives proceeds in excess of $25.0 million and for which the offering price is not less than $19.00 per share of common stock, or (a) as to Series A, B, C and D preferred stock, the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A, B, C and D preferred stock, voting together as a class and on an as-converted basis, (b) as to Series E preferred stock, the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of the majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E preferred stock, voting as a single class and (c) as to Series F preferred stock, the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of the majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F preferred stock, voting as a single class. If the automatic conversion of the Series D preferred stock is effected other than in connection with an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock from which the Company receives proceeds in excess of $25.0 million and for which the offering price is not less than $19.00 per share of common stock, then the vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock shall also be required for the automatic conversion of the Series D preferred stock.
 
Liquidation
 
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, each stockholder of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.50, $1.25, $3.79, $5.54, $11.47 and $4.75, respectively. If the full amount is not available for distribution, amounts shall be paid out in proportion to the aggregate preferential amounts owed. After the distributions described above have been paid in full, the remaining assets of the Company shall always be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock.
 
Voting Rights
 
Each share of each series of preferred stock have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could be converted and with respect to such vote, such holder will have full voting rights and powers equal to holders of common stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders meeting and shall be entitled to vote with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote.
 
Dividends
 
Each stockholder of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock is entitled to receive annual dividends at the rate of $0.03, $0.06, $0.19, $0.28, $0.57 and $0.24, respectively, per share per annum when and if declared by the board of directors, prior to payment of dividends on common stock. Dividends are noncumulative, and no dividends have been declared to date.
 
Preferred Stock Dividend
 
In accordance with certain antidilution provisions contained in the Series B, C, D and E preferred stock agreements, certain increases to the number of shares available for issuance under the 1998 Stock Plan resulted in an antidilution adjustment for the holders of those preferred shares during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2008. Rather than adjust the conversion ratio as provided in the


F-20


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company’s Articles of Incorporation, the board of directors approved a preferred stock dividend such that each of those series maintained an one-for-one conversion ratio to common stock as follows:
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
    2006     2008  
    Preferred
          Preferred
       
    Stock
    Fair Value of
    Stock
    Fair Value of
 
   
Dividend
   
Dividend
   
Dividend
   
Dividend
 
 
Series E
    118,480     $ 930,000       207,181     $ 2,361,863  
 
Warrant Issued
 
In October 1999, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of Series D preferred stock at a price of $10.00 per share to a Company in connection with an interactive marketing and services agreement. The warrant expires in October 2009. The fair value of the warrant, as determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was approximately $1.2 million and was being amortized to marketing expense over the underlying performance period, until the date at which the service agreement was terminated in 2000. As part of the Series D antidilution adjustments in 2005, the warrant was adjusted up to 108,290 shares at an exercise price of $9.23 per share.
 
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for issuance in connection with:
 
         
    December 31,
 
   
2008
 
 
Convertible preferred stock
    22,349,972  
Warrant
    108,290  
Stock option and stock purchase plans
    11,072,283  
Stock options available for grant
    1,291,714  
         
Total shares reserved
    34,822,259  
         
 
Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans
 
1996 Stock Option Plan
 
The Company has reserved 426,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under its 1996 Stock Option Plan (the 1996 Plan), as amended. The board of directors may grant incentive and nonstatutory stock options to employees, consultants and directors at an exercise price of not less than 100% or 85%, respectively, of the fair market value, as determined by the board of directors, at the date of grant. Stock options vest ratably over periods determined by the board of directors, generally 4 years, and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, all unvested options are forfeited and all vested options must be exercised within a 60-day period or they are forfeited. Options are exercisable immediately upon grant.
 
Upon termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Company has an irrevocable, exclusive option to repurchase the unvested shares purchased prior to vesting at the original exercise price. This repurchase option exists for a period of 60 days from termination. The


F-21


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
plan expired in 2006 and as of December 31, 2008, no shares were subject to repurchase and there were no remaining shares of common stock available for grant under the 1996 Plan.
 
1996 Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
 
The Company has reserved 847,500 shares of its common stock for issuance under its 1996 Restricted Stock Purchase Plan (the Restricted Plan). Under the Restricted Plan, the board of directors may grant stock purchase rights to employees, consultants and directors at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Stock purchase rights must be exercised within 30 days of grant and vest ratably over a period as determined by the board of directors, generally four years.
 
Upon termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Company has an irrevocable, exclusive option to repurchase the unvested shares purchased prior to vesting at the original exercise price. This repurchase option exists for a period of 60 days from termination. The plan expired in 2006 and as of December 31, 2008, no shares were subject to repurchase and there were no remaining shares of common stock available for grant under the Restricted Plan.
 
1998 Stock Plan
 
The Company has reserved 17,075,276 shares of its common stock for issuance under its 1998 Stock Plan (the 1998 Plan). Under the 1998 Plan, the board of directors may grant stock purchase rights and incentive and nonstatutory stock options to employees, consultants and directors at fair market value on the date of grant. Vesting provisions of stock purchase rights and options granted under the 1998 Plan are determined by the board of directors. Stock purchase rights have a 30-day expiration period, and options expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, all unvested options are forfeited and all vested options must be exercised within three months or they are forfeited. Stock purchase rights or options acquired under the 1998 Plan are exercisable upon grant; however, they generally vest over a period of four years.
 
In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, the Company shall, upon the date of such termination, have an irrevocable, exclusive option to repurchase the unvested shares purchased prior to vesting, at the original exercise price. This repurchase option exists for a period of 60 days from termination. As of December 31, 2008, no shares were subject to repurchase and 1,204,839 shares were available for future grant.
 
Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
 
The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under its Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan (the Special Restricted Plan). Under the Special Restricted Plan, the board of directors may grant stock purchase rights to employees and consultants at an exercise price determined by the board of directors at the date of grant.
 
In June 2001, 350,000 stock purchase rights were issued, and subsequently exercised, under the Special Restricted Plan to members of the executive management team at $0.10 per share. At that time, the Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $3.5 million, which is being amortized over the vesting period of the stock purchase rights. These shares cliff vest over an initial vesting period of seven years. The restriction lapsed in June 2008 when all shares vested.
 
In January 2004, 175,000 stock purchase rights were issued, and subsequently exercised, under the Special Restricted Plan to members of the executive management team at $0.01 per share.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
These shares cliff vest over an initial vesting period of three years. The restriction lapsed in January 2007, when all shares vested.
 
In February and May 2005, 400,000 stock purchase rights were issued, and subsequently exercised, under the Special Restricted Plan to members of the executive management team at $0.01 per share. These shares cliff vest over an initial vesting period of seven years. The restriction lapses upon a change of control or following an initial public offering, as to 50% of the shares, after six months and as to the remaining 50% of the shares after 12 months, or in February and May 2012, respectively.
 
Upon termination of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, for any reason, the Company has an irrevocable, exclusive option to repurchase the unvested shares purchased prior to vesting at the original exercise price. This repurchase option exists for a period of 90 days from termination. In connection with the issuances of stock purchase rights, the Company recorded $682,000, $546,000 and $348,000 as deferred compensation amortization in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, 300,000 shares were subject to repurchase, and 75,000 shares were available for future grant.
 
The following table summarizes option activity under the 1996 Plan and the 1998 Plan:
 
                                         
                Weighted
    Weighted
       
                Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number of
    Exercise
    Exercise
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
   
Options
   
Price
   
Price
   
Term
   
Value
 
 
Balance January 1, 2006
    7,452,045     $  0.67 - 10.00     $  3.67                  
Granted
    2,807,575       6.00 - 8.00       7.25                  
Exercised (1)
    (718,450 )     1.00 - 4.50       1.50                  
Forfeited
    (499,973 )     1.00 - 10.00       4.45                  
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2006
    9,041,197       0.67 - 10.00       4.91                  
Granted
    503,000       8.00 - 9.50       8.76                  
Exercised
    (304,199 )     0.83 - 7.50       2.99                  
Forfeited
    (417,088 )     1.00 - 10.00       6.05                  
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    8,822,910       0.67 - 10.00       5.12                  
Granted
    3,026,850       6.51 - 9.60       7.06                  
Exercised (1)
    (237,042 )     0.07 - 8.00       2.37                  
Forfeited
    (540,435 )     0.83 - 10.00       6.15                  
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    11,072,283       1.00 - 10.00       5.66       6.09 years     $ 15,803,967  
                                         
Vested and exercisable, December 31, 2008
    6,987,429       1.00 - 10.00       4.76       4.29 years       15,666,584  
 
(1) Stock option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2006 include 15,743 shares, which were tendered in exchange for option exercises. Exercises for the year ended December 31, 2008 include 1,000 shares, which were tendered in exchange for option exercises.
 
The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2008 of $6.51, and the exercise price of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $2.0 million and $982,000, respectively. The weighted average fair value per share of options granted to employees for


F-23


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was approximately $3.31, $3.70 and $3.63, respectively. Total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $1.0 million, $909,000 and $552,000, respectively.
 
The following weighted average assumptions were used to value options granted:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
Expected life in years
    6.99       6.08       6.06  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.66 %     4.46 %     2.58 %
Volatility
    30       35       52  
Dividend yield
                 
 
As of December 31, 2008, there was $8.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock purchase rights granted after January 1, 2006, to be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.7 years.
 
The following table summarizes restricted stock purchase right activity under the Special Restricted Plan:
 
                 
    Number of
    Weighted
 
    Unvested
    Average Grant
 
   
Shares
   
Value
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2006
    875,000     $ 5.97  
Granted
           
Released
    (37,500 )     3.42  
Forfeited
    (125,000 )     6.30  
Balance, December 31, 2006
    712,500       6.05  
Granted
           
Released
    (125,000 )     3.00  
Forfeited
    (37,500 )     4.25  
Balance, December 31, 2007
    550,000       6.86  
Granted
           
Released
    (250,000 )     10.00  
Forfeited
           
Balance, December 31, 2008
    300,000     $ 4.25  
 
The balance in deferred stock-based compensation of $923,000 and $575,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, comprises executive restricted stock purchase rights issued prior to December 31, 2005 and accounted for in accordance with APB Opinion 25. As of December 31, 2008, the unamortized deferred stock compensation related to restricted stock granted in 2005 will be amortized over 41 months.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the prices whereby the Company granted employees stock options during the year ended December 31, 2008:
 
                 
        Exercise Price and Fair
        Market Value of Common
Grant Date
 
Options Granted
 
Stock (per Share)
 
January 16, 2008 — February 26, 2008
    42,500     $  9.50  
March 5, 2008 — July 1, 2008
    398,500       9.60  
July 22, 2008 — October 15, 2008
    156,250       8.54  
November 11, 2008 — December 17, 2008
    2,429,600       6.51  
 
The Board of Directors determined the exercise price was the fair market value on the respective grant dates. The Company performed contemporaneous valuations to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the following dates:
 
         
    Fair Market
   
Value
 
December 31, 2007
  $  9.60  
March 31, 2008
    9.42  
June 30, 2008
    8.54  
October 31, 2008
    6.51  
 
Equity Instruments Issued to Non-Employees
 
Stock-based compensation related to stock options to purchase common stock, which were issued to non-employees, is determined in accordance with EITF 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services . The fair value of the options was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with a volatility rate of 30%, 35% and 55% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively; a contractual life of five years; a risk-free interest rate ranging from 1.52% to 3.49% in 2008; and an expected dividend yield of zero. The Company granted 24,000 shares of stock options to non-employees during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Compensation expense for equity instruments issued to non-employees recognized in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $208,000, $109,000 and $(4,000), respectively.
 
NOTE 7 — SAVINGS PLAN
 
The Company maintains a savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the plan, employees may contribute up to 75% of their pre-tax salaries per year, but not more than the statutory limits. The Company may, at its discretion, make matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company made no matching contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company made matching contributions of 50% of employee contributions up to 3% of salary (including commissions) for every employee, which totaled $581,000, $667,000 and $730,000, respectively.
 
NOTE 8 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
One of the Company’s directors provided consulting services to the Company for which compensation was provided. The Company incurred consulting fees of $325,000, $300,000 and $300,000 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. As of


F-25


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, the Company had accrued liabilities of $150,000 and $125,000, respectively, for consulting fees payable to this director.
 
One of the Company’s directors provided consulting services to the Company for which the Company incurred consulting fees of $140,000, $86,000 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there were no unpaid consulting fees relating to consulting services from this director.
 
In connection with the purchase of shares of common stock, the Company provided full recourse loans to certain officers, with annual interest rates ranging from 4.77% to 6.32%, pursuant to promissory notes secured by pledges of restricted shares. In September 2007, the remaining note was paid in full and there were no loans outstanding at December 31, 2008.
 
NOTE 9 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Commitments
 
The Company leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through the year 2015. Rent expense for all operating leases totaled approximately $2.6 million, $2.0 million and $2.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Certain of the Company’s facility leases provide for a free rent period or escalating rent payments. Accordingly, the Company has straight-lined the rental payments over the respective lease terms, resulting in accrued rent of $499,000 and $491,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
Minimum future lease payments under all noncancelable operating and capital leases were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31, 2008  
    Capital
    Operating
 
   
Lease
   
Lease
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Year ending December 31:
               
2009
  $ 23     $  2,057  
2010
    12       1,903  
2011
          1,924  
2012
          1,507  
2013
          632  
Thereafter
          685  
                 
Total minimum lease payments
    35     $ 8,708  
                 
Less amounts representing interest expense
    (2 )        
                 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
    33          
Less current obligations
    (22 )        
                 
Long-term obligations
  $ 11          
                 
 
Contingencies
 
The Company is a party to two consulting agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the Company under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representation and covenants.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company includes service level commitments to its customers warranting certain levels of reliability and performance. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such commitments and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations.
 
NOTE 10 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
In April 2009, the Company executed a new agreement to renew its $7.0 million revolving credit facility, and to add a new $10.0 million term loan with the same lender (collectively referred to as the credit facility). The interest rate on the revolving credit facility is set at 0.75% above the bank’s prime rate, and the interest rate on the term loan is set at 1.50% above the bank’s prime rate for prime rate loans, with a minimum 4.00% prime rate, and 4.00% above the LIBOR rate for LIBOR rate loans, with a minimum 1.50% LIBOR rate. The bank is granted a first priority perfected security interest and the credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the current and future assets of the Company. The revolving line of credit agreement expires on April 19, 2010 and the $10.0 million term loan matures on May 1, 2012.
 
In May 2009, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of the Second Note, described in note 4.


F-27


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
                         
                Pro Forma
 
                Stockholder’s
 
                Equity
 
    December 31,
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2009
 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 14,857     $ 15,798          
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $180 and $66 as of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, respectively
    12,826       18,475          
Prepaid expenses
    1,537       1,607          
Other current assets
    1,575       1,672          
                         
Total current assets
    30,795       37,552          
Property and equipment, net
    2,991       2,211          
Internal use software, net
    6,474       7,982          
Other assets
    2,042       2,769          
                         
Total assets
  $ 42,302     $ 50,514          
                         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 5,405     $ 5,239          
Accrued compensation
    2,283       6,009          
Deferred revenue
    7,040       10,778          
Bank borrowings and note payable
    13,500       3,333          
Other current liabilities
    77       118          
                         
Total current liabilities
    28,305       25,477          
Bank borrowings
          5,556          
Deferred revenue
    2,271       1,598          
Other liabilities
    457       465          
                         
Total liabilities
    31,033       33,096          
                         
Contingencies (see note 10)
                       
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 24,100,000 shares; issued and outstanding 22,349,972 shares as of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009. Aggregate liquidation preference of $139,404 as of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009; no shares outstanding pro forma
    2       2     $  
Common stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized 47,650,000 shares; issued and outstanding 10,287,881 and 10,434,609 shares at December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, respectively; 32,784,581 shares issued and outstanding pro forma
    1       1       3  
Additional paid-in capital
    174,749       179,224       179,224  
Preferred stock warrant
    1,191              
Deferred compensation
    (575 )     (439 )     (439 )
Accumulated deficit
    (164,099 )     (161,370 )     (161,370 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    11,269       17,418     $ 17,418  
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 42,302     $ 50,514          
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-28


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
(In thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
 
 
Revenue:
               
Professional management
  $   27,895     $   34,376  
Platform
    22,192       22,526  
Other
    2,177       1,945  
                 
Total revenue
    52,264       58,847  
Cost of revenue  (1)
    20,511       21,057  
                 
Gross profit
    31,753       37,790  
                 
Operating expense:
               
Research and development  (1)
    10,296       11,366  
Sales and marketing  (1)
    16,059       16,689  
General and administrative  (1)
    4,927       5,359  
Amortization of internal use software  (1)
    1,680       2,126  
                 
Total operating expense
    32,962       35,540  
                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,209 )     2,250  
Interest expense
    (553 )     (514 )
Interest and other income, net
    230       304  
                 
Income (loss) before income tax expense
    (1,532 )     2,040  
Income tax expense
    9       359  
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,541 )   $ 1,681  
                 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:
               
Basic
  $ (0.16 )   $ 0.17  
Diluted
    (0.16 )     0.05  
Shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:
               
Basic
    9,711       10,050  
Diluted
    9,711       34,648  
                 
                 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
               
Cost of revenue
  $ 501     $ 818  
Research and development
    468       969  
Sales and marketing
    697       1,484  
General and administrative
    532       1,304  
Amortization of internal use software
    46       73  
                 
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 2,244     $ 4,648  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
(In thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)
 
                                                                         
    Convertible 
                Additional
    Preferred
    Deferred
          Total
 
   
 Preferred Stock 
   
 Common Stock 
    Paid-in
    Stock
    Stock
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Warrant
   
Compensation
   
Deficit
   
Equity
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2009
    22,349,972     $ 2       10,287,881     $ 1       174,749     $ 1,191     $ (575 )   $ (164,099 )   $ 11,269  
Cumulative adjustment to beginning balance upon adoption of EITF 07-5, codified into ASC 815-40
                                  (1,191 )           1,048       (143 )
                                                                         
Adjusted balance at January 1, 2009
    22,349,972       2       10,287,881       1       174,749             (575 )     (163,051 )     11,126  
Issuance of common stock
                548,856             57                         57  
Issuance of restricted stock
                50,000             1                         1  
Net share settlements for stock-based awards minimum tax witholdings
                (452,128 )           (300 )                       (300 )
Amortization of deferred stock compensation under the intrinsic value method
                                        136             136  
Stock-based compensation under the fair value method
                            4,644                         4,644  
Non-employee stock-based compensation expense
                            73                         73  
Net income
                                              1,681       1,681  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    1,681  
                                                                         
Balance, September 30, 2009
    22,349,972     $ 2       10,434,609     $ 1     $ 179,224     $     $ (439 )   $ (161,370 )   $ 17,418  
                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 


F-30


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,541 )   $ 1,681  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
    1,188       1,317  
Amortization of internal use software
    1,634       2,053  
Amortization of stock-based compensation
    2,244       4,648  
Amortization of deferred sales commissions
    738       853  
Amortization of direct reponse advertising
          10  
Prepayment discount on note payable
          (200 )
Fair value adjustment of warrant
          (96 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    1       2  
Loss on fixed asset disposal
    2       5  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (1,701 )     (5,649 )
Prepaid expenses
    (2,781 )     (20 )
Other assets
    (962 )     (1,688 )
Accounts payable
    600       (235 )
Accrued compensation
    (4,130 )     3,726  
Deferred revenue
    2,028       3,065  
Other liabilities
          26  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    (2,680 )     9,498  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (2,000 )     (486 )
Capitalization of internal use software
    (3,281 )     (3,355 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (5,281 )     (3,841 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from term loan payable
          9,950  
Repayments on term loan payable
          (1,111 )
Repayments on notes payable
          (9,800 )
Repayments on bank borrowings
          (3,500 )
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (15 )     (12 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    242       57  
Net share settlements for stock-based awards minimum tax withholdings
    (830 )     (300 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (603 )     (4,716 )
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (8,564 )     941  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    15,015       14,857  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 6,451     $  15,798  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-31


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
Interim Financial Statements
 
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Financial Engines, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of, nor comparable to, the results of operations for any other interim period or for a full fiscal year. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read together with the December 31, 2008 audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The Company evaluated subsequent events through December 8, 2009.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
 
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement (SFAS) 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement 162 (SFAS 168), codified into FASB ASC Topic 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The FASB Accounting Standards Codification, (Codification or ASC) will become the source of authoritative Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. On the effective date of SFAS 168, the Codification will supersede all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become non-authoritative. SFAS 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued FASB Statement 165, Subsequent Events (SFAS 165), codified into FASB ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events. SFAS 165 requires an entity to recognize in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet. For unrecognized subsequent events that must be disclosed to keep the financial statements from being misleading, an entity will be required to disclose the nature of the event as well as an estimate of its financial effect or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made. In addition, SFAS 165 requires an entity to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. SFAS 165 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and is to be applied prospectively. The Company’s adoption of SFAS 165 did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue 07-05, Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) is indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock (EITF 07-5), codified into FASB ASC Subtopic 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. EITF 07-5 provides that an entity should use a two step approach to evaluate whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock, including evaluating the instrument’s contingent exercise and settlement provisions. EITF 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. On adoption of


F-32


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
EITF 07-5 effective January 1, 2009, the Company recorded a warrant liability for approximately $143,000 and a corresponding charge of $1.0 million to the accumulated deficit to reflect the cumulative effect of this change in accounting principle. The warrant is thereafter recorded at its fair value on each reporting date.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13 — Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements  — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (ASU 2009-13). ASU 2009-13 addresses how to measure and allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of accounting within a multiple-deliverable arrangement. ASU 2009-13 modifies the requirements for determining whether a deliverable can be treated as a separate unit of accounting by removing the criteria that objective evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements in order to account for those undelivered elements as a single unit of accounting. ASU 2009-13 is effective for the Company prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified beginning January 1, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASC 2009-13 will have on its financial condition and results of operations.
 
Unaudited pro forma information
 
The Company has filed a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission to sell shares of its common stock to the public. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity information for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 gives effect to the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,349,972 shares of common stock based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2009 upon the assumed completion of the Company’s initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock is set forth on the face of the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet.
 
NOTE 2 — ADVERTISING COSTS
 
The Company’s advertising costs consist primarily of print materials associated with new customer solicitations. The Company accounts for its advertising costs in accordance with FASB ASC 340-20, Capitalized Advertising Costs (previously American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (SOP) 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs ). Print material costs primarily relate to either Active Enrollment campaigns, where marketing materials are sent to solicit enrollment in professional management services, or Passive Enrollment campaigns, where the plan sponsor defaults all eligible members into the professional management services unless they decline. Advertising costs relating to Passive Enrollment campaigns do not qualify as direct response advertising and are expensed to sales and marketing in the period the advertisement activities first take place. Advertising costs associated with Active Enrollment campaigns qualify for capitalization as direct response advertising under ASC 340-20. The capitalized costs are amortized over the estimated three-year period of probable future benefits following the enrollment of a member into the professional management service based on the ratio of current period revenue for the direct response advertising cost pool as compared to the total estimated revenue expected for the direct response advertising cost pool over future periods.
 
Effective July 1, 2009, the Company commenced capitalization of direct-response advertising costs associated with Active Enrollment campaigns on a prospective basis as the Company first


F-33


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
concluded it had sufficient and verifiable historical patterns over a reasonable period of time to demonstrate the probable future benefits of such campaigns in accordance with ASC 340-20. As of September 30, 2009, $1.2 million of advertising costs associated with direct response advertising were reported in other assets in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet. Advertising expense was $2.3 million and $2.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, of which direct advised Active Enrollment campaign expense was $2.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively. This expense was recorded to sales and marketing expense in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.
 
NOTE 3 — SEGMENT REPORTING
 
The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its chief executive officer, reviews its operating results on an aggregate basis and manages its operations as a single operating segment. In addition, all of the Company’s operations and assets are based in the United States.
 
NOTE 4 — CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The Company’s customers are concentrated in the United States of America. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and does not require collateral. The Company reviews the need for allowances for potential credit losses and such losses have been insignificant to date.
 
Significant customer information is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
  September 30,
    2008   2009
 
Percentage of accounts receivable:
               
Customer A
    21 %     6 %
Customer B
    22       26  
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
   
September 30,
   
2008
 
2009
 
Percentage of revenue:
               
Customer A
    17 %     13 %
Customer B
    19       20  
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company deposits its cash and cash equivalents primarily with a major bank, in which deposits may exceed federal deposit insurance limits.
 
The Company believes the fair value of its financial instruments, principally cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank borrowings, note and accounts payable, approximate their recorded values due to the short-term nature of the instruments or interest rates, which are comparable with current rates.
 
The Company measures and reports its investments in money market funds at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value of the Company’s investments in certain money market funds approximates their face value. Such instruments are classified as Level 1 and are included in cash


F-34


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
and cash equivalents. The Company has utilized a valuation model to determine the fair value of the outstanding warrant. The inputs to the model include fair value of Series D preferred stock, expected term, volatility and risk free interest rate. As several significant inputs are not observable, the overall fair value measurement of the warrant is classified as Level 3.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009:
 
                                 
        Fair Value Measurement Using
        Quoted Prices
  Significant
  Significant
    Total Fair
  in Active
  Other
  Other
    Value as of
  Markets for
  Observable
  Unobservable
    September 30,
  Identical
  Inputs
  Inputs
    2009   Assets (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
        (In thousands)    
 
Assets:
                               
Money Market Funds
  $  14,878     $  14,878     $  —     $  —  
Liabilities:
                               
Warrant
    47                   47  
 
The following table summarizes the change in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 warrant during the nine months ended September 30, 2009:
 
         
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30, 2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Fair value, January 1, 2009
  $  143  
Fair value adjustment of warrant
    (96 )
         
Fair value, September 30, 2009
  $ 47  
         


F-35


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 5 — NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2009  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Numerator (basic and diluted):
               
Net income (loss) attributable to holders of common stock
  $  (1,541 )   $ 1,681  
                 
Denominator (basic):
               
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    10,166       10,393  
Less weighted average restricted common shares subject to repurchase
    (455 )     (343 )
                 
Net weighted average common shares outstanding
    9,711       10,050  
                 
Denominator (diluted):
               
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    9,711       10,050  
Dilutive stock options and awards outstanding
          1,905  
Restricted common shares subject to repurchase
          343  
Common shares from preferred stock (weighted)
          22,350  
                 
Net weighted average common shares oustanding
    9,711       34,648  
                 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock
               
Basic
  $ (0.16 )   $ 0.17  
Diluted
  $ (0.16 )   $ 0.05  
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share does not include the effect of the following anti-dilutive common equivalent shares:
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Stock options and awards outstanding
    6,218       6,310  
Common equivalent shares from preferred stock warrant outstanding
    108       108  
Restricted common shares subject to repurchase
    455        
Common shares from preferred stock
    22,143        
                 
      28,924       6,418  
                 
 
NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES
 
The Company recorded a provision for income taxes of $9,000 and $359,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The income tax provision for the nine months


F-36


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to federal alternative minimum tax on income and state income taxes less the recognition of a benefit of approximately $85,000 for a U.S. federal refundable credit as provided by the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008.
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of the future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. A valuation allowance is recorded for the entire deferred tax asset as a result of uncertainties regarding realization of the asset including the lack of profitability through December 31, 2008 and the uncertainty over future operating profitability and taxable income.
 
Included in the balance as of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009 are $8.4 million and $9.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax positions which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of September 30, 2009, the Company had $6,000 of accrued interest related to uncertain tax matters. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Company expensed $2,000 for interest related to income tax liabilities through income tax expense. The Company has no uncertain tax positions that would materially change in the next 12 months and such adjustments would not result in a material change to our financial position.
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdictions and various states jurisdictions. All tax years since inception are open and may be subject to potential examination in one or more jurisdictions. The Company is currently under federal income tax examination for fiscal years 2006 and 2007. The outcome of this audit could reduce the value of potential future tax benefits.
 
NOTE 7 — BANK BORROWINGS
 
In April 2009, the Company executed a new agreement to renew its $7.0 million revolving credit facility, and to add a new $10.0 million term loan with the same lender (collectively referred to as the credit facility). The interest rate on the revolving credit facility is set at 0.75% above the bank’s prime rate. Under the term loan, the Company can receive prime rate loans or LIBOR rate loans. The interest rate for a prime rate loan is 1.50% above prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. The interest rate for a LIBOR rate loan is 4.00% above the three-month LIBOR measured on a 360-day basis, with a minimum LIBOR rate of 1.50% per annum, resulting in a minimum interest rate of 5.50% per annum. As of September 30, 2009, the amount outstanding under our term loan was $8.9 million. The interest rate currently applicable to this term loan is equal to 1.50% above prime rate, with a minimum prime rate of 4.00% per annum. The bank is granted a first priority perfected security interest and the credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the current and future assets of the Company. The revolving line of credit agreement expires on April 19, 2010 and the $10.0 million term loan matures on May 1, 2012.
 
In May 2009, the Company prepaid the outstanding balance of the previous $10.0 million note payable for an agreed amount of $9.8 million and recognized the prepayment discount of $0.2 million as a component of other income in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 8 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
The following table summarizes option activity under the 1996 Stock Option Plan and the 1998 Stock Plan:
 
                                         
                Weighted
    Weighted
       
                Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number of
    Exercise
    Exercise
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
   
Options
   
Price
   
Price
   
Term
   
Value
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2009
    11,072,283     $  1.00 - 10.00     $  5.66                  
Granted
    254,220       5.79 - 7.10       6.18                  
Exercised (1)
    (548,856 )     1.00 - 5.00       4.33                  
Forfeited
    (216,712 )     1.00 - 10.00       4.55                  
                                         
Balance, September 30, 2009
    10,560,935       1.00 - 10.00       5.76       5.81     $  18,329,349  
                                         
Vested and exercisable,
                                       
September 30, 2009
    6,945,333       1.00 - 10.00       5.12       4.28       16,661,051  
 
(1) Stock option exercises for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 include 452,128 shares which were tendered in exchange for option exercises and minimum tax withholding.
 
The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock on September 30, 2009 of $7.10, and the exercise price of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $1.5 million. The weighted average fair value per share of options granted to employees for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was approximately $3.59. Total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $57,000.
 
The following weighted average assumptions were used to value options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
   
September 30,
   
2008
 
2009
 
Expected life in years
    6.07       6.07  
Risk-free interest rate
    3.27 %     2.54 %
Volatility
    41       61  
Dividend yield
           
 
As of September 30, 2009, there was $4.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock purchase rights granted after January 1, 2006, to be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.2 years.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes restricted stock purchase right activity under the Special Restricted Plan:
 
                 
    Number of
    Weighted
 
    Unvested
    Average Grant
 
   
Shares
   
Value
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2009
    300,000     $  4.25  
Granted
    50,000       6.15  
Released
           
Forfeited
           
                 
Balance, September 30, 2009
    350,000     $ 4.52  
                 
 
The balance in deferred stock compensation of $439,000 as of September 30, 2009, comprises executive restricted stock purchase rights issued prior to December 31, 2005 and accounted for in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . As of September 30, 2009, the unamortized deferred stock compensation related to restricted stock granted in 2005 will be amortized over 32 months.
 
The following table summarizes the prices whereby the Company granted employees stock during the nine months ended September 30, 2009:
 
                 
        Exercise Price and Fair
        Market Value of Common
Grant Date
 
Options Granted
 
Stock (per Share)
 
January 27, 2009 - February 3, 2009
    36,920     $  6.51  
March 3, 2009 - May 7, 2009
    61,800       5.79  
June 17, 2009 - August 17, 2009
    122,500       6.04  
September 5, 2009
    5,000       6.95  
September 17, 2009 - September 25, 2009
    28,000       7.10  
 
The Board of Directors determined the exercise price was the fair market value on the respective grant dates. The Company performed contemporaneous valuations to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the following dates:
 
         
    Fair Market
   
Value
 
October 31, 2008
  $  6.51  
January 31, 2009
    5.79  
April 30, 2009
    6.04  
July 31, 2009
    6.95  
 
NOTE 9 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
One of the Company’s directors provided consulting services to the Company for which compensation was provided. The Company incurred consulting fees of $225,000 and $222,000 during the nine months ended September, 2008 and 2009, respectively. As of June 2009, this director resigned from his director position but is still providing consulting services for which compensation is provided.
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co., one of the Company’s underwriters in this offering, owned 1,307,837 shares of Series E Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2009.


F-39


Table of Contents

 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 10 — CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company is a party to two consulting agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the Company under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representation and covenants.
 
The Company includes service level commitments to its customers warranting certain levels of reliability and performance. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such commitments and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations.
 
NOTE 11 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
In October 2009, the Company obtained shareholder approval to extend the 1998 Stock Plan for an additional year to expire in April 2011 and to increase the shares of common stock reserved for issuance by 1,880,000 shares.
 
In October 2009, the warrant to purchase 108,290 shares of Series D preferred stock expired unexercised.
 
On November 9, 2009, the Board of Directors increased the fair value of the Company’s common stock to $7.99 per share and granted 1,839,900 stock options to employees.
 
In November 2009, the Company extended its Phoenix facilities lease, which was originally set to expire in March 2010, through May 31, 2015. Commitments for rental payments over the 5 year extension period are $1.1 million.
 
In November 2009, the Board of Directors approved the reincorporation of the Company into the state of Delaware.
 
In November 2009, the Board of Directors adopted the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to stockholder approval. The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan will become effective immediately upon the closing of this offering. Under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been authorized for issuance. In addition, shares originally reserved for issuance under the 1998 Stock Plan but which are not subject to outstanding options on the effective date of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options under the 1998 Stock Plan on the effective date of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 2,000,000, will again become available for awards under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
           Shares
 
Financial Engines, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
(FINANCIAL ENGINES LOGO)
 
 
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
 
UBS Investment Bank
 
 
Piper Jaffray Cowen and Company
 
 
 


Table of Contents

Part II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and The Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
         
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $  5,580  
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee
    10,500  
The Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
    100,000  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Registrar and Transfer Agent’s fees
    *  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    *  
         
Total
  $ *  
         
 
 
* To be filed by amendment
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of the Delaware General Corporation Law or obtained an improper personal benefit.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the Registrant, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, agent or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (a) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such person acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the Registrant, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the Registrant as well but only to the extent of defense expenses, including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of liability to the Registrant, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.


II-1


Table of Contents

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
 
The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.(ii)(2) hereto, provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law. In addition, the Registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements, attached as Exhibit 10 hereto, with its directors and officers which would require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. The Registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.
 
The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since our inception through November 30, 2009 and gives effect to the three-for-two forward stock split effected in June 1999:
 
Since inception through November 30, 2009, we granted stock options to purchase 426,000 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers, employees and consultants pursuant to our 1996 Stock Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $0.07 to $0.17 per share.
 
Since inception through November 30, 2009, we granted stock options to purchase 23,151,789 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers, employees and consultants pursuant to our 1998 Stock Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $0.17 to $10.00 per share.
 
On June 7, 1996, we issued and sold 3,000,000 shares of our common stock to our three founders, at a purchase price of $0.0007 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $2,100. On September 2, 1996, we issued and sold an additional 225,000 shares of our common stock to one of our executive officers at a purchase price of $0.0067 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $1,508.
 
On various dates between December 1996 and October 1997, we issued and sold 847,500 shares of our common stock to 10 accredited investors pursuant to our 1996 Restricted Stock Purchase Plan. The purchase prices ranged from $0.07 to $0.17 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $70,778.
 
On various dates between May 1998 and December 2001, we issued and sold an aggregate of 414,125 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers, employees and consultants pursuant to the exercise of options granted under our 1996 Stock Plan. The exercise prices ranged from $0.07 to $0.17 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $62,285.
 
On various dates between May 1998 and November 2009, we issued and sold an aggregate of 5,753,521 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers, employees and consultants pursuant


II-2


Table of Contents

to the exercise of options granted under our 1998 Stock Plan. The exercise prices ranged from $0.17 to $10.00 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $13,274,490.
 
On February 20, 2001, we issued and sold 1,246,980 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor for a purchase price of $10 per share, for consideration of $12,246,980.
 
On various dates between June 2001 and March 2009, we issued and sold 975,000 shares of our common stock to 11 accredited investors pursuant to our Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan. The purchase prices ranged from $0.01 to $0.10 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $41,250.
 
From September 20, 1996 through February 5, 1997, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,030,006 shares of our series A preferred stock at $0.50 per share to 16 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $515,003.
 
On March 28, 1997, we issued and sold 3,394,740 shares of our series B preferred stock at $1.2666 per share to 13 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $4,299,981. In December 2001 we issued an additional 51,118 shares of series B preferred stock to the 13 accredited investors as a result of anti-dilution adjustments.
 
From June 5, 1998 through December 31, 1998, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,958,674 shares of our series C preferred stock at $4.00 per share to 29 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $11,834,696. In December 2001, we issued an additional 164,899 shares of series C preferred stock to the 29 accredited investors as a result of anti-dilution adjustments.
 
On April 30, 1999, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,375,337 shares of our series D preferred stock at $6.00 per share to 26 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $20,252,022. Between December 2001 and March 2005, we issued an additional 279,829 shares of series D preferred stock to the 26 accredited investors as a result of anti-dilution adjustments.
 
On October 18, 1999, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 108,290 shares of our series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share. This warrant expired in October 2009.
 
From November 23, 1999 through March 18, 2000, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,024,708 shares of our series E preferred stock at $14.1086 per share to 42 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $85,000,219. Between February 2001 and November 2009 we issued an additional 1,478,101 shares of series E preferred stock to the 42 accredited investors as a result of anti-dilution adjustments.
 
From December 20, 2004 through February 2, 2005 we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,684,211 shares of our series F preferred stock at $4.75 per share to 35 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $17,500,002.
 
Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with Financial Engines, to information about Financial Engines.


II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .(i)1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .(i)2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  3 .(ii)1   Bylaws of the Registrant (composite copy).
  3 .(ii)2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  4 .1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4 .2   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 20, 2004.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.
  10 .1   Financial Engines, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan (as amended on October 20, 2009) and related form stock option plan agreements.
  10 .2   Financial Engines, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10 .3   Financial Engines, Inc. Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan and related form stock purchase agreements.
  10 .4†   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.
  10 .5   Financial Engines, Inc. Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and William F. Sharpe dated as of March 5, 1998, including amendments thereto.
  10 .6   Financial Engines, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and E. Olena Berg-Lacy dated as of October 1, 2009.
  10 .7.1   Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Harbor Investment Partners dated as of July 14, 1997, including amendments thereto.
  10 .7.2   Partial Lease Termination Agreement between Registrant and Harbor Investment Partners dated as of May 16, 2001.
  10 .8   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank dated as of April 20, 2009.
  10 .9   Offer letter to Lawrence M. Raffone dated December 21, 2000.
  10 .10   Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Harbor Investment Partners dated as of December 7, 1999, including amendments thereto.
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries.
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23 .2*   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
To be executed by all officers and directors upon the completion of the reincorporation of the Registrant in Delaware.
 
(b) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
 
No consolidated financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,


II-4


Table of Contents

therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) To provide to the underwriters at the closing(s) specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palo Alto, State of California, on the 9 th day of December, 2009.
 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
  By 
/s/  Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda and Raymond J. Sims and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys in fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda

Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), President and Director   December 9, 2009
         
/s/  Raymond J. Sims

Raymond J. Sims
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 9, 2009
         
/s/  Paul G. Koontz

Paul G. Koontz
  Chairman   December 9, 2009
         
/s/  E. Olena Berg-Lacy

E. Olena Berg-Lacy
  Director   December 9, 2009
         
/s/  Heidi K. Fields

Heidi K. Fields
  Director   December 9, 2009


II-6


Table of Contents

             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Joseph A. Grundfest

Joseph A. Grundfest
  Director   December 9, 2009
         
/s/  C. Richard Kramlich

C. Richard Kramlich
  Director   December 9, 2009
         
/s/  Mark A. Wolfson

Dr. Mark A. Wolfson
  Director   December 9, 2009


II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .(i)1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .(i)2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  3 .(ii)1   Bylaws of the Registrant (composite copy).
  3 .(ii)2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  4 .1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4 .2   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 20, 2004.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.
  10 .1   Financial Engines, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan (as amended on October 20, 2009) and related form stock option plan agreements.
  10 .2   Financial Engines, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10 .3   Financial Engines, Inc. Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan and related form stock purchase agreements.
  10 .4†   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.
  10 .5   Financial Engines, Inc. Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and William F. Sharpe dated as of March 5, 1998, including amendments thereto.
  10 .6   Financial Engines, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and E. Olena Berg-Lacy dated as of October 1, 2009.
  10 .7.1   Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Harbor Investment Partners dated as of July 14, 1997, including amendments thereto.
  10 .7.2   Partial Lease Termination Agreement between Registrant and Harbor Investment Partners dated as of May 16, 2001.
  10 .8   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank dated as of April 20, 2009.
  10 .9   Offer letter to Lawrence M. Raffone dated December 21, 2000.
  10 .10   Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Harbor Investment Partners dated as of December 7, 1999, including amendments thereto.
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries.
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23 .2*   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
To be executed by all officers and directors upon the completion of the reincorporation of the Registrant in Delaware.

Exhibit 3.(i)1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
     The undersigned, Raymond J. Sims and Anne Tuttle, hereby certify that:
     1. They are the duly elected and acting Executive Vice President and Secretary, respectively, of Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation.
     2. The Articles of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:
ARTICLE I
     The name of this corporation is Financial Engines, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
ARTICLE II
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.
ARTICLE III
     (A)  Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 71,842,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. 47,650,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 24,192,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock.
     (B)  Rights Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by these Restated Articles of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of One Million Thirty Thousand Six (1,030,006) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Three Million Four Hundred Forty-Five Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty-Eight (3,445,858) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Three Million One Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Three (3,123,573) shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Three Million Eight Hundred Thousand (3,800,000) shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Seven Million

 


 

Five Hundred Ninety-Two Thousand (7,592,000) shares. The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Four Million (4,000,000) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article III(B).
     The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or of any of them. Subject to compliance with applicable protective voting rights which have been or may be granted to the Preferred Stock or series thereof in Certificates of Determination or the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, including, without limitation, Section 6 hereof (“ Protective Provisions ”), but notwithstanding any other rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred or Common Stock. Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions, the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, prior or subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
           1.   Dividend Provisions . Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and, rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of (a) $0.025 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) $0.0624 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, (c) $0.1894 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock, (d) $0.2770 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock, (e) $0.5665 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock and (f) $0.2375 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock, respectively, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative.
           2.  Liquidation Preference .
               (a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that

2


 

may from time to time come into existence, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) $0.50 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends (ii) $1.2482 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (iii) $3.7889 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (iv) $5.5407 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, (v) $11.3292 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them and (vi) $4.75 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to . time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.
               (b) Subject to Section 2(c) below, after the distributions described in Section 2(a) above have been paid in full, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock.
               (c) For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation); or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, unless with respect to subsections (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, the Corporation’s shareholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Corporation’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.
               (d) In the event a transaction referenced in subsection 2(c) is not treated in accordance with the requirements of such subsection, the Corporation shall forthwith either:
                    (i) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or
                    (ii) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as

3


 

such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(e) hereof.
               (e) The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the shareholders’ meeting called to approve a transaction referenced in subsection 2(d), or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (l0) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided , however , that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis).
               (f) In any of the events specified in subsection 2(c) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:
                     (i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:
                         (A) If traded on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;
                         (B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and
                         (C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.
                    (ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.
           3.  Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.
           4.  Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4


 

               (a)  Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) $0.50 in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $1.2482 in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) $3.7889 in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) $5.5407 in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, (v) $11.3292 in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock and (vi) $4.75 in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock, by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share shall be $0.50 for shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $1.2482 for shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $3.7889 for shares of Series C Preferred Stock, $5.5407 for shares of Series D Preferred Stock, $11.3292 for shares Series E Preferred Stock and $4.75 for shares Series F Preferred Stock. Such initial Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) below.
               (b)  Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), the public offering price of which is not less than $19.00 per share (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation in excess of $25,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”), or (ii) (A) as to the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, the date specified by written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class and on an as-converted basis, (B) as to the Series E Preferred Stock, the date specified by written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, and (C) as to the Series F Preferred Stock, the date specified by written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an automatic conversion pursuant to the preceding clause (ii)(A) is other than in connection with a Qualified IPO, then the vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall also be required for the automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock under such clause (ii)(A).
               (c)  Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such .conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion

5


 

shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
               (d)  Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The respective Conversion Prices of any series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
                    (i) (A) If the Corporation shall issue, after the date upon which any shares of Series F Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Purchase Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock so issued; provided that for the purposes of this subsection, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of outstanding Preferred Stock, options and warrants shall be deemed outstanding, and immediately after any Additional Stock has been issued, such Additional Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding.
                         (B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.
                         (C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.
                         (D) In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be

6


 

deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.
                         (E) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Purchase Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i) and Section 4(d)(ii):
                              (1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections 4(d)(i)(C) and 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.
                              (2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 4(d)(i)(C) and 4(d)(i)(D)).
                              (3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using . such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.
                              (4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the

7


 

Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.
                              (5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or 4(d)(i)(E)(4).
                    (ii) “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Purchase Date) other than:
                         (A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section 4(d)(iii) hereof,
                         (B) Up to 18,955,276 shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Corporation directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan (net of repurchases of such shares pursuant. to the terms of any option or stock plan or agreement); plus any additional options or shares issued under any stock option plan, restricted stock plan or direct grant, any of which has been unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation,
                         (C) Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or other lenders or lessors in connection with loans, commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or similar transactions,
                         (D) Capital stock or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued in connection with bona fide corporate or strategic partnering arrangements, licensing arrangements, acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable (including upon exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities) under this clause (D) after the date hereof shall in no event exceed 25% of the number of then outstanding shares of Common Stock (including Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities),
                         (E) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or other currently outstanding options, warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities of the Company,
                         (F) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock,

8


 

                         (G) The issuance of up to 222,176 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in connection with the reduction of the Series E Preferred Stock purchase price (and the applicable liquidation preference) in connection with or shortly following the original issuance of such Series E Preferred Stock,
                         (H) The issuance of up to 60,270 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) to holders of Series E Preferred Stock in February or March 2001 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the amendment of clause (B) above,
                         (I) The issuance of up to 51,118 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to holders of Series B Preferred stock, 164,899 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to holders of Series C Preferred Stock, 210,321 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to holders of Series D Preferred Stock and 425,442 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to holders of Series E Preferred Stock (each of the foregoing shares as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in November or December 2001 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the amendment of clause (B) above,
                         (J) The issuance of up to 3,684,211 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at a purchase price of not less than $4.75 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like),
                         (K) The issuance of up to 59,450 shares of Series D and up to 440,580 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in December 2004 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the addition of clause (J) above in lieu of any adjustment to the conversion ratio applicable to the shares of such series of Preferred Stock,
                         (L) The issuance of up to 12,700 shares of Series D and up to 135,500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in March 2005 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the amendment of clause (B) above in lieu of any adjustment to the conversion ratio applicable to such series of Preferred Stock, and
                         (M) The issuance of up to 119,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in September, October or November 2006 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the amendment of clause (B) above in lieu of any adjustment to the conversion ratio applicable to such series of Preferred Stock.
                         (N) The issuance of up to 207,181 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in November or December 2008 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the amendment of clause (B) above in lieu of any adjustment to the conversion ratio applicable to such series of Preferred Stock.

9


 

                         (O) The issuance of up to 91,651 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) in October, November or December 2009 in connection with the amendment and restatement of these Articles of Incorporation including the amendment of clause (B) above in lieu of any adjustment to the conversion ratio applicable to such series of Preferred Stock.
                    (iii) In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).
                    (iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
               (e)  Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.
               (f)  Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of each series of Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case,

10


 

appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of each series of Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of each series of Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.
               (g)  No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation (except in accordance with the provisions of applicable law and as permitted by Section (B)6 of this Article III) or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.
               (h)  No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .
                    (i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock, and in the event that there are any fractional shares, those shares shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 407 of the California Corporations Code. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.
                    (ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of any series of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.
               (i)  Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of each series of Preferred Stock, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

11


 

               (j)  Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to these Articles of Incorporation.
               (k)  Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
           5.   Voting Rights . The holder of each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).
           6.  Protective Provisions .
               (a) Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis:
                    (i) sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of or encumber all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or effect any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of, provided that this Section 6(a) shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation;

12


 

                    (ii) take any action that would cause a material constructive distribution to holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
                    (iii) create (by reclassification or otherwise) or issue any new class or series of stock having a preference over or on a parity with the Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation;
                    (iv) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment;
                    (v) amend the Articles of Incorporation or amend or waive any provision of the by-laws so as to adversely affect the shares of Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock in a manner different from other shares of Preferred Stock or increase or decrease the authorized size of the Board of Directors; or
                    (vi) pay or declare any dividend on any shares of Common or Preferred Stock.
               (b) Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of any of Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of such respective series of Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate series:
                    (i) take any action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of such series of Preferred Stock, respectively, so as to affect such shares in a manner different from other shares of Preferred Stock;
                    (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of such series of Preferred Stock;
                    (iii) create (by reclassification or otherwise) or issue any new class or series of stock having a preference over the Series E Preferred Stock with respect . to voting, dividends or upon liquidation, provided that only the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall have such right of approval; or
                    (iv) create (by reclassification or otherwise) or issue any new class or series of stock having a preference over the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation, provided that only the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall have such right of approval.

13


 

           7.  Board of Directors .
               (a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of a minimum of seven members . and a maximum of 11 members with the exact number of members to be fixed in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Two members shall be elected by (and may only be removed by) the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. Two members shall be elected by (and may only be removed by) the holders of Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class. One member shall be elected by (and may only be removed by) the holders of Series E Preferred Stock. Any remaining members shall be elected by (and may only be removed by) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) a director may be removed from the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 302 or Section 304 of the California Corporations Code and (b) any vacancy created by an increase in the exact number of directors within the limits specified above may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors.
               (b) If the office of any director becomes vacant, such director’s replacement shall be elected by the class (or classes, as applicable) of shares of which such director is the representative.
               (c) This Section 7 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect immediately upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.
           8.  Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.
           9.  Repurchase of Shares . In connection with repurchases by the Corporation of its Common Stock pursuant to its agreements with certain of the holders thereof, Sections 502 and 503 of the California General Corporation Law shall not apply in whole or in part with respect to such repurchases.
     (C)  Common Stock .
           1.  Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.
           2.  Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Division (B) of this Article III.
           3.  Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

14


 

           4.  Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.
ARTICLE IV
     (A)  Limitation of Liability . The liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.
     (B)  Indemnification . The Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) to the fullest extent permissible under California law.
     (C)  Amendment . Any amendment or repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IV by the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.”
* * *
     3. The foregoing amendment has been approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.
     4. The foregoing amendment was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the California General Corporation Law. The total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote with respect to the foregoing amendment was 10,454,611 shares of Common Stock, 1,030,006 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 3,445,858 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 3,123,573 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 3,655,166 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 7,411,158 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 3,684,211 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the foregoing amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting as a separate class, (iii) a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, (iv) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (v) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and (vi) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock voting as a separate class.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

15


 

     The undersigned certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this Certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.
     Executed in Palo Alto, California, on November 4, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Raymond J. Sims    
  Raymond J. Sims, Executive Vice President   
 
  /s/ Anne Tuttle    
  Anne Tuttle, Secretary   
     
 

 

Exhibit 3.(i)2
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
     Financial Engines, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:
     FIRST: The name of the corporation is Financial Engines, Inc.
     SECOND: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 17, 2008 and the original name of the corporation was Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc. A Certificate of Merger, whereby Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation, was merged with and into the corporation, was filed with the Secretary of State on [                      ], 2010.
     THIRD: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.
     FOURTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:
ARTICLE I
          The name of the corporation is Financial Engines, Inc.
ARTICLE II
          The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
          The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).
ARTICLE IV
          A. Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of classes of capital stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is five hundred ten million (510,000,000), of which five hundred million (500,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, no par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”) and ten million (10,000,000) shares of the par value of one ten thousandth of one cent ($0.0001) each shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the

 


 

affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such Preferred Stock holders is required pursuant to the provisions established by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such Preferred Stock, and if such holders of such Preferred Stock are so entitled to vote thereon, then, except as may otherwise be set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, the only stockholder approval required shall be the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock so entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.
          B. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue, in one or more series, of all or any of the remaining shares of Preferred Stock and, in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue, to establish for each such series the number of its shares, the voting powers, full or limited, of the shares of such series, or that such shares shall have no voting powers, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized (unless forbidden in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue) to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
          C. Common Stock .
          1. Relative Rights of Preferred Stock and Common Stock . All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Common Stock are expressly made subject and subordinate to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of the Preferred Stock.
          2. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by such holder of record on the books of the corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the corporation.
          3. Dividends . Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.
          4. Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding Up . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, unless otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, to receive all of the remaining assets of the corporation of

2


 

whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.
ARTICLE V
          In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware:
          A. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation, without any action on the part of the stockholders, by the vote of at least a majority of the directors of the corporation then in office. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, the bylaws may also be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders representing only a majority of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class, shall be required if such adoption, amendment or repeal of the bylaws has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of the corporation then in office.
          B. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.
          C. The books of the corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the bylaws of the corporation may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI
          A. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors. Other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof, each director shall serve until his successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.
          B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. Directors chosen pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and have qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, or by the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the corporation, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.

3


 

ARTICLE VII
          A. No action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.
          B. Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation or by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied.
          C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the corporation.
          D. Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article VII, Paragraph D.
ARTICLE VIII
          A. Limitation on Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended (including, but not limited to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL), a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL hereafter is amended to further eliminate or limit the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph by the stockholders of the corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
          B. Indemnification . Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the corporation, in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the

4


 

corporation to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws as presently or hereinafter in effect. The right to indemnification and advancement of expenses hereunder shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
          C. Insurance . The corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
          D. Repeal and Modification . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
          The affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend in any respect or repeal this Article IX, Paragraph A of Article V, Articles VI, VII and VIII.
*      *      *
     FIFTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the corporation.
     SIXTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. [Approval of the stockholders has been obtained at a meeting duly held and noticed.] OR [Written consent of the stockholders has been given with respect to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and written notice has been given as provided in Section 228.]
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer and attested by its Secretary this ___day of                      , 2010.
         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
 
  By      
    Jeff Maggioncalda, Chief Executive Officer   
       
 
         
Attest:    
 
       
By
       
 
 
 
Anne Tuttle, Secretary
       

 

Exhibit 3.(ii)1
BYLAWS
OF
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
(Composite Copy)

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        Page  
 
           
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES     1  
1.1
  Principal Office     1  
1.2
  Other Offices     1  
 
           
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS     1  
2.1
  Place Of Meetings     1  
2.2
  Annual Meeting     1  
2.3
  Special Meeting     1  
2.4
  Notice Of Shareholders’ Meetings     2  
2.5
  Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice     2  
2.6
  Quorum     3  
2.7
  Adjourned Meeting; Notice     3  
2.8
  Voting     4  
2.9
  Validation Of Meetings; Waiver Of Notice; Consent     4  
2.10
  Shareholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting     5  
2.11
  Record Date For Shareholder Notice, Voting, Or Giving Consents     6  
2.12
  Proxies     6  
2.13
  Inspectors Of Election     7  
 
           
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS,     7  
3.1
  Powers     7  
3.2
  Number Of Directors     7  
3.3
  Election And Term Of Office Of Directors     8  
3.4
  Resignation And Vacancies     8  
3.5
  Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone     9  
3.6
  Regular Meetings     9  
3.7
  Special Meetings; Notice     9  
3.8
  Quorum     9  
3.9
  Waiver Of Notice     10  
3.10
  Adjournment     10  
3.11
  Notice Of Adjournment     10  
3.12
  Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting     10  

i


 

             
        Page  
 
           
3.13
  Fees And Compensation Of Directors     10  
3.14
  Approval Of Loans To Officers     11  
 
           
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES     11  
4.1
  Committees Of Directors     11  
4.2
  Meetings And Action Of Committees     12  
 
           
ARTICLE V OFFICERS     12  
5.1
  Officers     12  
5.2
  Election Of Officers     12  
5.3
  Subordinate Officers     12  
5.4
  Removal And Resignation Of Officers     12  
5.5
  Vacancies In Offices     13  
5.6
  Chairman Of The Board     13  
5.7
  President     13  
5.8
  Vice Presidents     13  
5.9
  Secretary     14  
5.10
  Chief Financial Officer     14  
 
           
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS     15  
6.1
  Indemnification Of Directors And Officers     15  
6.2
  Indemnification Of Others     15  
6.3
  Payment Of Expenses In Advance     15  
6.4
  Indemnity Not Exclusive     15  
6.5
  Insurance Indemnification     16  
6.6
  Conflicts     16  
 
           
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS     16  
7.1
  Maintenance And Inspection Of Share Register     16  
7.2
  Maintenance And Inspection Of Bylaws     17  
7.3
  Maintenance And Inspection Of Other Corporate Records     17  
7.4
  Inspection By Directors     17  
7.5
  Annual Report To Shareholders; Waiver     18  
7.6
  Financial Statements     18  
7.7
  Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations     18  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS     19  

ii


 

             
        Page  
 
           
8.1
  Record Date For Purposes Other Than Notice And Voting     19  
8.2
  Checks; Drafts; Evidences Of Indebtedness     19  
8.3
  Corporate Contracts And Instruments; How Executed     19  
8.4
  Certificates For Shares     19  
8.5
  Lost Certificates     20  
8.6
  Construction; Definitions     20  
 
           
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS;     20  
9.1
  Amendment By Shareholders     20  
9.2
  Amendment By Directors     20  

iii


 

BYLAWS
OF
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE OFFICES
     1.1 Principal Office.
          The Board of Directors shall fix the location of the principal executive office of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of California. If the principal executive office is located outside such state and the corporation has one or more business offices in such state, then the Board of Directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in the State of California.
     1.2 Other Offices.
          The Board of Directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     2.1 Place Of Meetings.
          Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
     2.2 Annual Meeting.
          The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the third Monday in March. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.
     2.3 Special Meeting.
          A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

1


 

          If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors or the president or the chairman of the board, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.
     2.4 Notice Of Shareholders’ Meetings.
          All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if sent by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these bylaws, thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders (but subject to the provisions of the next paragraph of this Section 2.4 any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board intends to present for election.
          If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Corporations Code of California (the “Code”), (ii) an amendment of the articles of incorporation, pursuant to Section 902 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, then the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.
     2.5 Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice.
          Written notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either (i) personally or (ii) by first-class mail or (iii) by third-class mail but only if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by five hundred (500) or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on the record date for the shareholders’ meeting, or (iv) by facsimile transmission or other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the

2


 

purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by mail or facsimile transmission or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or upon receipt of confirmation of facsimile transmission or other means of written communication.
          If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, then all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.
          An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholders’ meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.
     2.6 Quorum.
          The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.
     2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.
          Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy. In the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting except as provided in Section 2.6 of these bylaws.
          When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed or if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting, then notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given. Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

3


 

     2.8 Voting.
          The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 702 through 704 of the Code (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation or in joint ownership).
          The shareholders’ vote may be by voice vote or by ballot; provided, however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder at the meeting and before the voting has begun.
          Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Any shareholder entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election of directors, may vote them against the proposal; but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which the shareholder is entitled to vote.
          If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or a vote by classes is required by the Code or by the articles of incorporation.
          At a shareholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected, a shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such shareholder normally is entitled to cast) if the candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and the shareholder has given notice prior to commencement of the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate votes. If any shareholder has given such a notice, then every shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination either (i) by giving one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that shareholder’s shares are normally entitled or (ii) by distributing the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the shareholder thinks fit. The candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld shall have no legal effect.
     2.9 Validation Of Meetings; Waiver Of Notice; Consent.
          The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice or consent or approval need not specify either the

4


 

business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of these bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent or approval shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
          Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Code to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.
     2.10 Shareholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.
          Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.
          In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. However, a director may be elected at any time to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors, provided that it was not created by removal of a director and that it has not been filled by the directors, by the
          written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.
          All such consents shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxy holders, or a transferee of the shares, or a personal representative of the shareholder, or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.
          If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders has not been received, then the secretary shall give prompt notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting. Such notice shall be given to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing and shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Code, (ii) indemnification of a corporate “agent,” pursuant to Section 317 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization. of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, or (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval.

5


 

     2.11 Record Date For Shareholder Notice, Voting, Or Giving Consents.
          For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give consent to corporate action without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any such action without a meeting, and in such event only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Code.
          If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:
          (a) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and
          (b) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the board has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of such other action, whichever is later.
          The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Article VIII of these bylaws.
     2.12 Proxies.
          Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) the person who executed the proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting by delivering a writing to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by executing a subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by voting in person at the meeting, or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Code.

6


 

     2.13 Inspectors Of Election.
          Before any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, then the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.
          Such inspectors shall:
          (a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;
          (b) receive votes, ballots or consents;
          (c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;
          (d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;
          (e) determine when the polls shall close;
          (f) determine the result; and
          (g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
     3.1 Powers.
          Subject to the provisions of the Code and any limitations in the articles of incorporation and these bylaws relating to actions required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
     3.2 Number Of Directors.
          The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than seven nor more than 11. The number of directors shall be nine until changed, within the limits specified above,

7


 

by a resolution amending this Section 3.2, duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders. The indefinite number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment to the articles of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that an amendment reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more, than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. No amendment may change the stated maximum number of authorized directors to a number greater than two (2) times the stated minimum number of directors minus one (1).
          No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.
     3.3 Election And Term Of Office Of Directors.
          Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
     3.4 Resignation And Vacancies.
          Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the Board of Directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the Board of Directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.
          Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum), or by the unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
          A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist (i) in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii) if the Board of Directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is increased, or (iv) if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the number of directors to be elected at that meeting.
          The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election other than to fill a vacancy created

8


 

by removal, if by written consent, shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
     3.5 Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone.
          Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.
          Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
     3.6 Regular Meetings.
          Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if the times of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors.
     3.7 Special Meetings; Notice.
          Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.
          Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone (including voice messaging system), facsimile transmission, [or electronic mail] to each director or sent by first-class mail, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile transmission, or electronic mail, it shall be so delivered at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
     3.8 Quorum.
          A majority of the number of directors then seated on the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.10 of these bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or

9


 

transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest), Section 311 of the Code (as to appointment of committees), Section 317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of directors), the articles of incorporation, and other applicable law.
          A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.
     3.9 Waiver Of Notice.
          Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.
     3.10 Adjournment.
          A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.
     3.11 Notice Of Adjournment.
          Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.7 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.
     3.12 Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.
          Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.
     3.13 Fees And Compensation Of Directors.
          Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. This Section 3.13 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

10


 

     3.14 Approval Of Loans To Officers.
          The corporation may, upon the approval of the Board of Directors alone, make loans of money or property to, or guarantee the obligations of, any officer of the corporation or its parent or subsidiary, whether or not a director, or adopt an employee benefit plan or plans authorizing such loans or guaranties provided that (i) the Board of Directors determines that such a loan or guaranty or plan may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation, (ii) the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by 100 or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on the date of approval by the Board of Directors, and (iii) the approval of the Board of Directors is by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of any interested director or directors.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
     4.1 Committees Of Directors.
          The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, except with respect to:
          (a) the approval of any action which, under the Code, also requires shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares;
          (b) the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or in any committee;
          (c) the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the board or any committee;
          (d) the amendment or repeal of these bylaws or the adoption of new bylaws;
          (e) the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;
          (f) a distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board of Directors; or
          (g) the appointment of any other committees of the Board of Directors or the members of such committees.

11


 

     4.2 Meetings And Action Of Committees.
          Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article Ill of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), Section 3.10 (adjournment), Section 3.11 (notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
     5.1 Officers.
          The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
     5.2 Election Of Officers.
          The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Any contract of employment with an officer shall be unenforceable unless in writing and specifically authorized by the Board of Directors.
     5.3 Subordinate Officers.
          The Board of Directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
     5.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers.
          Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any regular or

12


 

special meeting of the board or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.
          Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
     5.5 Vacancies In Offices.
          A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.
     5.6 Chairman Of The Board.
          The chairman of the board, if such an officer is elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.
     5.7 President.
          Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if there is such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or She shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.
     5.8 Vice Presidents.
          In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

13


 

     5.9 Secretary.
          The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
          The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
          The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if any, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these bylaws.
     5.10 Chief Financial Officer.
          The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
          The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

14


 

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS
     6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.
          The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the Code, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Article VI, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
     6.2 Indemnification Of Others.
          The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Code, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Article VI, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
     6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance.
          Expenses incurred in defending any civil or criminal action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.
     6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive.
          The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw,

15


 

agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the articles of incorporation.
     6.5 Insurance Indemnification.
          The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.
     6.6 Conflicts.
          No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:
          (1) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the articles of incorporation, these bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or
          (2) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
     7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Share Register.
          The corporation shall keep either at its principal executive office or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either is appointed), as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of its shareholders listing the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder.
          A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who hold at least one per-cent (1%) of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14A with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors, may (i) inspect and copy the records of share-holders’ names, addresses, and shareholdings during usual business hours on five (5) days’ prior written demand on the corporation, (ii) obtain from the transfer agent of the corporation, on written demand and on the tender of such transfer agent’s usual charges for such list, a list of the names and addresses of the shareholders who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which that list has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder after the date of demand. Such list shall be

16


 

made available to any such shareholder by the transfer agent on or before the later of five (5) days after the demand is received or five (5) days after the date specified in the demand as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.
          The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection on the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate.
          Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.
     7.2 Maintenance And Inspection Of Bylaws.
          The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office or, if its principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its principal business office in California the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, which bylaws shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the corporation is outside the State of California and the corporation has no principal business office in such state, then the secretary shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to that shareholder a copy of these bylaws as amended to date.
     7.3 Maintenance And Inspection Of Other Corporate Records.
          The accounting books and records and the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders, of the Board of Directors, and of any committee or committees of the Board of Directors shall be kept at such place or places as are designated by the Board of Directors or, in absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form, and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.
          The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.
     7.4 Inspection By Directors.
          Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind as well as the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney. The right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

17


 

     7.5 Annual Report To Shareholders; Waiver.
          The Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year adopted by the corporation. Such report shall be sent at least fifteen (15) days (or, if sent by third-class mail, thirty-five (35) days) before the annual meeting of shareholders to be held during the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws for giving notice to shareholders of the corporation.
          The annual report shall contain (i) a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, (ii) an income statement, (iii) a statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year, and (iv) any report of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
          The foregoing requirement of an annual report shall be waived so long as the shares of the corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record.
     7.6 Financial Statements.
          If no annual report for the fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, then the corporation shall, upon the written request of any shareholder made more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of such fiscal year, deliver or mail to the person making the request, within thirty (30) days thereafter, a copy of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year.
          If a shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the corporation makes a written request to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the then current fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days before the date of the request, and for a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period, then the chief financial officer shall cause such statement or statements to be prepared, if not already prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail such statement or statements to the person making the request within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the request. If the corporation has not sent to the shareholders its annual report for the last fiscal year, the statements referred to in the first paragraph of this Section 7.6 shall likewise be delivered or mailed to the shareholder or shareholders within thirty (30) days after the request.
          The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the corporation or by the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
     7.7 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations.
          The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and

18


 

exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
     8.1 Record Date For Purposes Other Than Notice And Voting.
          For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the shareholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than action by shareholders by written consent without a meeting), the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action. In that case, only shareholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided in the Code.
          If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.
     8.2 Checks; Drafts; Evidences Of Indebtedness.
          From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
     8.3 Corporate Contracts And Instruments; How Executed.
          The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
     8.4 Certificates For Shares.
          A certificate or certificates for shares of the corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any of such shares are fully paid. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares partly paid provided that these certificates shall state the total

19


 

amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount actually paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the chairman of the board or the vice chairman of the board or the president or a vice president and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.
          In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate ceases to be that officer, transfer agent or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
     8.5 Lost Certificates.
          Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The Board of Directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; in such case, the board may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.
     8.6 Construction; Definitions.
          Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Code shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS;
     9.1 Amendment By Shareholders.
          New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the articles of incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of authorized directors of the corporation, then the authorized number of directors may be changed only by an amendment of the articles of incorporation.
     9.2 Amendment By Directors.
          Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 9.1 of these bylaws, bylaws, other than a bylaw or an amendment of a bylaw changing the authorized number of directors (except to fix the authorized number

20


 

of directors pursuant to a bylaw providing for a variable number of directors), may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

21

Exhibit 3.(ii)2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
B Y L A W S
OF
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE 1 Offices
    1  
 
       
1.1 Registered Office
    1  
1.2 Other Offices
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 Meeting of Stockholders
    1  
 
       
2.1 Place of Meeting
    1  
2.2 Annual Meeting
    1  
2.3 Special Meetings
    2  
2.4 Notice of Meetings
    3  
2.5 List of Stockholders
    3  
2.6 Organization and Conduct of Business
    3  
2.7 Quorum
    3  
2.8 Adjournments
    4  
2.9 Voting Rights
    4  
2.10 Majority Vote
    4  
2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting
    4  
2.12 Proxies
    4  
2.13 Inspectors of Election
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Directors
    5  
 
       
3.1 Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications
    5  
3.2 Enlargement and Vacancies
    6  
3.3 Resignation and Removal
    7  
3.4 Powers
    7  
3.5 Chairman of the Board
    7  
3.6 Place of Meetings
    7  
3.7 Regular Meetings
    7  
3.8 Special Meetings
    7  
3.9 Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournments
    8  
3.10 Action Without Meeting
    8  
3.11 Telephone Meetings
    8  
3.12 Committees
    8  
3.13 Fees and Compensation of Directors
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Officers
    9  
 
       
4.1 Officers Designated
    9  
4.2 Election
    9  
4.3 Tenure
    9  
4.4 The Chief Executive Officer
    9  
4.5 The President
    10  
4.6 The Vice President
    10  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
4.7 The Secretary
    10  
4.8 The Assistant Secretary
    10  
4.9 The Chief Financial Officer
    10  
4.10 The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers
    11  
4.11 Bond
    11  
4.12 Delegation of Authority
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Notices
    11  
 
       
5.1 Delivery
    11  
5.2 Waiver of Notice
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Indemnification and Insurance
    12  
 
       
6.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors
    12  
6.2 Indemnification of Others
    12  
6.3 Advance Payment
    13  
6.4 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit
    13  
6.5 Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Rights; Amendments
    14  
6.6 Insurance
    14  
6.7 Reliance
    14  
6.8 Severability
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 Capital Stock
    15  
 
       
7.1 Certificates for Shares
    15  
7.2 Signatures on Certificates
    15  
7.3 Transfer of Stock
    15  
7.4 Registered Stockholders
    15  
7.5 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 General Provisions
    16  
 
       
8.1 Dividends
    16  
8.2 Checks
    16  
8.3 Corporate Seal
    16  
8.4 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments
    16  
8.5 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 Amendments
    17  
 -ii- 

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
B Y L A W S
OF
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE 1
Offices
     1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.
     1.2 Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time designate, or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE 2
Meeting of Stockholders
     2.1 Place of Meeting . Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in these bylaws, or, if not so designated, at the principal executive offices of the corporation.
     2.2 Annual Meeting . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held each year at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. At each such annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors to hold office until the succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. The stockholders shall also transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
     To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of record. A motion related to business proposed to be brought before any stockholders’ meeting may be made by any stockholder entitled to vote if the business proposed is otherwise proper to be brought before the meeting. However, any such stockholder may propose business to be brought before a meeting only if such stockholder has given timely notice to the Secretary of the corporation in proper written form of the stockholder’s intent to propose such business. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the

 


 

corporation not more than one hundred twenty (120) days nor less than ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the date of the corporation’s proxy statement provided in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For the purposes of these bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ 1934 Act ”) in such stockholder’s capacity as a proponent of a stockholder proposal.
     Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section; provided , however , that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting.
     The Chairman of the Board (or such other person presiding at the meeting in accordance with these bylaws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
     2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, by the Secretary only at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

-2-


 

     2.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, annual or special, stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
     2.5 List of Stockholders . The officer in charge of the stock ledger of the corporation or the transfer agent shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to gain access to such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
     2.6 Organization and Conduct of Business . The Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer or President of the corporation or, in their absence, such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.
     The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her in order.
     2.7 Quorum . Except where otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

-3-


 

     2.8 Adjournments . If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of stockholders, a majority of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, though less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside at such meeting, shall be entitled to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however , that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, if any, date, time and means of remote communications, if any, of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
     2.9 Voting Rights . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder.
     2.10 Majority Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock and entitled to vote present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or of these bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
     2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting . For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any right in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action to which the record date relates. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.
     2.12 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Subject to the limitation set forth in

-4-


 

the last clause of the first sentence of this Section 2.12, a duly executed proxy that does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (a) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy, or (b) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted.
     2.13 Inspectors of Election . The corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons to act as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.
ARTICLE 3
Directors
     3.1 Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors that shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be not fewer than [five (5)] nor more than [fifteen (15)]. Within such range, the number of directors that shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors of the corporation then in office. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, directors shall be elected, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal, death or incapacity.
     If a majority of the votes cast for a director are marked “against” or “withheld” in an uncontested election, the director shall promptly tender his or her irrevocable resignation for the Board’s consideration. If such director’s resignation is accepted by the Board, then the Board, in its sole discretion, may fill the resulting vacancy in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2 or may decrease the size of the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.
     Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be (a) made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) made by any stockholder of record of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the applicable meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.1. Directors need not be stockholders. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal

-5-


 

executive offices of the corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders, not more than one hundred twenty (120) days nor less than ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the date of the corporation’s proxy statement provided in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date more than thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made, and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the person, (iv)  any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (v) the nominee’s written consent to serve, if elected, and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the stockholder, (ii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the stockholder, and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each person the stockholder proposes for election or re-election as a director pursuant to which such proposed nomination is being made. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.
     In connection with any annual meeting of the stockholders (or, if and as applicable, any special meeting of the stockholders), the Chairman of the Board (or such other person presiding at such meeting in accordance with these bylaws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
     3.2 Enlargement and Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. Directors chosen pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions shall hold office until the next annual election and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such

-6-


 

director’s earlier resignation or removal. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, or by the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the corporation, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.
     3.3 Resignation and Removal . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation at its principal place of business addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt of such notice unless the notice specifies such resignation to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. [Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding then entitled to vote at an election of directors.]
     3.4 Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     3.5 Chairman of the Board . The directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board and may elect a Vice Chair of the Board, each to hold such office until their successor is elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chair of the Board, if one has been elected, or another director designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of the corporation shall if present preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have such other duties as may be vested in the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors. The Vice Chair of the Board of the corporation shall have such duties as may be vested in the Vice Chair of the Board by the Board of Directors.
     3.6 Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
     3.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given prompt notice of such determination.
     3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by the written request of a majority of the directors then in office. Notice of the time and place, if any, of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director, or sent by first-class mail or commercial delivery service, facsimile transmission, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, charges prepaid, sent to such director’s business or home address as they appear upon the records of the corporation. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days prior to the time of holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by telephone or by commercial delivery service, facsimile transmission, or electronic mail or other electronic means, it shall be so delivered at least twenty-four (24) hours

-7-


 

prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.
     3.9 Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournments . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of directors then in office, but in no event less than one-third (1/3) of the entire Board of Directors, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, or by the bylaws of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.9, the term “entire Board of Directors” shall mean the number of directors last fixed by directors in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the corporation; provided , however , that if fewer than all the number of directors so fixed have been elected (by the stockholders or the Board of Directors), the “entire Board of Directors” shall mean the greatest number of directors so elected to hold office at any one time pursuant to such authorization. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
     3.10 Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
     3.11 Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or by any form of communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     3.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the member or members present constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all of the lawfully delegated powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and make such reports to

-8-


 

the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may request or the charter of such committee may then require. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these bylaws for the conduct of its business by the Board of Directors.
     3.13 Fees and Compensation of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
ARTICLE 4
Officers
     4.1 Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may also choose a Chief Operating Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more assistant Secretaries or assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.
     4.2 Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting, at any other meeting, by written consent or may be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors.
     4.3 Tenure . Each officer of the corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, removal or incapacity. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or a committee duly authorized to do so. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors, at its discretion. Any officer may resign by delivering such officer’s written resignation to the corporation at its principal place of business to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.
     4.4 The Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He or she shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

-9-


 

     4.5 The President . The President shall, in the event there is no Chief Executive Officer or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her disability, perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed for such person by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or these bylaws.
     4.6 The Vice President . The Vice President (or in the event there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the President or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President(s) shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed for them by the Board of Directors, the President, the Chairman of the Board or these bylaws.
     4.7 The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and the stockholders and record all votes and the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees, when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall act. The secretary shall sign such instruments on behalf of the corporation as the secretary may be authorized to sign by the Board of Directors or by law and shall countersign, attest and affix the corporate seal to all certificates and instruments where such countersigning or such sealing and attesting are necessary to their true and proper execution. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
     4.8 The Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any Assistant Secretaries in the order designated by the Board of Directors (or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall assist the Secretary in the performance of his or her duties and, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
     4.9 The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal accounting officer in charge of the general accounting books, accounting and cost records and forms. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and have other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

-10-


 

     4.10 The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer (if one is appointed) shall have such duties as may be specified by the Chief Financial Officer to assist the Chief Financial Officer in the performance of his or her duties and to perform such other duties and have other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. It shall be the duty of any Assistant Treasurers to assist the Treasurer in the performance of his or her duties and to perform such other duties and have other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
     4.11 Bond . If required by the Board of Directors, any officer shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties and upon such terms and conditions as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including without limitation a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of such officer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in such officer’s possession or under such officer’s control and belonging to the corporation.
     4.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
ARTICLE 5
Notices
     5.1 Delivery . Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, written notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to a nationally recognized courier service. Unless written notice by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by commercial delivery service, facsimile transmission, electronic means or similar means addressed to such director or stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-hand delivery, in person or by telephone, shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.
     5.2 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or of these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless

-11-


 

so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
ARTICLE 6
Indemnification and Insurance
     6.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the corporation (or any predecessor), or is or was serving at the request of the corporation (or any predecessor) as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the corporation, or other enterprise (or any predecessors of such entities) (hereinafter an “ Indemnitee ”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, including, but not limited to, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), or by other applicable law as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith. Each person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary of the corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.1 shall be a contract right.
     Any indemnification (but not advancement of expenses) under this Article 6 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment). Such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not or were not parties to the proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee (the “ Disinterested Directors ”), even though less than a quorum, (b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (d) by the stockholders.
     6.2 Indemnification of Others . This Article 6 does not limit the right of the corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance

-12-


 

expenses to persons other than those persons identified in Section 6.1 when and as authorized by the Board or by the action of a committee of the Board or designated officers of the corporation established by or designated in resolutions approved by the Board; provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by such a person in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt by the corporation of a written undertaking by such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 6 or otherwise.
     6.3 Advance Payment . The right to indemnification under this Article 6 shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the corporation within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under Section 6.1 or otherwise; and provided, further, that payment of such expenses incurred by other employees and agents of the corporation may be made by the corporation upon authorization by the Board in its discretion upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless such right is acquired other than pursuant to this Article 6, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no Disinterested Directors or the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
     6.4 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim for indemnification (following final disposition of such proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article 6 is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any

-13-


 

suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article or otherwise shall be on the corporation.
     6.5 Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Rights; Amendments . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article 6 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article 6 shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.
     6.6 Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.
     6.7 Reliance . Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the corporation shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this Article 6 in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article 6 shall apply to claims made against an Indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions that occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.
     6.8 Severability . If any word, clause, provision or provisions of this Article 6 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article 6 (including, without limitation, each portion of any section or paragraph of this Article 6 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article 6 (including, without limitation, each such portion of any section or paragraph of this Article 6 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

-14-


 

ARTICLE 7
Capital Stock
     7.1 Certificates for Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.
     Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send or cause to be sent to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required by the DGCL or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
     7.2 Signatures on Certificates . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
     7.3 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, and proper evidence of compliance of other conditions to rightful transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions and proper evidence of compliance of other conditions to rightful transfer from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.
     7.4 Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

-15-


 

     7.5 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued to replace any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed and on such terms and conditions as the corporation may require. When authorizing the issue of a new certificate or certificates, the corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it may require, and/or to give the corporation a bond or other adequate security in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
ARTICLE 8
General Provisions
     8.1 Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the DGCL or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting or by unanimous written consent. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.
     8.2 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
     8.3 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the word “Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced. The seal may be altered from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     8.4 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments . The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
     8.5 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any corporation or corporations or similar ownership interests of other business entities standing in

-16-


 

the name of the corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the corporation any and all shares or similar ownership interests held by the corporation in any other corporation or corporations or other business entities may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.
ARTICLE 9
Amendments
     These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation at (a) any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or (b) any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws is contained in the notice of such special meeting.

-17-


 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
     I, the undersigned, hereby certify:
     (i) That I am a duly elected, acting and qualified Secretary of Financial Engines, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and
     (ii) That the foregoing Bylaws, comprising ___pages, constitute the Bylaws of such corporation as duly adopted by the board of directors of such corporation on                      , 2010, which Bylaws became effective                      , 2010.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of the ___day of                      , 2010.
     
 
   
 
   
 
  Anne Tuttle, Secretary

 

Exhibit 4.2
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
December 20, 2004

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
        PAGE    
A. Amendments of the Original Agreement; Waiver of Right of First Offer      -2-      
 
               
  1. Registration Rights     -2-      
1.1
  Definitions     -2-      
1.2
  Request for Registration     -3-      
1.3
  Company Registration     -4-      
1.4
  Obligations of the Company     -5-      
1.5
  Furnish Information     -6-      
1.6
  Expenses of Demand Registration     -6-      
1.7
  Expenses of Company Registration     -7-      
1.8
  Underwriting Requirements     -7-      
1.9
  Delay of Registration     -8-      
1.10
  Indemnification     -8-      
1.11
  Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934     -10-      
1.12
  Form S-3 Registration     -10-      
1.13
  Assignment of Registration Rights     -12-      
1.14
  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights     -12-      
1.15
  “Market Stand-Off” Agreement     -12-      
1.16
  Termination of Registration Rights     -13-      
 
               
  2. Covenants of the Company     -13-      
2.1
  Delivery of Financial Statements     -14-      
2.2
  Inspection     -14-      
2.3
  Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants     -15-      
2.4
  Right of First Offer     -15-      
 
               
  3. Miscellaneous     -17-      
3.1
  Successors and Assigns     -17-      
3.2
  Governing Law     -17-      
3.3
  Counterparts     -17-      
3.4
  Titles and Subtitles     -17-      
3.5
  Notices     -17-      
3.6
  Expenses     -17-      
3.7
  Amendments and Waivers     -17-      
3.8
  Severability     -18-      
3.9
  Transfer of Rights     -18-      
3.10
  Aggregation     -18-      

-i-


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 20th day of December 2004 by and among Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the holder of shares of Common Stock listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Common Holder ”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Series A Holders ,” “ Series B Holders ,” “ Series C Holders ,” “ Series D Holders ” and “ Series E Holders ,” respectively, and collectively, the “ Existing Preferred Holders ”) and the holders of Series F Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Series F Holders ,” together with the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders, the “ Investors ”).
RECITALS
     1. The Company, the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders entered into that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of February 20, 2001 (the “ Original Agreement ”).
     2. The Company and the Series. F Holders have entered into a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the Series F Holders and the Series F Holders desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock. A condition to the Series F Holders’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders amend and restate the Original Agreement so as to include the Series F Holders therein and as a result enter into this Agreement in order to provide the Common Holder, the Existing Preferred Holders and the Series F Holders with (i) certain rights to register shares of the Company’s Common Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by them and (ii) certain rights to receive or inspect information pertaining to the Company and a right of first offer with respect to certain issuances by the Company of its securities. The Company, the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders each desire to induce the Series F Holders to purchase shares of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     3. The Company, the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders each desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement to add the Series F Holders as parties to this Agreement and make certain other changes.
AGREEMENT
     The parties hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and for other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, as follows:

 


 

      A.  Amendment of the Original Agreement; Waiver of Right of First Offer . Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Original Agreement) and upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Common Holder and the Existing Preferred Holders with respect to registration rights of the Company’s securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein. The Common Holder and Existing Preferred Holders that are Major Investors (as defined in the Original Agreement) hereby waive the Right of First Offer, including the notice requirements, set forth in the Original Agreement with respect to the issuance of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
           1. Registration Rights . The Company, the Common Holder and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:
                1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:
                    (a) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;
                    (b) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock (such shares of Common Stock are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “ Stock ”), (ii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Stock and (iii) any shares of Common Stock held by the Common Holder (as defined above) or its affiliates, provided that for purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.12 and 2.4(e), such shares shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Common Holder shall not be deemed a Holder. (“ Common Holder Shares ”); provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale;
                    (c) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

-2-


 

                    (d) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.13 hereof;
                    (e) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Act; and
                    (f) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
                1.2 Request for Registration .
                    (a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) November 23, 2003, or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of at least (A) a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or such lesser percent as would permit the anticipated total gross offering price of such offering to exceed $5,000,000), (a “ General Registration ”), or (B) a majority of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock (a “ Series D/E/F Registration ”), that the Company file a Registration Statement under the Act covering the registration of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, or such lesser percentage if the anticipated total gross offering price of such offering would exceed $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5.
                    (b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number

-3-


 

of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.
                    (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.
                    (d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:
                         (i) (A) If a General Registration is requested, after the Company has effected two (2) General Registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and (B) if a Series D/E/F Registration is requested, after the Company has effected two (2) Series D/E/F Registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;
                         (ii) During the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or
                         (iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.12 below.
                1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Act, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company

-4-


 

shall; subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.
                1.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
                    (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days. The Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act.
                    (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to one hundred eighty (180) days.
                    (c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.
                    (d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.
                    (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.
                    (f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for one hundred eighty (180) days.

-5-


 

                    (g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
                    (h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.
                    (i) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.
                1.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.12 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.12(b)(2), whichever is applicable.
                1.6 Expenses of Demand Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided further , however , that if at the time of such

-6-


 

withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.
                1.7 Expenses of Company Registration . The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.13), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.
                1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by shareholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling shareholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling shareholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling shareholders) but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities in which case the selling shareholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other shareholder’s securities are included. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling shareholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership, venture investment fund or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members and shareholders of such holder, the estates and family members of any such partners, members and retired partners and members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons or any affiliates under common management of such corporation (collectively, “ Affiliates ”) shall be deemed to be a single “ selling shareholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling shareholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling shareholder,” as defined in this sentence.

-7-


 

                1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.
                1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:
                    (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.
                    (b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action;

-8-


 

provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to any judgment or amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement or judgment is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that it shall in no event be unreasonable for a Holder to withhold such consent if any judgment or settlement (i) does not include as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the plaintiff or claimant to such Holder of a release from all liability in respect of such Violation or (ii) which includes an admission of guilt on behalf of such Holder); provided , that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) (together with any amount payable under Section 1.10(d) below) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.
                    (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.
                    (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, that, in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d) (together with any amount payable under Section 1.10(b) above) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the

-9-


 

indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
                    (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
                    (f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.
                1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:
                    (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
                    (b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;
                    (c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the Exchange Act; and
                    (d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.
                1.12 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities or fifteen percent

-10-


 

(15%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:
                    (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and
                    (b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.12: (1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $500,000; (3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.12; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period; (4) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.12; (5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (6) prior to 180 days following the closing of the Company’s firm commitment underwriting for an initial public offering registered on a registration statement filed under the Act.
                    (c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.12, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling Holder or Holders and counsel for the Company, but excluding any underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities, shall be borne by the Company. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.12 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

-11-


 

                1.13 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 maybe assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (i) a transferee or assignee of at least: (A) 50,000 shares of Stock (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations), or (B) all of such Holder’s shares of such securities or (ii) any transferee which is an Affiliate, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act; and provided , further , such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms hereof. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (a) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession); (b) any family member or trust for the benefit of any individual holder; (c) any shareholder of any investor which is a corporation; (d) any member of any investor which is a limited liability company; (e) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such members or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession)or (f) any Affiliate of any Holder which is a corporation; shall be aggregated together; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.
                1.14 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within one hundred twenty (120) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder registration rights that are superior to the registration rights granted hereunder; provided that such consent shall not be required should the Company wish to grant to subsequent purchasers of the Company’s securities rights similar to the rights granted hereunder for a Series E Holder or Series F Holder.
                1.15 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration (up to, but not exceeding, 180 days) specified by the Company and

-12-


 

an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, following the date of the final prospectus distributed in connection with a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except Common Stock included in such registration; provided , however , that:
                    (a) such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and
                    (b) all officers and directors of the Company and all one (1%) percent or greater shareholders enter into similar agreements;
provided , further , that as to Series D Holders, Series E Holders, Series F Holders and the Common Holder which are not Series A Holders, Series B Holders or Series C Holders such market standoff shall not apply to shares of Common Stock purchased in the Company’s initial public offering registered on a registration statement declared effective under the Act or purchased in the open market subsequent thereto.
          In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period, and each Holder agrees that, if so requested, such Holder will execute an agreement in the form provided by the underwriter containing terms which are essentially consistent with the provisions of this Section 1.15.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 1.15 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to an SEC Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future.
                1.16 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, or (ii) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three (3)-month period without registration.
           2. Covenants of the Company.
     With respect to the information to be provided by the Company to each Holder pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 below, each Holder hereby acknowledges that such information is provided for the use by such Holder solely for such Holder’s analysis and monitoring of its

-13-


 

investment in the Company by Holder’s representatives responsible for monitoring investments in general, and that any information so provided by the Company to Holder will be maintained in strictest confidence and will not be disclosed by the Holder to any third parties other than a Holder’s legal, financial or accounting advisors engaged in connection with such activities of such Holder; provided, that any Holder may provide financial information about the Company to its partners, limited partners or members as required by any partnership agreement or limited liability operating agreement.
                2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements .
                    (a) The Company shall deliver to each Holder as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of shareholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;
                    (b) The Company shall deliver to each Holder holding at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter; and as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets and sources and applications of funds statements for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;
                    (c) With respect to the financial statements called for in subsection (b) of this Section 2.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.
                2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Holder who holds not less than 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), at such Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

-14-


 

                2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.4 shall terminate as to Holders and be of no further force or effect when the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with a Qualified IPO (as defined in Section 2.4(d) below) is consummated or when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whichever event shall first occur.
                2.4 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.4, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor (as hereinafter defined) a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Major Investor ” shall mean any person who holds at least 50,000 shares of the Common Holder Shares or Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations) (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and is a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 2.4, Major Investor includes any general partners and Affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.
          Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:
                    (a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“ Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.
                    (b) Within 10 calendar days after delivery of the Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor (the “ Numerator ”) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock).
                    (c) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

-15-


 

                    (d) The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.4 shall not be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, consultants and directors, pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, or (ii) to or after consummation of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, registered under the Act pursuant to a registration statement resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000 at a price of at least $19.00 per share (“ Qualified IPO ”) or the closing of any acquisition, merger, reorganization or other transaction which results in the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after such transaction, or (iii) to the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, or (iv) to the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business corporate or strategic partnering arrangements, licensing arrangements, acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, or (v) to the issuance of securities to financial institutions or other lenders or lessors in connection with loans, commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, or similar transactions, or (vi) to the issuance or sale of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock approved by the Board of Directors, or (vii) to the issuance of securities that, with unanimous approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, are not offered to any existing shareholder of the Company.
                    (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 2.4 and prior and in preference to such rights, as to Major Investors holding Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), subject to any applicable laws, to comments received from the Staff of the SEC, and to the underwriters’ reasonable determination that the rights granted in this Section 2.4 will not violate applicable law or jeopardize the success of the Company’s underwritten initial public offering, confirmed in writing to such participating Major Investors, the right of first offer shall be applicable to the first Qualified IPO. However in determining the proportion set forth in Section 2.4(b) the numerator shall only include Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, but in no event shall such calculations result in more than five percent (5%) of the shares, in the aggregate, offered in such public offering (the “ IPO Securities ”) for the same price and on the same terms and conditions as the other purchasers in such public offering, provided that the provisions of Section 1.4 will apply to such shares. For purposes of this Section 2.4(e), within 30 business days of the date the Company first files a registration statement under the Act in connection with the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general. public, the Company shall deliver a notice (the “ IPO Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) the number and type of such securities to be offered, (ii) the price for which it proposes to offer such securities and (iii) a statement as to the number of days (which shall not be less than twenty (20) business days) from receipt of the IPO Notice within which the Major Investors must respond to the IPO Notice. The sale of IPO Securities by the Company to the Major Investors upon exercise of its rights under this Section 2.4(e) shall take place in accordance with the plan of distribution of the managing underwriter of the offering. If all IPO Securities referred to in the IPO Notice are not elected to be obtained as provided in this Section 2.4(e), then the Company may sell those securities pursuant to the offering.

-16-


 

           3. Miscellaneous .
                3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
                3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
                3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement maybe executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
                3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
                3.5 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or on Exhibit A hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.
                3.6 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.
                3.7 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that any amendment of Sections 2.4(e), 1.2(d)(i)(B) and the right to request registration provided under Section 1.2(a)(B) shall not be amended without the approval of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock voting together as one class. The further proviso following Section 1.15(b), the proviso of the preceding sentence of this Section 3.7 and this sentence of this Section 3.7 shall not be amended without the approval of the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock and issued to the Common Holder, all voting together as one class. Notwithstanding the

-17-


 

foregoing, this Agreement maybe amended with only the written consent of the Company for the sole purpose of including additional purchasers of Series F Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement as “Investors” and “Holders.” Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.
                3.8 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (x) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (y) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (z) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
                3.9 Transfer of Rights . All of the rights under Sections 1, 2 and 3 of this Agreement may be transferred to (i) any partner or retired partner of any Holder which is a partnership, (ii) any family member or trust for the benefit of any individual holder, (iii) any shareholder of any Holder which is a corporation, (iv) any member of any Holder who is limited liability company, (v) any Affiliate of any Holder or (vi) any transferee who acquires at least 50,000 shares of Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred; provided the Company is given written notice thereof and such transferee agrees to bound by the terms hereof.
                3.10 Aggregation . For purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement, all Registrable Securities held by or acquired by affiliated entities or entities under common management shall be aggregated together.
[Signature Page Follows]

-18-


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    JAMES N. ALEXANDER    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ James N. Alexander    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   James N. Alexander    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    GEERT BEKAERT    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Geert Bekaert    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Geert Bekaert    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    CAGEN HOLDINGS LIMITED    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jenchyn Luh    
 
           
 
      Authorized Signer    
 
  Name:   Jenchyn Luh    
 
           
 
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer
C.M. Capital Corporation
   
 
           
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Eammon Dolan    
 
           
 
  Name:   Authorized signer
Eammon Dolan
   
 
           
 
  Title:   Chief Investment Officer
C.M. Capital Corporation
   
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    SCOTT CAMPBELL    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Campbell    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    JAMES R. CARTY & ADELE M. CARTY,    
    TRUSTEES FOR CARTY LIVING TRUST    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ James R. Carty & Adele M. Carty    
 
           
 
      James R. Carty & Adele M. Carty    
 
  Name:   Trustees for Carty Living Trust    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    STUART J. CARTY    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stuart J. Carty    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:   trustee    
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
PETER COHN, AS TRUSTEE OR THE
SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE OR TRUSTEES
U/A/D JUNE 29, 1995, AS AMENDED,
CREATING THE PETER COHN
REVOCABLE TRUST
         
By:
  /s/ Peter Cohn
 
Peter Cohn, Trustee
   
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    ELIZABETH ELLIS    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Elizabeth Ellis    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Elizabeth Ellis    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    E*TRADE eCOMMERCE FUND, LP    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Tom A. Bevilacqua    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Tom A. Bevilacqua    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Partner    
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES, L.P.    
 
           
    By:Financial Technology Management L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Huret
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Robert Huret    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Member    
 
           
 
           
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES (Q), L.P.    
 
           
    By:Financial Technology Management L.L.C.    
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Huret    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Robert Huret    
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Member    
 
           
Signature page to fifth amended and restated
investors’ rights agreement

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES II, L.P.    
 
           
    By:     Financial Technology Management II, L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Huret    
 
     
 
   
 
  Name:   Robert Huret    
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Member    
 
           
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES II (Q), L.P.    
 
           
    By:     Financial Technology Management II, L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Huret
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Robert Huret    
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Member    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
   
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    KEN FINE
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   Kenneth M. Fine
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   /s/ Kenneth M. Fine    
 
           
 
  Title:   Vice President, Product Marketing    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    FOCUS VENTURES, L.P    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven P. Bird
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Steven P. Bird    
 
           
 
  Title:   General Partner of the General Partner    
 
           
    FOCUS VENTURES CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven P. Bird
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Steven P. Bird    
 
           
 
  Title:   General Partner of the General Partner    
 
           
    FV INVESTORS, L.P    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven P. Bird    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Steven P. Bird    
 
           
 
  Title:   General Partner of the General Partner    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    FOUNDATION CAPITAL, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   Foundation Capital Management Co., L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Paul G. Koontz
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Paul G. Koontz    
 
           
 
  Title:   Manager    
 
           
    FOUNDATION CAPITAL ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   Foundation Capital Management Co., L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Paul G. Koontz
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Paul G. Koontz    
 
           
 
  Title:   Manager    
 
           
    FOUNDATION CAPITAL LEADERSHIP FUND, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   Foundation Capital Management Co., L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Paul G. Koontz
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Paul G. Koontz    
 
           
 
  Title:   Manager    
 
           
    FOUNDATION CAPITAL LEADERSHIP PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   Foundation Capital Management Co., L.L.C.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Paul G. Koontz
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   Paul G. Koontz    
 
           
 
  Title:   Manager    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    RICHARD H. FRANK & LINDA G. FRANK TRUSTEES
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Linda G. Frank
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:   /s/ Richard H. Frank    
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    WILLIAM R. GANNON JR.
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William R. Gannon Jr.    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   William R. Gannon Jr.    
 
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS    
 
           
    FRED GOLDBERG
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Fred Goldberg    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Fred Goldberg    
 
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    GS CAPITAL PARTNERS III OFFSHORE, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   GS ADVISORS III, L.L.C.    
 
      ITS GENERAL PARTNER    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jospeh P. DiSabato    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Jospeh P. DiSabato    
 
 
  Title:   Vice President    
 
           
    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. VERTWALTUNGS GmbH    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jospeh P. DiSabato    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Jospeh P. DiSabato    
 
 
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact    
 
           
    GS CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   GS ADVISORS III, L.L.C.    
 
      ITS GENERAL PARTNER    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jospeh P. DiSabato    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Jospeh P. DiSabato    
 
 
  Title:   Vice President    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    GOLIATH, INC    
 
           
.
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard D. Carpenter    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Richard D. Carpenter    
 
 
  Title:   Vice President and Treasurer    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    GRUNDFEST LIVING TRUST    
    U/T/A DD 8/25/97    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Joseph A. Grundfest    
 
           
 
      Joseph A. Grundfest, Co-Trustee    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Carol C. Grundfest    
 
           
 
      Carol C. Grundfest, Co-Trustee    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    JOSEPH R. HARDIMAN    
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Joseph R. Hardiman    
 
           
 
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    INTEL CAPITAL CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Ravi Jacob    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Ravi Jacob    
 
 
  Title:   Vice President, Finance & Enterprise
Services Group Asst Treasurer, M&A
   
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    /s/ Craig W. Johnson    
         
    Craig W. Johnson    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS    
 
           
    PAMELA HEATHER BENNETT
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Pamela Heather Bennett    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Pamela Heather Bennett    
 
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
*   The stock certificate is under the name of PAMELA HEATHER BENNETT. I got married and my legal last name is JOHNSON.
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    CHRISTOPHER JONES
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Jones    
 
           
 
 
  Name:   Christopher Jones    
 
 
  Title:   EVP Investment Management    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    JOSEPH KUPFERSCHMIDT
 
   
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Joseph Kupferschmidt    
 
           
 
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    SYLVIA KWAN    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Sylvia Kwan    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    THE 1999 MAGGIONCALDA FAMILY TRUST    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey Maggioncalda    
 
           
 
      Jeffrey Maggioncalda, Trustee    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

                 
        INVESTORS:    
 
               
        NEA PRESIDENTS FUND, L.P.    
 
               
 
      By:   NEA General Partners, L.P.    
 
          Its General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ C. Richard Kramlich    
 
               
 
               
 
      Name:   C. Richard Kramlich    
 
               
 
      Title:   General Partner    
 
               
        NEA VENTURES 1997, L.P.    
 
               
    NEA Ventures 1997, L.P.
By: Vice President
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Diana N. Williams    
 
               
 
               
 
      Name:   Diana N. Williams    
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
        NEA ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES VII, L.P.    
 
               
 
      By:   NEA Partners VII, L.P.    
 
          Its General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ C. Richard Kramlich    
 
               
 
               
 
      Name:   C. Richard Kramlich    
 
               
 
      Title:   General Partner    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William H. McLean    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   William H. McLean    
 
           
 
  Title:   VP & CIO    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    OAK HILL CAPITAL MANAGEMENT PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   OHCP General Partners, L.P.    
 
      Its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   OHCP MGP, LLC    
 
      Its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Wolfson    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Mark Wolfson    
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Partner    
 
           
    OAK HILL CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   OHCP General Partners, L.P.    
 
      Its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   OHCP MGP, LLC    
 
      Its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Wolfson    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Mark Wolfson    
 
           
 
  Title:   Managing Partner    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    ORRICK INVESTMENTS 2005 LLC    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Illegible    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Illegible    
 
           
 
  Title:   Chairman, Investment Committee    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    HOWARD D. PALEFSKY    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Howard D. Palefsky    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Howard D. Palefsky    
 
           
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    RONALD T. PARK    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Ronald T. Park    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Ronald T. Park    
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    WILLIAM & KATHRYN SHARPE LIVING TRUST AGREEMENT DTD 11/6/93    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William F. Sharpe    
 
           
 
      William F. Sharpe, Trustee    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Kathryn Sharpe    
 
           
 
      Kathryn Sharpe, Trustee    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    RAYMOND J. SIMS    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond J. Sims    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    WILLIAM J. THOMPSON    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William J. Thompson    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   William J. Thompson    
 
           
 
  Title:   EVP Marketing    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    GEORGE VON GEHR    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ George Von Gehr    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    KATHLEEN WATSON    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Kathleen Watson    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Kathleen Watson    
 
           
 
  Title:   Shareholder    
Signature page to fifth amended and restated
investors’ rights agreement

 


 

     The parties have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    COMPANY :    
 
           
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INVESTORS:    
 
           
    MARK WOLFSON    
         
    (Print Name of Investor)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Wolfson    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

EXHIBIT A
COMMON HOLDERS
Name/Address
Goliath, Inc.
<Address>

1


 

SERIES A HOLDERS
Name/Address
William & Kathryn Sharpe Living Trust u/a dtd 11/6/93
<Address>
Joseph A. Grundfest and Carol C. Grundfest, cotrustees of the
Grundfest Living Trust u/t/a dd 8/25/97
<Address>
Attn: Joseph A. Grundfest
VLG Investments 1996
<Address>
Attn: Mark Weeks
Craig W. Johnson
c/o Heller Ehrman White & McAulliffe LLP
<Address>
Denis R. Coleman
Coleman Softlabs, Inc.
<Address>
Anthony R. Muller & Lary Lynn H. Muller Trust u/a dtd 7/1/81
<Address>
James N. Alexander
c/o Oak Hill Venture Partners
<Address>
Mark Wolfson
c/o Oak Hill Capital Management
<Address>

2


 

Name/Address
Christopher Jones
<Address>
Douglas E. Jones
<Address>
David Douglass
c/o Delphi Bioventures
<Address>
Richard H. and Linda G. Frank, trustees for
the Frank Family Trust UDT dated 12/28/83
<Address>
Christopher H. Frank
<Address>
Melissa G. Frank
<Address>
Trevor G. Frank
<Address>
B.J. Moore
<Address>
Anthony R. Muller
<Address>
Howard D. Palefsky
<Address>

3


 

Name/Address
Isaac Stein
c/o Waverly Associates
<Address>
George Von Gehr
<Address>
John Watson
<Address>
Geoffrey Darby and Carol Darby
<Address>
Ronald Park
<Address>
Dr. Brian L. Johnson, Trustee of the Brian L. and Joan C.
Johnson 1996 Children’s Educational Trust Dated 12/17/96
<Address>

4


 

SERIES B HOLDERS
Name/Address
Foundation Capital, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, L.L.C.
<Address>
NEA Ventures 1997, L.P.
<Address>
New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P.
<Address>
Attn: Pamela J. Clark
NEA Presidents Fund, L.P.
<Address>
Charter Ventures II, L.P.
<Address>
Gleam Co.
c/o Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co.
<Address>
Henry Kravis
Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co.
<Address>

5


 

Name/Address
Joseph Hardiman
<Address>
Craig W. Johnson
c/o Heller Ehrman White & McAulliffe LLP
<Address>
Denis R. Coleman
Coleman Softlabs Inc.
<Address>
Christopher Jones
<Address>
John Watson
<Address>
Ronald Park
<Address>
The Christine Hammer Trust U/A dtd. December 9, 1991
<Address>
Brian L. Johnson and Joan C. Johnson, Trustees of the Johnson
Family Trust U/D/T Dated 11/6/89, as amended
<Address>

6


 

SERIES C HOLDERS
Name/Address
TTCV, LLC
c/o NeoCarta Ventures, Inc.
<Address>
Charter Ventures II, LP
<Address>
Charter Ventures III, L.L.C.
<Address>
Cagen Holdings, Ltd.
c/o C.M. Capital Corporation
<Address>
Attn: J.M.D. Cha
Foundation Capital, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, L.L.C.
<Address>
New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P.
<Address>
Attn: Pamela J. Clark

7


 

Name/Address
William F. Sharpe & Kathryn P. Sharpe, Tr. of William &
Kathryn Sharpe Living Trust Agreement dtd 11/6/93
<Address>
Joseph A. Grundfest and Carol C. Grundfest, cotrustees of the
Grundfest Living Trust u/t/a dd 8/25/97
<Address>
Attn: Joseph A. Grundfest
Brian Samuels and Jan Samuels trustees of the Samuels Family
Trust u/d/t 1/31/97
<Address>
Christopher E. Gross
<Address>
Ken Fine
<Address>
Nick F. Rayder
<Address>
Tara Rayder
<Address>
Kathy P. Lierle, Trustee Kathy P. Lierle Trust dated June 16, 1976
as amended Aug. 31, 1989
<Address>
Daniel C. McMahon
<Address>

8


 

Name/Address
John G. Watson
<Address>
Zachary MacRunnels
<Address>
Jeffrey S. Carty
<Address>
Sylvia Kwan
<Address>
Ellen Tauber
<Address>
Daniel Berger
<Address>
Judith Berger
<Address>
Kenneth Berger
<Address>
Richard M. Berger
<Address>
Jeffrey Feldman
<Address>

9


 

Name/Address
Jason Scott
<Address>
Gary Gray
<Address>
James W. Shearer
<Address>
Scott Campbell
<Address>
Jeff Maggioncalda
<Address>
Patrick T. Hughes
<Address>
Robert Lee Young
<Address>

10


 

SERIES D HOLDERS
Name/Address
ATGF II
<Address>
Litton Master Trust
c/o Chase Manhattan Bank
<Address>
James Stableford
<Address>
Anthony Ciulla
<Address>
Ralph H. Cechettini 1995 Trust
<Address>
Pivotal Partners, L.P.
c/o Ralph H. Cechettini
<Address>

11


 

Name/Address
Christopher Lord
<Address>
Dan Chapey
<Address>
Charter Ventures III, L.L.C.
<Address>
Financial Technology Ventures, LP.
<Address>
Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P.
<Address>
TTCV, LLC
Thomson U.S. Inc.
<Address>
Attention: James R. Schurr
Foundation Capital, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, L.L.C.
<Address>

12


 

Name/Address
New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P.
<Address>
Attn: Pamela J. Clark
NEA Ventures 1997, L.P.
<Address>
NEA Presidents Fund, L.P.
<Address>
Northwestern University
<Address>
HLM/CB Fund, L.P.
<Address>
Frances M. Hawk
<Address>
A. John Thibault and Deborah S. Thibault, Trustees under
The Providence Trust dated January 8, 1999
<Address>
Scott Campbell
<Address>
William H. Lacy
<Address>
Steve Grenadier
<Address>

13


 

Name/Address
Geert Bekaert
<Address>

14


 

SERIES E HOLDERS
Name/Address
Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P.
<Address>
Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P.
<Address>
MLBC, Inc.
ML IBK Positions, Inc.
c/o Joseph S. Valenti
<Address>
State Street Global Advisors, Inc.
<Address>
E*Trade eCommerce Fund, L.P.
<Address>
American Home Assurance Company
<Address>
C.V. Starr & Co., Inc.
<Address>
Starr International Company, Inc.
<Address>
Intel Corporation
<Address>

15


 

Name/Address
WFC Holdings Corporation
<Address>
GS Capital Partners III Offshore, L.P.
<Address>
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Verwaltungs GmbH
c/o Goldman Sachs & Company
<Address>
GS Capital Partners III, L.P.
<Address>
Washington Mutual, Inc.
<Address>
HLM/CB Fund, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, L.L.C.
<Address>
Pivotal Partners, L.P.
<Address>

16


 

Name/Address
Christopher Lord
<Address>
Ralph H. Cechettini 1995 Trust
<Address>
ATGF II
<Address>
New Enterprise Associates VII, LP.
<Address>
Attn: Pamela J. Clark
Charter Ventures III, L.P.
<Address>
Access Technology Partners, L.P.
<Address>
Access Technology Partners Brokers Fund, L.P.
<Address>
Hambrecht & Quist California
<Address>
Hambrecht & Quist Employee Venture Fund, LP. II
<Address>

17


 

Name/Address
Chase Equity Holdings, Inc.
The Chase Manhattan Bank
<Address>
Tailwind Capital Partners, L.P.
<Address>
Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
<Address>
Ray Sims
<Address>
Nir D. Yarden
<Address>
Philip R. Erlanger
<Address>
Saul Gamoran
c/o Rivals.com
<Address>
Harry S. Drake
<Address>
Frances M. Hawk
<Address>

18


 

Name/Address
Todd Bakar
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Dan Case
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Genni Combes
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Matt Davies
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Elizabeth Ellis
<Address>
Dirk Godsey
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Adam Holt
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Glover Lawrence
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>

19


 

SERIES F HOLDERS
Name/Address
Dan Pawliw
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Tom Peters
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
Greg Smith
c/o Hambrecht & Quist
<Address>
James N. Alexander
c/o Oak Hill Venture Partners
<Address>
Geert Bekaert
<Address>
Cagen Holdings, Ltd.
c/o C.M. Capital Corporation
<Address>
Attn: J.M.D. Cha, Managing Partner or Faruq Ahmad
James R. Carty and Adele M. Carty, Trustees of the Carty Living Trust
<Address>
Stuart J. Carty and Geralyn A. Carty 1999 Revocable Trust
<Address>
Attn: Stuart and Geraldyn Carty
Elizabeth Ellis
<Address>
E*Trade eCommerce Fund, L.P.
c/o ArrowPath Venture Capital
<Address>
Attn: Thomas A. Bevilacqua, Managing General Partner
Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P.
<Address>

20


 

Name/Address
Financial Technology Ventures, L.P.
<Address>
Financial Technology Ventures (Q) II, L.P.
<Address>
Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P.
<Address>
Focus Ventures, L.P.
<Address>
Focus Ventures Co-Investment Fund, L.P.
<Address>
FV Investors, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P.
<Address>
Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC
<Address>
William R. Gannon, Jr.
<Address>
Fred Goldberg
<Address>

21


 

Name/Address
Joseph R. Hardiman
c/o NEA Development Corp.
<Address>
Intel Capital Corporation
<Address>
Attn: Matthew Fix
Craig W. Johnson
c/o Heller Ehrman White & McAulliffe LLP
<Address>
Pamela H. Johnson
<Address>
Joseph Kupferschmidt
<Address>
New Enterprise Associates VII, L.P.
<Address>
Northwestern University
<Address>
Attn: Du H. Chai, Manager, Private Investments
Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P.
<Address>
Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P.
<Address>

22


 

Name/Address
Orrick Investments 2005 LLC
c/o Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
<Address>
Attn: Peter Lillevand, Chairman, Investment Committee
Howard D. Palefsky
c/o Montreux Equity Partners
<Address>
Peter Cohn, as Trustee, or the Successor Trustee or Trustees,
U/A/D June 29, 1995, as Amended, creating the Peter Cohn Revocable Trust
c/o Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
<Address>
Richard H. and Linda G. Frank, trustees for the Frank Family Trust
UDT dated 12/28/83
<Address>
Attn: Richard H. Frank
William J. Thompson
<Address>
George Von Gehr
<Address>
Kathleen Watson
<Address>
Mark Wolfson
c/o Oak Hill Capital Management
<Address>

23

Exhibit 10.1
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
1998 STOCK PLAN
(as amended on September 19, 2006)
(as amended and restated on October 21, 2008)
(as amended and restated on October 20, 2009)
     1.  Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 1998 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options (as defined under Section 422 of the Code) or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan.
     2.  Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
          (a) Administrator means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.
          (b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          (c) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          (d) Committee means the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4(a) and (b) of the Plan.
          (e) Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.
          (f) Company means Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation.
          (g) Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.
          (h) Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective successors. For

 


 

purposes of this Plan, a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant.
          (i) Employee means any person, including officers and directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, with the status of employment determined based upon such minimum number of hours or periods worked as shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company.
          (j) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (k) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of Common Stock determined as follows:
                (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system including without limitation the National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“ Nasdaq ”) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as quoted on such system or exchange, or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in Common Stock for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
                (ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq System (but not on the National Market thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
                (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
          (l) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable written Option Agreement.
          (m) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable written Option Agreement.
          (n) Option means a stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
          (o) Option Agreement means a written agreement between an Optionee and the Company reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any

2


 

documents attached to such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.
          (p) Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.
          (q) Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.
          (r) Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.
          (s) Plan means this 1998 Stock Plan.
          (t) Reporting Person means an officer, director, or greater than 10% shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.
          (u) Restricted Stock means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 10 below.
          (v) Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written agreement between a holder of a Stock Purchase Right and the Company reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.
          (w) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor provision.
          (x) Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.
          (y) Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.
          (z) Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 10 below.
          (aa) Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.
     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 18,955,276 shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Option

3


 

or Stock Purchase Right or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.
     4.  Administration of the Plan .
          (a) Initial Plan Procedure . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or Committee appointed by the Board.
          (b) Plan Procedure After the Date, if any, Upon Which the Company Becomes Sublect to the Exchange Act .
                (i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . If permitted by Rule 16b-3, grants under the Plan may be made by different bodies with respect to directors, non-director officers and Employees or Consultants who are not Reporting Persons.
                (ii) Administration With Respect to Reporting Persons . With respect to grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Employees who are Reporting Persons, such grants shall be made by (A) the Board if the Board may make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to permit grants under the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3.
                (iii) Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees . With respect to grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Employees or Consultants who are not Reporting Persons, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the legal requirements relating to the administration of Incentive Stock Option plans, if any, of applicable corporate and securities laws, of the Code and of any applicable Stock Exchange (the “ Applicable Laws ”). Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.
          (c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and

4


 

subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, including the approval, if required, of any Stock Exchange, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
                (i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(k) of the Plan;
                (ii) to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;
                (iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof are granted hereunder;
                (iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;
                (v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
                (vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder;
                (vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(f) instead of Common Stock;
                (viii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was granted;
                (ix) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Stock Purchase Rights and the Restricted Stock purchased by exercising such Stock Purchase Rights;
                (x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan; and
                (xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.
          (d) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all holders of Options or Stock Purchase Rights.
     5.  Eligibility .
          (a) Recipients of Grants. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option or Stock

5


 

Purchase Right may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options or Stock Purchase Rights.
          (b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.
          (c) The Plan shall not confer upon the holder of any Option or Stock Purchase Right any right with respect to continuation of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such holder’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.
     6.  Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the shareholders of the Company as described in Section 19 of the Plan. It shall continue until April 10, 2010 unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to an amendment to the Plan adopted by the Board, the Plan shall continue in effect until April 10, 2011, unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan; provided, however, that such continuance of the Plan shall be treated as the adoption of a new plan and shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date of adoption of such Plan amendment, and all Options and Stock Purchase Rights issued under the Plan during the period of such continuance shall become void in the event such approval is not obtained.
     7.  Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.
     8.  Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
          (a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable agreement, but shall be subject to the following:
                (i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is:

6


 

                    (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
                     (B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
                (ii) To the extent required by the Applicable Laws, in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option that is:
                     (A) granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.
                     (B) granted to any person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
          (b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares that (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender or such other period as may be required to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) authorization for the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price and any applicable income or employment taxes, (7) delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares that irrevocably obligates the option holder to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, or (9) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
     9.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and reflected in the Option Agreement, which may include vesting requirements

7


 

and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided, however, that such Option shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. In the event that any of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option should be subject to a right of repurchase in the Company’s favor, such repurchase right shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Option granted to an officer, director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Option may become fully exercisable, and a repurchase right, if any, in favor of the Company shall lapse, at any time or during any period established by the Administrator.
     An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
     An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Board, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, not withstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
          (b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Subject to Section 9(c) below, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant with the Company, such Optionee may, but only within three months (or such other period of time not less than 30 days as is determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option and not exceeding three months) after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.
          (c) Disability of Optionee .
                (i) Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her total and

8


 

permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
                (ii) In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of a disability which does not fall within the meaning of total and permanent disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may, but only within six months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. However, to the extent that such Optionee fails to exercise an Option which is an Incentive Stock Option (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) within three months of the date of such termination, the Option will not qualify for Incentive Stock Option treatment under the Code. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within six months from the date of termination, the Option shall terminate.
          (d) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, or within 30 days following termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by such Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of death or, if earlier, the date of termination of the Optionee’ s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death or termination, as the case may be, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
          (e) Rule 16b-3 . Options granted to Reporting Persons shall comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption for Plan transactions.
     10.  Stock Purchase Rights .
          (a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (which price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the

9


 

Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a person owning stock representing more than (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the price shall not be less than (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer), and the time within which such person must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed 30 days from the date upon which the Administrator made the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.
          (b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine; provided, however, that with respect to an Optionee who is not an officer, director or Consultant of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, it shall lapse at a minimum rate of 20% per year.
          (c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.
          (d) Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a shareholder, and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     11.  Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations . At the discretion of the Administrator, Optionees may satisfy withholding obligations as provided in this paragraph. When an Optionee incurs tax liability in connection with an Option or Stock Purchase Right, which tax liability is subject to tax withholding under applicable tax laws, and the Optionee is obligated to pay the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Optionee may satisfy the withholding tax obligation by one or some combination of the following methods: (a) by cash or check payment, (b) out of the Optionee’s current compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the Company Shares that (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to or less than the Optionee’ s marginal tax rate times the ordinary income recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option, or the Shares to be issued in connection with the Stock Purchase Right, if any, that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. For this purpose, the fair market value of the Shares to be

10


 

withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “ Tax Date ”).
     Any surrender by a Reporting Person of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3.
     All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
          (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;
          (b) once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares of the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to which the election is made; and
          (c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.
     In the event the election to have Shares withheld is made by an Optionee and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Optionee shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Optionee shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.
     12.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .
          (a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

11


 

          (b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee at least 15 days prior to such proposed action. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
          (c) Merger or Sale of Assets . In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a merger of the Company with or into another corporation where the successor corporation issues its securities to the Company’s shareholders, each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the Option or Stock Purchase Right or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger or sale of assets. For purposes of this Section 12(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon such merger or sale of assets, each holder of an Option or a Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option or the Stock Purchase Right at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 12).
          (d) Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s shareholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.
     13.  Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised or purchased during the lifetime of the Optionee or the holder of Stock Purchase Rights only by the Optionee or the holder of Stock Purchase Rights.
     14.  Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Board; provided, however, that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’ s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

12


 

     15.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
          (a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any other applicable law or regulation, including the requirements of any Stock Exchange), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.
          (b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.
     16.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any Stock Exchange.
     As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.
     17.  Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
     18.  Agreements . Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by written Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.
     19.  Shareholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan, as amended and restated on October 20, 2009, shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date such amendment and restatement of the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law and the rules of any Stock Exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed.

13


 

     20.  Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers . The Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information. In addition, at the time of issuance of any securities under the Plan, the Company shall provide to the Optionee or the purchaser a copy of the Plan and any agreement(s) pursuant to which securities granted under the Plan are issued.

14


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
1998 STOCK PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
«Optionee»
«Address1»
«Address2»
     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) of Financial Engines, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:
     
Board Approval Date:
  «BoardApprovDate»
 
   
Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):
  «GrantDate»
 
   
Vesting Commencement Date:
  «VCD»
 
   
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $«PriceperShare»
 
   
Total Number of Shares Granted:
  «NoofShares»
 
   
Total Exercise Price:
  $«TotalExercisePrice»
 
   
Type of Option:
  Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”)
 
   
Term/Expiration Date:
  «ExpirDate»
 
   
Vesting Schedule:
  This option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule: 12/48 of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the 12-month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/48 of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the «VestingSchedule» of each month thereafter.
 
   
Termination Period:
  This Option may be exercised for three months after termination of employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Sections 6 and 7 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).
     By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 1998 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.
     
«Optionee»   FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
   
                                                                                    
  By:                                                                                     
Signature
   
 
   
                                                                                    
     Raymond J. Sims, Chief Financial Officer
Print Name
   

 


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
1998 STOCK PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
«Optionee»
«Address1»
«Address2»
     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) of Financial Engines, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:
     
Board Approval Date:
  «BoardApprovDate»
 
Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):
  «GrantDate»
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
  «VCD»
 
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $«PriceperShare»
 
Total Number of Shares Granted:
  «NoofShares»
 
Total Exercise Price:
  $«TotalExercisePrice»
 
Type of Option:
  Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”)
 
   
Term/Expiration Date:
  «ExpirDate»
 
Vesting Schedule:
  This grant shall vest as to 12/48th of the Total Number of Shares on the 12-month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (“ One Year Cliff ”) and 1/48th of the Total Number of Shares on each monthly anniversary date of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter for so long as the Optionee’s relationship with the Company has not terminated; provided that the One Year Cliff shall not be applicable in the event (a) of a change in control and (b) Optionee is involuntarily terminated without cause within 12 months of such change in control.
 
Termination Period:
  This Option may be exercised for three months after termination of employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Sections 6 and 7 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).
     By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 1998 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.
     
«Optionee»   FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
   
                                                                                    
  By:                                                                                        
Signature
   
 
   
                                                                                    
      Raymond J. Sims, Chief Financial Officer
Print Name
   

 


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
1998 STOCK PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     1.  Grant of Option . Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to «Optionee» (“ Optionee ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase a total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Share s”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Financial Engines, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option.
     If designated an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
     2.  Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its Term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:
          (a)  Right to Exercise .
               (i) This Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time after the Date of Grant, as to Shares which have not yet vested under the vesting schedule indicated on the Notice of Stock Option Grant; provided , however , that Optionee shall execute as a condition to such exercise of this Option, the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Early Exercise Agreement ”). If Optionee chooses to exercise this Option solely as to Shares which have vested under the vesting schedule indicated on the Notice of Stock Option Grant, Optionee shall complete and execute the form of Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Exercise Agreement ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may in its discretion prescribe or accept a different form of notice of exercise and/or stock purchase agreement if such forms are otherwise consistent with this Agreement, the Plan and then-applicable law.
               (ii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.
               (iii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment or consulting relationship, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in Section 2(a)(iv) below.
               (iv) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 


 

          (b)  Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Agreement or the Exercise Agreement, whichever is applicable, or of any other written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.
     No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of applicable law, including the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
     3.  Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:
          (a) cash or check;
          (b) cancellation of outstanding indebtedness;
          (c) surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which (i) in the case of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Company option, have been owned by Optionee for more than 6 months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised; or
          (d) if there is a public market for the Shares and they are registered under the Exchange Act, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.
     4.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.
     5.  Termination of Relationship . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so

-2-


 

entitled at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at such Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period, the Option shall terminate.
     6.  Disability of Optionee .
          (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and in Section 9 below), exercise this Option to the extent he or she was entitled to exercise it at such Termination Date. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in this Section 6(a), the Option shall terminate.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of termination of Optionee’s consulting relationship or Continuous Status as an Employee as a result of a disability not constituting a total and permanent disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within six months from the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and in Section 9 below), exercise the Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date; provided, however, that if this is an Incentive Stock Option and Optionee fails to exercise this Incentive Stock Option within three months from the Termination Date, this Option will cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) and Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such exercise in an amount generally measured by the difference between the Exercise Price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in this Section 6(b), the Option shall terminate.
     7.  Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the Term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within 30 days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and in Section 9 below), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the Termination Date.
     8.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

-3-


 

     9.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the Term set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7 of the Plan.
     10.  Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal and California tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
          (a)  Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
          (b)  Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.
          (c)  Disposition of Shares . In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. In either case, the long-term capital gain will be taxed for federal income tax and alternative minimum tax purposes at a maximum rate of 20% if the Shares are held more than 12 months after exercise. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within one year after exercise or within two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.
          (d)  Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an Incentive Stock Option, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by

-4-


 

the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.
     11.  Withholding Tax Obligations . Optionee understands that, upon exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, he or she will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then Fair Market Value of the Shares over the Exercise Price. However, the timing of this income recognition may be deferred for up to six months if Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. If Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation, or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income. Additionally, Optionee may at some point be required to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. Optionee shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation arising upon the exercise of this Option by one or some combination of the following methods: (a) by cash payment, (b) out of Optionee’s current compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the Company Shares which (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the Company, have been owned by Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to or greater than Optionee’s marginal tax rate times the ordinary income recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. For this purpose, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “ Tax Date ”).
     If Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (an “ Insider ”), any surrender of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 16b-3 ”).
     All elections by Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
          (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;
          (b) once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and
          (c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.
     12.  Market Standoff Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the

-5-


 

Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.
     13.  Acceleration of Vesting upon Termination following Change of Control.
          (a)  Acceleration of Vesting . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination other than for Cause at any time within twelve months following a Change of Control and if on the date of such termination some portion of the Shares are then still subject to the Cliff Vesting Period described in the Notice of Grant, then, subject to Section 13(d) below, the portion of the Shares then still subject to the Cliff Vesting Period shall automatically be accelerated and become exerciseable to the extent of the number of full months of Optionee’s employment beginning on the Vesting Commencement Date and ending on the effective date of Optionee’s Involuntary Termination, as if such Cliff Vesting Period had not been in effect, provided , however , that if such potential vesting acceleration would cause a contemplated Change of Control transaction that was intended to be accounted for as a “ pooling-of-interests ” transaction to become ineligible for such accounting treatment under generally accepted accounting principles, as determined by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “ Accountants ”) prior to the Change of Control, the vesting of such Shares shall not be so accelerated. By way of example, if an option has a vesting commencement date of October 1, 1997, the original vesting schedule is that 1/4th of the total shares vest on the twelve month anniversary of the vesting commencement date (which constitutes the cliff vesting period) and 1/48th of the total shares vest on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, the Company is acquired on February 1, 1998 and optionee’s employment is terminated as a result of Involuntary Termination other than for Cause on April 15, 1998, then the option in question would automatically become exerciseable for 6/48ths of the total shares upon such termination.
          (b)  Definitions . The following terms used in this Option shall have the following meanings:
               (i)  Cause . “ Cause ” shall mean (1) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Optionee’s duties to the Company (2) repeated unexplained or unjustified absence from the Company, (3) a material and willful violation of any federal or state law; (4) refusal or failure to act in accordance with any specific direction or order of the Company, (5) commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company; or (6) conviction of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude causing material harm to the standing and reputation of the Company, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.
               (ii)  Change of Control . “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
                    (A) The shareholders of the Company approve an agreement for the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

-6-


 

                    (B) The shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.
               (iii)  Involuntary Termination . “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean (i) without the Optionee’s express written consent, the significant reduction of the Optionee’s duties, authority or responsibilities, relative to the Optionee’s duties, authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the assignment to Optionee of such reduced duties, authority or responsibilities; (ii) without the Optionee’s express written consent, a substantial reduction, without good business reasons, of the facilities and prerequisites (including office space and location) available to the Optionee immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a reduction by the Company in the base salary of the Optionee as in effect immediately prior to such reduction other than an across-the-board salary reduction for all similar situated employees; (iv) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of Optionee benefits, including bonuses, to which the Optionee was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the Optionee’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; (v) the relocation of the Optionee to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Optionee’s then present location, without the Optionee’s express written consent; (vi) any termination of the Optionee by the Company which is not effected for disability or for Cause; (vii) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Option by any successors contemplated in Section 13(c) below; or (viii) any act or set of facts or circumstances which would, under California case law or statute, constitute a constructive termination of the Optionee.
          (c)  Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Option and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Option in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Option, the term “ Company ” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 13(c) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Option by operation of law.
          (d)  Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Option or otherwise payable to the Optionee (i) constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) but for this Section 13(d), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any corresponding provisions of state income tax law), then the Optionee’s benefits under Section 13(a) shall be either
               (a) delivered in full, or

-7-


 

               (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by the Optionee on an after-tax-basis, of the greater amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 13 shall be made in writing by the Accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Optionee and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 13, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Optionee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 13. In the event that subsection (a) above applies, then Optionee shall be responsible for any excise taxes imposed with respect to such severance and other benefits. In the event that subsection (b) above applies, then each benefit provided hereunder shall be proportionately reduced to the extent necessary to avoid imposition of such excise taxes.
     14.  Miscellaneous .
          (a)  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
          (b)  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
          (c)  Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          (d)  Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

-8-


 

          (e)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.
          (f)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
          (g)  Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

-9-


 

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.
             
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:        Raymond J. Sims    
 
           
 
  Title:        Chief Financial Officer    
OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S STOCK PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.
     
Dated:                                                                
                                                                                         
 
  «Optionee»

-10-


 

EXHIBIT A
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
1998 STOCK PLAN
EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 1998 Stock Plan.
     1.  Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s Plan and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and, to the extent the number of Shares exercised exceeds the number of Vested Shares, Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $                      per Share for a total purchase price of $                      . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.
     2.  Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.
     3.  Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 


 

          (a)  Repurchase Option .
               (i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 60 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Unvested Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).
               (ii) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written notice to Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor and, at the Company’s option, (A) by delivery to Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor with such notice of a check in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being purchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, by cancellation by the Company of an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the purchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.
               (iii) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.
          (b)  Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).
               (i)  Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).
               (ii)  Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice

-2-


 

to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.
               (iii)  Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
               (iv)  Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
               (v)  Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
               (vi)  Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family (as defined below) or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.
          (c)  Involuntary Transfer .
               (i)  Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding, in the event of death, a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the

-3-


 

Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.
               (ii)  Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within 30 days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.
          (d)  Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations; provided, however, that an assignee, other than a corporation that is the Parent or a 100% owned Subsidiary of the Company, must pay the Company, upon assignment of such right, cash equal to the difference between the original purchase price and Fair Market Value, if the original purchase price is less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the assignment.
          (e)  Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.
          (f)  Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer pursuant to Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).
          (g)  Market Standoff Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

-4-


 

     4.  Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     5.  Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:
          (a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          (b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.
          (c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.
          (d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the

-5-


 

purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
     6.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.
          (a)  Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
  (i)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
 
  (ii)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
          (b)  Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          (c)  Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
          (d)  Removal of Legend . When all of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Purchaser will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii): (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(g) (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(g)); and (iii) the expiration or exercise in full of the Repurchase Option. After such time, and

-6-


 

upon Purchaser’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii), and delivered to Purchaser.
     7.  No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.
     8.  Section  83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.
     Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.
     9.  Miscellaneous .
          (a)  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
          (b)  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and

-7-


 

merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
          (c)  Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          (d)  Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.
          (e)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.
          (f)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
          (g)  Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
          (h)  California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

-8-


 

     The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
         
    COMPANY:
 
       
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
       
 
      (print)
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
       
    1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200
Palo Alto, CA 94303
 
       
    PURCHASER:
 
       
    «OPTIONEE»
 
       
     
    (Signature)
 
       
     
    (Print Name)
 
       
    Address:
 
       
    «Address1»
«Address2»
I,                                           , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.
     
 
   
 
  Spouse of «Optionee»

-9-


 

ATTACHMENT A
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) and Financial Engines, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated                                           ,                      (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                           (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.                      , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                           to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.
Dated:                      , 19       .
     
 
  Signature:
 
   
 
   
 
  «Optionee»
 
   
 
   
 
  Spouse of «Optionee» (if applicable)
Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.

 


 

ATTACHMENT B
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION
REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION
     The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                      shares of Common Stock of Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:
     1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.
     2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:
  (a)  ___  has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                                , whose business address is                                                                 , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or
  (b)  ___  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.
     3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:
  (a)  ___  to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;”
  (b)  ___  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.
     4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.
             
Date:
           
 
           
 
          «Optionee»
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
 
          Spouse of «Optionee»

 


 

ATTACHMENT C
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
     The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternate minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:
1.   The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
 
    NAME OF TAXPAYER:                «Optionee»
 
    NAME OF SPOUSE:                                          
 
    ADDRESS:                                      «Address1»
                                                         «Address2»
 
    IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                     
 
    IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                     
 
    TAXABLE YEAR:                     
2.   The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:
 
                         shares of the Common Stock $0.0001 par value, of Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”).
3.   The date on which the property was transferred is:                     
 
4.   The property is subject to the following restrictions:
 
    Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.
 
5.   The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                      
 
6.   The amount (if any) paid for such property: $                      
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .
             
Dated:
           
 
           
 
          «Optionee»
 
           
Dated:
           
 
           
 
          Spouse of «Optionee»

 


 

EXHIBIT B
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
1998 STOCK PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 1998 Stock Plan.
     1.  Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      , (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«PriceperShare» per Share for a total purchase price of $                      . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.
     2.  Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.
     3.  Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.
          (a)  Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).
               (i)  Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or

 


 

other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).
               (ii)  Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.
               (iii)  Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
               (iv)  Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
               (v)  Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
               (vi)  Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family (as defined below) or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 


 

          (b)  Involuntary Transfer .
               (i)  Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding, in the event of death, a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.
               (ii)  Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within 30 days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.
          (c)  Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations; provided, however, that an assignee, other than a corporation that is the Parent or a 100% owned Subsidiary of the Company, must pay the Company, upon assignment of such right, cash equal to the difference between the original purchase price and Fair Market Value, if the original purchase price is less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the assignment.
          (d)  Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.
          (e)  Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer pursuant to Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).
          (f)  Market Standoff Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell,

 


 

make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.
     4.  Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:
          (a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          (b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.
          (c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.
          (d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
     5.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          (a)  Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
  (i)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN

 


 

      ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
 
  (ii)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
          (b)  Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          (c)  Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
          (d)  Removal of Legend . When all of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Purchaser will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii): (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(f) (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(f)). After such time, and upon Purchaser’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii), and delivered to Purchaser.
     6.  No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 


 

     7.  Miscellaneous .
          (a)  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
          (b)  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
          (c)  Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          (d)  Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.
          (e)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.
          (f)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
  (g)   Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 


 

          (h)  California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
          (i)     [ Signature Page Follows ]

 


 

     The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
         
    COMPANY:
 
       
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
       
 
      (print)
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
       
    1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200
Palo Alto, CA 94303
 
       
    PURCHASER:
 
       
    «OPTIONEE»
 
       
     
    (Signature)
 
       
     
    (Print Name)
 
       
    Address:
 
       
    «Address1»
«Address2»
I,                                           , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.
     
 
   
 
  Spouse of «Optionee»

 

Exhibit 10.2
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(Adopted by the Board of Directors on November 18, 2009)
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page  
SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.
    1  
 
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.
    1  
 
(a) “Affiliate”
    1  
 
(b) “Award”
    1  
 
(c) “Board of Directors”
    1  
 
(d) “Change in Control”
    1  
 
(e) “Code”
    2  
 
(f) “Committee”
    2  
 
(g) “Company”
    2  
 
(h) “Consultant”
    3  
 
(i) “Employee”
    3  
 
(j) “Exchange Act”
    3  
 
(k) “Exercise Price”
    3  
 
(l) “Fair Market Value”
    3  
 
(m) “ISO”
    3  
 
(n) “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO”
    3  
 
(o) “Offeree”
    3  
 
(p) “Option”
    4  
 
(q) “Optionee”
    4  
 
(r) “Outside Director”
    4  
 
(s) “Parent”
    4  
 
(t) “Participant”
    4  
 
(u) “Plan”
    4  
 
(v) “Purchase Price”
    4  
 
(w) “Restricted Share”
    4  
 
(x) “Restricted Share Agreement”
    4  
 
(y) “SAR”
    4  
 
(z) “SAR Agreement”
    4  
 
(aa) “Service”
    4  
 
(bb) “Share”
    4  
 
(cc) “Stock”
    5  
 
(dd) “Stock Option Agreement”
    5  
 
(ee) “Stock Unit”
    5  
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- i -


 

         
    Page  
(ff) “Stock Unit Agreement”
    5  
 
(gg) “Subsidiary”
    5  
 
(hh) “Total and Permanent Disability”
    5  
 
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION
    5  
 
(a) Committee Composition
    5  
 
(b) Committee for Non-Officer Grants
    5  
 
(c) Committee Procedures
    5  
 
(d) Committee Responsibilities
    6  
 
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY
    7  
 
(a) General Rule
    7  
 
(b) Automatic Grants to Outside Directors
    7  
 
(c) Ten-Percent Stockholders
    8  
 
(d) Attribution Rules
    8  
 
(e) Outstanding Stock
    8  
 
SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
    9  
 
(a) Basic Limitation
    9  
 
(b) Section 162(m) Award Limitation
    9  
 
(c) Additional Shares
    9  
 
SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES
    9  
 
(a) Restricted Stock Agreement
    9  
 
(b) Payment for Awards
    10  
 
(c) Vesting
    10  
 
(d) Voting and Dividend Rights
    10  
 
(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares
    10  
 
SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS
    10  
 
(a) Stock Option Agreement
    10  
 
(b) Number of Shares
    10  
 
(c) Exercise Price
    10  
 
(d) Withholding Taxes
    11  
 
(e) Exercisability and Term
    11  
 
(f) Exercise of Options
    11  
 
(g) Effect of Change in Control
    11  
 
(h) No Rights as a Stockholder
    11  
 
(i) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options
    11  
 
(j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares
    12  
 
(k) Buyout Provisions
    12  
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- ii -


 

    Page  
SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES
    12  
 
(a) General Rule
    12  
 
(b) Surrender of Stock
    12  
 
(c) Services Rendered
    12  
 
(d) Cashless Exercise
    12  
 
(e) Exercise/Pledge
    12  
 
(f) Promissory Note
    12  
 
(g) Other Forms of Payment
    13  
 
(h) Limitations under Applicable Law
    13  
 
SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
    13  
 
(a) SAR Agreement
    13  
 
(b) Number of Shares
    13  
 
(c) Exercise Price
    13  
 
(d) Exercisability and Term
    13  
 
(e) Effect of Change in Control
    13  
 
(f) Exercise of SARs
    13  
 
(g) Modification or Assumption of SARs
    14  
 
(h) Buyout Provisions
    14  
 
SECTION 10. STOCK UNITS
    14  
 
(a) Stock Unit Agreement
    14  
 
(b) Payment for Awards
    14  
 
(c) Vesting Conditions
    14  
 
(d) Voting and Dividend Rights
    14  
 
(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units
    14  
 
(f) Death of Recipient
    15  
 
(g) Creditors’ Rights
    15  
 
SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES
    15  
 
(a) Adjustments
    15  
 
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation
    16  
 
(c) Reorganizations
    16  
 
(d) Reservation of Rights
    16  
 
SECTION 12. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS
    16  
 
(a) Committee Powers
    16  
 
(b) General Rules
    17  
 
SECTION 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS
    17  
 
SECTION 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES
    17  
 
(a) Effective Date
    17  
 
(b) Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units
    17  
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- iii -


 

         
    Page  
(c) Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units
    17  
 
SECTION 15. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
    18  
 
SECTION 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES
    18  
 
(a) General
    18  
 
(b) Share Withholding
    18  
 
SECTION 17. OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
    18  
 
(a) Transferability
    18  
 
(b) Substitution and Assumption of Awards
    18  
 
(c) Qualifying Performance Criteria
    19  
 
SECTION 18. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
    20  
 
SECTION 19. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS
    20  
 
(a) Term of the Plan
    20  
 
(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan
    20  
 
(c) Effect of Termination
    20  
 
SECTION 20. EXECUTION
    21  
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- iv -


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.
     The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on November 18, 2009, and shall be effective immediately prior to the closing of the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of restricted shares, stock units, options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.
      (a) “Affiliate” shall mean any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.
      (b) “Award” shall mean any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share or a Stock Unit under the Plan.
      (c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
      (d) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
  (i)   A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:
     (A) Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “original directors”); or
     (B) Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”); or
  (ii)   Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 1 -


 

Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company; or
  (iii)   The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or
 
  (iv)   The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
     For purposes of subsection (d)(i) above, the term “look-back” date shall mean the later of (1) the Effective Date or (2) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.
     For purposes of subsection (d)(ii)) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.
     Any other provision of this Section 2(d) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial offering of Stock to the public.
      (e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      (f) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board of Directors, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section 3 hereof.
      (g) “Company” shall mean Financial Engines, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 2 -


 

      (h) “Consultant” shall mean a consultant or advisor who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor (not including service as a member of the Board of Directors) or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary, in each case who is not an Employee.
      (i) “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.
      (j) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      (k) “Exercise Price” shall mean, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. “Exercise Price,” in the case of a SAR, shall mean an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.
      (l) “Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, shall mean the market price of one Share, determined by the Committee as follows:
  (i)   If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the Pink Quote system;
 
  (ii)   If the Stock was traded on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market) or national market system on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported for such date by the applicable exchange or system; and
 
  (iii)   If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.
In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
      (m) “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422 of the Code.
      (n) “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO” shall mean an employee stock option that is not an ISO.
      (o) “Offeree” shall mean an individual to whom the Committee has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 3 -


 

      (p) “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.
      (q) “Optionee” shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR.
      (r) “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not a common-law employee of, or paid consultant to, the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.
      (s) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.
      (t) “Participant” shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Award.
      (u) “Plan” shall mean this 2009 Stock Incentive Plan of Financial Engines, Inc., as amended from time to time.
      (v) “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.
      (w) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share awarded under the Plan.
      (x) “Restricted Share Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Shares.
      (y) “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.
      (z) “SAR Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.
      (aa) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Stock Option Agreement, SAR Agreement, Restricted Share Agreement or Stock Unit Agreement. Service does not terminate when an Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employee’s employment will be treated as terminating 90 days after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves of absence count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.
      (bb) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 (if applicable).
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 4 -


 

      (cc) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
      (dd) “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Option.
      (ee) “Stock Unit” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing the Company’s obligation to deliver one Share (or distribute cash) on a future date in accordance with the provisions of a Stock Unit Agreement.
      (ff) “Stock Unit Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Stock Unit which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit.
      (gg) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, if the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.
      (hh) “Total and Permanent Disability” shall mean any permanent and total disability as defined by section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.
      (a) Committee Composition . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board. The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company. In addition, to the extent required by the Board, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy (i) such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and (ii) such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
      (b) Committee for Non-Officer Grants . The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan with respect to Employees who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and may determine all terms of such grants. Within the limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Board of Directors may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.
      (c) Committee Procedures . The Board of Directors shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman. The Committee may hold meetings at such times and
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 5 -


 

places as it shall determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee members present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or approved in writing (including via email) by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of the Committee.
      (d) Committee Responsibilities . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take the following actions:
  (i)   To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;
 
  (ii)   To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and forms relating to the Plan;
 
  (iii)   To adopt, amend or terminate sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws including qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws;
 
  (iv)   To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;
 
  (v)   To determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan;
 
  (vi)   To select the Offerees and Optionees;
 
  (vii)   To determine the number of Shares to be made subject to each Award;
 
  (viii)   To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including (without limitation) the Exercise Price and Purchase Price, and the vesting or duration of the Award (including accelerating the vesting of Awards, either at the time of the Award or thereafter, without the consent of the Participant), to determine whether an Option is to be classified as an ISO or as a Nonstatutory Option, and to specify the provisions of the agreement relating to such Award;
 
  (ix)   To amend any outstanding Award agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of the Participant if the Participant’s rights or obligations would be materially impaired;
 
  (x)   To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Award or other right under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of such consideration;
 
  (xi)   To determine the disposition of each Award or other right under the Plan in the event of a Participant’s divorce or dissolution of marriage;
 
  (xii)   To determine whether Awards under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 6 -


 

  (xiii)   To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award agreement;
 
  (xiv)   To establish or verify the extent of satisfaction of any performance goals or other conditions applicable to the grant, issuance, exercisability, vesting and/or ability to retain any Award; and
 
  (xv)   To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting of Options or other rights under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Offerees, all Optionees, and all persons deriving their rights from an Offeree or Optionee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Option, or any right to acquire Shares under the Plan.
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.
      (a) General Rule . Only common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. Only Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors shall be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Nonstatutory Options or SARs.
      (b) Automatic Grants to Outside Directors.
  (i)   Each Outside Director who first joins the Board of Directors on or after the Effective Date, and who was not previously an Employee, shall receive a Nonstatutory Option, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders, to purchase 50,000 Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 11) on the date of his or her election to the Board of Directors. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to each Option granted under this Section 4(b)(i) shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The balance of the Shares subject to such Option (i.e. the remaining seventy-five percent (75%)) shall vest and become exercisable monthly over a 3-year period beginning on the day which is one month after the first anniversary of the date of grant, at a monthly rate of 2.0833% of the total number of Shares subject to such Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each such Option shall become vested if a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company during the Optionee’s Service.
 
  (ii)   On the first business day following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, commencing with the annual
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 7 -


 

      meeting occurring after the Effective Date, each Outside Director who was not elected to the Board for the first time at such meeting and who will continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors thereafter shall receive an Option to purchase 10,000 Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 11), provided that such Outside Director has served on the Board of Directors for at least six months. Each Option granted under this Section 4(b)(ii) shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant; provided, however, that each such Option shall become exercisable in full immediately prior to the next regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following such date of grant in the event such meeting occurs prior to such first anniversary date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Option granted under this Section 4(b)(ii) shall become vested if a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company during the Optionee’s Service.
 
  (iii)   The Exercise Price of all Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(b) shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms described in Section 8(a), (b) or (d).
 
  (iv)   All Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(b) shall terminate on the earlier of (A) the day before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such Options or (B) the date twelve months after the termination of such Outside Director’s Service for any reason; provided, however, that any such Options that are not vested upon the termination of the Outside Director’s Service as a member of the Board of Directors for any reason shall terminate immediately and may not be exercised.
      (c) Ten-Percent Stockholders . An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.
      (d) Attribution Rules . For purposes of Section 4(c) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employee’s brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners or beneficiaries.
      (e) Outstanding Stock . For purposes of Section 4(c) above, “outstanding stock” shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. “Outstanding stock” shall not include shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 8 -


 

SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.
      (a) Basic Limitation . Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance as Awards under the Plan shall not exceed 2,000,000 Shares, plus (x) any Shares authorized for issuance but not subject to outstanding options under the Company’s 1998 Stock Plan (the “Predecessor Plan”) on the effective date of this Plan, plus any Shares subject to outstanding options under the Predecessor Plan on the effective date of this Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, such number of additional Shares not to exceed an aggregate of 2,000,000 Shares, and (y) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2010 and ending in 2019, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 2,000,000 Shares, (ii) 4% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding year or (iii) an amount determined by the Board. The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
      (b) Section  162(m) Award Limitation . Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of Section 11, no Participant may receive Options, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units under the Plan in any calendar year that relate to an aggregate of more than 500,000 Shares, and no more than two times this amount in the first year of employment, and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid to any Participant during any calendar year with respect to Awards payable in cash shall be $1,000,000.
      (c) Additional Shares . If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are forfeited, then such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Stock Units, Options or SARs are forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an Award is settled in cash without the delivery of Shares to the holder, then any Shares subject to the Award shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of Awards shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Any Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 5(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant this Section 5(c).
SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES.
      (a) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 9 -


 

      (b) Payment for Awards . Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services.
      (c) Vesting . Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Restricted Shares of thereafter, that all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
      (d) Voting and Dividend Rights . The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company’s other stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid.
      (e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal or other restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.
SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.
      (a) Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
      (b) Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.
      (c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, except as otherwise provided in 4(c), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with an Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section 8.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 10 -


 

      (d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.
      (e) Exercisability and Term . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five years for ISOs granted to Employees described in Section 4(c)). A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability, or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(e), the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.
      (f) Exercise of Options . Each Stock Option Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Optionee by bequest or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.
      (g) Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Option or thereafter, that such Option shall become exercisable as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Option in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
      (h) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by his Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 11.
      (i) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, materially impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 11 -


 

      (j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.
      (k) Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.
      (a) General Rule . The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(g) below.
      (b) Surrender of Stock . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Optionee or his representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.
      (c) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary. If Shares are awarded without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the Award) of the value of the services rendered by the Offeree and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet the requirements of Section 6(b).
      (d) Cashless Exercise . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.
      (e) Exercise/Pledge . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.
      (f) Promissory Note . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 12 -


 

      (g) Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.
      (h) Limitations under Applicable Law . Notwithstanding anything herein or in a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.
      (a) SAR Agreement . Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
      (b) Number of Shares . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.
      (c) Exercise Price . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SARs may be granted with an Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 9(c), the Exercise Price under any SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
      (d) Exercisability and Term . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.
      (e) Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting a SAR or thereafter, that such SAR shall become fully exercisable as to all Common Shares subject to such SAR in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
      (f) Exercise of SARs . Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 13 -


 

aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.
      (g) Modification or Assumption of SARs . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, materially impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.
      (h) Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents a SAR previously granted, or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out a SAR previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
SECTION 10. STOCK UNITS.
      (a) Stock Unit Agreement . Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
      (b) Payment for Awards . To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.
      (c) Vesting Conditions . Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Stock Units or thereafter, that all or part of such Stock Units shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
      (d) Voting and Dividend Rights . The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee’s discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents which are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions (including without limitation, any forfeiture conditions) as the Stock Units to which they attach.
      (e) Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units . Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) Shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 14 -


 

than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a series of trading days. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide that vested Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in installments. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide that the distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any later date. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11.
      (f) Death of Recipient . Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Stock Units Award under the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Award recipient’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s estate.
      (g) Creditors’ Rights . A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.
SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.
      (a) Adjustments . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate and equitable adjustments in:
  (i)   The number of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units available for future Awards under Section 5;
 
  (ii)   The limitations set forth in Sections 5(a) and (b);
 
  (iii)   The number of NSOs to be granted to Outside Directors under Section 4(b);
 
  (iv)   The number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR;
 
  (v)   The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR; and
 
  (vi)   The number of Stock Units included in any prior Award which has not yet been settled.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 15 -


 

      (b) Dissolution or Liquidation . To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.
      (c) Reorganizations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, such agreement shall provide for:
  (i)   The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation;
 
  (ii)   The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary;
 
  (iii)   The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding Awards;
 
  (iv)   Full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the outstanding Awards; or
 
  (v)   Settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding Awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such Awards.
      (d) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 11, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the event of any change affecting the Shares or the Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award, including a merger or other reorganization, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the occurrence of such event.
SECTION 12. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.
      (a) Committee Powers . Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require a Participant to:
  (i)   Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of a SAR or the settlement of Stock Units credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books;
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 16 -


 

  (ii)   Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR converted into an equal number of Stock Units; or
 
  (iii)   Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR or the settlement of Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books. Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date when they otherwise would have been delivered to such Participant.
      (b) General Rules . A deferred compensation account established under this Section 12 may be credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such Participant and the Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may establish rules, procedures and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Section 12.
SECTION 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.
     The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards may be settled in the form of Shares issued under this Plan. Such Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Shares issued in settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the number of Shares available under Section 5.
SECTION 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES.
      (a) Effective Date . No provision of this Section 14 shall be effective unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision.
      (b) Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units . An Outside Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Such NSOs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 14 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form.
      (c) Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units . The number of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The terms of such NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units shall also be determined by the Board.
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 17 -


 

SECTION 15. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.
     Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable. The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has not obtained from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under the Plan; and (b) any tax consequences expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted under the Plan.
SECTION 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES.
      (a) General . To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
      (b) Share Withholding . The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would otherwise be issued to him or her in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the minimum legally required tax withholding.
SECTION 17. OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS.
      (a) Transferability . Unless the agreement evidencing an Award (or an amendment thereto authorized by the Committee) expressly provides otherwise, no Award granted under this Plan, nor any interest in such Award, may be sold, assigned, conveyed, gifted, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to Shares issued under such Award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that an ISO may be transferred or assigned only to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code. Any purported assignment, transfer or encumbrance in violation of this Section 17(a) shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.
      (b) Substitution and Assumption of Awards . The Committee may make Awards under the Plan by assumption, substitution or replacement of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock units or similar awards granted by another entity (including a Parent or Subsidiary), if such assumption, substitution or replacement is in connection with an asset acquisition, stock
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 18 -


 

acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company (and/or its Parent or Subsidiary) and such other entity (and/or its affiliate). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan), the terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced Awards shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.
      (c) Qualifying Performance Criteria . The number of Shares or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals. The Committee may utilize any performance criteria selected by it in its sole discretion to establish performance goals; provided, however, that where any Award is intended to qualify for exemption from the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code as “qualified performance-based compensation,” the following conditions shall apply:
     (i) The amount potentially available under an Award shall be subject to the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals relating to a specified period of service based on one or more of the following performance criteria: (a) cash flow, (b) earnings per share, (c) earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, (d) return on equity, (e) total stockholder return, (f) share price performance, (g) return on capital, (h) return on assets or net assets, (i) revenue, (j) income or net income, (k) operating income or net operating income, (l) operating profit or net operating profit, (m) operating margin or profit margin, (n) return on operating revenue, (o) return on invested capital, (p) market segment shares, (q) costs, (r) expenses, (s) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product, or (t) implementation or completion of critical projects (“Qualifying Performance Criteria”), any of which may be measured either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or Subsidiary, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group or index, in each case as specified by the Committee in the Award;
     (ii) The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Qualifying Performance Criteria to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (i) asset write-downs, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and (v) any extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in managements’ discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, in each case within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code;
     (iii) The Committee shall establish the applicable performance goals in writing and an objective method for determining the Award earned by a Participant if the goals are attained, while the outcome is substantially uncertain and not later than the 90 th day of the performance period (but in no event after 25% of the period of service with respect to which the performance goals relate has elapsed), and shall determine and
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 19 -


 

certify in writing, for each Participant, the extent to which the performance goals have been met prior to payment or vesting of the Award; and
     (iv) The Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable under the Plan upon the attainment of the pre-established performance goals to a Participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
SECTION 18. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.
     No provision of the Plan, nor any Award granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee or Consultant. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate any person’s Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.
SECTION 19. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.
      (a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall terminate automatically on November 18, 2019 and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.
      (b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the Participant. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.
      (c) Effect of Termination . No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards previously granted under the Plan.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 20 -


 

SECTION 20. EXECUTION.
     To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.
         
    FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
       
 
  Name    
 
       
 
       
 
  Title    
 
       
Financial Engines, Inc.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan

- 21 -

Exhibit 10.3
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
SPECIAL EXECUTIVE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
     1.  Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Stock purchase rights may be granted under the Plan.
     2.  Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
          (a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.
          (b) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.
          (c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of restricted stock purchase plans under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.
          (d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          (e) “ Change of Control ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of more than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by the voting securities remaining outstanding or by their being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company, or such surviving entity, outstanding immediately after such transaction.
          (f) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          (g) “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.
          (h) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.
          (i) “ Company ” means Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation.
          (j) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

 


 

          (k) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.
          (l) “ Corporate Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation and includes a Change of Control.
          (m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.
          (n) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.
          (o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (p) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.
          (q) “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
          (r) “ Named Executive ” means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.
          (s) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

2


 

          (t) “ Participant ” means any holder of one or more Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.
          (u) “ Plan ” means this Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan.
          (v) “ Reporting Person ” means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.
          (w) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.
          (x) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.
          (y) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.
          (z) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.
          (aa) “ Stock Exchange ” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.
          (bb) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.
          (cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.
          (dd) “ Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 1,000,000 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any

3


 

repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.
     4.  Administration of the Plan .
          (a)  General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.
          (b)  Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.
          (c)  Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
               (i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(p) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;
               (ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted;
               (iii) to determine whether and to what extent Stock Purchase Rights are granted;
               (iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;
               (v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;
               (vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

4


 

               (vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and
               (viii) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.
     5.  Eligibility .
          (a)  Recipients of Grants . Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants.
          (b)  No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or service relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or service relationship at any time, with or without cause.
     6.  Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.
     7.  Stock Purchase Rights .
           (a)  Rights to Purchase . When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.
           (b)  Repurchase Option .
                (i)  General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased

5


 

pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine, provided that with respect to a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a purchaser who is not an officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, it shall lapse at a minimum rate of 20% per year if required by the Applicable Laws.
           (c)  Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.
           (d)  Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a shareholder, and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.
     8.  Taxes .
          (a) As a condition of the exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Stock Purchase Right and the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 8 (whether pursuant to Section 8(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.
          (b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Stock Purchase Right.
          (c) This Section 8(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be

6


 

withheld. For purposes of this Section 8, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).
          (d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 12(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).
          (e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 12(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 12(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.
          (f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.
     9.  Non-Transferability of Stock Purchase Rights . Except as set forth in this Section 9, Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. A Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of a Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 9.
     10.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .
           (a)  Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Stock Purchase Right and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of a Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in

7


 

that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Purchase Right.
           (b)  Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
          (c)  Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent right, in which case such Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.
          Notwithstanding the above, in the event of a Change of Control and irrespective of whether outstanding awards are being assumed, substituted or terminated in connection with the transaction, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding Stock Purchase Right may accelerate such that the Stock Purchase Rights shall become vested and exercisable to the extent so determined by the Administrator.
          (d)  Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s shareholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.
     11.  Time of Granting Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of a Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom a Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
     12.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
          (a)  Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.
          (b)  Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless

8


 

mutually agreed otherwise between the holder of the Stock Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the holder and the Company.
     13.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of a Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.
     14.  Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
     15.  Agreements . Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.
     16.  Shareholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.
     17.  Information and Documents to Purchasers . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such purchaser has one or more Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

9


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
SPECIAL EXECUTIVE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of [Date] , by and between Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Name] (“ Purchaser ”) pursuant to the Company’s Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan. To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Special Executive Restricted Stock Purchase Plan.
     1.  Sale of Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Purchase Date (as defined below) the Company will issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, [amount] [(            )] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) at a purchase price of One Cent ($.01) per Share for a total purchase price of [amount] [(            )] . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.
     2.  Purchase . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement by the parties, or on such other date as the Company and Purchaser shall agree (the “ Purchase Date ”). On the Purchase Date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, or (c) by a combination of the foregoing.
     3.  Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.
          (a)  Repurchase Option .
               (i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase

 


 

Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).
               (ii) Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.
               (iii) 100% of the Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. All of the Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the seven (7) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as set forth on the signature page of this Agreement). In addition, all of the Shares shall earlier be released as follows: (a) Fifty Percent (50%) of the Shares on the date six (6) months following the closing of the Company’s underwritten initial public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the remaining Fifty Percent (50%) of the Shares on the date twelve (12) months following the closing of the Company’s underwritten initial public offering registered under the Securities Act, and (b) One Hundred Percent 100% of any and all Shares remaining subject to the Repurchase Option, upon a Change of Control.
           (b)  Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).
                (i)  Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (C) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

-2-


 

                (ii)  Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.
                (iii)  Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
                (iv)  Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
                (v)  Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
                (vi)  Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.
           (c)  Involuntary Transfer.
                (i)  Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding, in the event of death, a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the

-3-


 

Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.
                (ii)  Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within 30 days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and Purchaser.
           (d)  Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.
           (e)  Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.
           (f)  Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act. Upon termination of the Right of First Refusal and the expiration or exercise of the Repurchase Option, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) below and delivered to Purchaser.
     4.  Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s)

-4-


 

for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     5.  Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:
          (a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any other person or entity.
          (b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.
          (c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and requirements relating to the Company which are outside of Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.
          (d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

-5-


 

     6.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
           (a)  Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
  (i)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
 
  (ii)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
           (b)  Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
           (c)  Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     7.  No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.
     8.  Section  83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of

-6-


 

this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.
     Purchaser agrees that he will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”), attached hereto as Exhibit B . Purchaser further agrees that Purchaser will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election, attached hereto as Exhibit C , if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.
     9.  Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.
     10.  Miscellaneous .
          (a)  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
          (b)  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

-7-


 

          (c)  Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          (d)  Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.
          (e)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.
          (f)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
          (g)  Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
          (h)  California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
[Signature Page Follows]

-8-


 

     The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Raymond J. Sims   
    Chief Financial Officer

 
  Address:
1804 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303 
 
 
  PURCHASER:
 
 
     
  [Name]

 
 
  Address:   
 
     
     
 
Vesting Commencement Date: [Date]
     I,                                                                , spouse of [Name], have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.
         
     
     
  Spouse of [Name]   
       

-10-


 

EXHIBIT A
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) and Financial Engines, Inc., dated                                           ,            (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                (              ) shares of the Common Stock of Financial Engines, Inc., standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.       and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                                      to transfer said stock on the books of the within-named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE EXHIBITS THERETO.
         
Dated:                                                                        
Signature:
 
 
     
  [Name]   
  Spouse of [Name] (if applicable)   
 
Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its repurchase option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.


 

EXHIBIT B
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION
REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION
     The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of [amount] [(            )] shares of Common Stock of Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”) by exercise of stock purchase right (the “Right”) granted pursuant to the Company’s Special Executive Stock Plan (the “Plan”), hereby states as follows:
     1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the stock purchase agreement pursuant to which the Right was granted.
     2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:
     (a)           has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                                , whose business address is                                                                 , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or
     (b)           has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.
     3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:
     (a)           to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or
     (b)           not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.


 

     4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.
                     
Date:
                 
 
             
 
[Name]
   
 
                   
Date:
                   
 
                   
 
              Spouse of [Name]    

-2-


 

EXHIBIT C
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
     The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year, the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:
     1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
         
          NAME OF TAXPAYER:
       
 
       
         
          NAME OF SPOUSE:
       
 
 
 
   
         
          ADDRESS:
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
         
          IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:
 
 
   
         
           IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:
       
 
 
 
   
         
          TAXABLE YEAR:
 
 
   
     2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:
                                             shares of the Common Stock of Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”).
     3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                           
     4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:
          Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.
     5. The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                            .
     6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $                     
     The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.


 

      The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.
                     
Dated:
                 
 
             
 
[Name]
   
 
                   
Dated:
                   
 
                   
 
              Spouse of [Name]    


 

RECEIPT
      Financial Engines, Inc. hereby acknowledges receipt of a check in the amount of

[amount] [(             )] , given by [Name] as consideration for Certificate No. _______________ for

[amount] [(            )] shares of Common Stock of Financial Engines, Inc.
Dated:                                                
         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Raymond J. Sims   
    Chief Financial Officer   


 

         
RECEIPT AND CONSENT
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No.            for [amount] [(            )] shares of Common Stock of Financial Engines, Inc..
     The undersigned further acknowledges receipt of a copy of Section 260.141.11 of the Rules of the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California, which copy is attached to the aforementioned photocopy of the certificate.
     The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.
                     
Dated:
                   
 
             
 
[Name]
   

Exhibit 10.4
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of                                           , 2010, between Financial Engines, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and                                           (“ Indemnitee ”),
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is either a member of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), a director of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, an officer of the Corporation or an officer of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or one or more of such positions, and in such capacity or capacities, or otherwise as an Agent (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation, is performing a valuable service for the Corporation; and
     WHEREAS, the Corporation is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or other business entities unless they are protected by comprehensive indemnification and liability insurance, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such entities, and because the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers; and
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve or continue to serve as officers or directors of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Corporation, it is necessary for the Corporation contractually to indemnify directors and officers and to assume for itself to the fullest extent permitted by law expenses and damages in connection with claims against such officers or directors in connection with their service to the Corporation; and
     WHEREAS, section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), under which the Corporation is organized, empowers the Corporation to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Corporation, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by the DGCL is not exclusive; and
     WHEREAS, the Corporation desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or agent of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Corporation; and
     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he or she be indemnified as herein provided; and
     WHEREAS, it is intended that Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the Corporation all amounts necessary to effectuate in full the indemnity provided herein; and

 


 

     WHEREAS, certain defined terms are set forth in Section 16 below:
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants in this Agreement, and of Indemnitee serving or continuing to serve the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries as an Agent and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve (a) as a director or an officer of the Corporation, or as a director or employee of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or one or more of such positions, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation, and until such time as Indemnitee resigns or fails to stand for election or is removed from Indemnitee’s position, or (b) otherwise as an Agent of the Corporation. Indemnitee may from time to time also perform other services at the request or for the convenience of, or otherwise benefiting the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign or be removed from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in any such position.
     2.  Indemnification of Indemnitee . Subject to the limitations set forth herein and particularly in Section 6 hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee as follows:
     (a) The Corporation shall, with respect to any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined), indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law or as such law may from time to time be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment). The right to indemnification conferred herein shall be presumed to have been relied upon by Indemnitee in serving or continuing to serve the Corporation as an Agent and shall be enforceable as a contract right. Without in any way diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this Section 2(a), the rights of indemnification of Indemnitee shall include but shall not be limited to those rights hereinafter set forth.
     (b) The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against Expenses (as hereinafter defined) or Liabilities (as hereinafter defined), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

2


 

     (c) The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against Expenses and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Liabilities if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.
     3.  Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee (including costs of enforcement of this Agreement) shall be advanced from time to time by the Corporation to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for an advance of Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition of a Proceeding (except to the extent that there has been a Final Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses), including without limitation any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation. The written request for an advancement of any and all Expenses under this paragraph shall contain reasonable detail of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In the event that such written request shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such Expenses and that such Expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. By execution of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have made whatever undertaking as may be required by law at the time of any advancement of Expenses with respect to repayment to the Corporation of such Expenses. In the event that the Corporation shall breach its obligation to advance Expenses under this Section 3, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee’s remedies available at law would not be adequate and that Indemnitee would be entitled to specific performance.
     4.  Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings . Upon making a request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, arbitration award or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not affect this presumption or, except as determined by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee, establish a presumption with regard to any factual matter relevant to determining Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification hereunder. If the person or persons so empowered to make a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall have failed to make the requested determination within the period provided for in Section 5, a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

3


 

     5.  Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
     (a) Whenever Indemnitee believes that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit a written request for indemnification to the Corporation. Any request for indemnification shall include sufficient documentation or information reasonably available to Indemnitee for the determination of entitlement to indemnification. In any event, Indemnitee shall submit Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification within a reasonable time, not to exceed five (5) years after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or final determination, whichever is the later date for which Indemnitee requests indemnification. The Secretary or other appropriate officer shall, promptly upon receipt of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has made such request. Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than sixty (60) days after the Corporation’s receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for such indemnification, provided that any request for indemnification for Liabilities, other than amounts paid in settlement, shall have been made after a determination thereof in a Proceeding. If it is so determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, and Indemnitee has already paid the Liabilities, reimbursement to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination; otherwise, the Corporation shall pay the Liabilities on behalf of Indemnitee if and when Indemnitee becomes legally obligated to make payment.
     (b) The Corporation shall be entitled to select the forum in which Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be heard; provided , however , that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation, Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) shall determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The forum shall be any one of the following:
     (i) a majority vote of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum;
     (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum;
     (iii) Independent Legal Counsel, whose determination shall be made in a written opinion; or
     (iv) the stockholders of the Corporation.
     6.  Specific Limitations on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding:
     (a) To the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under any insurance policy, or is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation or an affiliate otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the availability of such insurance, Indemnitee also may claim indemnification from the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement by assigning to the Corporation any claims under such insurance to the extent Indemnitee is paid by the Corporation;

4


 

     (b) Provided there has been no Change in Control, for Liabilities in connection with Proceedings settled without the Corporation’s consent, which consent, however, shall not be unreasonably withheld;
     (c) For an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or similar provisions of any state statutory or common law;
     (d) To the extent it would be otherwise prohibited by law, if so established by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee; or
     (e) In connection with a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement) unless the commencement of such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
     7.  Fees and Expenses of Independent Legal Counsel . The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel should such Independent Legal Counsel be retained to make a determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, and to fully indemnify such Independent Legal Counsel against any and all expenses and losses incurred by any of them arising out of or relating to this Agreement or their engagement pursuant hereto.
     8.  Remedies of Indemnitee .
     (a) In the event that (i) a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, (ii) advances of Expenses are not made pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv) Indemnitee otherwise seeks enforcement of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of the remedy sought. Alternatively, unless court approval is required by law for the indemnification sought by Indemnitee, Indemnitee at Indemnitee’s option may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association now in effect, which award is to be made within ninety (90) days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or arbitration award. In any such proceeding or arbitration Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.
     (b) In the event that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, in whole or in part, has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the decision in the judicial proceeding or arbitration provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 8 shall be made de novo and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

5


 

     (c) If a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, or is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4 hereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination.
     (d) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable. The Corporation shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.
     (e) Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s request for indemnification under, seeking enforcement of or to recover damages for breach of this Agreement shall be advanced by the Corporation when and as incurred by Indemnitee irrespective of any Final Adverse Determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.
     9.  Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
     10.  Maintenance of Insurance. The Corporation represents that it presently has in place certain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies covering the directors and officers of the Corporation and the directors and officers of the wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation. Subject only to the provisions within this Section 10, the Corporation agrees that so long as Indemnitee shall have consented to serve or shall continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation as a director or officer of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or one or more of such positions, or as an Agent of the Corporation, and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (such periods being hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Indemnification Period ”), the Corporation will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in effect for the benefit of Indemnitee one or more valid, binding and enforceable policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance from established and reputable insurers, providing, in all respects, coverage both in scope and amount which is no less favorable than that presently provided or, following the Corporation’s initial public offering, than that provided as of the time of such initial public offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be required to maintain said policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during any time period if during such period such insurance is not reasonably available or if it is determined in good faith by the then directors of the Corporation either that:

6


 

     (i) The premium cost of maintaining such insurance is substantially disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided thereunder; or
     (ii) The protection provided by such insurance is so limited by exclusions, deductions or otherwise that there is insufficient benefit to warrant the cost of maintaining such insurance.
     Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that and for so long as the Corporation shall choose to continue to maintain any policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during the Indemnification Period, the Corporation shall maintain similar and equivalent insurance for the benefit of Indemnitee during the Indemnification Period (unless such insurance shall be less favorable to Indemnitee than the Corporation’s existing policies).
     11.  Modification, Waiver, Termination and Cancellation . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver .
     12.  Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
     13.  Notice by Indemnitee and Defense of Claim. Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any matter, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative which may result in the right to indemnification or the advancement of Expenses, but the omission so to notify the Corporation will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee if such omission does not prejudice the Corporation’s rights. If such omission does prejudice the Corporation’s rights, the Corporation will be relieved from liability only to the extent of such prejudice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such omission will not relieve the Corporation from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:
     (a) The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and
     (b) The Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding if there has been a Change in Control or if Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this

7


 

Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless:
     (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation;
     (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that counsel engaged by the Corporation may not adequately represent Indemnitee due to, among other things, actual or potential differing interests; or
     (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense in such Proceeding or shall not in fact have assumed such defense and be acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence; in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation.
     (c) The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent; provided , however , that Indemnitee will not unreasonably withhold his or her consent to any proposed settlement.
     14.  Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
  (a)   If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature on the signature page hereof.
 
  (b)   If to the Corporation, to:
Financial Engines, Inc.
1804 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Attn: General Counsel
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
     15.  Nonexclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under applicable law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or any agreements, vote of stockholders, resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise, and to the extent that during the Indemnification Period the rights of the then existing directors and officers are more favorable to such directors or officers than the rights currently provided to Indemnitee thereunder or under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to the full benefits of such more favorable rights.

8


 

     16.  Indemnification and Advancement Rights Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more parties other than the Company or an affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby acknowledges and the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree: (i) that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort; i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary; (ii) that the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors; and (iii) that the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors that the Company may have for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or subrogation to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this provision.
     17.  Certain Definitions .
     (a) “ Agent ” shall mean any person who is or was, or who has consented to serve as, a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary, joint venturer, partner, manager or other official of the Corporation or a subsidiary or an affiliate of the Corporation, or any other entity (including without limitation, an employee benefit plan), in each case either at the request of, for the convenience of, or otherwise to benefit the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation. Any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary of the Corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the Corporation.
      (b) “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence, after the Corporation’s initial public offering, of any of the following:
      (i) Both (A) any “person” (as defined below) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities and (B) the beneficial ownership by such person of securities representing such percentage is not approved by a majority of the “Continuing Directors” (as defined below);
     (ii) Any “person” is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation

9


 

     representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities;
     (iii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than two-thirds of the incumbent directors are directors who either (A) had been directors of the Corporation on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “ Original Directors ”) or (B) were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority in the aggregate of the Original Directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (together, the directors referenced in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 16(b)(iii) shall be referred to as the “ Continuing Directors ”);
     (iv) The stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation, if such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) 50% or less of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
     (v) The stockholders of the Corporation approve (A) a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or (B) an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.
     For purposes of Subsections (i) and (ii) above, the term “ person ” shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but shall exclude (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation or (y) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Corporation.
     For purposes of Subsection (iii) above, the term “ look-back date ” shall mean the later of (x) the date first written above in the preamble to this Agreement or (y) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a “Change in Control.”
     Any other provision of this Section 17(b) notwithstanding, the term “Change in Control” shall not include a transaction, if undertaken at the election of the Corporation, the result of which is to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation (the “surviving corporation”); provided that the surviving corporation is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation’s common stock immediately preceding such transaction; and provided, further, that the surviving corporation expressly assumes this Agreement.

10


 

     (c) “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee.
     (d) “ Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is otherwise not compensated by the Corporation or any third party) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, applicable law or otherwise; provided , however , that “Expenses” shall not include any Liabilities.
     (e) “ Final Adverse Determination ” shall mean that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof and either (1) a final adjudication in the courts of the State of Delaware from which there is no further right of appeal or decision of an arbitrator pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof shall have denied Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder, or (2) Indemnitee shall have failed to file a complaint in a Delaware court or seek an arbitrator’s award pursuant to Section 8(a) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after the determination made pursuant to Section 5 hereof.
     (f) “ Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean a law firm or a member of a firm or law professor selected by the Corporation and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or, if there has been a Change in Control, selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), that neither is presently nor in the past five (5) years has been retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or Indemnitee or any corporation of which Indemnitee was or is a director, officer, employee or agent, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such a corporation, in any material matter, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.
     (g) “ Liabilities ” shall mean liabilities of any type whatsoever including, but not limited to, any judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of any Proceeding.
     (h) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, as a witness or otherwise, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation.

11


 

     18.  Binding Effect; Duration and Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall be deemed to be effective as of the commencement date of the Indemnitee’s service as an officer or director of the Corporation and shall continue in effect during the Indemnification Period, regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an Agent.
     19.  Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:
     (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and
     (b) to the fullest extent legally possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
     20.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws rules.
     21.  Consent to Jurisdiction . The Corporation and Indemnitee each irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.
     22.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and there are no other agreements, contracts or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as provided in Section 15 hereof.

12


 

     23.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer and Indemnitee has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By      
    Its    
 
         
  INDEMNITEE
 
 
        
 
  Address:    
 
       
 
       
 

13

Exhibit 10.5
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
     This CONSULTING AGREEMENT dated as of March 5, 1998 (the “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC., a California corporation (with its wholly owned subsidiary Financial Engine Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the “ Company ”), and WILLIAM F. SHARPE (“ Consultant ”).
RECITALS:
      A.  William F. Sharpe Associates, a California corporation (“ WFSA ”) owned by Consultant and Consultant’s spouse, has provided asset allocation advisory consulting services to California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“ CalPERS ”), Philip Morris (“ PM ”), AT&T Pension Fund (“ AT&T ”), United Technologies Corporation (“ UT ”) and Hewlett-Packard Pension Fund (“ HP ”) (CalPERS, PM, AT&T, UT and HP are collectively referred to as the “ Specified Clients ”) under Asset Allocation Advisory Agreements with such Specified Clients (the “ Prior Agreements ”);
      B.  The Specified Clients and WFSA wish to have the Company assume and perform WFSA’s obligations under the Prior Agreements either by WFSA assigning the Prior Agreements to the Company or by terminating the Prior Agreements and the Company providing the services thereunder to the Specified Clients under new agreements to be entered into with the Specified Clients (such assigned or new contracts between the Company and the Specified Clients, along with any extensions, renewals or amendments thereof are referred to as the “ Specified Agreements ”);
      C . It is contemplated that Consultant will assist the Company in providing Services to the Specified Clients under the Specified Agreements;
      D.  The Company may wish to provide similar services to other potential clients under other asset allocation advisory agreements (the “ Other Agreements ”; the Specified Agreements and the Other Agreements are collectively referred to as the “ Advisor Agreements ”) and the Company and Consultant may wish to provide for Consultant to assist the Company in performing under the Other Agreements;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Consultant hereby agree as follows:
     1. Consulting Relationship . During the term of this Agreement, Consultant will provide investment advisory consulting services (“ Services ”) to the Company in connection with the Company’s and Consultant’s performance of their respective obligations under the Specified Agreements and the Other Agreements as the parties shall agree. Consultant shall use Consultant’s commercially reasonable best efforts to perform Services in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 


 

     2.  Fees . For so long as Consultant is providing Services under this Agreement, as consideration for Services to be provided by Consultant and other obligations of Consultant hereunder, the Company will compensate Consultant as follows:
          (a) Certain Specified Agreements . With respect to Services provided pursuant to each Specified Agreement with PM, AT&T, HP and UT, the Company will pay Consultant an annual consulting fee in an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the service fees attributable to any year and collected by the Company pursuant to such Specified Agreement up to $50,000, plus (ii) 25% of the next $50,000 of service fees attributable to such year and collected by the Company under such Specified Agreement; and no more regardless of whether the Company collects any additional fees under such Specified Agreement with respect to such year.
          (b) CalPERS Agreement . With respect to Services provided pursuant to the Specified Agreement with CalPERS, the Company will pay Consultant an annual consulting fee in an amount equal to the service fees attributable to any year and collected by the Company pursuant to such Specified Agreement up to $100,000, and no more regardless of whether the Company collects any additional fees under such Specified Agreement with respect to such year.
          (c) Other Agreements with Consultant . With respect to Services provided pursuant to Other Agreements which specifically provide for the involvement of Consultant, the Company and Consultant shall negotiate in good faith the consulting fee to be paid to Consultant and other terms relating to performance of the duties by the Company and Consultant (including analytic and computational support, facilities and space to be provided to Consultant). No Other Agreement shall specifically provide for the involvement of Consultant without the express written consent of Consultant.
          (d) Other Agreements without Consultant . With respect to Services provided pursuant to Other Agreements which do not specifically provide for the involvement of Consultant, Consultant shall not be paid any consulting fee.
          (e) Payment. The Company shall pay Consultant all consulting fees due hereunder no later than 15 days following the date of receipt of immediately available funds relating to the underlying fee being paid by the client upon which Consultant’s consulting fee is based.
          (f) Records; Audit . Within 15 days after the end of each calendar month in which the Company bills or collects fees (and if relevant under the applicable Advisor Agreement, earns fees) from clients as to which consulting fees are or may be payable, the Company shall provide to Consultant reports setting forth such fees billed and collected during such calendar month. Consultant shall be permitted access to the Company’s books and records to audit such amounts. Consultant shall bear its costs in connection with any such audit; provided that if the audit establishes that the amount due Consultant is more than 10% greater than the amount paid then the Company shall reimburse Consultant for the reasonable costs (including reasonable accountants’ and/or attorneys’ fees) incurred by Consultant in connection with such audit.

2


 

     3.  Expenses . Consultant shall be reimbursed by the Company for any expenses incurred on behalf of the Company provided such expenses are approved in advance by the Company’s President. As a condition to receipt of reimbursement, Consultant shall submit to the Company reasonable evidence that the amount involved was expended and related to Services provided under this Agreement.
     4.  Term and Termination .
          (a) Term . Consultant shall provide Services as a consultant to the Company hereunder for a period commencing on the date hereof and terminating on the date on which Consultant ceases to provide Services to the Company hereunder. Upon ten days’ advance written notice, either party may terminate Consultant’s obligation to provide Services and the Company’s obligation to pay for such Services.
          (b) Certain Terminations . Upon the termination of Consultant’s provision of Services hereunder, generally or with respect to any Specified Client, by: (i) his death, (ii) his disability, (iii) his retirement, (iv) his voluntary termination, or (v) the Company for Cause (as defined below); no additional payments shall be made by the Company to Consultant hereunder, generally or with respect to such Specified Client, respectively.
          (c) Termination without Cause . Upon the Company’s termination without Cause of Consultant’s provision of Services hereunder, generally or with respect to any Specified Client, and without terminating the Company’s Specified Agreement with such Specified Client, Consultant shall, at his election by written notice delivered to the Company within 30 days following such date of termination:
               (i) be permitted to compete with the Company in performing Services for such Specified Clients notwithstanding Section 5(a) of this Agreement; or
               (ii) be paid by the Company, for each of the periods following the date of such termination set forth below, the following respective percentages of the fees Consultant would have received under Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) of this Agreement had Consultant not been so terminated without Cause:
         
Period Following   Percentage
Date of Termination   of Fees
0 to 12 months
    80 %
13 to 24 months
    60 %
25 to 36 months
    40 %
37 to 48 months
    20 %
48 to 60 months
    10 %
; provided that if Consultant shall not have timely made an election pursuant to this Section 4(c) he shall be deemed to have elected to be treated pursuant to Section 4(c)(i).

3


 

          (d) Definition of Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” for Consultant’s termination will exist at any time after the happening of one or more of the following events:
               (i) Consultant’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of any of his material duties hereunder, including Consultant’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Company’s Board of Directors so long as such directives are not inconsistent with the Consultant’s position and duties, and such refusal to comply is not remedied within 15 working days after written notice from the Company, which written notice shall state that failure to remedy such conduct may result in termination for Cause;
               (ii) Dishonest or fraudulent conduct related to the Company’s activities, a deliberate attempt to do an injury to the Company, or conduct that materially discredits the Company or is materially detrimental to the reputation of the Company, including conviction of a felony; or
               (iii) Consultant’s incurable material breach of any element of the Company’s Confidentiality Agreement, including without limitation, Consultant’s theft or other misappropriation of the Company’s proprietary information.
     5.  Confidentiality Agreement; Competition .
          (a) Confirmation of Agreement . Prior to the date hereof, Consultant signed a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Annex A (the “Confidentiality Agreement” ). Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the terms thereof shall remain in full force and effect. Consultant acknowledges his obligations under Section 5(a) of the Confidentiality Agreement; provided that Consultant will not provide advisory services to Specified Clients except pursuant to or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement.
          (b) Termination by Client . Notwithstanding the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement or Section 5(a) of this Agreement, if: (i) Consultant shall have elected to be treated pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company ceases to provide Services to any Specified Client or to any client or customer under any of the Other Agreements for any reason other than Consultant’s termination for Cause; then Consultant may perform such Services for such Specified Client or other client or customer.
     6.  License of Intellectual Property; Retained Rights .
          (a) Grant to Company . Consultant hereby grants to the Company an exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free license to (i) use the software, trade secrets and other intellectual property that, prior to the date hereof, have been used by Consultant to provide services to the Specified Clients under the Prior Agreements (collectively, the “Technology” ) and (ii) to amend, modify and create derivative works of the Technology. Any such amendments, modifications or derivative works of the Technology shall be owned by the Company. The parties acknowledge that any software, trade secrets and other intellectual property developed by the

4


 

Company prior to the date hereof including amendments, modifications and derivative works thereof shall not constitute “Technology” under this Agreement.
          (b) General Retained Use; Limitation . Consultant shall retain the right to use the Technology licensed by Consultant to the Company hereunder but only for Consultant’s personal use and as part of Consultant’s Academic Activities (as defined in Section 3(a) of Confidentiality Agreement).
          (c) Other Permitted Uses Following Termination . Notwithstanding the limitation on use contained in paragraph (b) of this Section 6, Consultant shall have the right to use the Technology and any amendments, modifications and derivative works thereof developed by or with Consultant’s assistance, for the purpose of performing Services for Specified Clients permitted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) or Section 5(b) of this Agreement.
     7.  Support . For so long as Consultant is providing Services under this Agreement, the Company will provide Consultant with such analytical and computational support, facilities and space as the parties mutually agree shall reasonably be required for the Company and Consultant to perform properly their respective obligations under the Advisor Agreements.
     8.  Compliance and Record Keeping . The Company will perform all regulatory compliance required in connection with the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Advisor Agreements, including all record keeping and storage requirements under such Advisor Agreements and under applicable law.
     9.  Independent Contractor . Consultant’s relationship with the Company will be that of an independent contractor and not that of an employee. Consultant in his capacity as a Consultant hereunder will not be eligible for any employee benefits, nor will the Company make deductions from payments made to Consultant for taxes, all of which will be Consultant’s responsibility. Consultant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liability for, or assessment of, any such taxes imposed on the Company by relevant taxing authorities. Consultant in his capacity as Consultant hereunder will have no authority to enter into contracts that bind the Company or create obligations on the part of the Company without the prior written authorization of the Company.
     10.  Supervision of Consultant’s Services . All Services to be performed by Consultant will be as agreed between Consultant and the Company’s President. Consultant will be required to report to the President concerning Services performed under this Agreement. The nature and frequency of these reports will be left to the reasonable discretion of the President.
     11.  Conflicts with this Agreement . Consultant represents and warrants that neither Consultant nor any of Consultant’s partners, employees or agents is under any pre-existing obligation in conflict or in any way inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Consultant warrants that Consultant has the right to disclose or use all ideas, processes, techniques and other information, if any, which Consultant has gained from third parties, and which Consultant discloses to the Company in the course of performance of this Agreement, without liability to such third parties. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant has not granted any rights

5


 

or licenses to any intellectual property or technology that would conflict with Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement. Consultant will not knowingly infringe upon any copyright, patent, trade secret or other property right of any former client, employer or third party in the performance of Services required by this Agreement.
     12.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the parties.
          (b) Sole Agreement . This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, constitutes the sole agreement of the parties and supersedes all oral negotiations and prior writings with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (c) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth below, or as subsequently modified by written notice.
          (d) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of choice or conflict of laws.
          (e) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          (f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
          (g) Arbitration . Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with any provision of this Agreement, excluding Section 5(a) hereof, will be finally settled by binding arbitration in San Mateo County, California, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules. The arbitrator shall apply California law, without reference to rules of choice or conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision. This Section 12(g) shall not apply to the Confidentiality Agreement. In

6


 

connection with any such dispute, the prevailing party shall recover reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the extent deemed appropriate and ordered by the arbitrator.
          (h) Advice of Counsel . EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.
[Signature Page Follows]

7


 

     The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
    Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
President 
 
       
 
  Address: 1804 Embarcadero Road
                Suite 200
                Palo Alto, CA 94304
 
         
     
  /s/ William F. Sharpe    
  William F. Sharpe   
     
 
  Address: <Address>
                 <Address>
 
 
     
     
     
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FINANCIAL ENGINES CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 


 

ANNEX A
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
     As a condition of my acting as an advisor and director of Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation, or by any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), and in consideration of my advisory and director relationship with the Company, I agree to the following:
     1.  Advisory Relationship . I understand and acknowledge that this Agreement does not alter, amend or expand upon any rights I may have to continue as an advisor to and director of , or the duration of my advisory and/or director relationship with, the Company under any existing agreements between the Company and me or under applicable law. Any advisory or director relationship between the Company and me, whether commenced prior to or upon the date of this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “ Relationship.
     2.  Confidential Information .
          (a) Company Information . I agree at all times during the term of my Relationship with the Company and thereafter, to hold in strictest confidence and not to use or disclose to any person, firm or corporation, except for the benefit of the Company or with prior written authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company which I obtain from the Company. I further agree not to make copies of such Confidential Information except as authorized by the Company. I understand that “ Confidential Information ” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, suppliers, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called or with whom I became acquainted during the term of my employment), prices and costs, markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, licenses, finances, budgets or other business information disclosed to me by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment. I understand that “ Confidential Information ” includes, but is not limited to, information pertaining to any aspects of the Company’s Business (as defined below) which is either information not known by actual or potential competitors of the Company or is proprietary information of the Company or its customers or suppliers, whether of a technical nature or otherwise. I further understand that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items which was previously known to me or which has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine. When I communicate with employees of the Company, I will be entitled to assume that their communications will not include any Confidential Information to me unless they inform me prior to such disclosure.
          (b) Obligations to Third Parties . I have in the past provided, and continue to provide, consulting services and board of director services for several pension funds, money managers, and mutual funds as listed on Exhibit A, including a prior relationship with Wells Fargo

 


 

as described thereon. I represent that, to the best of my knowledge, my activities as an advisor and director of the Company do not conflict with any of my past or ongoing obligations to any third parties, including the consulting relationships listed on Exhibit A hereto, and I have not breached and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or trust prior or subsequent to the commencement of my Relationship with the Company, and I have not and will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any inventions, confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or any other party to whom I owe a confidentiality obligation.
     (c)  Third Party Information of the Company . I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.
     3.  Inventions .
          (a) Academic Interests . I am currently a full-time professor at Stanford University. I understand that I shall be able to continue to do academic research, publish and teach in the field of finance and economics, communicate with students or others and directly or indirectly in connection with these activities disseminate information other than Confidential Information into the public domain (collectively, the “ Academic Activities ”). In addition, I shall comply with Stanford’s policies regarding non-University activities of full time professors and the use of Stanford facilities and other matters on such activities. I have informed Michael Spence, the dean of the Stanford Graduate School of Business, in writing of my involvement with the Company and have not received any objections from Stanford to my involvement with the Company. To the best of my knowledge, I am currently in compliance with the Stanford policies, and I agree to continue to comply with such policies as long as they are applicable to me.
          (b) No Transfer of Third Parties Rights . I have done extensive consulting and academic work for various third parties, and this Agreement does not purport to transfer any rights that may belong to those third parties.
          (c) Assignment of Inventions . Subject to the provisions in Section 3(a) above, I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time in which I am an advisor and director of the Company that relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s Business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company (collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”),

 


 

except as provided in Section 3(f) below. I further acknowledge that all Inventions which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my Relationship with the Company are “ works made for hire ,” and that the Company will be the owner of all copyrights, subject to Section 3(a). The Company’s “Business” means the business of providing portfolio investment software tools and advice to individual investors. I acknowledge and agree that the Company shall be the sole vehicle through which any Inventions shall be commercialized and that the Company is entitled to all of the commercial benefits and profits arising from or incident to my activities as an advisor and director of the Company, provided however that I shall be allowed to continue to consult and hold directorships pursuant to the consulting arrangements, including those listed on Exhibit A hereto, that are permitted under Section 5(a).
          (d) Provision of Records . I agree to provide to the Company upon its reasonable request any and all notes, records or other written or recorded information that I have created and are in my possession or under my control regarding possible Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my Relationship with the Company.
          (e) Patent and Copyright Registrations . I agree to provide reasonable assistance to the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my reasonable power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. I hereby waive and quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which I now or hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to the Company.
          (f) Exception to Assignments . I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B ) and inventions that I may be required to assign to my employer, Stanford University, pursuant to applicable Stanford policies. I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the said provisions.

 


 

     4.  Returning Company Documents . I agree that, upon the Company’s request, at the time of termination of my Relationship with the Company, I will deliver to the Company all originals and copies of all documents and other written information in my possession that contain any Confidential Information.
     5.  Non-Competition; Solicitation of Employees, Consultants and Other Parties .
          (a) Non-Competition . In consideration of my Relationship with the Company, I agree that I will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization that competes with the Company in the Business, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (except pursuant to the consulting agreements and directorships on Exhibit A hereto). Further, I will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement shall be construed to prevent me from performing the Academic Activities or accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of corporations listed on Exhibit A hereto or on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.
          (b) Non-Solicitation . I agree that during the term of my Relationship with the Company, and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my Relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or take away such employees or consultants, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity. Further, for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of my Relationship with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, I shall not solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, in each case, that are known to me as a result of my Relationship, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered or under development by the Company as of the date of termination of my Relationship with the Company.
     6.  Representations and Covenants .
          (a) Facilitation of Agreement . I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.
          (b) Conflicts . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to commencement of my Relationship with the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 


 

          (c) Voluntary Execution . I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read and consulted independent counsel of my choosing with respect to all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provision.
     7.  General Provisions .
          (a) Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.
          (b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, obligations, rights or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.
          (c) Severability . If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.
          (d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.
          (e) Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.
     The parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below:
             
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
      ADVISOR AND DIRECTOR    
 
           
/s/ Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda
 
Signature
      /s/ William F. Sharpe
 
William F. Sharpe
   
 
           
By: JEFFREY N. MAGGIONCALDA
           
 
           
Title: President & CEO
           
 
           
Date: 3/5/98
      Date: March 5, 1998    

 


 

EXHIBIT A
CONSULTING ARRANGEMENTS AND DIRECTORSHIPS
Advisor of Pension Funds
  AT&T Investment Management Organization — pensions
 
  United Technologies — pension fund
 
  Phillip Morris — pension fund
 
  California Public Employees Retirement System
 
  Hewlett-Packard — pension fund
Advisor
  Union Bank of Switzerland — institutional asset management, Zurich
 
  CM Capital
Director
  Stanford Management Company — board of directors (Stanford University endowment)
 
  C*ATS Software (term ends May 1, 1997) (Any further relationship subject to prior Company approval)
Trustee
  Trustee, Smith-Breeden — mutual funds
 
  Trustee, Barr Rosenberg — mutual funds
     In addition to the consulting arrangements described above, I, through a corporation formerly known as Sharpe-Tint Inc., licensed certain software to Wells Fargo Institutional Trust Company, Wells Fargo Nikko Investment Advisors and Lawrence G. Tint (jointly and together with their respective successors and assigns “Wells Fargo”) for its use in performing money management services. To the best of my knowledge, the software licensed to Wells Fargo was not designed for use as an investment tool by individual investors, I have not disclosed any proprietary information of Wells Fargo to the Company, my activities as an advisor and director of the Company do not conflict with any rights Wells Fargo may have under the license agreements, and the Company’s pursuit of its business does not conflict with or violate any of Wells Fargo’s rights pursuant to these license agreements.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is as follows:
     (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:
          (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer.
          (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.
     (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 


 

AMENDMENT TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT
     This AMENDMENT TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT, dated as of January 11, 2002 (“ Amendment ”), is entered into by and between FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC., a California corporation (with its wholly-owned subsidiary Financial Engine Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the “ Company ”), and WILLIAM F. SHARPE (“ Consultant ”), and amends the CONSULTING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 25,1998 (“ Agreement ”), by and between the Company and Consultant.
Add the Following as Section 5(c) of the Agreement :
     (c) Consultant’s Activities . During the term of the Agreement, Consultant may wish to provide Services to other potential clients in addition to the Specified Clients. In all such instances, Consultant shall first offer to the Company the option to have Services to such additional clients provided solely through the Company. The Company agrees to accept such additional clients unless the Company in good faith determines to reject an additional client. Once accepted by the Company, such additional clients shall be treated as Specified Clients and shall be included within the definition of Specified Clients for purposes of this Agreement. With respect to each additional client accepted by the Company, Consultant shall be paid all fees up to $100,000 each year, and 25% of all fees over $100,000 each year. With respect to any additional client(s) the Company does not accept hereunder, Consultant may perform Services to those clients independent of the Company (“ Separate Clients ”) using the Technology, and any amendments, modifications and derivative works thereof developed by Consultant or with Consultant’s assistance for the specific purpose of performing the Services for Specified Clients or Separate Clients (the “ Services Technology ”). The parties hereby agree that “Services Technology” shall not include any software, trade secrets and other intellectual property developed by the Company for purposes other than the provision of Services, including amendments, modifications and derivative works thereof, whether developed prior or subsequent to the date hereof. Consultant shall not otherwise use the Company’s resources to provide Services to Separate Clients. Consultant may retain all fees received from Separate Clients in connection with the provision of Services. For as long as Consultant remains subject to this Agreement, the total number of Specified Clients and Separate Clients shall not exceed ten (10) clients.
Replace Section 6(c) of the Agreement With the Following :
     (c) Other Permitted Uses . Notwithstanding the limitation on use contained in paragraph (b) of this Section 6 or in the Confidentiality Agreement, Consultant shall have the right to use the Services Technology as follows:
  (i)   while Consultant is subject to this Agreement, for the purpose of performing Services for Specified Clients or Separate Clients permitted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i), Section 5(b) or Section 5(c), and
 
  (ii)   after termination of this Agreement, (unless the Agreement is terminated as the result of a voluntary termination by Consultant without a good faith belief on the part of Consultant that the Company cannot or will not

 


 

      adequately provide Services), for the purpose of performing Services to an unlimited number of clients either as an individual or through a corporation majority owned by Consultant to which Consultant may assign his rights hereunder for the purposes permitted by this Section 6(c), subject to Section 4(ii) with respect to Specified Clients if Consultant chooses to be governed by that section with respect to Specified Clients only.
Add the Following as Section 6(d) of the Agreement :
     (d) License Limitation . Consultant and the Company hereby confirm that the license granted to the Technology in the Agreement was and is for the limited purpose of providing advisory consulting services and that the Technology has been, and will be used by the Company only for the purpose of providing advisory consulting services.
     Other than as expressly amended above, the Agreement remains in full force and effect. The parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.
         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
    Jeffrey N. Maggioncalda    
    President

 
  Address: 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200
               Palo Alto, California 94304  
         
     
  /s/ William F. Sharpe    
  William F. Sharpe
 
 
  Address: <Address>
                 <Address>
 
 

 

Exhibit 10.6
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CONSULTING AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 1, 2009, by and between Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and E. Olena Berg-Lacy (“ Consultant ”), and amends and restates that certain {Second} Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement dated as of October 16, 2007 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), by and between the Company and Consultant, which in turned amended and restated that certain {First} Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2007, which in turn amended and restated that certain (i) Consulting Agreement dated as of May 1, 2002 and (ii) Consulting Agreement dated as of July 21, 1998, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of March 1, 2005 and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of January 27, 2006, each by and between the Company and Consultant.
     1.  Consulting Relationship . Beginning on September 1, 1998 (the “ Effective Date ”) and during the term of this Agreement, Consultant will serve as “Senior Strategic Advisor” to the Company and provide consulting services (the “ Services ”) to the Company as described on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement. Consultant shall use Consultant’s best efforts to perform the Services in a manner satisfactory to the Company. Exhibit A shall also set forth the Additional Services as defined and set forth in Section l(c) below.
          (a)  Stock Option Grant for Consulting Relationship . In consideration for providing the Services, the Company granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 37,500 shares (on a post split basis) of Common Stock to the Consultant as of the Effective Date with an exercise price equal to the then fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant of $0.6667, pursuant to the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement, attached as Exhibit B . Such shares vest at the following rate: l/48th of such shares shall vest on each monthly anniversary of the Effective Date, based on Consultant’s continued provision of Services to the Company. As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge that such option was granted on July 10, 1998 and is fully vested.
          (b)  Fees and Expenses for Consulting Relationship . As consideration for providing the Services to the Company
               (i) during the period from July 21, 1998 until and including April 30, 2002, Consultant was paid monthly at the rate of $1,000.00 per full day of Services provided (including travel in connection therewith), subject to reasonable proration for partial day services. Consultant did not receive such $l,000/day payment for providing services as a member of the Board of Directors, including attending meetings of the Board of Directors. The parties anticipated that Consultant would provide Services and/or travel in connection therewith for ten (10) days per month (including travel to and participation as a director in Board meetings), provided however that the parties would use their good faith, reasonable efforts to reach accommodation if Consultant desired to provide Services and/or travel in connection therewith for fewer or more than ten days per month. The Company reimbursed Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with her provision of Services. As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge that all fees and expenses

 


 

have been (and no further fees or expenses shall be) paid or reimbursed under this Section 1(b)(i).
               (ii) during the period from May 1, 2002 until and including February 28, 2005, Consultant was paid monthly at the rate of $1,000.00 per full day of Services provided (including travel in connection therewith), subject to reasonable proration for partial day services. Consultant did not receive such $l,000/day payment for providing services as a member of the Board of Directors, including attending meetings of the Board of Directors. The parties anticipated that Consultant would provide Services and/or travel in connection therewith for four (4) days per month (including travel to and participation as a director in Board meetings). The Company reimbursed Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with her provision of Services. In addition, in consideration for providing services on and after May 1, 2002, the Company granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock to the Consultant with an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the then current fair market value per share of Common Stock), pursuant to the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement. Such shares vested as the following rate: l/48th of such shares on the 28th of each month after July 28, 2002, based on Consultant’s continued provision of Services to the Company. As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge that under this Section l(b)(ii): (A) all Services have been provided, (B) all compensation in exchange therefore has been paid, (B) the foregoing option was granted on May 1, 2002 and is fully vested, (D) all the foregoing expenses have been reimbursed, and (E) such section is satisfied and terminated in full.
          (c)  Additional Services .
               (i) Notwithstanding Sections l(a) and l(b) above, from March 1, 2005 until December 31, 2005, Consultant provided additional services in connection with the Company’s public policy outreach initiative as specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ 2005 Additional Services ”), and was compensated for such 2005 Additional Services solely by (i) cash compensation at a rate of $1,000 per day with a commitment by the parties of at least 6 days in the month of March 2005 and at least 8 days per month each month thereafter and (ii) subject to approval by the Company’s board of directors, which was received, the issuance of a non-statutory option to purchase up to 10,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a purchase price of $4.25 per share, subject to vesting such that the 1/10 of the shares shall vest at the end of each month for ten months, pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Stock Plan and any other agreements thereunder. The Company also reimbursed Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the 2005 Additional Services in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies then in effect. As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge that under this Section l(c)(i): (A) all 2005 Additional Services have been provided, (B) all compensation in exchange therefore has been paid, (B) the foregoing option was granted on April 26, 2005 and is fully vested, (D) all the foregoing expenses have been reimbursed, and (E) such section is satisfied and terminated in full.
               (ii) Notwithstanding Sections 1 (a) and 1 (b) above, from January 27, 2006 until December 31, 2006, Consultant provided additional services in

2


 

connection with the Company’s public policy outreach initiative as specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ 2006 Additional Services ”), and was compensated during such period solely by (i) cash compensation at a rate of $12,000 per month with a commitment by the parties of at least 8 days per month and (ii) subject to approval by the Company’s board of directors, which was received, the issuance of a non-statutory option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock on January 27, 2006 (the “ 2006 Vesting Commencement Date ”), at a purchase price of $6.00 per share, subject to vesting such that the 1/48 of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the 1-month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/48 of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the 27th of each month thereafter, pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Stock Plan and any other agreements thereunder. The parties acknowledge their understanding that such 2006 Option shall continue to vest for so long as Consultant remains an “employee” of or “consultant” to the Company (each as defined under such 1998 Stock Plan). The Company reimbursed Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the 2006 Additional Services in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies then in effect. As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge that under this Section l(c)(ii): (A) all 2006 Additional Services have been provided, (B) all compensation in exchange therefore has been paid, (C) the foregoing option was granted on January 27, 2006 and is subject to the vesting, (D) all the foregoing expenses have been reimbursed, and (E) such section is satisfied and terminated in full.
               (iii) Notwithstanding Sections 1 (a) and 1 (b) above, from January 1, 2007 until July 31, 2007, Consultant provided both the Services and such additional services in connection with the Company’s public policy outreach initiative as specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the Services and such additional services are collectively referred to as the “ 2007 Services ”), and was compensated during such period for the 2007 Services solely by cash compensation at a rate of $12,000 per month with a commitment by Consultant to provide at least 8 days per month. The Company also reimbursed Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the 2007 Services in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies then in effect. As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge that under this Section l(c)(iii): (A) all 2007 Services have been provided, (B) all compensation in exchange therefore has been paid, (C) all the foregoing expenses have been reimbursed, and (D) such section is satisfied and terminated in full.
               (iv) Notwithstanding Sections 1 (a) and 1 (b) above, from August 1, 2007 until December 31, 2007, Consultant shall provide both the Services and such additional services in connection with the Company’s public policy outreach initiative as specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the Services and such additional services are collectively referred to as the “ Fall 2007 Services ”), and shall be compensated during such period for the Fall 2007 Services solely by cash compensation at a rate of $1,600 per day with the number of days as approved by the Company and Consultant, to include time spent traveling as requested by the Company. The Company shall also reimburse Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Fall 2007 Services in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies then in effect.

3


 

               (v) Notwithstanding Sections 1 (a) and 1 (b) above, from October 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010, Consultant shall provide services in connection with the Company’s public policy outreach initiative as specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “2009-2010 Services”), and shall be compensated during such period for the 2009-2010 Services solely by cash compensation at a rate of $1,600 per day with the number of days as approved by the Company and Consultant, to include time spent traveling as requested by the Company. The Company shall also reimburse Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel, meal and other expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the 2009-2010 Services in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies then in effect.
     2.  Directorship . The parties acknowledge that Consultant was elected to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, effective July 21, 1998, to serve at the pleasure of the shareholders. For purposes of the Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders Voting Agreement dated as of December 20, 2004 by and among the Company and certain shareholders, Consultant is serving as one of the Other Directors (as defined therein).
          (a) Stock Option Grant for Directorship . In consideration for serving as a member of the Board of Directors,
               (i) the Company granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 37,500 shares (on a post split basis) of Common Stock to the Consultant as of July 10, 1998 with an exercise price equal to $1.00 per share (the current fair market value per share of Common Stock) pursuant to the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement, attached as Exhibit B . Such shares vested at the following rate: l/4th of such shares on the annual anniversary of the date of this Agreement, and l/48th of such shares on each monthly anniversary thereafter, based on Consultant’s continued service as a member of the Board of Directors. The parties acknowledge that such option was granted on July 10, 1998 and is fully vested as of the date hereof.
               (ii) the Company granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock to the Consultant as of May 1, 2002 with an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the then current fair market value per share of Common Stock), pursuant to the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement. Such shares vested as the following rate: l/48th of such shares on the 28th of each month after July 28, 2002, based on Consultant’s continued service as a member of the Board of Directors. The parties acknowledge that such option was granted on May 1, 2002 and is fully vested as of the date hereof.
               (ii) Additional stock option grants are described in that certain January 12, 2009 letter to Consultant attached as Exhibit D.
           (b) Director Retainer and Expenses . The Company will reimburse Consultant for reasonable airfare, hotel and meal expenses incurred in connection with her attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors. Provision for an annual ret

4


 

          (c) ainer are set forth in that certain January 12, 2009 letter to Consultant attached as Exhibit D.
     3.  Term and Termination . The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date hereof and expire on the date that is four years after the Effective Date, subject to renewal upon the parties’ mutual written agreement, provided however that either party may terminate this Agreement at any time for any reason or no reason without any cost or obligation by giving written notice to the other party to such effect. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement has been and continues to be effective from July 21, 2002 until December 31, 2007, or until earlier terminated by either party as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.
     4.  Independent Contractor . Consultant’s relationship with the Company will be that of an independent contractor and not that of an employee. Consultant will not be eligible for any employee benefits, nor will the Company make deductions from payments made to Consultant for taxes, all of which will be Consultant’s responsibility. Consultant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liability for, or assessment of, any such taxes imposed on the Company by relevant taxing authorities. Consultant will have no authority to enter into contracts that bind the Company or create obligations on the part of the Company without the prior written authorization of the Company.
     5.  Supervision of Consultant’s Services . All Services to be performed by Consultant as the Senior Strategic Advisor will be as agreed between Consultant and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors. Consultant will report to the Chief Executive Officer concerning the Services performed under this Agreement. The nature and frequency of these reports will be left to the mutual agreement of the Chief Executive Officer and Consultant.
     6.  Consulting or Other Services for Competitors . The Company understands that Consultant does not presently perform or intend to perform, during the term of this Agreement, consulting or other services for any companies who are in the same or a similar business to the Company. If, however, Consultant decides to do so, Consultant agrees to notify the Company in writing in advance (specifying the identity of the entity or the person) and provide information sufficient to allow the Company to determine if such consulting would conflict with projects or products of the Company. If the Company determines that such business is in competition with that conducted by the Company, Consultant will not provide such services to the competing entity or person.
     7.  Confidentiality Agreement . Consultant shall sign, or has signed, a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C (the “ Confidentiality Agreement” ), prior to or on the date on which Consultant’s consulting relationship with the Company commences.
     8.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the parties.

5


 

          (b) Sole Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, constitutes the sole agreement of the parties and supersedes all oral negotiations and prior writings with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties acknowledge that there remains in effect no other agreement entered into prior to the date first set forth above relating to compensation of Consultant in her role as a Consultant to or Director of the Company.
          (c) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by a nationally-recognized delivery service (such as Federal Express or UPS), or by facsimile transmission (as evidenced by sender’s confirmation receipt) or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.
          (d) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.
          (e) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          (f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
          (g) Arbitration . Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with any provision of this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules. The arbitrator shall apply California law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision. This Section 8(g) shall not apply to the Confidentiality Agreement.
          (h) Advice of Counsel . Consultant acknowledges that, in executing this agreement, Consultant has had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent legal counsel, and has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation hereof.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

6


 

     The parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.
         
  COMPANY :

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey N. Maggloncalda    
    Name:   Jeffrey N. Maggloncalda   
    Title:   President and CEO   
    Date:   __________________   
    Address:   1804 Embarcadero Road
Suite 100
Palo Alto, CA 94303 
 
    Facsimile:   650-565-4905   
 
 
  CONSULTANT:
 
 
  /s/ E. Olena Berg-Lacy    
  E. Olena Berg-Lacy   
  Date:   10/23/09   
  Address:  <Address>
<Address>
 
  Facsimile:     

7


 

         
EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF CONSULTING SERVICES
  Provide strategic advice in product design, marketing, legal compliance and related issues.
 
  Develop positions on broad public policy issues related to the Company’s business, such as the privatization of social security and pension policy matters.
 
  Author or co-author articles on matters related to the Company’s business for the professional and/or popular press.
 
  Make presentations relating to the Company’s business at conferences.
 
  Participate in marketing and sales calls where it is deemed mutually appropriate by the Company and Consultant.
 
  Provide other services as determined by mutual agreement of the Company and Consultant.
For the period from March 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005, Additional Services shall consist of :
  Work with policy makers to develop legislation or regulation that would increase plan sponsor comfort around using managed accounts as a default investment option, achievable either as part of or separate from the automatic-enrollment safe-harbor guidance.
 
  Obtain written, explicit comfort, either through legislation or regulation, regarding managed accounts being a satisfactory default option.
 
  Speak on behalf of the Company at industry conferences regarding the items set forth in the above two bullet points.
For the period from January 27, 2006 to December 31, 2006, Additional Services shall consist of :
  Work with policy makers to develop legislation or regulation that would increase plan sponsor comfort around using managed accounts as a default investment option, achievable either as part of or separate from the automatic-enrollment safe-harbor guidance.
 
  Obtain written, explicit comfort, either through legislation or regulation, regarding managed accounts being a satisfactory default option.
 
  Speak on behalf of the Company at industry conferences regarding the items set forth in the above two bullet points.


 

For the period from January 1, 2007 to July 31, 2007, Additional Services shall consist of :
  Work with policy makers to develop legislation or regulation that would increase plan sponsor comfort around using managed accounts as a default investment option, achievable either as part of or separate from the automatic-enrollment safe-harbor guidance.
 
  Obtain written, explicit comfort, either through legislation or regulation, regarding managed accounts being a satisfactory default option.
 
  Speak on behalf of the Company at industry conferences regarding the items set forth in the above two bullet points.
For the period from August 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007, Additional Services shall consist of :
  Work with policy makers to develop legislation or regulation that would increase plan sponsor comfort around using managed accounts as a default investment option, achievable either as part of or separate from the automatic-enrollment safe-harbor guidance.
 
  Obtain written, explicit comfort, either through legislation or regulation, regarding managed accounts being a satisfactory default option.
 
  Speak on behalf of the Company at industry conferences regarding the items set forth in the above two bullet points, including but not limited to the webinar to be hosted by PSCA and sponsored by the Company expected to occur in the fall of 2007.
 
  Provide other services as determined by mutual written agreement of the Company and Consultant.
For the period from October 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010, Additional Services shall consist of:
  Work with policy makers to develop legislation or regulation that would preserve the availability of Advisory Opinion 2001-09A, as determined by mutual written agreement of the Company and Consultant.
 
  Speak at Executive Advisor Forum dinner(s) providing a legislative and regulatory update, expected to occur in October 2009 (and possibly also November 2009).
 
  Provide other services as determined by mutual written agreement of the Company and Consultant.


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF STOCK OPTION
AGREEMENT AND PLAN


 

EXHIBIT C
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


 

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
     As a condition of my becoming employed (or my employment being continued) or retained as a consultant (or my consulting relationship being continued) by Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation, or by any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), and in consideration of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by the Company, I agree to the following:
     1.  Employment or Consulting Relationship . I understand and acknowledge that this Agreement does not alter, amend or expand upon any rights I may have to continue in the employ of or in a consulting relationship with, or the duration of my employment or consulting relationship with, the Company under any existing agreements between the Company and me or under applicable law. Any employment or consulting relationship between the Company and me, whether commenced prior to or upon the date of this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “ Relationship .”
     2.  Confidential Information .
          (a) Company Information . I agree at all times during the term of my Relationship with the Company and thereafter, to hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company which I obtain or create. I further agree not to make copies of such Confidential Information except as authorized by the Company. I understand that “ Confidential Information means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, suppliers, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called or with whom I became acquainted during the term of my employment), prices and costs, markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, licenses, finances, budgets or other business information disclosed to me by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment or created by me during the period of the Relationship, whether or not during working hours. I understand that “ Confidential Information ” includes, but is not limited to, information pertaining to any aspects of the Company’s business which is either information not known by actual or potential competitors of the Company or is proprietary information of the Company or its customers or suppliers, whether of a technical nature or otherwise. I further understand that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items which (i) is in my possession at the time of disclosure as shown by my files and records immediately prior to the time of, or (ii) disclosure has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

 


 

          (b) Former Employer Information . I represent that my performance of all terms of this Agreement as an employee or consultant of the Company have not breached and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or trust prior or subsequent to the commencement of my Relationship with the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any inventions, confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or any other party to whom I owe a confidentiality obligation.
          (c) Third Party Information . I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.
     3.  Inventions .
          (a) Inventions Retained and Licensed . I have attached hereto, as Exhibit A, a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by me prior to my employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “ Prior Inventions ”), which belong to me, which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Inventions. If in the course of my Relationship with the Company, I incorporate into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by me or in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.
          (b) Assignment of Inventions . I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time in which I am employed by or a consultant of the Company (collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”), except as provided in Section 2(e) below. I further acknowledge that all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements or trade secrets which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my Relationship with the Company are “ works made for hire ” and are compensated by my salary (if I am an employee) or by such amounts paid to me under any applicable consulting agreement or consulting arrangements (if I am a consultant), unless regulated otherwise by mandatory law.

-2-


 

          (c) Maintenance of Records . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my Relationship with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other format that may be specified by the Company. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.
          (d) Patent and Copyright Registrations . I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. I hereby waive and quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which I now or hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to the Company.
          (e) Exception to Assignments . I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B ). I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the said provisions and not otherwise disclosed on Exhibit A.
     4.  Returning Company Documents . I agree that, at the time of termination of my Relationship with the Company, I will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. I further agree that to any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment, I agree to sign and deliver the “ Termination Certification ” attached hereto as Exhibit C .

-3-


 

     5.  Notification to Other Parties .
          (a) Employees . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my rights and obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) Consultants . I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to any other parties besides the Company with whom I maintain a consulting relationship, including parties with whom such relationship commences after the effective date of this Agreement, about my rights and obligations under this Agreement.
     6.  Solicitation of Employees, Consultants and Other Parties . I agree that during the term of my Relationship with the Company, and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my Relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or take away such employees or consultants, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity. Further, for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of my Relationship with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, I shall not solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, in each case, that are known to me, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered by the Company or under development as of the date of termination of my Relationship with the Company.
     7.  Representations and Covenants .
          (a) Facilitation of Agreement. I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.
          (b) Conflicts. I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to commencement of my Relationship with the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement.
          (c) Voluntary Execution. I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provision.
     8.  General Provisions .
          (a) Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

-4-


 

          (b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, obligations, rights or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.
          (c) Severability . If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.
          (d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and wilt be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.
          (e) Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.
     The parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below:
                 
FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.       EMPLOYEE, an Individual:
 
               
 
              /s/ Olena Berg
         
Signature       Signature
 
               
By:
              Olena Berg
             
            Printed Name
 
               
Title:
               
 
               
 
               
Date:
          Date:   7/21/98
 
               

5


 

EXHIBIT A
LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS
AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP
EXCLUDED FROM PARAGRAPH 3
         
        Identifying Number
Title   Date   or Brief Description
         
         
þ No inventions or improvements
o Additional Sheets Attached
Signature of Employee:      /s/ Olena Berg     
Print Name of Employee:
Date: 7/21/98

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is as follows:
     (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:
          (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer.
          (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.
     (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
TERMINATION CERTIFICATION
     This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to Financial Engines, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together the “ Company ”).
     I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein), conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.
     I further agree that, in compliance with the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants or licensees.
     I further agree that for twelve (12) months from this date, I will not hire any employees or consultants of the Company and I will not solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to leave their employment, nor will I solicit any of the Company’s licensors, customers or licensees to terminate any relationship with the Company.
             
Date:
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
          (Employee’s Signature)
 
           
 
           
 
          (Type/Print Employee’s Name)

 


 

EXHIBIT D
JANUARY 12, 2009 LETTER AGREEMENT


 

(FINANCIAL ENGINES LOGO)
January 12, 2009
Olena Berg-Lacy
<Address>
<Address>
Dear Olena:
On behalf of the Board of Directors of Financial Engines, Inc. (the “ Company ‘”), I am happy to confirm the following compensation terms in consideration of your services as a director of the Company, in place of any other oral or written agreements with respect to your compensation as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. Specifically, effective as of the date of this letter, you will be compensated as follows for your services:
1. $30,000 annual retainer for your continuous service as a member of the Board of Directors. This retainer covers all in-person and telephonic board and committee meetings. The initial payment of such retainer shall be made to you as soon as practicable after the date of this letter and for each subsequent year after which you have provided continuous services as a member of the Board of Directors your annual retainer will be paid as soon as practicable after the anniversary date of this letter.
2. In accordance with Company’s 1998 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), an initial grant of an option to purchase 50,000 shares of Company common stock. This initial option will vest according to the Company’s standard vesting schedule. The specific terms and conditions of this grant, including exercise price and vesting conditions, are set forth in the Stock Option Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company as soon as practicable after the date of this letter.
3. In addition, at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after each anniversary date of this letter, assuming that you have provided continuous service as a member of the Board of Directors during the preceding year, you will receive an automatic grant of an option to purchase 10,000 shares of Company common stock issued pursuant to the Plan. This annual option will vest commencing on the corresponding anniversary date of this letter and otherwise according to the Company’s standard vesting schedule. The specific terms and conditions of these grants, including exercise price and vesting conditions, will be set forth in Stock Option Agreements to be entered into between you and the Company.
Please let me know if you have any questions concerning the above. Again on behalf of the Board, and myself, thank you for your many contributions to the Company.
Sincerely,
-S- PAUL G. KOONTZ
Paul G. Koontz
Chairman of the Board

 

Exhibit 10.7.1
Lease Agreement
By And Between
Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
As Landlord
And
Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
As Tenant
Dated July 14, 1997


 

T able O f C ontents
         
    Page
Basic Lease Information
  iv
 
       
1. Demise
    1  
 
       
2. Premises
    1  
 
       
3. Term
    2  
 
       
4. Rent
    2  
 
       
5. Utilities And Services
    7  
 
       
6. Late Charge
    8  
 
       
7. Letter of Credit
    9  
 
       
8. Security Deposit
    10  
 
       
9. Possession
    11  
 
       
10. Use Of Premises
    11  
 
       
11. Acceptance Of Premises
    13  
 
       
12. Surrender
    14  
 
       
13. Alterations And Additions
    15  
 
       
14. Maintenance and Repairs Of Premises
    16  
 
       
15. Landlord’s Insurance
    17  
 
       
16. Tenant’s Insurance
    18  
 
       
17. Indemnification
    19  
 
       
18. Subrogation
    20  
 
       
19. Signs
    20  
 
       
20. Free From Liens
    21  
 
       
21. Entry By Landlord
    21  
 
       
22. Destruction And Damage
    21  
 
       
23. Condemnation
    24  
 
       
24. Assignment And Subletting
    25  

i


 

         
    Page
25. Tenant’s Default
    28  
 
       
26. Landlord’s Remedies
    30  
 
       
27. Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations
    33  
 
       
28. Attorney’s Fees
    34  
 
       
29. Taxes
    34  
 
       
30. Effect Of Conveyance
    35  
 
       
31. Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate
    35  
 
       
32. Subordination
    36  
 
       
33. Environmental Covenants
    36  
 
       
34. Notices
    40  
 
       
35. Waiver
    40  
 
       
36. Holding Over
    41  
 
       
37. Successors And Assigns
    41  
 
       
38. Time
    41  
 
       
39. Brokers
    41  
 
       
40. Limitation Of Liability
    42  
 
       
41. Financial Statements
    42  
 
       
42. Rules And Regulations
    42  
 
       
43. Mortgagee Protection
    43  
 
       
44. Entire Agreement
    43  
 
       
45. Interest
    43  
 
       
46. Construction
    44  
 
       
47. Representations And Warranties Of Tenant
    44  
 
       
48. Security
    44  
 
       
49. Jury Trial Waiver
    45  

ii


 

     
Exhibit    
 
   
A
  Diagram of the Premises
 
   
B
  Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum
 
   
C
  Rules and Regulations
 
   
D
  Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate

iii


 

Lease Agreement
Basic Lease Information
     
Lease Date:
  July 14, 1997
 
   
Landlord:
  Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
 
   
Landlord’s Address:
  c/o Allegis Realty Investors LLC
455 Market Street, Suite 1540
San Francisco, California 94105
 
   
 
  All notices sent to Landlord under this Lease shall be sent to the above address, with copies to:
 
   
 
  Insignia Commercial Group, Inc.
160 West Santa Clara Street, Suite 1350
San Jose, California 95113.
 
   
Tenant:
  Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
   
Tenant’s Contact Person:
  Jeff Maggioncalda
 
   
Tenant’s Address and
Telephone Number:
  1804 Embarcadero Road
Suite 200
Palo Alto, California 94303
(415) _____
 
   
Premises Square Footage:
  Approximately Eleven Thousand One Hundred Forty-Five
(11,145) rentable square feet
 
   
Premises Address:
  1804 Embarcadero Road
Suite 200
Palo Alto, California 94303
 
   
Project:
  The Harbor Business Park, 1800-1858 Embarcadero Road and 2445-2465 Faber Place, Palo Alto, California, together with the land on which the Project is situated and all Common Areas

iv


 

     
Building (if not the same
as the Project):
  1804 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California 94303
 
   
Tenant’s Proportionate
Share of Project:
  4.30% 
 
   
Tenant’s Proportionate
Share of Building:
  27.86% 
 
   
Length of Term:
  Sixty (60) months 
 
   
Estimated Commencement Date:
  August 7, 1997 
 
   
Estimated Expiration Date:
  August 6, 2002 
                     
Monthly Base Rent:
              Monthly Base   Monthly Base
 
  Months   Sq. Ft.   Rate   Rent
 
  1-12   11,145   x$3.50   =$39,007.50
 
                   
    13-60     Monthly Base Rent to be increased in accordance with the Consumer Price Index Price (see Paragraph 4(a) of the Lease)
     
Prepaid Rent:
  Thirty-Nine Thousand Seven and 50/100 Dollars ($39,007.50) 
 
   
Month to which Prepaid Base Rent will be Applied:
  First (1st) month of the Term
 
   
Base Year:
  1997 
 
   
Security Deposit:
  Forty Seven Thousand Four Hundred Thirteen and 86/100 Dollars ($47,413.86) 
 
   
Letter of Credit:
  Four Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Ninety Dollars ($468,090.00) 
 
   
Permitted Use:
  General office use for software development firm
 
   
Unreserved Parking
Spaces:
  Thirty-three (33) nonexclusive and undesignated parking spaces

v


 

     
Broker (s):
  Cornish & Carey Commercial (Landlord’s Broker) BT Commercial (Tenant’s Broker)

vi


 

Lease agreement
      This Lease Agreement is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant on the Lease Date. The defined terms used in this Lease which are defined in the Basic Lease Information attached to this Lease Agreement (“Basic Lease Information”) shall have the meaning and definition given them in the Basic Lease Information. The Basic Lease Information, the exhibits, the addendum or addenda described in the Basic Lease Information, and this Lease Agreement are and shall be construed as a single instrument and are referred to herein as the “Lease”.
1. Demise
     In consideration for the rents and all other charges and payments payable by Tenant, and for the agreements, terms and conditions to be performed by Tenant in this Lease, Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby hire and take from Landlord, the Premises described below (the “Premises”), upon the agreements, terms and conditions of this Lease for the Term hereinafter stated.
2. Premises
     The Premises demised by this Lease is located in that certain building (the “Building”) specified in the Basic Lease Information, which Building is located in that certain real estate development (the “Project”) specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises has the address and contains the square footage specified in the Basic Lease Information. The location and dimensions of the Premises are depicted on Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right (in common with the other tenants, Landlord and any other person granted use by Landlord) to use the Common. Areas (as hereinafter defined), except that, with respect to parking, Tenant shall have only a license to use the number of non-exclusive and undesignated parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information in the Project’s parking areas (the “Parking Areas”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to enforce Tenant’s right to use such parking spaces; and, provided further, that the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder shall be reduced on a proportionate basis in the event any of the parking spaces in the Parking Areas are taken or otherwise eliminated as a result of any Condemnation (as hereinafter defined) or casualty event affecting such Parking Areas. No easement for light or air is incorporated in the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Common Areas” shall mean all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project that are provided and designated by Landlord for the non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, guests and invitees.

1


 

     Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to: (a) make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, ingress, egress, direction of driveways, entrances, corridors and walkways; (b) close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas or remove existing buildings or improvements therefrom; (d) use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or any portion thereof; and (e) do and perform any other acts or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem to be appropriate.
3. Term
          The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall be for the period of months specified in the Basic Lease Information, commencing on the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (the “Commencement Date”). In the event the actual Commencement Date is a date other than the Estimated Commencement Date specified in the Basic Lease Information, then Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute a Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, wherein the parties shall specify the Commencement Date and the date on which the Term expires (the “Expiration Date”).
4. Rent
     (a)  Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first day of each month, without further notice or demand and without offset or deduction, the monthly installments of rent specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Base Rent”).
          The Base Rent under this Paragraph 4(a) shall be adjusted, as stated below, on August 1 of each year during the Term commencing on August 1, 1998 to reflect percentage increases in the cost of living. The Consumer Price Index (U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index (all items) for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, San Francisco Bay Area (1982-1984=100), hereinafter referred to as the “Index”) published for the month immediately preceding each such adjustment date (each, an “Adjustment Index”) and the Index published for the month immediately preceding the Commencement Date of this Lease (“Base Index”) shall be compared and the percentage difference between the Adjustment Index and the Base Index shall be determined. The initial Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information shall be increased by adding to said initial Base Rent the percentage amount of said initial Base Rent equal to the percentage

2


 

difference between the Base Index and the applicable Adjustment Index; provided, however, in no event shall the initial Base Rent hereunder be increased by less than five percent (5%) or more than eight percent (8%) for any one year. When the adjusted Base Rent is determined after each adjustment date, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice indicating the amount thereof and the method of computation. If the Consumer Price Index is changed or discontinued, Landlord shall substitute an official index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or its successor or similar governmental agency as may then be in existence and shall be most nearly equivalent thereto.
          Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information to be applied toward Base Rent for the month of the Term specified in the Basic Lease Information.
     (b)  Additional Rent. During the term, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (the “Additional Rent”), in accordance with this Paragraph 4, Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Expenses (as defined below) each calendar year over Expenses in the Base Year (as specified in the Basic Lease Information). As used in this Lease, “Expenses” means all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, maintenance, management and repair of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, without limitation, all the following items:
          (1)  Taxes and Assessments. All real estate taxes and assessments, which shall include any form of tax, assessment, fee, license fee, business license fee, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency), or tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is (i) determined by the area of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, or the Rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant or by other tenants, including, but not limited to, any gross income or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of Rent and/or other sums due under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof; (iii) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project; (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties; or (v) surcharged against the parking area. Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental

3


 

agencies for such purposes as fire protection, street, sidewalk, road, utility construction and maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services which may formerly have been provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of the parties that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges due to any cause whatsoever are to be included within the definition of real property taxes for purposes of this Lease. “Taxes and assessments” shall also include legal and consultants’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce taxes, Landlord specifically reserving the right, but not the obligation, to contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes.
          (2)  Insurance. All insurance premiums for the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including premiums for “all risk” fire and extended coverage insurance, commercial general liability insurance, rent loss or abatement insurance, earthquake insurance, flood or surface water coverage, and other insurance as Landlord deems necessary in its sole discretion, and any deductibles paid under policies of any such insurance.
          (3)  Utilities. The cost of all electricity, water, gas, sewers, oil and other utilities (collectively, “Utilities”), including any surcharges imposed, serving the Premises, the Building and the Project that are not separately metered to Tenant or any other tenant, any assessments or charges for Utilities or similar purposes included within any tax bill for the Building or the Project, including without limitation, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees, and/or any similar fees or charges and any penalties (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency) related thereto, and any amounts, taxes, charges, surcharges, assessments or impositions levied, assessed or imposed upon the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or upon Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, as a result of any rationing of Utility services or restriction on Utility use affecting the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as contemplated in Paragraph 5 below (collectively, “Utility Expenses”).
          (4)  Common Area Expenses. All costs to operate, maintain, repair, replace, supervise, insure and administer the Common Areas, including supplies, materials, labor and equipment used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas, including parking areas (including, without limitation, all costs of resurfacing and restriping parking areas), signs and directories on the Building and/or the Project, landscaping (including maintenance contracts and fees payable to landscaping consultants), amenities, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, walkways, driveways, curbs, lighting systems and security services, if any, provided by Landlord for the Common Areas, and any charges, assessments, costs or fees levied by any association or entity of which the Project or any part thereof is a member or to which the Project or any part thereof is subject.

4


 

          (5)  Parking Charges. Any parking charges or other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any governmental authority or insurer in connection with the use or occupancy of the Building or the Project.
          (6)  Maintenance and Repair Costs. Except for costs which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 14(b) below, all costs to maintain, repair, and replace the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including without limitation, (i) all costs paid under maintenance, management and service agreements such as contracts for janitorial, security and refuse removal, (ii) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the roof coverings of the Building or the Project or any part thereof, (iii) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, life safety and security systems and other mechanical and electrical systems and equipment serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (collectively, the “Systems”), (iv) the cost of all cleaning and janitorial services and supplies, and (v) the cost of window glass replacement and repair.
          (7)  Life Safety Costs. All costs to install, maintain, repair and replace all life safety systems, including, without limitation, all fire alarm systems, serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (including all maintenance contracts and fees payable to life safety consultants) whether such systems are or shall be required by Landlord’s insurance carriers, Laws (as hereinafter defined) or otherwise.
          (8)  Management and Administration. All costs for management and administration of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, without limitation, a property management fee, accounting, auditing, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for clerical and supervisory employees, whether located on the Project or off-site, payroll taxes and legal and accounting costs and fees for licenses and permits related to the ownership and operation of the Project.
               Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 4(b) to the contrary, with respect to all sums payable as Additional Rent under this Paragraph 4(b) for the repair or replacement of any item or the construction of any new item in connection with the physical operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project (i.e., HVAC, roof membrane or coverings and parking area) which is a capital item the repair or replacement of which properly would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, Tenant shall be required to pay only its Percentage Share of the prorata share of the cost of the item falling due within the Term (including any Renewal Term) based upon the amortization of the same over the useful life of such item, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

5


 

     (c)  Payment of Additional Rent.
          (1) During the last month of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall submit to Tenant an estimate of monthly Additional Rent for the following calendar year, and Tenant shall pay such estimated Additional Rent on a monthly basis, in advance, on the first day of each month. Tenant shall continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change therein. By April 1 of each calendar year, Landlord shall endeavor to provide to Tenant a statement showing the actual Additional Rent due to Landlord for the prior calendar year. If the total of the monthly payments of Additional Rent that Tenant has made for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Additional Rent chargeable to Tenant for such prior calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the difference in a lump sum within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement from Landlord. Any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent for the prior calendar year shall be credited towards the Additional Rent next due.
          (2) Landlord’s then-current annual operating and capital budgets for the Building and the Project or the pertinent part thereof shall be used for purposes of calculating Tenant’s monthly payment of estimated Additional Rent for the current year, subject to adjustment as provided above. Landlord shall make the final determination of Additional Rent for the year in which this Lease terminates as soon as possible after termination of such year. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall remain liable for payment of any amount due to Landlord in excess of the estimated Additional Rent previously paid by Tenant, and, conversely, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any overpayment. Failure of Landlord to submit statements as called for herein shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent as herein provided.
          (3) With respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Building, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building, as adjusted by Landlord from time to time for a remeasurement of or changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Building, whether such changes in size are due to an addition to or a sale or conveyance of a portion of the Building or otherwise. With respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Project as a whole or to only a portion of the Project, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be, with respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Project as a whole, the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project and, with respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to only a portion of the Project, a percentage calculated by Landlord from time to time in its sole discretion and furnished to Tenant in writing, in either case as adjusted by Landlord from time to time for a remeasurement of or changes in the physical size of the Premises or the

6


 

Project, whether such changes in size are due to an addition to or a sale or conveyance of a portion of the Project or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may equitably adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) for all or part of any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Building and/or the Project or that varies with the occupancy of the Building and/or the Project. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of any Utility Expenses based upon Tenant’s use of the Utilities or similar services as reasonably estimated and determined by Landlord based upon factors such as size of the Premises and intensity of use of such Utilities by Tenant such that Tenant shall pay the portion of such charges reasonably consistent with Tenant’s use of such Utilities and similar services.
          (4) In the event the average occupancy level of the Building or the Project for the Base Year and/or any subsequent Comparison Year is not ninety percent (90%) or more of full occupancy, then the Expenses for such year shall be apportioned among the tenants by the Landlord to reflect those costs which would have occurred had the Building or the Project, as applicable, been ninety percent (90%) occupied during such year.
     (d)  General Payment Terms. The Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, including, without limitation, any late charges assessed pursuant to Paragraph 6 below and any interest assessed pursuant to Paragraph 45 below, are referred to as the “Rent”. All Rent shall be paid without deduction, offset or abatement in lawful money of the United States of America. Checks are to be made payable to Harbor Investment Partners and shall be mailed to: Dept. No. 66218, E1 Monte, California 91735-6128, or to such other person or place as Landlord may, from time to time, designate to Tenant in writing. The Rent for any fractional part of a calendar month at the commencement or termination of the Lease term shall be a prorated amount of the Rent for a full calendar month based upon a thirty (30) day month.
5. Utilities And Services
     (a) From 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (“Normal Business Hours”) (excluding legal holidays), Landlord shall furnish to the Premises electricity for lighting and operation of low-power usage office machines, water, heat and air conditioning, and elevator service. During all other hours, Landlord shall furnish such service except for heat and air conditioning. Landlord shall provide janitorial services for the Premises on weekdays (excluding legal holidays) as determined reasonably necessary by Landlord.

7


 

     (b) If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall furnish heat and air conditioning at times other than Normal Business Hours and the cost of such services as established by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent, payable concurrently with the next installment of Base Rent.
     (c) Tenant acknowledges that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may become subject to the rationing of Utility services or restrictions on Utility use as required by a public utility company, governmental agency or other similar entity having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its tenancy and occupancy hereunder shall be subject to such rationing or restrictions as may be imposed upon Landlord, Tenant, the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, and Tenant shall in no event be excused or relieved from any covenant or obligation to be kept or performed by Tenant by reason of any such rationing or restrictions. Tenant agrees to comply with energy conservation programs implemented by Landlord by reason of rationing, restrictions or Laws.
     (d) Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, injury or damage to property caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption, or failure of Utilities due to any cause whatsoever, or from failure to make any repairs or perform any maintenance. No temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations, improvements, or due to accident, strike, or conditions or other events shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage to the Premises or for any loss, damage or injury to any property therein or thereon occasioned by bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes (including, without limitation, water, steam, and/or refrigerant lines), sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands, or other similar cause in, above, upon or about the Premises, the Building, or the Project.
6. Late Charge
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment to Landlord of Rent, or other amounts due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. If any Rent or other sums due from Tenant are not received by Landlord or by Landlord’s designated agent within three (3) days after their due date, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount, plus any costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment and shall not be construed as a penalty. Landlord’s acceptance of such late charges shall not constitute a waiver

8


 

of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount or estop Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted under this Lease.
Initials: Landlord CDS            Tenant JM
7. Letter of Credit
     (a) Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the Letter of Credit described below in the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “LC Face Amount”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, which security shall be in addition to the Security Deposit provided pursuant to Paragraph 8 below; provided, however, that neither the Letter of Credit nor any Letter of Credit Proceeds (as defined below) shall be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages upon Tenant’s Default. The Letter of Credit shall be maintained in effect from the date hereof through the date that is sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date (the “LC Termination Date”). On the LC Termination Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord (other than those Letter of Credit Proceeds Landlord is entitled to retain under the terms of this Paragraph 7(a)); provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Letter of Credit Proceeds from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit and use the proceeds therefrom (the “Letter of Credit Proceeds”) or any portion thereof to cure any Default under this Lease and to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of such Default, and for any other purpose for which Landlord is entitled to use, apply or retain the Security Deposit or any portion thereof pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, it being understood that any use of the Letter of Credit Proceeds shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies set forth in Paragraph 26 below. In such event and upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the amount of the Letter of Credit Proceeds so utilized by Landlord and the particular purpose for which such amount was applied, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the full LC Face Amount. Tenant’s failure to deliver such replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s notice shall constitute a Default hereunder.
     (b) Upon the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall review Tenant’s financial statements and other information requested by Landlord regarding the prospects for Tenant’s continued business operations throughout the remainder of the Term (collectively, “Tenant’s Financials”). In the

9


 

event Tenant’s Financials are acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, then Landlord shall permit Tenant to reduce the LC Face Amount to an amount equal to six (6) months of Base Rent at the time of such reduction.
     (c) As used herein, Letter of Credit shall mean an unconditional, stand-by irrevocable letter of credit (herein referred to as the “Letter of Credit”) issued by the San Francisco office of a major national bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and otherwise satisfactory to Landlord (the “Bank”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, in the amount of the LC Face Amount, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be for a one-year term and shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof, (ii) that Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit up to the full amount thereof and the Bank will pay to Landlord the amount of such draw upon receipt by the Bank of a sight draft signed by Landlord and accompanied by a written certification from Landlord to the Bank stating either that: (A) a Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease and any applicable grace period has expired, or (B) Landlord has not received notice from the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiry date of the Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit will be renewed by the Bank for at least one (1) year beyond the relevant annual expiration date or, in the case of the last year of the Term, sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date, together with a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant has not otherwise furnished Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit as hereinafter provided; and (iii) that, in the event of Landlord’s assignment or other transfer of its interest in this Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Landlord, without recourse and without the payment of any fee or consideration, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the Bank shall confirm the same to Landlord and such assignee or transferee. In the event that the Bank shall fail to (y) notify Landlord that the Letter of Credit will be renewed for at least one (1) year beyond the then applicable expiration date, and (z) deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant shall not have otherwise delivered to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant annual expiration date, a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount required hereunder and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit as provided above, and shall hold the proceeds of such draw as Letter of Credit Proceeds pursuant to Paragraph 7(a) above.
8. Security Deposit
     Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of the Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, in addition to the Letter of Credit provided pursuant to Paragraph 7 above, the Security Deposit specified in the Basic Lease Information as security for

10


 

the full and faithful performance of each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease. Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit as may be reasonably necessary (a) to remedy any Default by Tenant under this Lease, (b) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, (c) to clean the Premises upon termination of this Lease, (d) to reimburse Landlord for the payment of any amount which Landlord may reasonably spend or be required to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default, and (e) to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s Default. Should Tenant faithfully and fully comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Term, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant or, at the option of Landlord, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on such deposit. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, within five (5) days after written demand therefor Tenant shall deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full extent of the above amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the then remaining amount of the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Security Deposit.
9. Possession
     (a)  Tenant’s Right of Possession. Subject to Paragraph 9(b), Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Premises upon commencement of the Term.
     (b)  Delay in Delivering Possession. If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees or independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord’s Agents”), be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Tenant shall not be liable for Rent until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. The Expiration Date shall be extended by the same number of days that Tenant’s possession of the Premises was delayed beyond the Estimated Commencement Date.
10. Use Of Premises
     (a)  Permitted Use. The use of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees and independent contractors (collectively, “Tenant’s Agents”) shall be solely for the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other use. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odor, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibration to

11


 

emanate from or near the Premises. The Premises shall not be used to create any nuisance or trespass, for any illegal purpose, for any purpose not permitted by Laws, for any purpose that would invalidate the insurance or increase the premiums for insurance on the Premises, the Building or the Project or for any purpose or in any manner that would interfere with other tenants’ use or occupancy of the Project. If any of Tenant’s office machines or equipment disturb any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall provide adequate insulation or take such other action as may be necessary to eliminate the noise or disturbance. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, any increases in premiums on policies resulting from Tenant’s Permitted Use or any other use or action by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents which increases Landlord’s premiums or requires additional coverage by Landlord to insure the Premises, Tenant agrees not to overload the floor(s) of the Building.
     (b)  Compliance with Governmental Regulations and Private Restrictions. Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall, at Tenant’s expense, faithfully observe and comply with (1) all municipal, state and federal laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, requirements, and orders (collectively, “Laws”), now in force or which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises, the Building or the Project; (2) all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project (“Private Restrictions”) now in force or which may hereafter be in force; and (3) any and all rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C and any other rules and regulations now or hereafter promulgated by Landlord related to parking or the operation of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project (collectively, the “Rules and Regulations”). The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such Laws or Private Restrictions, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.
     (c)  Compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and acknowledge that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may be subject to, among other Laws, the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a federal law codified at 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., including, but not limited to Title III thereof, and all regulations and guidelines related thereto, together with any and all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and statutes now or hereafter enacted by local or state agencies having jurisdiction thereof, including all requirements of Title 24 of the State of California, as the same may be in effect on the date of this Lease and may be hereafter modified, amended or supplemented (collectively, the “ADA”). Any Tenant Improvements to be constructed hereunder shall be in compliance with the requirements of the ADA, and all costs incurred for purposes of compliance therewith shall be a part of and included in the costs of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for conducting its own independent investigation of this matter and for

12


 

ensuring that the design of all Tenant Improvements strictly complies with all requirements of the ADA. Subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4 above, if any barrier removal work or other work is required to the Building, the Common Areas or the Project under the ADA, then such work shall be the responsibility of Landlord; provided, if such work is required under the ADA as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises or any work or Alteration (as hereinafter defined) made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, then such work shall be performed by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this provision, Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for fully and faithfully complying with all applicable requirements of the ADA, including without limitation, not discriminating against any disabled persons in the operation of Tenant’s business in or about the Premises, and offering or otherwise providing auxiliary aids and services as, and when, required by the ADA. Within ten (10) days after receipt, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing, and provide Landlord with copies of (as applicable), any notices alleging violation of the ADA relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project; any claims made or threatened orally or in writing regarding noncompliance with the ADA and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building, or the Project; or any governmental or regulatory actions or investigations instituted or threatened regarding noncompliance with the ADA and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall and hereby agrees to protect, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and Landlord’s Agents harmless and indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against all liabilities, damages, claims, losses, penalties, judgments, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs of court and expenses necessary in the prosecution or defense of any litigation including the enforcement of this provision) arising from or in any way related to, directly or indirectly, Tenant’s or Tenant’s Agents’ violation or alleged violation of the ADA. Tenant agrees that the obligations of Tenant herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease
11. Acceptance Of Premises
     (a) By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for Tenant’s intended use and as being in good and sanitary operating order, condition and repair, AS IS, and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition, use or occupancy which may be made thereof. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.
     (b) Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall clean the carpet and touch up the paint in the Premises. Except for the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to remodel, improve or otherwise alter the Premises prior to or after the Commencement Date.

13


 

12. Surrender
     Tenant agrees that on the last day of the Term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in good condition and repair (damage by acts of God, fire, and normal wear and tear excepted), but with all interior walls painted or cleaned so they appear painted, any carpets cleaned, all floors cleaned and waxed and all non-working light bulbs and ballasts replaced, and (b) otherwise in accordance with Paragraph 33(h). Normal wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration to the floors of the Premises arising from the use of forklifts in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, any marks or stains on any portion of the floors) any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by proper maintenance by Tenant, or Tenant otherwise performing all of its obligations under this Lease. On or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined) and Tenant’s signage from the Premises, the Building and the Project and repair any damage caused by such removal, and (ii) Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given not later than ninety (90) days prior to the Expiration Date (except in the event of a termination of this Lease prior to the scheduled Expiration Date, in which event no advance notice shall be required), require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove any or all Alterations and to repair any damage caused by such removal. Any of Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant as required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property; provided, however, that Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant. All Tenant Improvements and Alterations except those which Landlord requires Tenant to remove shall remain in the Premises as the property of Landlord. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 12 and Paragraph 33(h) below, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of Rent (as the same may be increased pursuant to Paragraph 36 below) until the Premises are so surrendered in accordance with said Paragraphs, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any loss or liability resulting from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.

14


 

13.  Alterations And Additions
     (a) Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any alteration, addition or improvement (hereinafter referred to individually as an “Alteration” and collectively as the “Alterations”) to the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion to consent or to withhold its consent to any Alteration which affects the structural portions of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the Systems serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any portion thereof.
     (b) Any Alteration to the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with all applicable Laws and all requirements requested by Landlord, including, without limitation, the requirements of any insurer providing coverage for the Premises or the Project or any part thereof, and in accordance with plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord, and shall be constructed and installed by a contractor approved in writing by Landlord. As a further condition to giving consent, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a payment and performance bond in form acceptable to Landlord, in a principal amount not less than one and one-half times the estimated costs of such Alterations, to ensure Landlord against any liability for mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens and to ensure completion of work. Before Alterations may begin, valid building permits or other permits or licenses required must be furnished to Landlord, and, once the Alterations begin, Tenant will diligently and continuously pursue their completion. Landlord may monitor construction of the Alterations and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs (including, without limitation, the costs of any construction manager retained by Landlord) in reviewing plans and documents and in monitoring construction. Tenant shall maintain during the course of construction, at its sole cost and expense, builders’ risk insurance for the amount of the completed value of the Alterations on an all-risk non-reporting form covering all improvements under construction, including building materials, and other insurance in amounts and against such risks as Landlord shall reasonably require in connection with the Alterations. In addition to and without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall ensure that its contractor(s) procure and maintain in full force and effect during the course of construction a “broad form” commercial general liability and property damage policy of insurance naming Landlord, Tenant and Landlord’s lenders as additional insureds. The minimum limit of coverage of the aforesaid policy shall be in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of one person in any one accident or occurrence and in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of more than one person in any one accident or occurrence, and shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability endorsement. Such

15


 

insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against liability for property damage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).
     (c) All Alterations, including, but not limited to, heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, fixed partitioning, drapery, wall covering and paneling, built-in cabinet work and carpeting installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises or the Building, shall at once be and become the property of Landlord, and shall not be deemed trade fixtures or Tenant’s Property.
     (d) No private telephone systems and/or other related computer or telecommunications equipment or lines may be installed without Landlord’s prior written consent. If Landlord gives such consent, all equipment must be installed within the Premises and, at the request of Landlord made at any time prior to the expiration of the Term, removed upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and the Premises restored to the same condition as before such installation.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, before installing any equipment or lights which generate an undue amount of heat in the Premises, or if Tenant plans to use any high-power usage equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall obtain the written permission of Landlord. Landlord may refuse to grant such permission unless Tenant agrees to pay the costs to Landlord for installation of supplementary air conditioning capacity or electrical systems necessitated by such equipment.
     (f) Tenant agrees not to proceed to make any Alterations, notwithstanding consent from Landlord to do so, until Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the date Tenant desires to commence construction or installation of such Alterations and Landlord has approved such date in writing, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for Tenant’s improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work.
14. Maintenance and Repairs Of Premises
     (a)  Maintenance by Tenant. Throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, subject to Paragraphs 5(a) and 14(b) hereof, (1) keep and maintain in good order and condition the Premises and Tenant’s Property, and (2) keep and maintain in good order and condition, repair and replace all of Tenant’s security systems in or about or serving the Premises. Tenant shall not do nor shall Tenant allow Tenant’s Agents to do anything to cause any damage, deterioration or unsightliness to the Premises, the Building or the Project.

16


 

     (b)  Maintenance by Landlord . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13(a), 22 and 23, and further subject to Tenant’s obligation under Paragraph 4 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the cost and expense of the following items, Landlord agrees to repair and maintain the following items: the roof coverings (provided that Tenant installs no additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings, in which event Tenant shall pay all costs resulting from the presence of such additional equipment); the Systems serving the Premises and the Building; and the Parking Areas, pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 14(a), 22 and 23, Landlord, at its own cost and expense, agrees to repair and maintain the following items: the structural portions of the roof (specifically excluding the roof coverings), the foundation, the footings, the floor slab, and the load bearing walls and exterior walls of the Building (excluding any glass and any routine maintenance, including, without limitation, any painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls). Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 14 to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to either repair or to require Tenant to repair any damage to any portion of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project caused by or created due to any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents and to restore the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as applicable, to the condition existing prior to the occurrence of such damage; provided, however, that in the event Landlord elects to perform such repair and restoration work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord’s obligation hereunder to repair and maintain is subject to the condition precedent that Landlord shall have received written notice of the need for such repairs and maintenance and a reasonable time to perform such repair and maintenance. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition known to it which Landlord is required to repair, and failure to so report such defects shall make Tenant responsible to Landlord for any liability incurred by Landlord by reason of such condition.
     (c)  Tenant’s Waiver of Rights . Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or to terminate this Lease, as provided for in California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942, and 1932(1), respectively, and any similar or successor statute or law in effect or any amendment thereof during the Term.
15. Landlord’s Insurance
     Landlord shall purchase and keep in force fire, extended coverage and “all risk” insurance covering the Building and the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all reasonable requirements pertaining to the Premises, the Building and the Project of any insurer necessary for the maintenance

17


 

of reasonable fire and commercial general liability insurance, covering the Building and the Project. Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, may maintain “Loss of Rents” insurance, insuring that the Rent will be paid in a timely manner to Landlord for a period of at least twelve (12) months if the Premises, the Building or the Project or any portion thereof are destroyed or rendered unusable or inaccessible by any cause insured against under this Lease.
16. Tenant’s Insurance
     (a)  Commercial General Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, secure and keep in force a “broad form” commercial general liability insurance and property damage policy covering the Premises, insuring Tenant, and naming Landlord and its lenders as additional insureds, against any liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises. The minimum limit of coverage of such policy shall be in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of one person in any one accident or occurrence and in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of more than one person in any one accident or occurrence, shall include an extended liability endorsement providing contractual liability coverage (which shall include coverage for Tenant’s indemnification obligations in this Lease), and shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability endorsement. Such insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against liability for property damage of at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00). Landlord may from time to time require reasonable increases in any such limits if Landlord believes that additional coverage is necessary or desirable. The limit of any insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. No policy maintained by Tenant under this Paragraph 16(a) shall contain a deductible greater than two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00). No policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, and loss payable clauses shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Such policies of insurance shall be issued as primary policies and not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry, by an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of California for the issuance of such type of insurance coverage and rated A:XIII or better in Best’s Key Rating Guide.
     (b)  Personal Property Insurance. Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect on all of its personal property, furniture, furnishings, trade or business fixtures and equipment (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) on the Premises, a policy or policies of fire and extended coverage insurance with standard coverage endorsement to the extent of the full replacement cost thereof. No such policy shall contain a deductible greater than two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00). During the term of this Lease the proceeds from any such policy or policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the fixtures and

18


 

equipment so insured. Landlord shall have no interest in the insurance upon Tenant’s equipment and fixtures and will sign all documents reasonably necessary in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss by Tenant. Landlord will not carry insurance on Tenant’s possessions.
     (c)  Worker’s Compensation Insurance; Employer’s Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect worker’s compensation insurance with not less than the minimum limits required by law, and employer’s liability insurance with a minimum limit of coverage of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
     (d)  Evidence of Coverage. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance and true and complete copies of any and all endorsements required herein for all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder at the time of execution of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of each policy, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewal or “binders” thereof. Each certificate shall expressly provide that such policies shall not be cancellable or otherwise subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and the other parties named as additional insureds as required in this Lease (except for cancellation for nonpayment of premium, in which event cancellation shall not take effect until at least ten (10) days notice has been given to Landlord).
17. Indemnification
     (a)  Of Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents against and from any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from (1) the use of the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or from any activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, and (2) any act, neglect, fault, willful misconduct or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or from any breach or default in the terms of this Lease by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, and (3) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter in items (1) or (2). If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for, waives its entire claim of recovery for and assumes all risk of (i) damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project from any cause whatsoever (except that which is caused by the sole active gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents or by the failure of Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, if such failure has persisted for an unreasonable period of

19


 

time after written notice of such failure), or (ii) loss resulting from business interruption or loss of income at the Premises. The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 17 shall survive any termination of this Lease.
     (b)  No Impairment of Insurance. The foregoing indemnity shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under any policies required to be carried by either party pursuant to this Lease, to the extent that such policies cover the peril or occurrence that results in the claim that is subject to the foregoing indemnity.
18. Subrogation
     Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any claim against the other and its Agents for any loss or damage to any of their property located on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project that is caused by or results from perils covered by property insurance carried by the respective parties, to the extent of the proceeds of such insurance actually received with respect to such loss or damage, whether or not due to the negligence of the other party or its Agents. Because the foregoing waivers will preclude the assignment of any claim by way of subrogation to an insurance company or any other person, each party now agrees to immediately give to its insurer written notice of the terms of these mutual waivers and shall have their insurance policies endorsed to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverage because of these waivers. Nothing in this Paragraph 18 shall relieve a party of liability to the other for failure to carry insurance required by this Lease.
19. Signs
     Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed in, upon, or about the Premises, the Building or the Project any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, advertisements or notices, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent or without complying with Landlord’s signage criteria, as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time, and with all applicable Laws, and will not conduct, or permit to be conducted, any sale by auction on the Premises or otherwise on the Project. Tenant shall remove any sign, advertisement or notice placed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant upon the’expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project caused thereby, all at Tenant’s expense. If any signs are not removed, or necessary repairs not made, Landlord shall have the right to remove the signs and repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

20


 

20. Free From Liens
     Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law the right but not the obligation to cause same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant upon demand. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law or that Landlord shall deem proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building and the Project, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens. Tenant shall give to Landlord at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice of commencement of any repair or construction on the Premises.
21. Entry By Landlord
     Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlord’s Agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (except in the case of an emergency, for which no notice shall be required), and subject to Tenant’s reasonable security arrangements, for the purpose of inspecting the same or showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants or to alter, improve, maintain and repair the Premises or the Building as required or permitted of Landlord under the terms hereof, or for any other business purpose, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned (except for actual damages resulting from the sole active gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord); and Tenant shall permit Landlord to post notices of non-responsibility and ordinary “for sale” or “for lease” signs. No such entry shall be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises. Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure in the case of an emergency and when Landlord otherwise deems such closure necessary.
22. Destruction And Damage
     (a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option:

21


 

          (1) In the event of total destruction (which shall mean destruction or damage in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof) of the Premises, elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention within sixty (60) days after the date (the “Casualty Discovery Date”) Landlord obtains actual knowledge of such destruction. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such total destruction.
          (2) In the event of a partial destruction (which shall mean destruction or damage to an extent not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof) of the Premises for which Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost to repair and restore such partial destruction and, if the damage thereto is such that the Premises may be substantially repaired or restored to its condition existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction within one hundred eighty (180) days from the Casualty Discovery Date, Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair and restoration, in which event the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If such repair and restoration requires longer than one hundred eighty (180) days or if the insurance proceeds therefor (plus any amounts Tenant may elect or is obligated to contribute) are not sufficient to cover the cost of such repair and restoration, Landlord may elect either to so repair and restore, in which event the Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or not to repair or restore, in which event the Lease shall terminate. In either case, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such partial destruction.
          (3) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, in the event of damage to the Premises occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice of such election given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Casualty Discovery Date.
     (b) If the Premises are damaged by any peril not covered by extended coverage insurance, and the cost to repair such damage exceeds any amount Tenant may agree to contribute, Landlord may elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date on which Tenant surrenders possession of the

22


 

Premises to Landlord, except that if the damage to the Premises materially impairs Tenant’s ability to continue its business operations in the Premises, then this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date such damage occurred.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 22, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, exercisable by notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, in each of the following instances:
          (1) If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value of the Building or the Project is damaged or destroyed, regardless of whether or not the Premises are destroyed.
          (2) If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed and the repair and restoration of such damage requires longer than one hundred eighty (180) days from the Casualty Discovery Date.
          (3) If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed and the insurance proceeds therefor are not sufficient to cover the costs of repair and restoration.
          (4) If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) months of the Term.
     (d) In the event of repair and restoration as herein provided, the monthly installments of Base Rent shall be abated proportionately in the ratio which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair or restoration, but only to the extent of rental abatement insurance proceeds received by Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to such abatement to the extent that such damage or destruction resulted from the acts or inaction of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Base Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the repair or restoration thereof, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair or restoration.
     (e) If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall repair or restore only the initial tenant improvements, if any, constructed by Landlord in the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease, substantially to their condition existing immediately prior to the occurrence of the

23


 

damage or destruction; and Tenant shall promptly repair and restore, at Tenant’s expense, Tenant’s Alterations which were not constructed by Landlord.
     (f) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(2) and Section 1933(4) which permit termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased premises, and the provisions of any similar law now or hereinafter in effect, and the provisions of this Paragraph 22 shall govern exclusively in case of such destruction.
23. Condemnation
     (a) If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of either the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful governmental power or authority, by exercise of the right of appropriation, inverse condemnation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking (each such event being referred to as a “Condemnation”), Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in the condemning party. If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is taken and if the Premises remaining after such Condemnation and any repairs by Landlord would be untenantable for the conduct of Tenant’s business operations, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in the condemning party. If either party elects to terminate this Lease as provided herein, such election shall be made by written notice to the other party given within thirty (30) days after the nature and extent of such Condemnation have been finally determined. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease to the extent permitted above, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, to the extent of any Condemnation award received by Landlord, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to such Condemnation, allowing for the reasonable effects of such Condemnation, arid a proportionate abatement shall be made to the Base Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the portion of the floor area of the Premises (adjusted for any increase thereto resulting from any reconstruction) of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such Condemnation and restoration, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Base Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any Condemnation or the repair or restoration of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project following such Condemnation, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the parking areas and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Condemnation, repair or restoration. The provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure

24


 

Section 1265.130, which allows either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate the Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project, and any other applicable law now or hereafter enacted, are hereby waived by Tenant.
     (b) Landlord shall be entitled to any and all compensation, damages, income, rent, awards, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with any Condemnation, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or otherwise; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award separately allocated by the condemning authority to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses or the value of Tenant’s Property (specifically excluding fixtures, Alterations and other components of the Premises which under this Lease or by law are or at the expiration of the Term will become the property of Landlord), provided that such award does not reduce any award otherwise allocable or payable to Landlord.
24. Assignment And Subletting
     (a) Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (1) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (2) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably provided that (i) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder, and (ii) except for a Limited Sublease (as hereinafter defined), Tenant has not previously assigned or transferred this Lease or any interest herein or subleased the Premises or any part thereof. When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such assignment or subletting, it shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and shall provide current and prior financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions thereof. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within thirty (30) days of receipt of the foregoing, to (1) terminate this Lease as of the commencement date stated in the proposed sublease or assignment (provided that Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease under this clause (1) in the event of a Limited Sublease), (2) sublease or take an assignment, as the case may be, from Tenant of the interest, or any portion thereof, in this Lease arid/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease, on the same terms and conditions as stated in the proposed sublet or assignment agreement, (3) consent to

25


 

the proposed assignment or sublease, or (4) refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, providing that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease or sublease or take an assignment from Tenant of the interest, or portion thereof, in the Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease as provided in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), respectively, then Landlord shall have the additional right to negotiate directly with Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant and to enter into a direct lease or occupancy agreement with such party on such terms as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any claims against Landlord related thereto, including, without limitation, any claims for any compensation or profit related to such lease or occupancy agreement.
     (b) Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be entitled to consider all reasonable criteria including, but not limited to, the following: (1) whether or not the proposed subtenant or assignee is engaged in a business which, and the use of the Premises will be in an manner which, is in keeping with the then character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, (2) whether the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee will conflict with any so-called “exclusive” use then in favor of any other tenant of the Building or the Project, and whether such use would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any rules and regulations then in effect, or under applicable Laws, and whether such use imposes a greater load upon the Premises and the Building and Project services then imposed by Tenant, (3) the business reputation of the proposed individuals who will be managing and operating the business operations of the assignee or subtenant, and the long-term financial and competitive business prospects of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and (4) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the proposed assignee or subtenant in light of the responsibilities involved. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if (i) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of Paragraph 10(a) or (b) above or with any other lease which restricts the use to which any space in the Building or the Project may be put, or (ii) the proposed assignment or sublease requires alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or portions thereof.
     (c) If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference, if any, between (1) the Base Rent plus Additional Rent allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such assignment or sublease pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (2) the rent and any additional rent payable by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant, less reasonable legal fees (not to exceed the sum of five thousand dollars

26


 

($5,000.00) and reasonable and customary market-based leasing commissions, if any, incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord’s prior written consent, and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease with respect to the payment of Rent. In the event that, notwithstanding the giving of such notice, Tenant collects any rent or other sums from the assignee or subtenant, then Tenant shall hold such sums in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall immediately forward the same to Landlord. Landlord’s collection of such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant. A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use shall not be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease.
     (d) Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether Landlord’s ‘ approval has been obtained for any such assignment or subletting).
     (e) Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable fees (including, without limitation, the fees of Landlord’s counsel), incurred in connection with Landlord’s review and processing of documents regarding any proposed assignment or sublease.
     (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event Landlord consents to an assignment or subletting (including, without limitation, a Limited Sublease) by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 24, Tenant’s assignee or subtenant shall have no right to further assign this Lease or any interest therein or thereunder or to further sublease all or any portion of the Premises. In furtherance of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any assignee or subtenant claiming under it (and any such assignee or subtenant by accepting such assignment or sublease shall be deemed to acknowledge and agree) that no sub-subleases or further assignments of this Lease shall be permitted at any time.
     (g) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 24 on Tenant’s ability to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any

27


 

other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time that the Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof.
     (h) Notwithstanding anything in Paragraph 24(a) above to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right with the consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, to sublet up to three thousand rentable square feet (3,000) of the Premises for a term commencing not later than the first (1st) anniversary of the Commencement Date and expiring not later than the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Limited Sublease”). Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Paragraph 24, the Limited Sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 24.
25. Tenant’s Default
     The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant (“Default”):
     (a) The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant for a period of ten (10) consecutive days or any vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant which would cause any insurance policy to be invalidated or otherwise lapse, or the failure of Tenant to continuously operate Tenant’s business in the Premises, in each of the foregoing cases irrespective of whether or not Tenant is then in monetary default under this Lease. Tenant agrees to notice and service of notice as provided for in this Lease and waives any right to any other or further notice or service of notice which Tenant may have under any statute or law now or hereafter in effect;
     (b) Failure to pay any installment of Rent or any other monies due and payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of three (3) days after the same is due;
     (c) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (collectively, “Guarantor”) for the benefit of creditors;
     (d) The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant or any Guarantor, the filing by Tenant or any Guarantor of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing by or against Tenant or any Guarantor of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition

28


 

by the creditors of Tenant or any Guarantor, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days;
     (e) Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises, such attachment or other seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days after the levy thereof;
     (f) Death or disability of Tenant or any Guarantor, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a natural person, or the failure by Tenant or any Guarantor to maintain its legal existence, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity;
     (g) Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord any estoppel certificate, subordination agreement, or lease amendment within the time periods and in the manner required by Paragraphs 31 or 32 or 42;
     (h) An assignment or sublease, or attempted assignment or sublease, of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant contrary to the provision of Paragraph 24, unless such assignment or sublease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant having received Landlord’s consent thereto;
     (i) Failure of Tenant to restore the Letter of Credit or the Security Deposit to the amount and within the time period provided in Paragraph 7 or Paragraph 8, respectively, above;
     (j) Failure in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as events of Default in subparagraphs (b), (1) or (m) above or any other subparagraphs of this Paragraph 25, which shall be governed by such other Paragraphs), which failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such ten (10) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subparagraph so long as Tenant thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the cure to completion and actually completes such cure within thirty (30) days after the giving of the aforesaid written notice;
     (k) Chronic delinquency by Tenant in the payment of Rent, or any other periodic payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease. “Chronic delinquency” shall mean failure by Tenant to pay Rent, or any other payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease within three (3) days after written notice thereof for any three (3) months (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any period of twelve (12) months. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency, in addition to Landlord’s other remedies for Default provided in this Lease, at Landlord’s

29


 

option, Landlord shall have the right to require that Rent be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance;
     (1) Chronic overuse by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of the number of undesignated parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information. “Chronic Overuse” shall mean use by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of a number of parking spaces greater than the number of parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information more than three (3) times during the Term after written notice by Landlord;
     (m) Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or be reduced or materially changed, except as permitted in this Lease; and
     (n) Any failure by Tenant to discharge any lien or encumbrance placed on the Project or any part thereof in violation of this Lease within ten (10) days after the date such lien or encumbrance is filed or recorded against the Project or any part thereof.
     Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 25(j), (k) or (l) above shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.
26. Landlord’s Remedies
     (a)  Termination. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:
          (1) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which have been earned at the time of such termination; plus
          (2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
          (3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable for the balance of the term of this Lease

30


 

after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
          (4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, (A) any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord (1) in retaking possession of the Premises; (2) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering, remodeling or rehabilitating the Premises or any affected portions of the Building or the Project, including such actions undertaken in connection with the reletting or attempted reletting of the Premises to a new tenant or tenants; (3) for leasing commissions, advertising costs and other expenses of reletting the Premises; or (4) in carrying the Premises, including taxes, insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions; (B) any unearned brokerage commissions paid in connection with this Lease; (C) reimbursement of any previously waived or abated Base Rent or Additional Rent or any free rent or reduced rental rate granted hereunder; and (D) any concession made or paid by Landlord to the benefit of Tenant in consideration of this Lease including, but not limited to, any moving allowances, contributions, payments or loans by Landlord for tenant improvements or build-out allowances (including without limitation, any unamortized portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (such Tenant Improvement Allowance to be amortized over the Term in the manner reasonably determined by Landlord), if any, and any outstanding balance (principal and accrued interest) of the Tenant Improvement Loan, if any), or assumptions by Landlord of any of Tenant’s previous lease obligations; plus
          (5) such reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default, and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedy; and plus
          (6) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.
As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1 %). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other pertinent present or future Law, in the event Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of Tenant hereunder.

31


 

     (b)  Continuation of Lease. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 26(b), the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:
          (1) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to, alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements and/or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or
          (2) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.
     (c)  Re-entry. In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, in compliance with applicable law, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.
     (d)  Reletting. In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter as provided in Paragraph 26(c) or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph 26(a), Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises in Landlord’s sole discretion. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedies; (2) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (3) to the payment of any costs of such reletting; (4) to the payment of the costs of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (5) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (6) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the payment of Rent hereunder, be less than

32


 

the Rent payable during the month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting.
     (e)  Termination. No re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 26 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.
     (f)  Cumulative Remedies. The remedies herein provided are not exclusive and Landlord shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or by law or in equity.
     (g)  No Surrender. No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by Landlord of surrender by Tenant shall only flow from and must be evidenced by a written acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects in writing that such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing subleases, or Landlord may, at its option, elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger terminating Tenant’s estate under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such subleases by notifying the sublessee of its election so to do within five (5) days after such surrender.
27. Landlord’s Right To Perform Tenant’s Obligations
     (a) Without limiting the rights and remedies of Landlord contained in Paragraph 26 above, if Tenant shall be in Default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions to be performed or complied with by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, then Landlord may at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant perform any such term, provision, covenant, or condition, or make any such payment and Landlord by reason of so doing shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage thereby sustained by Tenant or anyone holding under or through Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents.

33


 

     (b) Without limiting the rights of Landlord under Paragraph 27(a) above, Landlord shall have the right at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, to perform any of Tenant’s covenants or obligations under this Lease without notice to Tenant in the case of an emergency, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute judgment, or if Landlord otherwise determines in its sole discretion that such performance is necessary or desirable for the proper management and operation of the Building or the Project or for the preservation of the rights and interests or safety of other tenants of the Building or the Project.
     (c) If Landlord performs any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in accordance with this Paragraph 27, the full amount of the cost and expense incurred or the payment so made or the amount of the loss so sustained shall immediately be owing by Tenant to Landlord, and Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, the full amount thereof with interest thereon from the date of payment by Landlord at the lower of (1) ten percent (10%) per annum, or (2) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.
28. Attorney’s Fees
     (a) If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Lease shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.
     (b) Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 27(a) above, if Landlord utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any Rent due and unpaid by Tenant or in connection with any other breach of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord actual attorneys’ fees as determined by Landlord for such services, regardless of the fact that no legal action may be commenced or filed by Landlord.
29. Taxes
     Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes levied against Tenant’s Property. If any Alteration installed by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 13 or any of Tenant’s Property is assessed and taxed with the Project or

34


 

Building, Tenant shall pay such taxes to Landlord within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant of a statement therefor.
30. Effect Of Conveyance
     The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease means, from time to time, the then current owner of the Building or the Project containing the Premises, so that, in the event of any sale of the Building or the Project, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at any such sale, that the purchaser of the Building or the Project has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.
31. Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate
     From time to time, upon written request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or its designee, a written certificate stating (a) the date this Lease was executed, the Commencement Date of the Term and the date the Term expires; (b) the date Tenant entered into occupancy of the Premises; (c) the amount of Rent and the date to which such Rent has been paid; (d) that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or, if assigned, modified, supplemented or amended, specifying the date and terms of any agreement so affecting this Lease); (e) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to Tenant’s right to use and occupy the Premises (or specifying such other agreements, if any); (f) that all obligations under this Lease to be performed by Landlord as of the date of such certificate have been satisfied (or specifying those as to which Tenant claims that Landlord has yet to perform); (g) that all required contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s improvements have been received (or stating exceptions thereto); (h) that on such date there exist no defenses or offsets that Tenant has against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord (or stating exceptions thereto); (i) that no Rent or other sum payable by Tenant hereunder has been paid more than one (1) month in advance (or stating exceptions thereto); (j) that security has been deposited with Landlord, stating the original amount thereof and any increases thereto; and (k) any other matters evidencing the status of this Lease that may be required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by a deed of trust covering the Building or the Project or by a purchaser of the Building or the Project. Any such certificate delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 31 may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord’s interest or a mortgagee of Landlord’s interest or assignee of any mortgage upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises. If Tenant shall fail to provide such certificate within ten (10) days of receipt by Tenant of a written request by Landlord as herein provided, such failure shall, at Landlord’s election,

35


 

constitute a Default under this Lease, and Tenant shall be deemed to have given such certificate as above provided without modification and shall be deemed to have admitted the accuracy of any information supplied by Landlord to a prospective purchaser or mortgagee.
32. Subordination
     Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and remain subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and ground leases, if any (“Encumbrances”) that are now or may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided only, that in the event of termination of any such ground lease or upon the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, so long as Tenant is not in default, the holder thereof (“Holder”) shall agree to recognize Tenant’s rights under this Lease as long as Tenant shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all the provisions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all reasonable documents required by Landlord or the Holder to effectuate such subordination. If Tenant fails to do so, such failure shall constitute a Default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Paragraph 32, Tenant hereby attorns and agrees to attorn to any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring the Premises at any sale or other proceeding or pursuant to the exercise of any other rights, powers or remedies under such Encumbrance.
33. Environmental Covenants
     (a) Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has completed, executed and delivered to Landlord a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (“Initial Disclosure Certificate”), a fully completed copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information on the Initial Disclosure Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the Hazardous Materials which will be manufactured, treated, used or stored on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Tenant shall, on each anniversary of the Commencement Date and at such other times as Tenant desires to manufacture, treat, use or store on or about the Premises new or additional Hazardous Materials which were not listed on the Initial Disclosure Certificate, complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an updated Disclosure Certificate (each, an “Updated Disclosure Certificate”) describing Tenant’s then current and proposed future uses of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, which Updated Disclosure Certificates shall be in the

36


 

same format as that which is set forth in Exhibit D or in such updated format as Landlord may require from time to time. Tenant shall deliver an Updated Disclosure Certificate to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date Tenant intends to commence the manufacture, treatment, use or storage of new or additional Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to approve or disapprove such new or additional Hazardous Materials in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall make no use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises except as described in the Initial Disclosure Certificate or as otherwise approved by Landlord in writing in accordance with this Paragraph 33(a).
     (b) As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean and include any substance that is or contains (1) any “hazardous substance” as now or hereafter defined in § 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”) (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (2) any “hazardous waste” as now or hereafter defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”) (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under RCRA; (3) any substance now or hereafter regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (“TSCA”) (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (4) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (5) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (6) polychlorinated biphenyls; (7) lead and lead-containing materials; or (8) any additional substance, material or waste (A) the presence of which on or about the Premises (i) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under any Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) causes or threatens to cause a nuisance on the Premises or any adjacent area or property or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any adjacent area or property, or (iii) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises, could constitute a trespass, or . (B) which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Laws.
     (c) As used in this Lease, the term “Environmental Laws” shall mean and include (1) CERCLA, RCRA and TSCA; and (2) any other federal, state or local laws, ordinances, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees now or hereinafter in effect relating to (A) pollution, (B) the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, (C) the treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (D) the emission, discharge, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials into the environment.
     (d) Tenant agrees that during its use and occupancy of the Premises it will (1) not (A) permit Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s

37


 

business or (B) release, discharge or dispose of any Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project; (2) comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the Premises and the use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises and not engage in or permit others to engage in any activity at the Premises in violation of any Environmental Laws; and (3) immediately notify Landlord of (A) any inquiry, test, investigation or enforcement proceeding by any governmental agency or authority against Tenant, Landlord or the Premises, Building or Project relating to any Hazardous Materials or under any Environmental Laws or (B) the occurrence of any event or existence of any condition that would cause a breach of any of the covenants set forth in this Paragraph 33.
     (e) If Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project, Tenant agrees to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with (1) the requirements of (A) all Environmental Laws and (B) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Environmental Laws; and (2) any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project.
     (f) Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may inspect the Premises and surrounding areas for the purpose of determining whether there exists on or about the Premises any Hazardous Material or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws. Such inspections may include, but are not limited to, entering the Premises or adjacent property with drill rigs or other machinery for the purpose of obtaining laboratory samples. Landlord shall not be limited in the number of such inspections during the Term of this Lease. In the event (1) such inspections reveal the presence of any such Hazardous Material or other condition or activity in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws, or (2) Tenant or its Agents contribute or knowingly consent to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, through or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or exacerbate the condition of or the conditions caused by any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, through or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such inspections within ten (10) days of receipt of a written statement therefor. Tenant will supply to Landlord such historical and operational information regarding the Premises and surrounding areas as may be reasonably requested to facilitate any such inspection and will make available for meetings appropriate personnel having knowledge of such matters. Tenant agrees to give Landlord at least sixty (60) days’ prior notice of its intention to vacate the Premises so that Landlord will have an opportunity to perform such an inspection prior to such vacation. The right granted to Landlord herein to perform inspections

38


 

shall not create a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant’s use, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.
     (g) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, prior or subsequent to a Default, without in any way limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to enter upon the Premises, or to take such other actions as it deems necessary or advisable, to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate any Hazardous Materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials present on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or under any Environmental Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right, at its election, in its own name or as Tenant’s agent, to negotiate, defend, approve and appeal, at Tenant’s expense, any action taken or order issued by any governmental agency or authority with regard to any such Hazardous Materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of the rights set forth in this Paragraph 33 shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.
     (h) Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of debris, waste or Hazardous Materials placed on, about or near the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents and, to the extent of any such debris, waste or Hazardous Materials, in a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws and any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, the obtaining of any closure permits or other governmental permits or approvals related to Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 33 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If it is determined by Landlord that the condition of all or any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project is not in compliance with the provisions of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then at Landlord’s sole option, Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed as of the Commencement Date and prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials except for normal wear and tear, including, without limitation, the conduct or performance of any closures as required by any Environmental Laws. The burden of proof hereunder shall be upon Tenant. For purposes hereof, the term “normal wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project in any manner whatsoever related to directly, or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any

39


 

such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 36 of this Lease.
     (i) Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, losses (including, without limitation, loss in value of the Premises, the Building or the Project, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees)) sustained by Landlord attributable to (1) any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (2) Tenant’s breach of any provision of this Paragraph 33.
     (j) The provisions of this Paragraph 33 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
34. Notices
     All notices and demands which are required or may be permitted to be given to either party by the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified, or by personal delivery or overnight courier, addressed to the addressee at Tenant’s Address or Landlord’s Address as specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place as either party may from time to time designate in a notice to the other party given as provided herein. Copies of all notices and demands given to Landlord shall additionally be sent to Landlord’s property manager at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or at such other address as Landlord may specify in writing from time to time. Notice shall be deemed given upon actual receipt (or attempted delivery if delivery is refused ), if personally delivered, or one (1) business day following deposit with a reputable overnight courier that provides a receipt, or on the third (3rd) day following deposit in the United States mail in the manner described above.
35. Waiver
     The waiver of any breach of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord in regard to any Default by Tenant shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver by Landlord of any Default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other Default concerning the same or any other provisions of this Lease.

40


 

36. Holding Over
     Any holding over after the expiration of the Term, without the express written consent of Landlord, shall constitute a Default and, without limiting Landlord’s remedies provided in this Lease, such holding over shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance, at a rental rate of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent last due in this Lease, plus Additional Rent, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable; provided, however, in no event shall any renewal or expansion option or other similar right or option contained in this Lease be deemed applicable to any such tenancy at sufferance. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and in accordance with the provisions of Paragraphs 12 and 33(h), Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any loss or liability resulting from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.
37. Successors And Assigns
     The terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto. If Tenant shall consist of more than one entity or person, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.
38. Time
     Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and every term, condition and provision herein.
39. Brokers
     Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except the Broker(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information in the negotiating or making of this Lease, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with this Lease as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be responsible for a commission payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the

41


 

execution of this Lease pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee payable to Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Lease or the subject matter hereof.
40. Limitation Of Liability
     Tenant agrees that, in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms of the Lease to be observed and performed by Landlord (1) Tenant shall look solely to the then-current landlord’s interest in the Building for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord; (2) no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, investment advisors, or any successor in interest of any of them (collectively, the “Landlord Parties”) shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies; (3) no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against the Landlord Parties; and (4) no judgment will be taken against the Landlord Parties. The provisions of this section shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.
41. Financial Statements
     Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the then current financial statements of Tenant (including interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available), prepared or compiled by a certified public accountant, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
42. Rules And Regulations
     Tenant agrees to comply with such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may adopt from time to time for the orderly and proper operation of the Building and the Project. Such rules may include but shall not be limited to the following: (a) restriction of employee parking to a limited, designated area or areas; and (b) regulation of the removal, storage and disposal of Tenant’s refuse and other rubbish at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. The then current rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of any other person to observe and abide by any of said rules and regulations. Landlord’s current rules and regulations are attached to this Lease as Exhibit C.

42


 

43. Mortgagee Protection
     (a)  Modifications for Lender. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to such modifications, provided such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
     (b)  Rights to Cure. Tenant agrees to give to any trust deed or mortgage holder (“Holder”), by registered mail, at the same time as it is given to Landlord, a copy of any notice of default given to Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing, (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an additional twenty (20) days after expiration of such period, or after receipt of such notice from Tenant (if such notice to the Holder is required by this Paragraph 43(b)), whichever shall last occur within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such twenty (20) days, any Holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated.
44. Entire Agreement
     This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein by this reference, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties, not embodied herein or therein, shall be of any force and effect.
45. Interest
     Any installment of Rent and any other sum due from Tenant under this Lease which is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days from when the same is due shall bear interest from the date such payment was originally due under this Lease until paid at an annual rate equal to the maximum rate of interest permitted by law. Payment of such, interest shall not excuse or cure any Default by Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall pay all costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in collection of such amounts.

43


 

46. Construction
     This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The parties acknowledge and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto. All captions in this Lease are for reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa. If any provision of this Lease shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of this Lease and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
47. Representations And Warranties Of Tenant
     Tenant hereby makes the following representations and warranties, each of which is material and being relied upon by Landlord, is true in all respects as of the date of this Lease, and shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.
     (a) If Tenant is an entity, Tenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant have the full right and authority to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant and to bind Tenant without the consent or approval of any other person or entity. Tenant has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Lease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     (b) Tenant has not (1) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (2) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by any creditors, (3) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (4) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (5) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (6) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.
48. Security
     (a) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, while Landlord may engage security personnel to patrol the Building or the Project, Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project and that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred

44


 

by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project.
     (b) Tenant hereby agrees to the exercise by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents, within their sole discretion, of such security measures as, but not limited to, the evacuation of the Premises, the Building or the Project for cause, suspected cause or for drill purposes, the denial of any access to the Premises, the Building or the Project and other similarly related actions that it deems necessary to prevent any threat of property damage or bodily injury. The exercise of such security measures by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents, and the resulting interruption of service and cessation of Tenant’s business, if any, shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, or render Landlord or Landlord’s Agents liable to Tenant for any resulting damages or relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
49. Jury Trial Waiver
     Tenant hereby waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding (i) brought by Landlord, Tenant or any other party, relating to (A) this Lease and/or any understandings or prior dealings between the parties hereto, or (B) the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or (ii) to which Landlord is a party. Tenant hereby agrees that this Lease constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury pursuant to the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631, and Tenant does hereby constitute and appoint Landlord its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, and Tenant does hereby authorize and empower Landlord, in the name, place and stead of Tenant, to file this Lease with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a statutory written consent to waiver of trial by jury.
     Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.

45


 

                             
Landlord:       Tenant:    
 
                           
Harbor Investment Partners,       Financial Engines, Inc.,    
a California general partnership       a California corporation    
 
                           
By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,                
    a Connecticut corporation,
General Partner
               
 
                  By:
Print Name:
  /s/ Jeff Maggioncalda
 
Jeff Maggioncalda
   
    By:   Allegis Realty Investors llc ,       Its:   President CEO    
        Its Investment Advisor and Agent                
 
                           
 
                  By:        
 
      By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin       Print Name:  
 
   
 
         
 
     Cynthia Stevenin
      Its:  
 
   
 
               Vice President          
 
   

46


 

EXHIBIT A
(FLOOR PLAN)

 


 

Exhibit B
     
Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum
 
   
Landlord:
  Harbor Investment Partners
 
   
Tenant:
  Financial Engines, Inc.
 
   
Lease Date:
  July 14, 1997
 
   
Premises:
  Located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94303
     Tenant hereby accepts the Premises as being in the condition required under the Lease, with all Tenant Improvements completed (except for minor punchlist items which Landlord agrees to complete).
     The Commencement Date of the Lease is hereby established as                      , 1997 and the Expiration Date is                           , ___.
         
Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeff Maggioncalda    
    Print Name:   JEFF MAGGIONCALDA   
    Its:   PRESIDENT   
 
Approved and Agreed:
LandLord:
Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
  Its: _______________________________    
 
 
 
   

B-1


 

Exhibit C
Rules And Regulations
     This exhibit, entitled “Rules and Regulations,” is and shall constitute Exhibit C to the Lease Agreement, dated as of the Lease Date, by and between landlord and Tenant for the Premises. The terms and conditions of this Exhibit C are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Exhibit C have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
     1. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the consent of Landlord.
     2. All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the building require the prior written approval of Landlord.
     3. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Premises, except to the extent that Tenant is permitted to use the same under the terms of Paragraph 33 of the Lease.
     4. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.
     5. Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys without the prior consent of Landlord.
     6. Tenant shall park motor vehicles in parking areas designated by Landlord except for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow around the Building or the Project and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. Tenant shall not park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.
     7. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any tenant or other occupant of the Building or Project and shall cooperate to prevent same.
     8. No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.
     9. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or other tenants, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or in

C-1


 

noise-dampening housing or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
     10. All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises of Tenant shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight.
     11. Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking areas of the Project or on streets adjacent thereto.
     12. Forklifts which operate on asphalt paving areas shall not have solid rubber tires and shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.
     13. Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.
     14. Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods or merchandise in or around the common areas surrounding the Premises. No displays or sales of merchandise shall be allowed in the parking lots or other common areas.
     15. Tenant shall not permit any animals, including but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or any of the common areas.
Initials:
Tenant: JM
Landlord: CDC

C-2


 

Exhibit D
Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate
     Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. Initially, the information provided by you in this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is necessary for the Landlord to evaluate your proposed uses of the premises (the “Premises”) and to determine whether to enter into a lease agreement with you as tenant. If a lease agreement is signed by you and the Landlord (the “Lease Agreement”), on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this certificate. Any questions regarding this certificate should be directed to, and when completed, the certificate should be delivered to:
  Landlord:    Harbor Investment Partners
c/o Allegis Realty Investors LLC
455 Market, Suite 1540
San Francisco, California 94105
Attention: Cynthia Stevenin
Phone: (415) 538-4800
     Name of (Prospective) Tenant: Financial Engines, Inc.
Mailing Address: 1961 Laudingo Drive Mountain View, CA 94043
Contact Person, Title and Telephone Number(s): Tara Raydar, Operations and Resource Manager 415-962-1887 x 16
Contact Person for Hazardous Waste Materials Management and Manifests and Telephone Number(s): Same
Address of (Prospective) Premises: 1804 Embarcadero Rd. Palo Alto CA 94303
Length of (Prospective) initial Term: 60 months
D-l

 


 

1.   GENERAL INFORMATION:
     Describe the proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled, and services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted. Existing tenants should describe any proposed changes to on-going operations.
     Financial planning software
(non-manufacturing)
2.   USE, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
  2.1   Will any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises? Existing tenants should describe any Hazardous Materials, which continue to be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises.
         
Wastes
  Yes  o   No  þ
Chemical Products
  Yes  o   No  þ
Other
  Yes  o   No  þ
    If Yes is marked, please explain:
 

 

 
2.2   If Yes is marked in Section 2.1, attach a list of any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises, including the applicable hazard class and an estimate of the quantities of such Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises at any given time; estimated annual throughput; the proposed location(s) and method of storage (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws, as hereinafter defined); and the proposed location(s) and method(s) of treatment or disposal for each Hazardous Material, including, the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors. Existing tenants should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and such list should include actual data from on-going operations and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate.
D-2

 


 

3.   STORAGE TANKS AND SUMPS
  3.1   Is any above or below ground storage or treatment of gasoline, diesel, petroleum, or other Hazardous Materials in tanks or sumps proposed in, on or about the Premises? Existing tenants should describe any such actual or proposed activities.
 
      Yes  o      No  þ
 
      If yes, please explain:
 

 

 
4.   WASTE MANAGEMENT
  4.1   Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number? Existing tenants should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.
 
      Yes  o      No  þ
 
  4.2   Has your company filed a biennial or quarterly reports as a hazardous waste generator? Existing tenants should describe any new reports filed.

Yes  o      No  þ
 
      If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.
5.   WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISCHARGE
  5.1   Will your company discharge wastewater or other wastes to:
     
o  storm drain?
  o  sewer?
o  surface water?
  þ  no wastewater or other wastes discharged.
      Existing tenants should indicate any actual discharges. If so, describe the nature of any proposed or actual discharge(s).

 

 
D-3

 


 

  5.2   Will any such wastewater or waste be treated before discharge?
 
      Yes  o      No  þ
 
      If yes, describe the type of treatment proposed to be conducted. Existing tenants should describe the actual treatment conducted.

 

 
6.   AIR DISCHARGES
  6.1   Do you plan for any air filtration systems or stacks to be used in your company’s operations in, on or about the Premises that will discharge into the air; and will such air emissions be monitored? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any such air filtration systems or stacks in use in, on or about the Premises which discharge into the air and whether such air emissions are being monitored.
 
      Yes  o      No  þ
 
      If yes, please describe:
 

 

 
 
  6.2   Do you propose to operate any of the following types of equipment, or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? Existing tenants should specify any such equipment being operated in, on or about the Premises.
     
o  Spray booth(s)
  o  Incinerator(s)
o  Dip tank(s)
  o  Other (Please describe)
o  Drying oven(s)
  þ  No Equipment Requiring Air Permits
      If yes, please describe:
 

 

 
D-4

 


 

  6.3   Please describe (and submit copies of with this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate) any reports you have filed in the past [thirty-six] months with any governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or authorities related to air discharges or clean air requirements and any such reports which have been issued during such period by any such agencies or authorities with respect to you or your business operations.
7.   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES
  7.1   Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Materials management plan (“Management Plan”) or Hazardous Materials Business Plan and Inventory (“Business Plan”) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not a Management Plan is required and has been prepared.
 
      Yes  o      No  þ
 
      If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan or Business Plan. Existing tenants should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan or Business Plan.
 
  7.2   Are any of the Hazardous Materials, and in particular chemicals, proposed to be used in your operations in, on or about the Premises listed or regulated under Proposition 65? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any new Hazardous Materials being so used which are listed or regulated under Proposition 65.
 
      Yes  o      No  þ
 
      If yes, please explain:
 

 

 
D-5

 


 

8.   ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND COMPLAINTS
  8.1   With respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees or has your company received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not any such actions, orders or decrees have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received.
 
      Yes  o           No  þ
 
      If yes, describe the actions, orders or decrees and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions, orders or decrees and also describe any requests, notices or demands, and attach a copy of all such documents. Existing tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement.
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
  8.2   Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against your company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?
 
      Yes  o           No  þ
 
      If yes, describe any such lawsuits and attach copies of the complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other documents related thereto as requested by Landlord. Existing tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other related documents not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement.
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

D-6


 

  8.3   Have there been any problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at your company’s current facility with regard to environmental or health and safety concerns? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there have been any such problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at, about or near the Premises and the current status of any such problems or complaints.
 
      Yes  o            No  þ
 
      If yes, please describe. Existing tenants should describe any such problems or complaints not already disclosed to Landlord under the provisions of the signed Lease Agreement and the current status of any such problems or complaints.
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
9.   PERMITS AND LICENSES
  9.1   Attach copies of all permits and licenses issued to your company with respect to its proposed operations in, on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, any Hazardous Materials permits, wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals. Existing tenants should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued.
     As used herein, “Hazardous Materials” shall mean and include any substance that is or contains (a) any “hazardous substance” as now or hereafter defined in § 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”) (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (b) any “hazardous waste” as now or hereafter defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”) (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under RCRA; (c) any substance now or hereafter regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (“TSCA”) (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (d) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (e) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (f) polychlorinated biphenyls; (g) lead and lead-containing materials; or (h) any additional substance, material or waste (A) the presence of which on or about the Premises (i) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under any Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) causes or threatens to cause a nuisance on the Premises or any adjacent property or poses or

D-7


 

threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any adjacent property, or (iii) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises, could constitute a trespass, or (B) which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Laws; and “Environmental Laws” shall mean and include (a) CERCLA, RCRA and TSCA; and (b) any other federal, state or local laws, ordinances, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees now or hereinafter in effect relating to (i) pollution, (ii) the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, (iii) the treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (iv) the emission, discharge, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials into the environment.
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered to Landlord in connection with the evaluation of a Lease Agreement and, if such Lease Agreement is executed, will be attached thereto as an exhibit. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that if such Lease Agreement is executed, this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate will be updated from time to time in accordance with Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord and its partners, lenders and representatives may, and will, rely upon the statements, representations, warranties, and certifications made herein and the truthfulness thereof in entering into the Lease Agreement and the continuance thereof throughout the term, and any renewals thereof, of the Lease Agreement. I [print name] JEFF MAGGIONCALDA acting with full authority to bind the (proposed) Tenant and on behalf of the (proposed) Tenant, certify, represent and warrant that the information contained in this certificate is true and correct.

D-8


 

         
(PROSPECTIVE) TENANT:

Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
   
By:   /s/ Jeff Maggioncalda      
  Title: PRESIDENT     
 
Date:  7/14/97     
 
INITIALS :
TENANT: JM
LANDLORD: CDS

D-9


 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement
      This First Amendment To Lease Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of November 24, 1998, by and between Harbor Investment Partners, a California general partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).
Recitals
     A. Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1997 (the “ Lease ”), which Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately eleven thousand one hundred forty-five (11,145) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California (the “ Existing Premises ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     B. Tenant desires to expand the Existing Premises by leasing that certain additional space (the “ New Premises ”) consisting of seventeen thousand six hundred seventy-two (17,672) rentable square feet, located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 100, Palo Alto, California, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, effective as of December 15, 1998 (the “ New Premises Commencement Date ”) and continuing through December 14, 2001 (the “ New Premises Expiration Date ”). Except as stated herein to the contrary, during the New Premises Term (as defined below), the “Premises”, as used in the Lease, shall be deemed to include the Existing Premises and the New Premises.
     C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to provide for the addition of the New Premises for the New Premises Term (as defined below), all upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Agreement
      Now Therefore, in consideration of the agreements of Landlord and Tenant herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. New Premises
     Effective as of the New Premises Commencement Date, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the New Premises for a term of thirty-six (36) months (the “ New Premises Term ”). Prior to the New Premises Commencement Date, Landlord shall paint and carpet the New Premises with Building-standard paint and carpeting (the “ Tenant Improvements ”). Except for the foregoing Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver the New Premises to Tenant in its “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, remodel or otherwise alter

1


 

the New Premises prior to or after the New Premises Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall cause the roof to be in good condition and the building systems including the HVAC, electrical and plumbing systems serving the Premises to be in good working order on the New Premises Commencement Date. Any claims by Tenant under the preceding sentence shall be made in writing not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the New Premises Commencement Date. In the event Tenant fails to deliver a written claim to Landlord on or before such thirtieth (30th) day, then Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Paragraph 1.
2. Early Occupancy
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the right to enter upon the New Premises beginning on November 1, 1998, for the sole purpose of preparing the New Premises for occupancy, provided that Tenant shall not conduct its business in the Premises during such period, and provided further, that such entry shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, excluding only the obligation to pay Rent.
3. Base Monthly Rent for New Premises
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, during the New Premises Term in addition to all Rent due under the Lease, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the New Premises in the amounts set forth below:
                 
    Rent per Square    
Term:   Foot per Month:   Base Rent:
December 15, 1998 — December 14, 1999
  $ 3.95     $ 69,804.40  
December 15, 1999 — December 14, 2000
  $ 4.11     $ 72,631.92  
December 15, 2000 — December 14, 2001
  $ 4.27     $ 75,459.44  
4. Additional Rent; Proportionate Shares
     During the New Premises Term, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the New Premises in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 4(b) of the Lease. With respect to the New Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Building and the Project shall be 44.2% and 6.8%, respectively.

2


 

5. Prepaid Rent
     Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent owing with respect to the New Premises for the first month following the New Premises Commencement Date.
6. Renewal Option
     (a) Tenant shall have one (1) option (the “ Renewal Option ”) to extend the New Premises Term for a period of two (2) years beyond the New Premises Expiration Date (the “ Renewal Term ”). The Renewal Option shall be effective only if Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, nor has any event occurred which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default thereunder, either at the time of exercise of the Renewal Option or the time of commencement of the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (the “ Election Notice ”) from Tenant to Landlord given not more than nine (9) months nor less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the New Premises Term. Except as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 6, any such notice given by Tenant to Landlord shall be irrevocable. If Tenant fails to exercise the Renewal Option in a timely manner as provided for above, the Renewal Option shall be void (time being of the essence) and this Agreement shall automatically terminate on the New Premises Expiration Date without the necessity of notice from either party to the other. Tenant’s lease of the New Premises during the Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions as during the New Premises Term, except that the annual Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be equal to the prevailing market rate for space in similarly situated buildings in the vicinity of the Building comparable to the New Premises in location, size, condition, quality and type at the commencement of the Renewal Term; provided however that in no event shall the Base Rent for the Renewal Term be less than the Base Rent for the last month of the New Premises Term. As used herein, the term “prevailing market rate” shall mean the base annual rental for such comparable space, taking into account any additional rental and all other payments and escalations payable hereunder and by tenants under leases of such comparable space. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (such notice being hereinafter referred to as the “ Renewal Rate Notice ”) of the prevailing market rate for the Renewal Term within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Election Notice. Tenant shall have ten (10) days after receipt of the Renewal Rate Notice (the “ Response Period ”) to advise Landlord whether or not Tenant agrees with Landlord’s determination of the prevailing market rate. If Tenant agrees with Landlord’s determination, then Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into an amendment to the Lease providing for the lease of the New Premises by Tenant during the Renewal Term upon the terms stated in the Renewal Rate Notice. If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of the prevailing market rate, Tenant shall have the right to rescind its Election Notice in writing within the Response Period and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations under this Paragraph 6(a). If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with written notice of rescission prior to the expiration of the

3


 

Response Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determination of the prevailing market rate.
     (b) Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 6(a) above with respect to the New Premises, Tenant shall have no options or rights to renew or extend the Term of the Lease.
7. Parking
     During the New Premises Term, the number of non-exclusive and undesignated parking spaces allocated to Tenant with respect to the New Premises shall be fifty-eight (58).
8. Expansion
     In the event that the suite immediately adjacent to the New Premises which contains approximately 2,117 square feet (“ Expansion Space ”) shall be available for lease any time between May 15, 1999 (or such earlier date as the existing tenant vacates the Expansion Space) and the New Premises Expiration Date, Landlord shall immediately lease to Tenant and Tenant shall immediately lease from Landlord the Expansion Space in its AS-IS condition (except that Landlord shall paint and carpet the Expansion Space with Building-standard paint and carpeting) and at the per-square-foot Base Rent in effect hereunder from time to time. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the Expansion Space on the terms specified in Paragraph 4 above. In the event Tenant leases the Expansion Space as provided herein, the parties shall promptly execute an amendment to the Lease providing for the lease of such Expansion Space, which amendment shall be substantially similar in form to this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its willingness to lease the Expansion Space from Landlord in accordance with this Paragraph 8 is an integral part of the consideration to Landlord for the execution of this Amendment and that Landlord would not execute this Amendment but for Tenant’s willingness to lease the Expansion Space. Any failure of Tenant to lease the Expansion Space from Landlord in accordance with this Paragraph 8 shall constitute an immediate Default under the Lease and shall entitle Landlord to all of its rights and remedies thereunder.
9. Brokers
     Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except Cornish & Carey Commercial and BT Commercial (collectively, “ Landlord’s Broker ”) and BT Commercial (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) in the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with this Amendment as a result of the actions

4


 

of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be responsible for a commission payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Amendment pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee payable to Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Amendment or the subject matter hereof.
10. Subletting
     Paragraph 24(h) of the Lease shall not apply to the New Premises.
11. Miscellaneous
     (a) As amended hereby, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Amendment and the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.
     (b) This Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives and successors and assigns.
      In Witness Whereof, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
Landlord:   Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
 
 
  By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,
a Connecticut corporation,
General Partner  
 
 
  By:   Allegis Realty Investors llc ,
Its Investment Advisor and Agent  
 
 
  By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin    
    Cynthia Stevenin   
    Vice President   
 
Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeff Maggioncalda    
    Its: PRESIDENT & CEO   
       

5


 

         
EXHIBIT A
(GRAPHIC)


 

(GRAPHIC)


 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement
      This Second Amendment To Lease Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made effective as of November 15, 1999 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Harbor Investment Partners , a California general partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Financial Engines , Inc., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).
Recitals
     A. Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1997 (the “ Master Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “ First Amendment ”), dated as of November 24, 1998 (the Master Lease as amended by the First Amendment is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”), which Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately (i) eleven thousand one hundred forty-five (11,145) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California (the “ Original Premises ”), and (ii) seventeen thousand six hundred seventy-two (17,672) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 100, Palo Alto, California (the “ Additional Premises ”; the Original Premises and the Additional Premises are collectively referred to herein as the “ Existing Premises ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     B. The suite immediately adjacent to the Additional Premises became available, and pursuant to Paragraph 8 of the First Amendment, Landlord is required to immediately lease to Tenant and Tenant is required to immediately lease from Landlord that certain expansion space (the “ Suite 102 Expansion Premises ”) consisting of approximately two thousand one hundred seventeen (2,117) rentable square feet, located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 102, Palo Alto, California, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, effective as of the Effective Date (the “ Suite 102 Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”). Except as stated herein to the contrary, during the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Term (as defined below), the “ Premises ”, as used in the Lease, shall be deemed to include the Existing Premises and the Suite 102 Expansion Premises.
     C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to provide for the addition of the Suite 102 Expansion Premises for the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Term, all upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Agreement
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the agreements of Landlord and Tenant herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. Suite 102 Expansion Premises
     Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Suite 102 Expansion Premises for a term commencing on the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and expiring on December 14, 2001 (the “ Suite 102 Expansion Premises

1


 

Term ”). Prior to the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Landlord has painted and carpeted the Suite 102 Expansion Premises with Building-standard paint and carpeting (the “ Tenant Improvements ”). Except for the foregoing Tenant Improvements, Landlord has delivered the Suite 102 Expansion Premises to Tenant in its “AS-IS” condition and Landlord has no obligation to improve, remodel or otherwise alter the Suite 102 Expansion Premises prior to or after the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.
2. Base Monthly Rent for Suite 102 Expansion Premises
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, during the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Term, in addition to all Rent due under the Lease, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Suite 102 Expansion Premises in the amounts set forth below:
                 
    Rent per Square    
Term:   Foot per Month:   Base Rent:
November 15, 1999 — December 14, 1999
  $ 3.95     $ 8,362.15  
December 15, 1999 — December 14, 2000
  $ 4.11     $ 8,700.87  
December 15, 2000 — December 14, 2001
  $ 4.27     $ 9,039.59  
3. Additional Rent; Proportionate Shares
     During the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Term, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the Suite 102 Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 4(b) of the Lease. With respect to the Suite 102 Expansion Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Building and the Project shall be 5.2% and .82%, respectively. With respect to the Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building shall be 77.33%.
4. Parking
     During the Suite 102 Expansion Premises Term, the number of non-exclusive and undesignated parking spaces allocated to Tenant with respect to the Suite 102 Expansion Premises shall be seven (7).
5. Brokers
     Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except BT Commercial (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) and BT Commercial (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) in the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or

2


 

brokers to a commission in connection with this Amendment as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be responsible for a commission payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Amendment pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee payable to Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Amendment or the subject matter hereof.
6. Subletting
     Paragraph 24(h) of the Lease shall not apply to the Suite 102 Expansion Premises.
7. Miscellaneous
     (a) As amended hereby, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Amendment and the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.
     (b) This Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives and successors and assigns.
     (c) This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts and by the parties in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. The parties may execute and deliver this Amendment by forwarding signed facsimile copies of this Amendment. Such facsimile signatures shall have the same binding effect as original signatures, and the parties hereby waive any defense to validity based on any such copies of signatures.

3


 

      In Witness Whereof , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
  Landlord:     Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
         
  By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,    
    a Connecticut corporation,    
    Its General Partner   
         
  By:   UBS Brinson Realty Investors llc,    
    Its Investment Advisor and Agent   
         
  By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin    
    Cynthia Stevenin   
    Director   
 
  Tenant:     Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
         
  By:   /s/ Raymond Sims    
    Name:   Raymond Sims   
    Title:   Vice President & CFO   

4


 

(GRAPHIC)


 

Third Amendment to Lease
      This Third Amendment To Lease (this “ Third Amendment ”) is made as of June 5, 2000, by and between Harbor Investment Partners, a California general partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).
Recitals
     A. Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1997, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 24, 1998, and that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective as of November 15, 1999 (as amended, the “ Lease ”), which Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately (i) eleven thousand one hundred forty-five (11,145) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California (the “ Original Premises ”), (ii) seventeen thousand six hundred seventy-two (17,672) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 100, Palo Alto, California, and (iii) two thousand one hundred seventeen (2,117) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 102, Palo Alto, California (Suites 100 and 102 are collectively referred to herein as the “ Expansion Premises ”; the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises are collectively referred to herein as the “ Existing Premises ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     B. Tenant desires to expand the Existing Premises by leasing that certain additional space (the “ Suite 202 Premises ”) consisting of three thousand eighty-one (3,081) rentable square feet, located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 202, Palo Alto, California, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, effective as of the date Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 202 Premises to Tenant (the “ Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date ”). Except as stated herein to the contrary, during the Suite 202 Premises Term (as defined below), the “ Premises ”, as used in the Lease, shall be deemed to include the Existing Premises and the Suite 202 Premises.
     C. Tenant also desires to extend the Lease term and amend the base monthly rent amount with respect to the Expansion Premises.
     D. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to provide for the addition of the Suite 202 Premises and extend the term and amend the base monthly rent amount with respect to the Expansion Premises, all upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Agreement
      Now Therefore, in consideration of the agreements of Landlord and Tenant herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 


 

1. Suite 202 Premises
     Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Suite 202 Premises for a term commencing on the Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date and expiring on August 6, 2002 (the “ Suite 202 Premises Term ”). Promptly following the Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date Memorandum in the form of Exhibit B hereto. Landlord shall deliver the Suite 202 Premises to Tenant in its “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, remodel or otherwise alter the Suite 202. Premises prior to or after the Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date: Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall cause the roof on the Suite 202 Premises to be in good condition and the HVAC, electrical and plumbing systems serving the Suite 202 Premises to be in good working order on the Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date. Any claims by Tenant under the preceding sentence shall be made in writing not later than the fifteenth (15th) day after the Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date. In the event Tenant fails to deliver a written claim to Landlord on or before such fifteenth (15th) day, then Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Paragraph 1.
2. Base Monthly Rent for Suite 202 Premises
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, during the Suite 202 Premises Term in addition to all Rent due under the Lease, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Suite 202 Premises in accordance with the schedule set forth below:
                         
            Rental Rate Per    
Period   Sq. Ft.   Sq. Ft.   Monthly Rent
Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date — Day immediately preceding first anniversary of Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date
    3,081     $ 8.00     $ 24,648.00  
First Anniversary of Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date — Day immediately preceding second anniversary of Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date
    3,081     $ 8.32     $ 25,633.92  
Second Anniversary of Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date — August 6, 2002
    3,081     $ 8.65     $ 26,650.65  

2


 

3. Additional Rent
     During the Suite 202 Premises Term, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the Suite 202 Premises in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 4(b) of the Lease. With respect to the Suite 202 Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Building and the Project shall be 7.70% and 1.19%, respectively. With respect to the Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Building shall be 85.03%.
4. Prepaid Rent
     Concurrently with the execution of this Third Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent owing with respect to the Suite 202 Premises for the first month following the Suite 202 Premises Commencement Date.
5. Parking
     During the Suite 202 Premises Term, the number of non-exclusive and undesignated parking spaces allocated to Tenant with respect to the Suite 202 Premises shall be ten (10).
6. Security Deposit
     Landlord currently holds a Letter of Credit in the amount of Four Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Ninety and 00/100 Dollars ($468,090.00) and a cash Security Deposit in the amount of Forty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Thirteen and 86/100 Dollars ($47,413.86). Upon Tenant’s execution of this Third Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord funds sufficient to increase the cash Security Deposit held by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 8 of the Lease to the total sum of One Hundred Thousand Seven Hundred Fifteen and 16/100 Dollars ($100,715.16). Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit in accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Lease.
7. Expansion Premises Term
     The term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises is hereby extended to and shall expire on August 6, 2002 (the “ Expansion Premises Term Expiration ”) (the “ Extended Term ”). All references in the Lease to the Term with respect to the Expansion Premises shall mean the Term, as extended through the Extended Term. During the Extended Term, Tenant shall continue to lease the Expansion Premises in its “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to remodel, improve or otherwise alter the Expansion Premises either prior to or after the Extended Term Commencement Date.

3


 

8. Base Monthly Rent for the Expansion Premises During Extended Term
     Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises for the Extended Term in accordance with the schedule set forth below:
                         
            Rental Rate Per    
Period   Sq. Ft.   Sq. Ft.   Monthly Rent
December 15, 2001 — August 6, 2002
    19,789     $ 8.32     $ 164,644.48  
9. Miscellaneous
     (a) As amended hereby, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Third Amendment and the Lease, the terms of this Third Amendment shall prevail.
     (b) Tenant and Landlord each represents and warrants to the other party that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker or finder in the negotiating or making of this Third Amendment and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other party from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any claim or claims of any broker or brokers to a commission in connection with this Third Amendment as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party or its officers, agents or anyone acting on its behalf.
     (c) This Third Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives and successors and assigns.
     (d) This Third Amendment may be executed in counterparts each of which counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e) Except as set forth in this Third Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

4


 

      In Witness Whereof , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Third Amendment to Lease as of the date first above written.
         
Landlord:   Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
 
 
  By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,
a Connecticut corporation,
Its General Partner  
 
 
  By:   UBS Brinson Realty Investors llc,
Its Investment Advisor and Agent  
 
 
  By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin    
    Cynthia Stevenin   
    Director   
 
Tenant :   Financial Engines, Inc. ,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond Sims    
    Name:   Raymond Sims   
    Title:   Vice President & CFO   

5


 

         
(GRAPHIC)


 

Exhibit B
Commencement Date Memorandum
(Suite 202 Premises)
     
Landlord:
  Harbor Investment Partners
 
   
Tenant:
  Financial Engines
 
   
Third Amendment Date:
  May ___, 2000
 
   
Premises:
  Located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California
     Tenant hereby accepts the Suite 202 Premises as being in the condition required under the Third Amendment.
     The Commencement Date of the Third Amendment with respect to the Suite 202 Premises is hereby established as                      , 2000.
         
Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond Sims    
    Name:   Raymond Sims   
    Title:   Vice President & CFO   
 
         
Approved and Agreed:

Landlord:

Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
 
   
By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,
a Connecticut corporation,
Its General Partner  
   
 
By:   UBS Brinson Realty Investors llc,
Its Investment Advisor and Agent  
   
 
By:        
  Cynthia Stevenin     
  Director     
 


 

Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement
      This Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of March 15, 2002, by and between Harbor Investment Partners , a California general partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Financial Engines, Inc ., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).
Recitals
     A. Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1997, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 24, 1998, that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 15,1999, that certain Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2000, and that certain Partial Lease Termination Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2001 (as amended, the “ Lease ”), which Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately (i) seventeen thousand six hundred seventy-two (17,672) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 100, Palo Alto, California (“ Suite 100 ”), (ii) two thousand one hundred seventeen (2,117) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 102, Palo Alto, California (“ Suite 102 ”), and (iii) three thousand eighty-one (3,081) rentable square feet, located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 202, Palo Alto, California (“ Suite 202 ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     B. Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease and amend the Base Rent with respect to Suite 100 and Suite 102, and to terminate the Lease with respect to Suite 202.
     C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reflect the extension of the Term of the Lease and amendment of the Base Rent with respect to Suite 100 and Suite 102 and the termination of the Lease with respect to Suite 202.
Agreement
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the agreements of Landlord and Tenant herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. Extension of Term
     The term of the Lease with respect to Suite 100 and Suite 102 is hereby extended for a period of sixty-one (61) months, commencing on April 1, 2002 and expiring on April 30, 2007 (the “ Extension Period ”). All references in the Lease to the Term of the Lease shall mean the previous term of the Lease as extended through the Extension Period. During the Extension Period, all references to “Premises” contained in the Lease shall be deemed to refer to Suite 100 and Suite 102.

1


 

2. Monthly Base Rent During Extension Period
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, during the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent for Suite 100 and Suite 102 in the amount described below:
                                 
                    Monthly Base   Monthly Base
Monthly Base Rent:   Months   Sq. Ft.   Rate   Rent
 
    1-30       19,789       x $3.00       = $59,367.00  
 
    31-61       19,789       x $3.20       = $63,325.00  
3. Additional Rent; Base Year
     (a) During the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to Suite 100 and Suite 102 in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 4(b) of the Lease. Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Building and the Project shall be 49.5% and 7.63%, respectively.
     (b) Effective as of the commencement of the Extension Period, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2002.
4. Parking
     During the Extension Period, Tenant shall have the right to use sixty-five (65) nonexclusive and undesignated parking spaces in the Parking Areas on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Lease.
5. Refurbishment Allowance
     Landlord shall provide an allowance to Tenant in the amount of Fifty Nine Thousand Three Hundred Sixty-Seven Dollars ($59,367.00) (the “ Refurbishment Allowance ”) to be applied toward the cost of painting and carpeting the Premises (the “ Work ”). The Refurbishment Allowance shall be available to Tenant any time within the initial forty-two (42) months of the Extension Period. Any portion of the Refurbishment Allowance which has not been disbursed to Tenant within said forty-two (42) month period shall no longer be available to Tenant. The Refurbishment Allowance shall be the maximum contribution by Landlord toward the cost of the Work. Should the actual cost of the Work be less than the Refurbishment Allowance, the Refurbishment Allowance shall be reduced to an amount equal to said actual cost. Landlord shall disburse the Refurbishment Allowance to Tenant following the completion of the Work and the delivery to Landlord of invoices, lien waivers and other documents reasonably requested by Landlord to substantiate the cost and the lien-free completion of the Work.

2


 

6. “As-Is” Possession
     Tenant shall continue to occupy Suite 100 and Suite 102 during the Extension Period in their “AS-IS” condition and, except as expressly set forth in the Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, remodel or otherwise alter the Premises at any time prior to or during the Extension Period.
7. Letter of Credit
     (a) Paragraph 7 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following provisions are hereby substituted therefor:
          (i) Promptly following the execution of the Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the Letter of Credit described below in the amount of One Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand One Hundred One Dollars ($178,101.00) (the “ LC Face Amount ”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that neither the Letter of Credit nor any Letter of Credit Proceeds (as defined below) shall be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages upon Tenant’s Default. The Letter of Credit shall be maintained in effect from the date hereof through the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Expiration Date (the “ LC Termination Date ”). On the LC Termination Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord (other than those Letter of Credit Proceeds Landlord is entitled to retain under the terms of this Paragraph 7(a)); provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Letter of Credit Proceeds from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit in such amount as is necessary, and may use the proceeds therefrom (the “ Letter of Credit Proceeds ”) or any portion thereof, (i) to cure any Default under this Lease and to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage Landlord incurs as a result of such Default, (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, (iii) to clean the Premises upon termination of this Lease, (iv) to reimburse Landlord for the payment of any amount which Landlord may reasonably spend or be required to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default, and (v) to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s Default, it being understood that any use of the Letter of Credit Proceeds shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies set forth in Paragraph 26 below. In such event and upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the amount of the Letter of Credit Proceeds so utilized by Landlord and the particular purpose for which such amount was applied, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit so that the Letter of Credit is again in the full LC Face Amount. Tenant’s failure to deliver such an amendment or replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s notice shall constitute an immediate Default hereunder. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Proceeds.

3


 

     (i) As used herein, Letter of Credit shall mean an unconditional, stand-by irrevocable letter of credit (herein referred to as the “ Letter of Credit ”) issued by the San Francisco office of a major national bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation with assets of not less than Fifty Billion Dollars ($50,000,000,000.00) and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (the “ Bank ”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, in the amount of the LC Face Amount, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord. If at any time during the Term of this Lease, Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s disapproval of the Bank (notwithstanding Landlord’s prior approval of such institution), then Tenant shall replace the Letter of Credit with a substitute Letter of Credit issued by a bank approved by Landlord and otherwise satisfying the requirements of this Paragraph 7. The Letter of Credit shall be for a one-year term and shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof, (ii) that Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit up to the full amount thereof and the Bank will pay to Landlord the amount of such draw upon receipt by the Bank of a sight draft signed by Landlord or UBS Realty Investors llc (“ UBS ”), Landlord’s investment advisor and agent, and accompanied by a written certification from Landlord or UBS to the Bank stating either that: (A) a Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease and any applicable grace period has expired or Landlord is otherwise entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit, or (B) Landlord has not received notice from the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiry date of the Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit will be renewed by the Bank for at least one (1) year beyond the relevant annual expiration date or, in the case of the last year of the Term, forty-five (45) days after the Expiration Date, together with a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant has not otherwise furnished Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit as hereinafter provided; and (iii) that the beneficial interest under the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable one or more times and, therefore, in the event of Landlord’s (or any successor Landlord’s) assignment or other transfer of its interest in this Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Landlord (or any successor Landlord), without recourse and without the payment of any fee or consideration by Landlord, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the Bank shall confirm the same to Landlord (or such successor) and such assignee or transferee. In the event that the Bank shall fail to (y) notify Landlord that the Letter of Credit will be renewed for at least one (1) year beyond the then applicable expiration date (or, in the case of the last year of the Term, within forty-five (45) days of the Expiration Date), and (z) deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant shall not have otherwise delivered to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant annual expiration date, a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount required hereunder and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit as provided above, and shall hold the proceeds of such draw as Letter of Credit Proceeds pursuant to Paragraph 7(a) above.
     (b) Promptly following Landlord’s receipt of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit in the amount of Fifty Three Thousand Three Hundred One and 30/100 Dollars ($53,301.30) and the letter of credit in the amount of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) currently held by Landlord under the terms of the Lease.
     (c) Paragraph 8 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

4


 

8. Termination of Lease with respect to Suite 202
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 8, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be terminated only with respect to Suite 202 effective as of the later of (i) the close of business on March 31, 2002, or (ii) the satisfaction of the termination conditions set forth in Paragraph 9 below (the “ Suite 202 Termination Date ”). On or before the Suite 202 Termination Date, Tenant shall vacate and surrender possession of Suite 202 to Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Lease.
     (b) Upon termination of the Lease with respect to the Suite 202, the vacation and surrender of Suite 202 by Tenant, and satisfaction of the Suite 202 Termination Conditions (as hereafter defined), Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights, obligations or claims with respect to each other arising under the Lease with respect to Suite 202 except for (i) the indemnification obligations of Tenant contained in the Lease, (ii) the obligation of Tenant to pay any remaining Additional Rent owed for calendar years 2001 and 2002 when billed to Tenant or the obligation of Landlord to repay or credit to Tenant any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent, as applicable, in accordance with Paragraph 4(c) of the Lease, and (iii) any obligations of Tenant or Landlord under the Lease which expressly survive the termination of the Lease (such obligations described in the foregoing-clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) being herein referred to as the " Surviving Obligations ”). The Surviving Obligations shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the termination of the Lease with respect to Suite 202.
     (c) Landlord and Tenant agree and acknowledge that, notwithstanding the cancellation and termination of the Lease with respect to Suite 202, this Agreement shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of either Landlord or Tenant with respect to Suite 100 or Suite 102, and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to Suite 100 and Suite 102,.
9. Suite 202 Termination Conditions
     The following conditions shall be conditions precedent to the termination of the Lease with respect to Suite 202 on the Suite 202 Termination Date (collectively, the “ Suite 202 Termination Conditions ”):
     (a)  Performance by Tenant . Tenant shall have performed all of its obligations under the Lease through the Suite 202 Termination Date, as and when such obligations shall have become due, including, without limitation, the payment of monthly installments of base rent, additional rent and any other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord.
     (b)  Surrender of Suite 202 . Tenant shall have vacated and surrendered Suite 202 to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of the Lease on or before the Suite 202 Termination Date, including, without limitation, the removal by Tenant of all of its personal property.
The Termination Conditions are for the sole benefit of Landlord and may, at the sole discretion of Landlord, be waived by Landlord. If any or all of the Termination Conditions are not satisfied as required, then Landlord may unilaterally reinstate the Lease with respect to Suite 202 or Landlord may consider the Lease with respect to Suite 202 terminated as of the Suite 202 Termination Date; provided, however, that if either or both of the conditions precedent set forth in Paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) above are not fully satisfied when the Lease is terminated as of the

5


 

Suite 202 Termination Date, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any and all damages arising from the failure or satisfaction of such condition(s) precedent. Tenant agrees to take all actions necessary to cause the conditions set forth in Paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) above to be fully satisfied.
10. Abandoned Property
     In addition to any rights Landlord may have under the Lease or this Amendment, Landlord, at its sole option, may deem any furniture, fixtures, shelving, cabinets, tables, equipment, lighting, and other fixtures or personal property in, on or attached to Suite 202 and remaining in or on Suite 202 after the Suite 202 Termination Date (the “ Abandoned Property ”), whether or not belonging to Tenant, to be abandoned, and Landlord may dispose of the Abandoned Property as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Tenant shall not be entitled to any proceeds received by Landlord as a result of the disposition of the Abandoned Property. Tenant waives, to the greatest extent permitted by law, all of its rights under California Civil Code Sections 1980, et seq. as the same may be amended from time to time, and any related and successor statutes thereto.
11. Brokers
     Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except Insignia/ESG, Inc. (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) and BT Commercial Real Estate (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) in the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with this Amendment as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ Brokers. ” Provided that this Amendment is fully executed by the parties hereto, then Landlord shall pay a commission to the Brokers in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreements with the Brokers.
12. Miscellaneous
     (a) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that this Amendment does not relate to or affect the Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant, dated as of December 7, 1999, relating to certain premises consisting of Thirty Two Thousand Seven Hundred Forty-Two square feet at 1830 Embarcadero Road (the “ 1830 Lease ”). The 1830 Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.
     (b) Tenant acknowledges that it has no option to renew or extend the Term of the Lease beyond the Extension Period. Tenant’s rights under Paragraph 6 of the First Amendment have previously expired or are hereby terminated.
     (c) As amended hereby, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Amendment and the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.

6


 

     (d) This Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives and successors and assigns.
      In Witness Whereof , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
Landlord:     Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership,
 
 
  By:   Embarcadero Road Invest    
    LLC, a Delaware limited liability company   
    General Partner    
     
  By:   UBS Realty Investors llc ,    
    a Massachusetts limited liability company   
    its Investment Advisor and Agent   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin    
    Name:   Cynthia Stevenin   
    Title:   Director   
 
Tenant :    Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond Sims    
    Name:   RAYMOND J. SIMS   
    Its:   EVP & CFO   
 

7


 

Fifth Amendment to Lease
      This Fifth Amendment to Lease (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into effective as of September 1, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Harbor Investment Partners , a California general partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Financial Engines, Inc ., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).
Recitals
     A. Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of November 24, 1998, a Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of November 15, 1999, a Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of June 5, 2000, and a Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 15, 2002 (collectively, the “Lease”), which Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately nineteen thousand seven hundred eighty-nine (19,789) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303 (the “ Premises ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     B. Landlord and Tenant have also previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 7, 1999 (the “ 1830 Lease ”), which covers certain premises consisting of approximately thirty-two thousand seven hundred forty-two (32,742) rentable square feet (the “ 1830 Premises ”) in the building located at 1830 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California.
     C. The Lease and the 1830 Lease currently expire on April 30, 2007.
     D. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to modify the Base Rent and extend the Term, subject to each of the terms, conditions, and provisions set forth herein.
Agreement
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the agreements of Landlord and Tenant herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. Lease Term
     The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period of approximately sixty-four (64) months, commencing on May 1, 2007 and ending on August 31, 2012.
2. Base Rent
     (a) Commencing on the Effective Date, the Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the schedule set forth below:

1


 

                         
            Monthly                Monthly
Period         Sq. Ft.   Base Rate                Base Rent
 
September 1, 2006 – August 31, 2007
    19,789       x $2.30       = $45,514.70  
September 1, 2007 – August 31, 2008
    19,789       x $2.35       = $46,504.15  
September 1, 2008 – August 31, 2009
    19,789       x $2.40       = $47,493.60  
September 1, 2009 – August 31, 2010
    19,789       x $2.45       = $48,483.05  
September 1, 2010 – August 31, 2011
    19,789       x $2.50       = $49,472.50  
September 1, 2011 – August 31, 2012
    19,789       x $2.55       = $50,461.95  
     (b) Within five (5) business days following the execution of this Amendment by the parties hereto, Landlord shall return to Tenant an amount equal to the difference between the Base Rent actually paid by Tenant and the Base Rent set forth above, in each case for the months of September and October, 2006.
     (c) The second paragraph of Paragraph 4(a) of the Lease shall be of no further force or effect.
3. Additional Rent
     (a)  Adjustment of Base Year. Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent to Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 4(b) of the Lease; provided, however, that from and after the Effective Date to the expiration of the Term or the Renewal Term (as hereinafter defined), if applicable, the Base Year shall be deemed to be calendar year 2007.
     (b)  Exclusions from Additional Rent; Tenant’s Audit Rights. The following provisions are hereby added to the Lease as new Paragraphs (4)(e), (f) and (g):
     (e) Statements Binding. Every statement given by Landlord pursuant to the third sentence of Paragraph 4(c)(l) above (each, an “Expense Statement”) shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless (i) within sixty (60) days after the receipt of such Expense Statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness thereof, specifying the particular respects in which the Expense Statement is claimed to be incorrect, and (ii) if such dispute shall not have been settled by agreement, Tenant shall submit the dispute to arbitration within ninety (90) days after receipt of the Expense Statement. Pending the determination of such dispute by agreement or arbitration as aforesaid, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of such Expense Statement, pay Additional Rent in accordance with Landlord’s Expense Statement and such payment shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s position. If the dispute shall be determined in Tenant’s favor, Landlord shall forthwith pay or credit to Tenant the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of Additional Rent resulting from compliance with Landlord’s Expense Statement.

2


 

     (f) Audit Rights. Provided Tenant is not then in Default under the terms of this Lease (nor is any event occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder), Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right within thirty (30) days after the delivery of each Expense Statement (as hereinafter defined) to review and audit Landlord’s books and records regarding such Expense Statement for the sole purpose of determining the accuracy thereof. Such review or audit shall be performed by a nationally recognized accounting firm that calculates its fees with respect to hours actually worked and that does not discount its time or rate (as opposed to a calculation based upon percentage of recoveries or other incentive arrangement), shall take place during normal business hours in the office of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager and shall be completed within three (3) business days after the commencement thereof. If Tenant does not so review or audit Landlord’s books and records, Landlord’s Expense Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant. In the event that Tenant determines on the basis of its review of Landlord’s books and records that the amount of Expenses paid by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph Error! Reference source not found. for the period covered by such Expense Statement is less than or greater than the actual amount properly payable by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay any deficiency to Landlord or, if Landlord concurs with the results of such audit, Landlord shall promptly refund any excess payment to Tenant, as the case may be. As used herein, “Expense Statement” means the statement of actual Additional Rent provided by Landlord to Tenant at the beginning of each calendar year (relating to the actual Expenses for the prior calendar year) pursuant to Paragraph 4(c)(1) of the Lease.
     (g) Exclusions from Additional Rent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 4(f), the following items shall be specifically excluded from the definition of “Expenses”:
     (i) Repairs or other work occasioned by fire, acts of God, or other casualties or damage to the extent Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance (less costs of collection) for the costs of restoration;
     (ii) Payments of principal and interest on mortgage indebtedness encumbering the Project;
     (iii) Space planning and other costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, painting or redecorating rentable space at the Project for other tenants;
     (iv) Legal fees and other related expenses associated with the negotiation or enforcement of leases;
     (v) The costs of any goods or services provided separately to or performed separately for any other tenant of the Project, but solely to the extent that Landlord

3


 

recovers the costs thereof from such tenant and that Tenant receives no benefits from the services provided to such tenant;
     (vi) Leasing commissions paid and advertising expenses incurred in connection with the leasing of space at the Project;
     (vii) Costs of remediating contamination caused by Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined);
     (viii) Penalties and damages assessed against Landlord as a result of the intentional violation by Landlord of any leases affecting the Project (provided, however, that the cost of correcting such violation, as opposed to penalties assessed in excess of such corrective costs and which would not be incurred but for such intentional violation, shall be included within the definition of “Expenses” hereunder);
     (ix) Costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as opposed to the operation of the Project;
     (x) All salaries for any employees above the rank of senior property manager and reasonable allocation of the salaries of all employees at or below the rank of senior property manager whose duties include work on other buildings or projects; and
     (xi) Political or charitable donations or contributions.
Nothing contained in this Paragraph 4(g) shall be deemed to limit, modify or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under any other provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Paragraphs 7 and 33.
4. Improvements to Premises and 1830 Premises
     (a) Tenant has notified Landlord of Tenant’s desire to make Alterations to the Premises and the 1830 Premises, generally described as follows (collectively, the “ Specified Alterations ”):
          (i) Carpeting shall be cleaned or replaced in high traffic areas;
          (ii) Interior walls shall be touched up with fresh paint where required;
          (iii) The window in the server room in the 1830 Premises (the “1830 Server Room”) shall be replaced with a wall;
          (iv) The walls around the 1830 Server Room shall be extended to the ceiling;
          (v) The carpeting in the 1830 Server Room shall be replaced with vinyl flooring;
          (vi) The exterior windows in the telecommunications room in the 1830 Premises (the “ 1830 Telco Room ”) shall be replaced with a wall;
          (vii) All telecommunications drop points in the 1830 Telco Room that do not support Tenant shall be removed or relocated; and

4


 

           (viii) Such additional improvements as may be requested by Tenant and approved by Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 13(a) of the Lease.
     (b) Tenant shall have the right to make the Specified Alterations, provided that the same are performed and constructed in full compliance with the terms and conditions of Paragraphs 13(b) through (f) of the Lease, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the review and approval by Landlord of plans and specifications (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the obtaining by Tenant of all required governmental permits and approvals. Landlord shall have the right to approve the general contractor employed in the construction and installation of the Improvements (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
     (c) Tenant shall be entitled to an improvement allowance (the “ Allowance ”) to pay the cost of the Specified Alterations in the Premises and the 1830 Premises. The Allowance shall be in the aggregate amount of up to Two Hundred Ten Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Four Dollars ($210,124.00). For purposes of clarification, the Allowance described herein is the same “Allowance” that is provided under the 1830 Lease and Tenant shall be entitled to a total sum not to exceed Two Hundred Ten Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Four Dollars ($210,124.00). The Allowance shall be applied solely toward the hard and soft costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing the Specified Alterations, but shall not be used to pay for Tenant’s personal property, equipment or other items of Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall disburse the Allowance to Tenant following the completion of the Specified Alterations in a lien-free condition and in accordance with all Laws (to the extent applicable), and the delivery to Landlord of receipts, lien waivers and other documents reasonably requested by Landlord to substantiate the actual cost of the Specified Alterations. In the event the costs of the Specified Alterations shall be less than the amount of the Allowance, then the Allowance shall be reduced to the actual amount of the Specified Alterations.
     (d) The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Paragraph 13(a) of the Lease:
Landlord shall endeavor to respond to Tenant’s request for consent within thirty (30) days after Tenant submits to Landlord a written request for approval, together with the other documents and information required by this Paragraph 13.
5. Surrender
     Provided that Landlord approves all Alterations hereafter made to the Premises by Tenant (excluding the Specified Alterations), and provided further that any future Alterations are office and R&D improvements similar to the improvements then existing in similar buildings in the vicinity of the Project (as determined by Landlord in good faith), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord shall not have the right to require Tenant to remove such Alterations (or any Alterations previously made by Tenant to the Premises) at the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall surrender all such Alterations to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

5


 

6. Letter of Credit; Return of Existing Security Deposit
     (a) Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit from Tenant, consisting of cash and letters of credit (collectively, the “Existing Letters of Credit” ), pursuant to the terms of the Lease and the 1830 Lease, in the aggregate amount of One Million Forty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Ninety-Five Dollars ($1,043,395.00) (the “Existing Security Deposit” ). Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment and the cancellation of the Existing Letters of Credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the Letter of Credit described below in the amount of Five Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($550,000.00) (the “LC Face Amount” ) as security for Tenant’s performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under the Lease and the 1830 Lease; provided, however, that neither the Letter of Credit nor any Letter of Credit Proceeds (as defined below) shall be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages upon Tenant’s Default hereunder or under the 1830 Lease. The Letter of Credit (or a replacement thereof satisfying the requirements of this Section) shall be maintained in effect from the date hereof through the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the of the Lease and the 1830 Lease (the “LC Termination Date” ). On the LC Termination Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord (other than those Letter of Credit Proceeds Landlord is entitled to retain under the terms of this Section); provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder or under the 1830 Lease. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Letter of Credit Proceeds from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit in such amount as is necessary, and shall use the proceeds therefrom (the “Letter of Credit Proceeds” ) or any portion thereof, to cure any default under the Lease and/or under the 1830 Lease and to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage Landlord incurs as a result of such default, it being understood that any use of the Letter of Credit Proceeds shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies set forth under the Lease or under the 1830 Lease. In such event and upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the amount of the Letter of Credit Proceeds so utilized by Landlord and the particular purpose for which such amount was applied, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the full LC Face Amount. Tenant’s failure to deliver such replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s notice shall constitute a Default hereunder and under the 1830 Lease. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in the Lease and the 1830 Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Proceeds.
     (b) As used herein, Letter of Credit shall mean an unconditional, stand-by irrevocable letter of credit (herein referred to as the “ Letter of Credit ”) issued by Silicon Valley Bank or the San Francisco Bay Area office of a major national bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (the “ Bank ”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, in the amount of the LC Face Amount, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be for a one-year term and shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof, (ii) that Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit up to the full amount thereof and the Bank

6


 

will pay to Landlord the amount of such draw upon receipt by the Bank of a sight draft signed by Landlord and accompanied by a written certification from Landlord to the Bank stating either that: (A) a Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease and/or under the 1830 Lease and any applicable grace period has expired, or (B) Landlord has not received notice from the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiry date of the Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit will be renewed by the Bank for at least one (1) year beyond the relevant annual expiration date or, in the case of the last year of the Term, thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, together with a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant has not otherwise furnished Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit as hereinafter provided; and (iii) that the beneficial interest under the Letter of Credit shall be transferable one or more times without cost (other than a transfer fee assessed by the Bank in an amount not to exceed 1 / 4 of one percent (1%) of the LC Face Amount at the time of the transfer, which fee shall be paid by Landlord) and, therefore, in the event of Landlord’s (or any successor Landlord’s) assignment or other transfer of its interest in the Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be transferable by Landlord (or any successor Landlord), without recourse, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the Bank shall confirm the same to Landlord (or such successor) and such assignee or transferee. In the event that the Bank shall fail to (y) notify Landlord that the Letter of Credit will be renewed for at least one (1) year beyond the then applicable expiration date, and (z) deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant shall not have otherwise delivered to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant annual expiration date, a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount required hereunder and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit as provided above, and shall hold the proceeds of such draw as Letter of Credit Proceeds pursuant to Section 6(a) above.
     (c) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (other than subsection (b) thereof) )and/or any successor statute, it being expressly agreed that Landlord may apply all or any portion of the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof in payment of any and all sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant, and that following a Default by Tenant, all or any portion of the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof may be retained by Landlord following a termination of the Lease and applied to future damages, including damages for future rent, pending determination of the same
     (d) Within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of the Letter of Credit specified under Section 6(a) above, Landlord shall return the Existing Security Deposit to Tenant (excluding the Existing Letters of Credit, which shall be cancelled as provided in Section 6(a) above), and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Lease and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the 1830 Lease shall be of no further force and effect.
7. Destruction and Damage
     The following provision is hereby added to the Lease as new Paragraph 22(g):

7


 

     If the Premises is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the Premises cannot be substantially repaired or restored by Landlord within two hundred ten (210) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, Tenant may terminate this Lease immediately upon notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall be given, if at all, not later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of the period of time required to repair such damage or destruction.
8. Assignment and Subletting
     Paragraph 24 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following provision is hereby substituted therefor:
     (a) Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (i) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (ii) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, as set forth below in this Paragraph 24; provided, however, that Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder. Any other provision of the Lease notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to market the Premises in a manner consistent with other sublease marketing campaigns approved by other landlords of similarly- situated premises similar in quality to, and in the vicinity of, the Project, including, if applicable, the use of sublease marketing signage, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord.
     (b) When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, it shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and shall provide current and one (1) year’s prior financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant, which financial statements shall be audited to the extent available and shall in any event be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions thereof. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of the foregoing, to consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, provided that (A) such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder, and (B) as a condition to providing such consent, Landlord may require attornment from the proposed subtenant on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord.

8


 

     (c) Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be entitled to consider all reasonable criteria including, but not limited to, the following: (i) whether or not the proposed subtenant or assignee is engaged in a business which, and the use of the Premises will be in an manner which, is in keeping with the then character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project; (ii) whether the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee will conflict with any so-called “exclusive” use then in favor of any other tenant of the Building or the Project, and whether such use would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any rules and regulations then in effect, or under applicable Laws, and whether such use imposes a greater load upon the Premises and the Building and the Project services than imposed generally by other tenancies in the Project; and (iii) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the proposed assignee or subtenant in light of the responsibilities involved. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if (A) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of Paragraphs 10(a) or (b) above or with any other lease which restricts the use to which any space in the Building or the Project may be put; (B) the proposed assignment or sublease requires alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or portions thereof; (C) the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet is irregular in shape and/or does not permit safe or otherwise appropriate means of ingress and egress, or does not comply with governmental safety and other codes; or (D) the proposed sublessee or assignee is either a governmental or quasi-governmental agency or instrumentality thereof.
     (d) If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) the rent and any additional rent payable by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant, less reasonable and customary marketing expenditures, brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease; minus (ii) Base Rent plus Additional Rent allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such assignment or sublease pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, which costs shall, for purposes of the aforesaid calculation, be amortized on a straight- line basis over the term of such assignment or sublease. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord’s prior written consent, and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease with respect to the payment of Rent. In the event that, notwithstanding the giving of such notice, Tenant collects any rent or other sums from the assignee or subtenant, then Tenant shall hold such sums in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall immediately forward the same to Landlord. Landlord’s collection of

9


 

such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant.
     (e) Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether Landlord’s approval has been obtained for any such assignment or subletting).
     (f) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its out-of-pocket, reasonable costs (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees of Landlord’s counsel), actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review and processing of documents regarding any proposed assignment or sublease.
     (g) A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use shall not be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease.
     (h) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 24 on Tenant’s ability to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time that this Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof.
     (i) If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after a Default by Tenant, collect Rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 24, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The consent by Landlord to an assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting pursuant to any provision of this Lease

10


 

shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting. References in this Lease to use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but as including also licensees or others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on any door of the Premises or on any directory or in any elevator in the Building, or otherwise, shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, operate to vest in the person so named any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or be deemed to constitute, or serve as a substitute for, or any waiver of, any prior consent of Landlord required under this Paragraph 24.
     (j) Each subletting and/or assignment pursuant to this Paragraph shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease. If Landlord shall consent to, or reasonably withhold its consent to, any proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or sublessee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar fee in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.
9. Option to Renew
     (a) All previous rights or options to renew contained in the Lease are null, void and of no force or effect from and after the date hereof.
     (b) Tenant shall have one (1) option (the “ Renewal Option ”) to extend the Term for a period of five (5) years beyond the Expiration Date (the “ Renewal Term ”). The Renewal Option is personal to Financial Engines, Inc. and may not be exercised by any other sublessee or assignee, or by any other successor or assign of Financial Engines, Inc. The Renewal Option shall be effective only if Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, nor has any event occurred which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default hereunder, either at the time of exercise of the Renewal Option or at the commencement of the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“ Election Notice ”) from Tenant to Landlord given not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Term. Any such notice given by Tenant to Landlord shall be irrevocable. If Tenant fails to exercise the Renewal Option in a timely manner as provided for above, the Renewal Option shall be void. The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions as the initial Term, except that (i) no further Renewal Option shall be available to Tenant at the expiration of the Renewal Term, and (ii) the Base Rent during the Renewal Term (the “ Renewal Rate ”) shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “prevailing market rate” for space in similarly situated buildings in the vicinity of the Project comparable to the Building in location, condition, quality and type at the commencement of the Renewal Term (the “ Prevailing Rate ”).

11


 

The term “prevailing market rate” shall mean the base rental for such comparable space, taking into account any additional rental and all other payments and escalations payable hereunder and by tenants under leases of such comparable space. The Prevailing Rate shall be determined in accordance with Section 9(c) below.
     (c) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Election Notice or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (the “ Renewal Rate Notice ”) of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate for the Renewal Term. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (the “ Response Period ”) after receipt of the Renewal Rate Notice to advise Landlord whether or not Tenant agrees with Landlord’s Renewal Rate. If Tenant does not respond to Landlord in writing within the Response Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Renewal Rate specified by Landlord in the Renewal Rate Notice. If Tenant agrees or is deemed to have agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate, then such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. If Tenant notifies Landlord in writing during the Response Period that Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate, then within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice, Landlord and Tenant shall each retain a licensed commercial real estate broker with at least five (5) years’ experience negotiating lease transactions for similar properties in the City of Palo Alto. If only one broker is appointed by the parties during such twenty (20) day period, then such broker shall, within twenty (20) days after his or her appointment, determine the Prevailing Rate, and the Renewal Rate shall be the Prevailing Rate so determined by such broker. If Landlord and Tenant each appoint a broker during such twenty (20) day period as contemplated hereunder, then the brokers shall meet at least two (2) times during the thirty (30) day period commencing on the date on which the last of the brokers has been appointed (the “ Broker Negotiation Period ”) to attempt to mutually agree upon the Prevailing Rate. If the brokers agree upon the Prevailing Rate on or before the expiration of the Broker Negotiation Period, then the Prevailing Rate so determined by the brokers shall be the “Renewal Rate” for all purposes of the Lease. If the brokers cannot agree upon the Prevailing Rate at the expiration of the Broker Negotiation Period, but if the determinations of such brokers differ by less than five percent (5%) of the higher of the two, the Prevailing Rate shall be the average of the two determinations. In the event such determinations differ by more than five percent (5%) of the higher of the two, then such appraisers shall within twenty (20) days designate a third broker, who shall have the same qualifications required for the initial two brokers. If the two brokers fail to agree upon and appoint a third broker, then the third broker shall be appointed by J.A.M.S./ENDISPUTE. The third broker shall, within twenty (20) days after his or her appointment, make a determination of the Prevailing Rate. The determinations of Prevailing Rate prepared by all three (3) brokers shall be compared and the Prevailing Rate shall be the average of the two closest determinations. Such determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. The Renewal Rate shall be the Prevailing Rate so determined in accordance with the foregoing sentence. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the expense of the broker selected by it and shall share equally the expense of the third broker, if any. Promptly following the determination of the Renewal Rate pursuant to this Section 9(c), the parties shall execute an amendment to the Lease memorializing such Renewal Rate.

12


 

10. Right of First Offer
     (a) Subject to the terms of this Section 10, Tenant shall have a right of offer (the “ Right of First Offer ”) during the Term to lease Suite 200 (containing approximately 11,145 rentable square feet) or Suite 201 (containing approximately 5,985 rentable square feet) in the Building when, subject to the last sentence of this Section 10(a), the first of such suites becomes available for lease (the first such space becoming available after the date hereof being herein referred to as the “ First Offer Space ”). The Right of First Offer is personal to Financial Engines, Inc. and may not be exercised by any sublessee or assignee, or by any other successor or assign, of Financial Engines, Inc. The Right of First Offer shall be effective only if neither a Default nor an event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default, is occurring hereunder, either at the time of exercise of the Right of First Offer or on the First Offer Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined). Tenant understands that Suite 200 is currently leased to a third party and that Suite 201 is currently vacant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) Landlord shall have the right after the date hereof to enter into a lease covering Suite 201 (a “ Subsequent Suite 201 Lease ”) without triggering Tenant’s Right of First Offer, and the Right of First Offer shall only be effective, as to Suite 201, following the expiration (subject to clause (ii) below) or sooner termination of the Subsequent Suite 201 Lease, and (ii) the Right of First Offer is expressly made subject to the right of Landlord to renew or extend the term of the subsequent Suite 201 Lease and of the lease of the existing tenant of Suite 200.
     (b) In the event that Landlord elects to market or offer to the public for lease the First Offer Space, or if Landlord receives a proposal (other than a proposal from the existing tenant of Suite 200 or from the tenant under the subsequent Suite 201 Lease) to lease the First Offer Space, which proposal Landlord intends to accept (a “ First Offer Proposal ”), Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the business and economic terms upon which Landlord would be willing to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant (a “ First Offer Space Availability Notice ”). Tenant shall thereafter have the right to lease the First Offer Space on the business and economic terms specified in the First Offer Space Availability Notice, and otherwise on the terms and conditions contained in the Lease, by written notice (a “ First Offer Notice ”) to Landlord given not later than five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the First Offer Space Availability Notice. If Tenant fails to deliver a First Offer Notice to Landlord on a timely basis as provided in the preceding sentence (time being of the essence), then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise the Right of First Offer.
     (c) In the event Tenant fails to exercise its Right of First Offer in a timely manner as provided herein, the Right of First Offer shall lapse and Landlord shall thereafter have the right to lease the First Offer Space to any party or parties on terms deemed acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant validly exercises the Right of First Offer, then (1) Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and amendment to the Lease adding the First Offer Space to the Premises, (2) Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space shall commence on a date (the “ First Offer Commencement Date ”) specified in the First Offer Space Availability Notice, (3) the First Offer Space shall be leased to Tenant upon the economic terms set forth in the First Offer Space Availability Notice and otherwise on the terms set forth in the Lease, (4) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building and the Project shall be increased to reflect the First Offer Space, and (5) except to the extent that the First Offer Space Availability Notice provides a

13


 

tenant improvement allowance or a tenant improvement loan to Tenant, the First Offer Space shall be delivered to Tenant in its “as-is” condition on the First Offer Commencement Date, Tenant acknowledging and agreeing that Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, remodel or otherwise alter such First Offer Space prior to or after the First Offer Commencement Date, except to the extent expressly provided in the First Offer Space Availability Notice.
11. General Provisions
     (a)  Ratification and Entire Agreement . Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. As modified by this Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Amendment and the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail. The Lease as amended by this Amendment constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements, representations, and understandings between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written, are or should be deemed to be null and void, all of the foregoing having been merged into this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant do each hereby acknowledge that it and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this Amendment, and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Amendment. This Amendment may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by each of Landlord and Tenant.
     (b)  Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except Newmark Knight Frank (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) and NAIBT Commercial (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) in the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with the Lease as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Provided that this Amendment is fully executed by the parties hereto, then Landlord shall pay a commission to Landlord’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker shall be responsible for any portion of such commission payable to Tenant’s Broker.
     (c)  Authority; Applicable Law; Successors Bound . Landlord and Tenant do each hereby represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such party and that such party has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment, without consent of any other party. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns with respect to the Lease.

14


 

     (d) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      In Witness Whereof, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
                 
    Landlord:   Harbor Investment Partners ,
        a California general partnership
 
               
        By:   Embarcadero Road Investors llc ,
            a Delaware limited liability company,
            its General Partner
 
               
 
          By:   UBS Realty Investors llc ,
a Massachusetts limited liability company,
its Manager
                 
 
          By:   /s/ Timothy J. Cahill
 
               
 
          Name:   Timothy J. Cahill
 
          Title:   Director — Asset Management
                 
    Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.,
        a California corporation
 
               
        By:   /s/ Raymond J. Sims
             
        Name:   Raymond J. Sims
        Title:   EVP & CFO

15

EXHIBIT 10.7.2
Partial Lease Termination Agreement
      This Partial Lease Termination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 16th day of May, 2001, by and between Harbor Investment Partners , a California general partnership (“Landlord”), and Financial Engines, Inc. , a California corporation (“Tenant”).
Recitals
     A. Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated July 14, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of November 24, 1998, a Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of November 15, 1999, and a Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of June 5, 2000 (as amended, the “ Lease ”).
     B. The Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately (i) eleven thousand one hundred forty-five (11,145) rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 200 (the “ Original Premises ”) in the building located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California (the “ Building ”), (ii) seventeen thousand six hundred seventy-two (17,672) rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 100 (“ Suite 100 ”) in the Building, (iii) two thousand one hundred seventeen (2,117) rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 102 (“ Suite 102 ”) in the Building, and (iv) three thousand eighty-one (3,081) rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 202 (“ Suite 202 ”) in the Building (Suite 100, Suite 102 and Suite 202 are collectively referred to herein as the “ Expansion Premises ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     C. Landlord and Tenant have also previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 7, 1999 (the “ 1830 Lease ”), which covers certain premises consisting of approximately thirty-two thousand seven hundred forty-two (32,742) rentable square feet (the “ 1830 Premises ”) in the building located at 1830 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California.
     D. Landlord and Tenant mutually desire to cancel and terminate the Lease only with respect to the Original Premises containing eleven thousand one hundred forty-five (11,145) rentable square feet prior to the scheduled expiration date thereof (the “ Scheduled Expiration Date ”), all upon and subject to the terms and conditions herein provided.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Partial Lease Termination
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be terminated only with respect to the Original Premises effective as of the later of (i) the close of business on May 16, 2001, or (ii) the satisfaction of the termination conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 below (the “ Termination Date ”). On or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall vacate and surrender possession of the Original Premises to Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to remove any furniture or

 


 

fixtures from the Original Premises to the extent that the same are being conveyed to and accepted by the Replacement Tenant (as defined below) (the “ Remaining Furniture ”); and provided, further, that Tenant shall not be required to remove or pay for the removal of any alterations or additions made by Tenant to the Original Premises during the Term.
     (b) Upon termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises only, the vacation and surrender of the Original Premises by Tenant, and satisfaction of the Termination Conditions (as hereafter defined), Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights, obligations or claims with respect to each other arising under the Lease with respect to the Original Premises except for (a) the indemnification obligations of Tenant contained in the Lease, (b) the obligation of Tenant to pay any remaining Additional Rent owed for calendar year 2001 when billed to Tenant in 2002 or the obligation Landlord to repay or credit to Tenant any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent, as applicable, in accordance with Paragraph 4(c) of the Lease, and (c) any obligations of Tenant or Landlord under the Lease which expressly survive the termination of the Lease (such obligations described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) being herein referred to as the “ Surviving Obligations ”). The Surviving Obligations shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises.
     (c) Landlord and Tenant agree and acknowledge that notwithstanding the cancellation and termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises, this Agreement shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of either Landlord or Tenant with respect to the Expansion Premises or the 1830 Premises and the Lease covering the Expansion Premises and the 1830 Lease covering the 1830 Premises shall continue to remain in full force and effect.
2. Termination Conditions
     The following conditions shall be conditions precedent to the termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises on the Termination Date (collectively, the “ Termination Conditions ”):
     (a)  Performance by Tenant . Tenant shall have performed all of its obligations under the Lease through the Termination Date, as and when such obligations shall have become due, including, without limitation, the payment of monthly installments of base rent, additional rent and any other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord.
     (b)  Surrender of the Original Premises . Except as set forth in Paragraph 1(a) above, Tenant shall have vacated and surrendered the Original Premises to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of the Lease on or before the Termination Date, including, without limitation, the removal by Tenant of all of its personal property.
     (c)  Execution of Replacement Lease . Landlord and a replacement tenant acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Replacement Tenant ”), shall have entered into a binding lease agreement (the “ Replacement Lease ”) covering the Original Premises, which Replacement Lease shall be on terms approved by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the execution of a Replacement Lease by Landlord is speculative and that no assurance can be given that a Replacement Lease will be executed.

2


 

The Termination Conditions are for the sole benefit of Landlord and may, at the sole discretion of Landlord, be waived by Landlord. If any or all of the Termination Conditions are not satisfied as required, then Landlord may unilaterally terminate this Agreement and reinstate the Lease with respect to the Original Premises (in which event the Lease covering the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises shall remain in full force and effect through the Scheduled Expiration Date) or Landlord may consider the Lease with respect to the Original Premises terminated as of the Termination Date; provided, however, that if either or both of the conditions precedent set forth in Paragraphs 2(a) and (b) above are not fully satisfied when the Lease is terminated as of the Termination Date, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any and all damages arising from the failure or satisfaction of such condition(s) precedent. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in reliance on the execution of this Agreement by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to enter into the Replacement Lease with a Replacement Tenant. Tenant hereby further acknowledges and agrees that any delay in the Termination Date will materially and adversely affect Landlord’s ability to perform its obligations under any such Replacement Lease, including, without limitation, its obligation to deliver possession of the Original Premises to the Replacement Tenant, and Landlord will incur substantial damages and costs, which are foreseeable, if Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Accordingly, Tenant agrees to take all actions necessary to cause the conditions set forth in Paragraphs 2(a) and (b) above to be fully satisfied.
3. Abandoned Property
     In addition to any rights Landlord may have under the Lease or this Agreement, Landlord, at its sole option, may deem any furniture, fixtures, shelving, cabinets, tables, equipment, lighting, and other fixtures or personal property in, on or attached to the Original Premises and remaining in or on the Original Premises after the Termination Date (the “ Abandoned Property ”), whether or not belonging to Tenant, to be abandoned, and Landlord may dispose of the Abandoned Property as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate; provided, however, that the Remaining Furniture shall not constitute Abandoned Property. Tenant shall not be entitled to any proceeds received by Landlord as a result of the disposition of the Abandoned Property. Tenant waives, to the greatest extent permitted by law, all of its rights under California Civil Code Sections 1980, et seq. as the same may be amended from time to time, and any related and successor statutes thereto.
4. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties
     Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord the following, each of which shall survive the termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises and the vacation and surrender of the Original Premises:
     (a) Tenant has not made any assignment, sublease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of the Lease, Tenant’s leasehold estate, the Original Premises, or any other right, title or interest under or arising by virtue of the Lease, or of any claim, demand, obligation, liability, action or cause of action arising from or pursuant to the Lease or arising from any rights of possession arising under or by virtue of the Lease, Tenant’s leasehold estate, or the Original

3


 

Premises. Although not part of the Original Premises, Tenant has subleased Suite 102 pursuant to a certain Sublease Agreement dated June___, 2000, which terminated on December 15, 2000.
     (b) Tenant has the full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement.
     (c) The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Tenant has the full right and authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of Tenant and to bind Tenant without the consent or approval of any other person or entity.
     (d) This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms.
     (e) Tenant has not (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by its creditors, (iii) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (v) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or (vi) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.
5. Landlord’s Representations and Warranties
     Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant the following, each of which shall survive the termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises and the vacation and surrender of the Original Premises by Tenant:
     (a) With the exception of a lease agreement between Landlord and Replacement Tenant, if any, Landlord has not made any assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of the Lease, or any other right, title or interest under or arising by virtue of the Lease, or of any claim, demand, obligation, liability, action or cause of action arising from or pursuant to the Lease.
     (b) Landlord has the full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement.
     (c) The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Landlord has the full right and authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of Landlord and to bind Landlord without the consent or approval of any other person or entity.
     (d) This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Landlord, enforceable against Landlord in accordance with its terms.
     (e) Landlord has not (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by its creditors, (iii) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (v) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or (vi) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.

4


 

6. Letter of Credit
     Upon the Termination Date, Tenant shall have the right to cause the Letter of Credit (as defined in the Lease) to be reduced to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) and Landlord will reasonably cooperate with Tenant and the Bank (as defined in the Lease) to reduce the Letter of Credit.
7. Security Deposits
     Upon the Termination Date, the amount of the Security Deposit specified in the Lease shall be reduced to Fifty-Three Thousand Three Hundred One Dollars and Thirty Cents ($53,301.30). Within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant any amount of the Security Deposit in excess of $53,301.30.
8. General Provisions
     (a)  Time of Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of the parties’ respective obligations set forth in this Agreement.
     (b)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in accordance with the terms of the Lease.
     (c)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior agreements, representations, and understandings between the parties, whether oral or written, are deemed null, all of the foregoing having been merged into this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that each party and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any amendments or exhibits to this Agreement or any document executed and delivered by either party in connection with this Agreement.
     (d)  Assignability; Successors Bound . Tenant may not assign its rights, obligations or interest in this Agreement to any other person or entity without Landlord’s written consent thereto, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any attempted assignment without the consent of Landlord shall be null and void. No assignment shall release the Tenant herein named from any obligation or liability under this Agreement. Any permitted assignee shall be deemed to have made any and all representations and warranties made by Tenant hereunder, as if the assignee were the original signatory hereto. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (e)  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances, other than those as to which it is so determined invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

5


 

     (f)  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California.
     (g)  Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.
     (h)  Attorneys’ Fees . If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing judgment in its favor under this Agreement shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.
     (i)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      In Witness Whereof , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
                 
Landlord:   Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
   
 
               
    By:   UBS Realty Investors LLC,
Its’ Investment Advisor and Agent
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin
 
   
 
      Name:   Cynthia Stevenin    
 
               
 
      Title:   Director    
 
               
             
Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond J. Sims
 
   
 
  Name:   Raymond J. Sims    
 
           
 
  Title:   VP & CFO    
 
           

6

Exhibit 10.8
Execution Version
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
      THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (together with any schedule, annex, or exhibit attached hereto, as the same may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement” ) is entered into as of April 20, 2009 (the “Second Amended and Restated Effective Date” ) among SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“Bank”), FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC., a California corporation (“Financial Engines”) and FINANCIAL ENGINES REINCORPORATION SUB, INC. (“Reincorporation Sub”) a Delaware corporation (each of Financial Engines and Reincorporation Sub may be referred to as a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers” ), and amends, restates, replaces and supersedes in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 26, 2008, (the “2008 Loan Agreement” ) among Bank and Borrowers. Definitions of capitalized terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Section 13 below. The parties agree as follows:
      1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
     Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.
      2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
      2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrowers hereby jointly, severally and unconditionally promise to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.
      2.1.1 Revolving Advances.
          (a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.
          (b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
      2.1.2 Letters of Credit Sublimit.
     As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit for any Borrower’s account. Such aggregate amounts utilized hereunder shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate amount available to be used for the issuance of Letters of Credit may not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000). The face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of: (A) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) at any time or (B) the Availability Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may issue standby Letters of Credit with an aggregate face amount of up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) at any time outstanding even if there is no availability under the Borrowing Base. If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrowers shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as reasonably estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application” ). Borrowers agree to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request.

 


 

          (a) The obligation of Borrowers to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit Application and the Letter of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and Borrowers shall perform strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.
          (b) Borrowers may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrowers of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges) in Dollars at the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.
          (c) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve” ) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.
      2.1.3 Foreign Exchange Sublimit. As part of the Revolving Line, Borrowers may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which a Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “FX Forward Contract” ) on a specified date (the “Settlement Date” ). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract in a maximum aggregate amount equal to Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) (the “FX Reserve” ). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the amount of the FX Reserve. The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “FX Reduction Amount” ). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.
      2.1.4 Cash Management Services Sublimit. Borrowers may use up to Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “Cash Management Services” ). Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrowers for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.
      2.1.5 Term Loan. Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrowers in an amount up to the Term Loan Amount on the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan in (i) thirty-six (36) equal installments of principal, plus (ii) payments of accrued interest (the “Term Loan Payment” ). Beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs, the principal portion of each Term Loan Payment shall be payable on the first day of each month. The interest portion of each Term Loan payment shall be paid on each Interest Payment Date. Borrower’s final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. The Term Loan may be prepaid at any time without penalty.
      2.2 Overadvances. If, at any time, Borrowers’ Obligations under Section 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.3, or 2.1.4 exceed the lesser of either (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) subject to the qualification contained in Section 2.1.2 with respect to Letters of Credit with an aggregate face amount of up to $1,500,000, the Borrowing Base, Borrowers must immediately pay Bank the excess.
      2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.
          (a) Interest Rate .

-2-


 

               (i)  Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to .75% percentage points above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(g) below.
               (ii)  Term Loan . The Term Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made, continued or converted until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to (i) for Prime Rate Term Loans, the Prime Rate plus 1.50%, and (ii) for LIBOR Term Loans, the LIBOR Rate plus 4.00%. On and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Term Loan outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the Effective Amount of such LIBOR Term Loan shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus five percent (5.00%). In no event shall Borrowers maintain at any time LIBOR Term Loans having more than two (2) different Interest Periods.
          (b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto in the case of Advances or Prime Rate Term Loans (the “Default Rate” ). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
          (c) Prime Rate Adjustments . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.
          (d) LIBOR Term Loans . The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Term Loan shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.6(a) hereunder. Subject to Sections 3.6 and 3.7, such rate shall apply during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Term Loan, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Term Loan.
          (e) 360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
          (f) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of any Borrower’s Deposit Accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts any Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.
          (g) Payments . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue.
      2.4 Fees. Borrowers shall pay to Bank:
          (a) Revolving Line Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee equal to one-quarter of a percent (.25%) of the Revolving Line, less a pro-rated amount in respect of the loan fee of $7000 received on the effective date of the 2008 Loan Agreement, on the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date; and if Borrowers’ balances at Bank or Bank’s affiliates drop below $5,000,000 at any time, Borrowers will immediately pay to Bank an additional Commitment fee of $30,000;
          (b) Term Loan Fee. A fully-earned, non-refundable fee equal to one-half of one percent (.50%) of the Term Loan Amount, on the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date; and
          (b) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date, when due.
      3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

-3-


 

      3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Borrowers shall consent to or have delivered, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:
          (a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents to which it is a party;
          (b) Intentionally Omitted;
          (c) Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of each of Borrowers and Guarantor certified by the Secretary of State of the States of California and Delaware, as applicable, as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date;
          (d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for each of Borrowers;
          (e) Payoff letter duly executed by Coast DL Funding LLC in favor of Bank terminating the Oak Hill Note and all obligations and liens relating thereto;
          (f) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;
          (g) the Perfection Certificate(s) executed by each of Borrowers and Guarantor;
          (h) Intentionally Omitted;
          (i) the duly executed original signatures to the Reaffirmation of Guaranty, together with the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Guarantor;
          (j) the insurance policies and/or endorsements required pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof, and
          (k) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.
      3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligation to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:
          (a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;
          (b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 shall be true in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is each Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and
          (c) There has not been a Material Adverse Change since the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date.
      3.3 Covenant to Deliver.

-4-


 

     Each Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition to any Credit Extension. Each Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of such Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in Bank’s sole discretion.
      3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4), Borrowers shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrowers shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank may make Advances under this. Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. In the case of the Term Loan, a Notice of Borrowing (in the form of Exhibit B-l) must be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of LIBOR Term Loans, and (ii) on the requested Funding Date, in the case of Prime Rate Term Loans, specifying: (1) the amount of the Term Loan; (2) the requested Funding Date; (3) whether the Term Loan is to be comprised of LIBOR Term Loans or Prime Rate Term Loans; and (4) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Term Loans included in such notice; provided that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any LIBOR Term Loan, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month.
The proceeds of all such Advances and the Term Loan will be made available to Borrowers on the Funding Date by Bank by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing. No Advances or Term Loan shall be deemed made to Borrowers, and no interest shall accrue on any such Credit Extension, until the related funds have been deposited in the Designated Deposit Account.
      3.5 Conversion and Continuation Elections.
          (a) So long as (i) no Event of Default exists; (ii) Borrower shall not have sent any notice of termination of this Agreement; and (iii) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as Bank has established from time to time for Borrower’s requests for LIBOR Term Loans, Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Bank:
     (1) elect to convert on any Business Day, Prime Rate Term Loans into LIBOR Term Loans;
     (2) elect to continue on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Term Loans maturing on such Interest Payment Date; or
     (3) elect to convert on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Term Loans maturing on such Interest Payment Date into Prime Rate Term Loans.
          (b) Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation in accordance with Section 10 to be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time (i) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the Conversion Date or Continuation Date, if any Term Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Term Loans; and (ii) on the Conversion Date, if any Term Loans are to be converted into Prime Rate Term Loans, in each case specifying the:
     (1) proposed Conversion Date or Continuation Date;
     (2) aggregate amount of the Term Loans to be converted or continued;
     (3) nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and
     (4) duration of the requested Interest Period.

-5-


 

          (c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Term Loans, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Term Loans, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Term Loans into Prime Rate Term Loans.
          (d) Any LIBOR Term Loans shall, at Bank’s option, convert into Prime Rate Term Loans in the event that (i) an Event of Default shall exist. Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, charge the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Term Loans to Prime Rate Term Loans pursuant to this Section 3.5(d).
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase United States Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Term Loans, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Term Loans.
      3.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Term Loans. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Term Loans as to the matters covered:
          (a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate . As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Term Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.
          (b) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Term Loan, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Advance on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Term Loans may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Term Loans until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to Term Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.
          (c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank (which request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation), for all losses, expenses, unrealized gains and liabilities (including any interest paid by Bank to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Term Loans, any loss, expense or liability incurred by Bank in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds, and, in the case of complete or partial principal payments or conversions of LIBOR Term Loans prior to the last day of the applicable Interest Period, any amount by which (A) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount so prepaid or converted had it not been paid or converted until the last day of the applicable Interest Period exceeds (B) the interest which would have been recoverable by Bank by placing the amount so received on deposit in the certificate of deposit markets, the offshore currency markets, or United States Treasury investment products, as the case may be, for a period starting on the date on which it was so paid or converted and ending on the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion), if any, that Bank may incur: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by Bank or due to any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Term Loans due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7(c) and 3.7(d)) a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Term Loan does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) if for any reason (including voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration) any complete or partial principal payment or any conversion of any of Borrower’s LIBOR Term Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Advance. Bank’s determination as to such amount shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

-6-


 

          (d) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Term Loans . Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each of its relevant LIBOR Term Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Term Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Term Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7.
          (e) LIBOR Term Loans After Default . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have a Credit Extension be made or continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Term Loan after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Term Loan and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall, at Bank’s option, be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Term Loans referred to therein as Prime Rate Term Loans.
     3.7 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Term Loans.
     (a) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any LIBOR Term Loans relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “Additional Costs” ), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:
          (i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any LIBOR Term Loans (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);
          (ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any LIBOR Term Loans or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or
          (iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).
     Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.7(a) as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section 3.7(a). Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.7(a) of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make LIBOR Term Loans, of making or maintaining LIBOR Term Loans, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of LIBOR Term Loans, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (b) If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “Parent”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Section 3.7(b) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (c) If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Term Loans for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore

-7-


 

currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Term Loans, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower. Upon the giving of such notice, Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Term Loans shall terminate; provided, however, LIBOR Term Loans shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Term Loans.
     (d) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Term Loans, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the LIBOR Term Loans in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.7(c)(ii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Term Loan then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 3.7(c)(ii), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Term Loan or to have outstanding Term Loans converted into or continued as Prime Rate Term Loans by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.
      4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
      4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Each Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Each Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If any Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by such Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
     If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit for which cash collateral has been provided pursuant to Section 2.1.2) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of such Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrowers.
     Any assets that are sold or disposed of in a transaction permitted by Section 7.1 shall be released from the Lien granted hereunder and shall no longer be part of the Collateral upon the consummation of such transaction. Any Permitted Distributions (whether in the form of cash, instruments or otherwise) properly made pursuant to Section 7.7 shall be released from the Lien granted hereunder and shall no longer be part of the Collateral upon the making of such Permitted Distribution.
      4.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Each Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrowers, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrowers or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.
      5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          Each Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
      5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Each Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower

-8-


 

represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.
     The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or which can only be made or obtained in the future or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
      5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Deposit Accounts other than the Deposit Accounts with Bank, the Deposit Accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.
     The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except for inventory located at printers from time to time and as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate. In the event that Borrower, after the date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver any portion of the Collateral to a bailee, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank and such bailee must execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.
     Borrower is the sole owner of its intellectual property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Each patent is valid and enforceable, and no part of the intellectual property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the intellectual property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate or as notified to Bank pursuant to the next sentence, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public) with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any such license or agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).
      5.3 Accounts Receivable. For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may, during an audit of Eligible Accounts, notify any Account Debtor owing

-9-


 

Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.
      5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
      5.5 No Material Deviation in Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.
      5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
      5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
      5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.
      5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except that Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower the payment of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

-10-


 

      5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to fund its general business requirements and to retire the Oak Hill Note, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.
      5.11 Designation of Indebtedness under this Agreement as Senior Indebtedness.
     All principal of, interest (including all interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding), and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due under this Agreement shall constitute “Designated Senior Indebtedness” under the terms of any applicable debt instrument.
      5.12 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
      6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     Each Borrower shall do all of the following:
      6.1 Government Compliance.
          (a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
          (b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
      6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.
          (a) Deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than the earlier of (A) five (5) days after filing with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or (B) if no such filing is made, 50 days after each fiscal quarter end and 95 days after each fiscal year end; financial statements; (ii) a Compliance Certificate together with delivery of the 10K and 10Q reports; (iii) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections; (iv) after Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $250,000 or more; and (v) budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information Bank reasonably requests.
     Borrower’s 10K, 10Q, and 8K reports required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(i) shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such report or provides a link thereto on Borrower’s or another website on the Internet; provided , that Borrower shall provide paper copies to Bank of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.2(a)(ii).
          (b) When the total amount of Advances plus the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit is greater than $1,500,000, and within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to Bank a (i) duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) and (ii) a deferred revenue report.

-11-


 

          (c) Monthly financial statements, within 30 days after the last day of each month, and as soon as available, and in any event within 150 days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, annual financial statements certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank.
          (d) Together with delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.2(a) and (c) above, deliver to Bank a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement.
          (e) Allow Bank to audit Borrower’s Collateral at Borrower’s expense. Such audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months at Borrower’s expense unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      6.3 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.
      6.4 Insurance. Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the an additional lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Bank at least twenty (20) days’ notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.4 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.4, and take any action under the policies Bank reasonably deems prudent.
      6.5 Operating Accounts.
          (a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ primary and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and, except as permitted in Section 6.5(b), other Deposit Accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.
          (b) Provide Bank five (5) days’ prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to Deposit Accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.
      6.6 Financial Covenants.
          (a) Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:
               (i)  Adjusted Quick Ratio . A ratio of (1) Quick Assets to (2) the sum of (x) Current Liabilities plus (y) all Advances and Term Loans minus (z) Deferred Revenue, of at least 1.15 to 1.0 through September 30, 2009, and at least 1.25:1.00 thereafter.

-12-


 

               (ii)  Maximum Unfunded Capital Expenditures . Borrowers’ capital expenditures made in cash and not financed with indebtedness shall not exceed $2,000,000 in the fiscal year ending in 2009, and $4,000,000 in any fiscal year thereafter.
          (b) Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each quarter unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:
               (i)  Minimum EBITDA . Borrower shall achieve EBITDA of no less than the amounts set forth below for each specified period.
         
Period   Minimum EBITDA
For the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2009
  $ 750,000  
For the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009
  $ 750,000  
               (ii)  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage . Borrower shall achieve a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of no less than the amounts set forth below for each specified period.
         
Period   Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009
    1.50:1.00  
For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009
    2.00:1.00  
For the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010
    1.50:1.00  
For the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010
    2.00:1.00  
For the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2010 and thereafter
    2.50:1.00  
      6.7 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower shall: (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its intellectual property where the failure to do so would result in a Material Adverse Change; (b) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its intellectual property; and (c) not allow any intellectual property to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent where such abandonment, forfeiture or dedication would have a Material Adverse Change. If Borrower (i) obtains any patent, registered trademark or servicemark, registered copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any patent or the registration of any trademark or servicemark, then Borrower shall on its next Compliance Certificate notify Bank thereof and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice (which may be in the form of a Compliance Certificate) of Borrower’s intent to register such copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files

-13-


 

for patents or for the registration of trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement necessary for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.
      6.8 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or Borrower.
      6.9 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
      7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     No Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:
      7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for:
          (a) Transfers in the ordinary course of business for reasonably equivalent consideration;
          (b) Transfers to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
          (c) Transfers of property in connection with sale-leaseback transactions;
          (d) Transfers of property to the extent such property is exchanged for credit against, or proceeds are promptly applied to, the purchase price of other property used or useful in the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries;
          (e) Transfers constituting non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and other non-perpetual licenses that may be exclusive in some respects other than territory (and/or that may be exclusive as to territory only in discreet geographical areas outside of the United States), but that could not result in a legal transfer of Borrower’s title in the licensed property;
          (f) Transfers otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents;
          (g) sales or discounting of delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of business;
          (h) Transfers associated with the making or disposition of a Permitted Investment; and
          (i) Transfers in connection with a permitted acquisition of a portion of the assets or rights acquired.
      7.2 Changes in Business; Change in Control; Jurisdiction of Formation.
     Engage in any material line of business other than those lines of business conducted by Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any businesses reasonably related, complementary or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof; permit or suffer any Change in Control. Borrower will not, without prior written notice, change its jurisdiction of formation.
      7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.

-14-


 

     Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any Person other than with Borrower or any Subsidiary, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of a Person other than Borrower or any Subsidiary, except where no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action during the term of this Agreement, and (a) Borrower is the surviving entity, (b) such merger or consolidation is a Transfer otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, or (c) such merger is in connection with an initial public offering and is the means by which Borrowing re-incorporates in Delaware.
      7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
      7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of the Collateral, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s intellectual property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Lien” herein.
      7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.4.(b) hereof.
      7.7 Distributions; Investments. ( a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock other than Permitted Distributions; or (b) directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.
      7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms (when viewed in the context of any series of transactions of which it may be a part, if applicable) that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; or (b) transactions among Borrower and its Subsidiaries and among Borrower’s Subsidiaries so long as no Event of Default exists or could result therefrom.
      7.9 Subordinated Debt. Make or permit any payment on or amendments of any Subordinated Debt, except (a) payments pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Debt; (b) payments made with Borrower’s capital stock or other Subordinated Debt; (c) amendments to Subordinated Debt so long as such Subordinated Debt remains subordinated in right of payment to this Agreement and any Liens securing such Subordinated Debt remain subordinate in priority to Bank’s Lien hereunder; or (d) other purchases or payments of Subordinated Debt.
      7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
      8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

-15-


 

      8.1 Payment Default. Borrowers fail to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
      8.2 Covenant Default.
          (a) Borrowers fail or neglect to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (a), (b), (c) or (d), 6.5, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or
          (b) Borrowers fail or neglect to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrowers be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrowers shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;
      8.3 Intentionally Omitted;
      8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business. (a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of any Borrower or of any entity under control of any Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of any Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) Business Day cure period; and (b) (i) any material portion of such Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents such Borrower from conducting any part of its business;
      8.5 Insolvency. ( a) Any Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) any Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against any Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
      8.6 Other Agreements. If any Borrower fails to (a) make any payment that is due and payable with respect to any Material Indebtedness and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating thereto, or (b) perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any Material Indebtedness, and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating thereto and the effect of such failure, event or condition is to cause the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of such Material Indebtedness or cause the mandatory repurchase of any Material Indebtedness;
      8.7 Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against any Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order, or decree);
      8.8 Misrepresentations. Any Borrower or any Person acting for any Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing

-16-


 

delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;
      8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any creditor of Borrowers that has signed a subordination, intercreditor, or similar agreement with Bank breaches any terms of such agreement;
      8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any material obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor; or (e) (i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the collateral provided by Guarantor or in the value of such collateral or (ii) a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, condition (financial or otherwise) or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations occurs with respect to any Guarantor; or
      8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change; or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change.
      9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
      9.1 Rights and Remedies. While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
          (a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
          (b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers’ benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrowers and Bank;
          (c) demand that Borrowers (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrowers shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;
          (d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;
          (e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrowers money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;
          (f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrowers shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Each Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;
          (g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrowers it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrowers;
          (h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrowers’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names,

-17-


 

trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrowers’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;
          (i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;
          (j) demand and receive possession of Borrowers’ Books; and
          (k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
      9.2 Power of Attorney. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse such Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign such Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under such Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Each Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as each Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit for which cash collateral has been provided pursuant to Section 2.1.2) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
      9.3 Protective Payments. If any Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.3 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrowers is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrowers with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.
      9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, or proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, first, to Bank Expenses, including without limitation, the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Bank in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; second, to the interest due upon any of the Obligations; and third, to the principal of the Obligations and any applicable fees and other charges in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrowers’ account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrowers or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

-18-


 

      9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrowers bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
      9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
      9.7 Demand Waiver. Each Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrowers are liable.
      10 NOTICES
     All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or any Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.
     
If to Borrower:
  Financial Engines, Inc.
 
  1804 Embarcadero Rd., Suite 200
 
  Palo Alto, CA 94303
 
  Attn: Raymond J. Sims
 
  Fax: 650-565-7705
 
  Email: rsims@financialengines.com
 
   
 
  Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc.
 
  1804 Embarcadero Rd.
 
  Palo Alto, CA 94303
 
  Attn: Raymond J. Sims
 
  Fax: 650-565-7705
 
  Email: rsims@financialengines.com
 
   
If to Bank:
  Silicon Valley Bank
 
  2400 Hanover Street
 
  Palo Alto, CA 94304
 
  Attn: Nick Tsiagkas
 
  Fax: (650) 320-0016
 
  Email: ntsiagkas@svb.com
      11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

-19-


 

     California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrowers and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Each Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and each Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrowers at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrowers’ actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
      TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWERS AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
     WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.
      12 GENERAL PROVISIONS
      12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrowers may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrowers, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
      12.2 Indemnification. Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person” ) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank

-20-


 

Expenses incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person from, following, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrowers (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
      12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
      12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
      12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.
      12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration. All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by both Bank and Borrowers. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.
      12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
      12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrowers in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.
      12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with their business with Borrower; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank for the benefit of Borrower with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
      12.10 Co-Borrower Waivers.
     (a)  Cross-Guaranty . Each Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Bank and its successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Bank by each other Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this Agreement shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Section 12.10 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by,
     (i) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Borrower is or may become a party;

-21-


 

     (ii) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 12.10) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Bank with respect to any of the provisions thereof;
     (iii) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Bank in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);
     (iv) the insolvency of any Borrower or any Guarantor; or
     (v) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.
     Each Borrower shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as the principal debtor with respect to the Obligations guaranteed hereunder.
     (b)  Specific Waivers by Borrowers . Each Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Bank to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder against any other Borrower or any Guarantor, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower expressly waives the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting the revocation of any guaranty as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 2787 through 2855, 2899 and 1432 with respect to certain suretyship defenses. It is agreed among each Borrower and Bank that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 12.10 and such waivers, Bank would decline to enter into this Agreement.
     (c)  Benefit of Guaranty . Each Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 12.10 are for the benefit of Bank and its successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Borrower and Bank, the obligations of such other Borrower under the Loan Documents.
     (d)  Waiver of Subrogation. Etc . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or until all obligations are paid in full, each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit Bank and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 12.10, and that Bank and its successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 12.10.
      12.11 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrowers and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
      13 DEFINITIONS
      13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
      “Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.
      “Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

-22-


 

      “Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.
      “Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.
      “Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.
      “Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reserve, minus (d) any outstanding amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.
      “Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.
      “Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.
      “Bankruptcy-Related Defaults” is defined in Section 9.1.
      “Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof
      “Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.
      “Borrowing Base” is the sum of: (a) 80% of Eligible Accounts plus (b) 50% of Eligible Intra-Quarter Managed Accounts; provided that Bank may lower the percentages of the Borrowing Base after performing an audit of Borrower’s Collateral.
      “Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
      “Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .
      “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.
      “Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.
      “Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.4.
      “Change in Control” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) any “person” (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as an amended (the “Exchange Act” )), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower, is or becomes a beneficial owner (within the meaning Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower, representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities; or (b) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Borrower (together

-23-


 

with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors of Borrower was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directions at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office.
      “Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes on the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
      “Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .
      “Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
      “Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
      “Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .
      “Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made unless the Contingent Obligation is limited by the terms thereof, in which case the amount of the Contingent Obligation shall be such limitation or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.
      “Continuation Date” means any date on which Borrowers continue a LIBOR Term Loan into another Interest Period.
      “Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
      “Conversion Date” means any date on which Borrower converts a Prime Rate Term Loan to a LIBOR Term Loan or a LIBOR Term Loan to a Prime Rate Term Loan.
      “Credit Extension” is any Advance, Letter of Credit, Term Loan, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.
      “Credit Party” means Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries.
      “Current Liabilities” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.
      “Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

-24-


 

      “Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.
      “Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
      “Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s Deposit Account, account number 3300362344, maintained with Bank.
      “Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.
      “EBITDA” shall mean, on a consolidated basis, (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense, plus (e) other non-cash expense including stock compensation expenses.
      “Effective Date” is the date Bank executes this Agreement as indicated on the signature page hereof.
      “Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment based on an audit of Borrower’s Collateral on at least 60 days’ prior written notice to Borrower. Eligible Accounts shall not include:
     (a) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within sixty (60) days of due date regardless of invoice payment period terms, except for CitiStreet, who shall have up to ninety (90) days past due date;
     (b) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, sixty percent (60%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;
     (c) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States or Canada unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and (i) covered in full by credit insurance satisfactory to Bank, less any deductible, (ii) supported by letter(s) of credit acceptable to Bank, (iii) supported by a guaranty from the Export-Import Bank of the United States, or (iv) that Bank otherwise approves of in writing.;
     (d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to whom Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise — sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), but (i) such Accounts are excluded only to the extent of Borrower’s indebtedness to such Account Debtors and (ii) such exclusion does not include Accounts subject to customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business, provided that Deferred Revenue is allowed to the extent it can be offset against amounts invoiced;
     (e) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;
     (f) Accounts with credit balances over sixty (60) days from due date;
     (g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five (25%) of all Accounts, except for JP Morgan Chase and CitiStreet, for which such percentage is 35%, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;
     (h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;
     (i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

-25-


 

     (j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has not been invoiced or where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);
     (k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);
     (l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);
     (m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;
     (n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);
     (o) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;
     (p) Accounts or the portion’s thereof for which Borrower has permitted payment to extend beyond 90 days;
     (q) Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor (but only to the extent the chargeback is determined invalid and subsequently collected by Borrower);
     (r) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;
     (s) Accounts with selling terms of more than 30 days (45 days for Accounts where the Account Debtor is Citistreet, Dell Computer, Xerox, Apple Computer, Bank of America, IBM, PepsiCo, JP Morgan Chase and Hewlett-Packard); provided that Bank may approve other accounts on a case by case basis from Account Debtors that represent $25,000 or more of Borrower’s revenue per year; and
     (t) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful.
      “Eligible Intra-Quarter Managed Accounts” is the portion of Intra-Quarter Managed Accounts representing services: (i) that have been fully performed by Borrower, (ii) for which the relevant Account Debtor owes Borrower, and (iii) the invoice for which is scheduled to be delivered no later than the end of the calendar quarter during which the relevant services were provided.
      “Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.
      “ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
      “Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.
      “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” is the ratio of Borrowers’ EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ending on the date of measurement to the sum of scheduled principal and interest payments on Indebtedness for such fiscal quarter.

-26-


 

      “Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.
      “Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.
      “FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.
      “FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
      “FX Reduction Amount” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
      “FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
      “GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
      “General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
      “Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
      “Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
      “Guarantor” is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations, including Financial Engines Advisors, L.L.C.
      “Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.
      “Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.
      “Initial Audit” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books.
      “Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

-27-


 

      “Interest Expense” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).
      “Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to any LIBOR Term Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Term Loan, but not less often than every three months and, with respect to Prime Rate Term Loans and Prime Rate Advances, the first day of each month (or, if that day of the month does not fall on a Business Day, then on the first Business Day following such date), and each date a Prime Rate Term Loan is converted into a LIBOR Term Loan to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Term Loan.
      “Interest Period” means, as to any LIBOR Term Loan, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Term Loan, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Term Loan is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Term Loan, and ending on the date that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however, that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Term Loan shall end later than the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Term Loan, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Term Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and (e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.
      “Interest Rate Determination Date” means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Term Loan.
      “Intra-Quarter Managed Accounts” are Accounts arising out the managed account services provided by Borrower to its customers that would otherwise qualify as Eligible Accounts except for the fact that the same have not been billed to the relevant Account Debtor.
      “Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.
      “Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
      “IP Agreement” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of even date herewith.
      “IPO” is an initial public offering of Borrower’s stock.
      “Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.
      “Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).
      “Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(c).

-28-


 

      “LIBOR” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Term Loan to be made, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Term Loan, the rate of interest per annum (as set forth by Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by Lender which has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) at which deposits in United States Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.0001%) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Term Loan.
      “LIBOR Rate” means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Term Loans, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.0001%) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1) minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period, but in no event shall the LIBOR Rate be less than one and one-half percent (1.50%).
      “LIBOR Term Loan” means any portion of the Term Loan that bears interest based on the LIBOR Rate.
      “Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.
      “Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.
      “Loan Supplement” is the form included as part of Exhibit A .
      “Managed Accounts” are those Accounts from clients who receive personalized asset management services from Borrower.
      “Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the ability of Borrower to repay any portion of the Obligations.
      “Material Indebtedness” is any Indebtedness the principal amount of which is equal to or greater than $500,000.
      “Oak Hill Note” is that certain promissory note issued by Financial Engines to Coast DL Funding LLC in the original principal amount of $10,000,000.
      “Obligations” are Borrower’s any Credit Party’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower or any Credit Party owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower or any Credit Party assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s any Credit Party’s duties under the Loan Documents.
      “Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.
      “Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

-29-


 

      “Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.
      “Permitted Distributions” means:
     (a) purchases of capital stock from former employees, consultants and directors pursuant to repurchase agreements or other similar agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000 in any fiscal year plus $1,000,000 per year to allow for purchases of restricted stock from executives in an amount necessary to pay withholding tax, provided that at the time of such purchase no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
     (b) distributions or dividends consisting solely of Borrower’s capital stock;
     (c) purchases for value of any rights distributed in connection with any stockholder rights plan;
     (d) purchases of capital stock or options to acquire such capital stock with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issuance of capital stock or convertible securities;
     (e) purchases of capital stock pledged as collateral for loans to employees;
     (f) purchases of capital stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise or in connection with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations;
     (g) purchases of fractional shares of capital stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations;
     (h) the settlement or performance of such Person’s obligations under any equity derivative transaction, option contract or similar transaction or combination of transactions; and
     (i) other distributions, dividends or purchases of Borrower’s capital stock in cash, provided that the aggregate amount of such distributions, dividends, or purchases made pursuant to this clause (i) during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date of determination, when combined with purchases of Subordinated Debt during such period, shall not exceed $100,000, and no Default or Event of Default exists or could result from such other distribution, dividend, or purchase.
      “Permitted Indebtedness” is:
     (a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and any other Loan Document;
     (b) (i) any Indebtedness that does not exceed $250,000 in principal amount existing on the Effective Date, and (ii) any Indebtedness in excess of $250,000 in principal amount existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
     (c) Subordinated Debt;
     (d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors and with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations] incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (e) guaranties of Permitted Indebtedness and of obligations of a Borrower or a subsidiary that do not constitute Indebtedness;
     (f) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements designated to protect Borrower against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;

-30-


 

     (h) Indebtedness between Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or among any of Borrower’s Subsidiaries;
     (i) Indebtedness with respect to documentary letters of credit;
     (j) capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year secured by Permitted Liens;
     (k) Indebtedness of entities acquired in any permitted merger or acquisition transaction;
     (l) refinanced Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing, but unutilized, commitment thereunder; and
     (m) other Indebtedness, if, on the date of incurring any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (m), the outstanding aggregate amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (m) does not exceed $100,000.
      “Permitted Investments” are:
     (a) Investments existing on the Effective Date;
     (b) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or its agencies or any State maturing within 1 year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than 2 years after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than 2 years after issue;
     (c) Investments approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors or otherwise pursuant to a Board- approved investment policy;
     (d) Investments in Borrower by any of its Subsidiaries or by Borrower in any Guarantor;
     (e) Investments consisting of Collateral Accounts in the name of Borrower or any Subsidiary so long as Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest in such Collateral Accounts other than Deposit Accounts used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees;
     (f) Investments consisting of extensions of credit to Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ customers in the nature of accounts receivable, prepaid royalties or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods, provision of services or licensing activities of Borrower;
     (g) Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of obligations owed by financially troubled obligors;
     (h) Investments acquired in exchange for any other Investments in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization;
     (i) Investments acquired as a result of a foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment;
     (j) Temporary advances to cover incidental expenses in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $250,000 in one year;
     (k) Investments in joint ventures, strategic alliances, licensing (on a non-exclusive basis) and similar arrangements customary in Borrower’s industry and which do not require Borrower to assume or to otherwise become liable for the obligations of any third party not directly related to or arising out of such arrangement or require Borrower to transfer ownership of non-cash assets to such joint venture or other entity or transfer of cash in excess of $250,000 in any one fiscal year;

-31-


 

     (l) Investments consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;
     (m) Investments consisting of loans and advances to employees; and
     (n) other Investments, if, on the date of incurring any Investments pursuant to this clause (n), the outstanding aggregate amount of all Investments incurred pursuant to this clause (n) does not exceed $100,000.
      “Permitted Liens” are:
     (a) (i) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness described under clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or (ii) Liens arising under this Agreement or other Loan Documents;
     (b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;
     (c) Liens (including with respect to capital leases) (i) on property (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) acquired or held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred for financing such property (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) other than Accounts, Inventory, or (ii) existing on property (and accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) when acquired other than Accounts, Inventory, and Financed Equipment, if the Lien is confined to such property (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof);
     (d) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness it secures may not increase;
     (e) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or intellectual property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest;
     (f) non-exclusive license of intellectual property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business,and licenses of intellectual property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;
     (g) leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, including in connection with Borrower’s leased premises or leased property;
     (h) Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;
     (i) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums;
     (j) customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other similar agreement;
     (k) Liens on assets acquired in mergers and acquisitions not prohibited by Section 7 of this Agreement;

-32-


 

     (l) Liens consisting of pledges of cash, cash equivalents or government securities to secure swap or foreign exchange contracts or letters of credit];
     (m) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;
     (n) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit or securities accounts held at such institutions;
     (o) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
     (p) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); and
     (q) Liens not otherwise permitted, provided that (i) the amount of all such Liens is not in excess of $100,000 and (ii) such Liens are subordinate in priority to Bank’s Lien hereunder.
      “Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
      “Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate, but in no event shall the Prime Rate be less than four percent (4.00%) per annum.
      “Prime Rate Term Loan” is any portion of the Term Loan that bears interest based on the Prime Rate.
      “Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrower’s consolidated, unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, net billed accounts receivable and investments with maturities of fewer than 12 months determined according to GAAP.
      “Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
      “Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
      “Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.
      “Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000).
      “Revolving Line Maturity Date” is 364 days from the Second Amended and Restated Effective Date.
      “Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
      “Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
      “Subordinated Debt” is (a) Indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s Indebtedness owed to Bank and which is reflected in a written agreement in a manner and form reasonably acceptable to Bank

-33-


 

and approved by Bank in writing, and (b) to the extent the terms of subordination do not change adversely to Bank, refinancings, refundings, renewals, amendments or extensions of any of the foregoing.
      “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50.0% of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person or one or more of Affiliates of such Person.
      “Term Loan” is the loan made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.5 hereof.
      “Term Loan Amount” is an amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).
      “Term Loan Maturity Date” is May 1, 2012.
      “Term Loan Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.5.
      “Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.
      “Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and current portion of Subordinated Debt permitted by Bank to be paid by Borrower, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.
[Signature page follows.]

-34-


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.
         
BORROWERS:

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
   
By   /s/ Raymond J. Sims      
  Name:   Raymond J. Sims     
  Title:   EVP + CFO     
 
FINANCIAL ENGINES REINCORPORATION SUB, INC.
 
   
By   /s/ Raymond J. Sims      
  Name:   Raymond J. Sims     
  Title:   EVP + CFO     
         
BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
   
By        
  Name:        
  Title:        
  Effective Date: 
 
   

 


 

         
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.
         
BORROWERS:

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
   
By   /s/ Raymond J. Sims    
  Name:   Raymond J. Sims    
  Title:   EVP & CFO    
 
FINANCIAL ENGINES REINCORPORATION SUB, INC.
 
   
By   /s/ Raymond J. Sims    
  Name:   Raymond J. Sims    
  Title:   EVP & CFO    
         
BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
   
By   /s/ Nick Tsiagkas    
  Name:   Nick Tsiagkas    
  Title:   Relationship Manager    
  Effective Date: April 20, 2009  

 


 

EXHIBIT A
COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION
The Collateral consists of all of Borrowers’ right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:
     All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and
     all Borrowers’ Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing; provided, however, that notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in Section 4, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Requirement of Law of a Governmental Authority or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property, except to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Code (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity; provided, however, that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as such Requirement of Law is not effective or applicable, or such prohibition, breach, default or termination is no longer applicable or is waived, and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of the Collateral that does not result in such consequences.

 


 

EXHIBIT B — LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM
Deadline for same day processing is Noon P.S.T.
     
Fax To:   Date: _________
Loan Payment:
Financial Engines. Inc./Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc.
     
From Account #  
  To Account
#  
   
(Deposit Account #)
Principal $  
$  

Authorized Signature:  
  (Loan Account #)
and/or Interest


Phone Number:
 
Print Name/Title:  
   
Loan Adavance:
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
     
From Account #  
  To Account
#  
   
(Loan Account #)

Amount of Advance $  
  (Deposit Account #)


All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

Authorized Signature:  
Print Name/Title:  
  Phone Number:    
Outgoing Wire Request:
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, P.S.T.
     
Beneficiary Name:  
   
Amount of Wire: $  
   
Beneficiary Bank:    
   
Account Number:  
   
City and State:  
   
 
   
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  
  Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  
 
  (For International Wire Only)
 
   
Intermediary Bank:  
  Transit (ABA) #:  
For Further Credit to:  
 
   
Special Instruction:  

 


 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
     
Authorized Signature:  
 
  2 nd Signature (if required)
Print Name/Title:  
  Print Name/Title:
Telephone #: _______________               Telephone #: _______________

 


 

Exhibit B-1
FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
Financial Engines, Inc.
Date: _________
     
To:
  Silicon Valley Bank
 
  3003 Tasman Drive
 
  Santa Clara, CA 95054
 
  Attention: Corporate Services Department
 
   
Re:
  Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of ______ ___, 2009 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between Financial Engines, Inc. and Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc. (“ Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.4(a) of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of an Term Loan.
      1.  The Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is ____________.
      2.  The aggregate amount of the requested borrowing is $____________.
      3.  The requested Term Loan shall consist of $____________ of Prime Rate Term Loans and $___________ of LIBOR Term Loans. No Term Loan shall be less than $1,000,000.
      4.  The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Term Loans included in the requested Term Loan shall be _________ months.
     The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed funding before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:
      (a) all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and
      (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Term Loan.

 


 

         
Borrower   Financial Engines, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
For internal Bank use only
             
LIBOR Pricing Date   LIBOR   LIBOR Variance   Maturity Date
        ___%    

 


 

Exhibit B-2
FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION
Financial Engines, Inc.
Date: ___________
     
To:
  Silicon Valley Bank
 
  3003 Tasman Drive
 
  Santa Clara, CA 95054
 
  Attention:
 
   
Re:
  Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of _________, 2009 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement” ), by and between Financial Engines, Inc. and Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc. ( “Borrowers” ), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “Bank” )
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Term Loans specified herein, that:
      1.  The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is ____________, 20___.
      2.  The aggregate amount of the proposed Term Loan to be [converted] is $____________ or [continued] is $____________.
      3.  The Term Loan is to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR] [Prime Rate] Term Loans.
      4.  The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Term Loans included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be ______ months.
     The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation], before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:
     (a) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; [provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date]; and
     (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].
[Signature page follows.]

 


 

         
Borrower   Financial Engines, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
For internal Bank use only
             
LIBOR Pricing Date   LIBOR   LIBOR Variance   Maturity Date
        ___%    

 


 

EXHIBIT C
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
Borrower: Financial Engines, Inc./Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc.
Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
Revolving Commitment Amount: $7,000,000
             
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE        
1.  
Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of ____________________
     
   
 
     
2.  
Additions (please explain on reverse)
     
   
 
     
3.  
TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
     
   
 
     
   
 
       
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)        
4.  
Amounts over 60 days due
     
   
 
     
5.  
Balance of 50% over 60 day accounts
     
   
 
     
6.  
Foreign Accounts
     
   
 
     
7.  
Foreign Invoiced Accounts
     
   
 
     
8.  
Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts
     
   
 
   
9.  
Intercompany/Employee Accounts
     
   
 
     
10.  
Credit balances over 60 days
     
   
 
     
11.  
Concentration Limits
     
   
 
     
12.  
U.S. Governmental Accounts
     
   
 
   
13.  
Other (please explain on reverse)
     
   
 
     
14.  
TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS
     
   
 
     
15.  
Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14)
     
   
 
     
16.  
ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #15)
     
   
 
     
17.  
50% of Eligible Intra-Quarter Managed Accounts
     
   
 
     
   
 
       
BALANCES        
18.  
Maximum Loan Amount
     
   
 
     
19.  
Total Funds Available [Lesser of #18 or the sum of #16 and #17]
     
   
 
     
20.  
Present balance owing on Line of Credit
     
   
 
     
21.  
Outstanding under Sublimits
     
   
 
     
22.  
RESERVE POSITION (#19 minus #20 and #21)
     
   
 
     
[Continued on following page.]

 


 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

         
COMMENTS:

FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.  
By:        
  Authorized Signer     
Date:       
 
COMMENTS:

FINANCIAL ENGINES REINCORPORATION SUB, INC.
 
By:        
  Authorized Signer     
Date:       
 

BANK USE ONLY
         
  Received by:
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:
 
 
  Verified:
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:
 
Compliance Status:     Yes     No



 
 
 


 


 

EXHIBIT D — COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
     
TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK   Date: _______________
FROM:    
     The undersigned authorized officers of Financial Engines, Inc. and Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc. (“Borrowers”) certify that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the last day of the period for which this Certificate is provided except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) each Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and each Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrowers except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against either Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrowers have not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that either Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.
         
Reporting Covenant   Required   Complies
 
       
Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate
  Monthly within 30 days   Yes     No
 
       
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC
  FYE within 150 days   Yes     No
 
       
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K
  The earlier of (A) five (5) days after filin (Illegible) with the SEC or (B) 50 days after each fiscal quarter or 95 days after each fiscal year end,   Yes     No
 
       
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings
  Monthly within 30 days when Advances plus Letters of Credit are more than $1.5MM   Yes     No
 
       
Cash Balance Report
  Quarterly within 30 days    
Borrowers shall provide Bank with at least fifteen days prior written notice of either Borrower’s intent to register any copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file. Borrowers shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that either Borrower files for patents or for the registration of trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights or mask works.
The following Intellectual Property was registered (or a registration application submitted) after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)
 
 

 


 

             
Financial Covenant   Required   Actual   Complies
Maintain on a Monthly Basis:
           
Minimum Quick Ratio (Adjusted)
  1.15:1.0 through 9/30/09
1.25:1.0 thereafter
  ___:1.0   Yes     No
Maintain Annually:
           
Maximum Unfunded Capital Expenditures
  $2,000,000 for FY 2009; $4,000,000 for each FY thereafter   $_______   Yes     No
Maintain on a Quarterly Basis:
           
Minimum EBITDA
  $750,000 for each of the two quarters ending 3/31/09 and 9/30/09   $_______   Yes     No
 
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
  Commencing 9/30/09.
See 6.5(b)(ii)
  ___:1.0   Yes     No
     The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.
     The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)


 


 


 

         
  FINANCIAL ENGINES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  FINANCIAL ENGINES REINCORPORATION SUB, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
BANK USE ONLY
         
  Received by:
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:
 
 
 
 
  Verified:
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:
 

Compliance Status: Yes            No



 
 
 


 


 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate
Financial Covenants of Borrower
II. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.6(a)(i))
Required: 1.15:1.00 through 9/30/09 and 1.25:1.00 thereafter
Actual:
         
   
 
   
A  
Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
  $_______
B  
Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
  $_______
C  
Aggregate value of the Investments with maturities of fewer than 12 months of Borrower and it Subsidiaries
  $_______
D  
Quick Assets (the sum of lines A through C)
  $_______
E.  
Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank
  $_______
F  
Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, not otherwise reflected in line E above, that matures within one (1) year
  $_______
G  
Aggregate value of all amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue
  $_______
H  
Current Liabilities (the sum of lines E and F minus line G)
  $_______
I  
Adjusted Quick Ratio (line D divided by line H)
   
II. EBITDA
Required: See Section 6.6(b)(i)
Actual:
         
A.  
Net Income [per GAAP]
  $_______
B.  
To the extent included in the determination of Net Income
   
   
1. The provision for income taxes
  $_______
   
2. Depreciation expense
  $_______
   
3. Amortization expense
  $_______
   
4. Interest Expense
  $_______
   
5. All other charges which are both non-cash and non-recurring, including for stock-based compensation
  $_______
   
7. The sum of lines 1 through 5
  $_______
C.  
EBITDA (line A plus line B.6)
    _______

 


 

III. FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO
Required: See Section 6.6(b)(ii).
Actual:
         
A.  
EBITDA
  $______
B.  
Scheduled payments of principal and interest for the quarter
  $______
C.  
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: Line A divided by Line B
  ___:1.0

 


 

Reaffirmation of Unconditional Secured Guaranty
          This Reaffirmation of Unconditional Secured Guaranty is entered into as of April 20, 2009, by the undersigned (the “Guarantor”) in favor of SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Lender”).
          Whereas, Guarantor executed and delivered to Lender an Unconditional Secured Guaranty dated as of June 26, 2008 (the “Guaranty”) with respect to the obligations of Financial Engines, Inc. and Financial Engines Reincorporation Sub, Inc. (together, “Borrowers”) under an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 26, 2008 (the “Existing Loan Agreement”) by and among Borrowers and Lender; and
          Whereas, Borrowers and Lender are amending the Existing Loan Agreement pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (“Second Amended Loan Agreement”) to, among other things, provide a term loan of up to $10,000,000 and extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date to April 19, 2010 (undefined terms herein shall have the meanings provided in the Second Amended Loan Agreement).
          Now therefore, for valuable consideration, receipt of which is acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
           1. Reaffirmation of Guaranty. Guarantor hereby ratifies and reaffirms its obligations under its Guaranty and agrees that none of the modifications to the Loan Agreement as set forth in the Second Amended Loan Agreement shall impair such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guaranty or Bank’s rights under its Guaranty.
           2. Continuing Effect and Absence of Defenses. Guarantor acknowledges that its Guaranty is still in full force and effect and that Guarantor has no defenses, other than actual payment of the guaranteed obligations, to enforcement of the Guaranty. Guarantor waives any and all defenses to enforcement of the Guaranty that might otherwise be available as a result of the amendment and restatement of the Existing Loan Agreement.
         
  Financial Engines Advisors, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond J. Sims    
    Title: EVP + CFO   
       
 

 

Exhibit 10.9
(FINANCIAL ENGINES LOGO)
1804 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Tel: 650.565.4900
Fax: 650.565.4905
December 21, 2000
Larry Raffone
<Address>
<Address>
Dear Larry:
On behalf of Financial Engines, Inc. (the “Company”) I am pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President, Distributed Services. The position will be reporting to me and the salary for this position will be $200,000.00 per year paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies and subject to normal required withholding. During the term of your employment, you will be permitted to participate in the Company’s benefit plans, policies and practices in accordance with their terms and will receive the level of benefits and coverage provided for executive employees.
You will be paid a signing bonus of $100,000.00 on the first payday after your Start Date, subject to normal required withholding. Should you end your employment in a Voluntary Termination prior to the expiration of a twelve-month period from your employment date, such signing bonus will be required to be repaid by you, to the Company. For this purpose, a “Voluntary Termination” is a termination of employment initiated by you, but not including a Disability Termination or Constructive Termination. Disability Termination means your inability to substantially perform the material duties of your employment with the Company for a period of three months or more, which inability is caused by a medically determinable physical or mental illness or injury. A Constructive Termination is your resignation following (A) a change in your position with the Company that materially reduces your level of responsibility, (B) a reduction in your level or base salary or (C) a relocation of your principal place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles from Boston; provided, however, that such actions will be deemed to constitute a Constructive Termination only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without your consent.
In addition, you will be eligible to receive a performance bonus targeted to be $400,000.00 for the period from your Start Date (as indicated below) through the twelve-month anniversary of your Start Date. One-quarter of the performance bonus ($100,000.00) will be paid following each of your first two quarters of employment, subject only to your continued employment on the payment date. One quarter of the performance bonus (targeted at $100,000.00) will be paid after each of the next two quarters of employment, contingent upon your achievement of mutually acceptable “Milestones” to be agreed to by you and me and set forth in writing. In your second year of employment your quarterly performance bonuses will be targeted at $125,000.00 per quarter.

 


 

Lastly, you will accrue 13.33 hours Personal Time Off (“PTO”) per month, totaling 20 days of paid PTO annually.
During the first year of your employment, if your employment is terminated by the company for reasons unrelated to Cause (see definition of cause below), you will receive a lump sum cash severance payment equal to the total salary and target performance bonus you would have received had your employment continued for the remainder of your first year of employment, or $150,000.00, whichever is greater. In addition, prior to your employment termination date, you will have the opportunity to purchase up to 125,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price equal to the fair market value of such shares on the date of your initial grant of options on those shares (which grant is described below), and Financial Engines will not exercise the right it would otherwise have to repurchase the shares after your termination. “Cause” shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty; conviction of, or a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) in a material manner; or your substantial and continuing failure to meet your Milestones.
Upon joining the company, you will be equipped for business in the office and at home. We will provide you with the resources you need to establish office facilities in the Boston area that are appropriate in size, scope, and amenities to meet our mutually agreed upon operational needs. The company will reimburse you for business-related travel expenses in accordance with its normal policies; this will include expenses relating to your travel between the Boston and Palo Alto offices. The Company will lease an apartment and car near headquarters for you at the Company’s expense until July 31, 2001 or until such earlier date as you no longer need the apartment and car.
We will recommend to the Company’s Board of Directors you be granted an option entitling you to purchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the company currently has approximately 27,000,000 shares outstanding) at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, which is currently $10.00 per share. Such options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement. Subject to the exceptions and conditions set forth in the Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, such options shall have an exercise term of 10 years and shall vest according to the following schedule: 12/48 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on the 12-month anniversary of the option grant date and 1/48 of the total number of shares subject to the option shall vest each month thereafter. We will also recommend at the end of your first, second and third years of employment that you be granted an option entitling you to purchase a minimum of 75,000 additional shares (or the equivalent percentage of the company’s outstanding stock in case of a stock split or similar event), totaling 225,000 additional shares over three years, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement. Except as may be required by the Stock Option Plan, the exercise term, exercise price and vesting schedule for these subsequent option grants shall be the same as those generally included in annual option grants for other executives of the Company, but the vesting schedule of these subsequent option grants shall not be less favorable than the vesting schedule of the initial 500,000-share grant.

 


 

At its most recent meeting, the Company’s board of directors approved the provision that if your employment involuntarily terminated (as defined below) during the twelve month period commencing thirty (30) days prior to a Change in Control (as defined in the Company’s Stock Option Agreement), any unvested options held by you that would otherwise have vested during the one-year period following your termination of employment will become vested on your termination date. For purposes of your arrangement, “Involuntarily Terminated” shall mean (A) the termination of your service with the Company that occurs by reason of: your involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company for reasons other than Cause (as defined previously), or (B) your Constructive Termination.
You should be aware that your employment with the Company will be for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, either you or the Company will be free to terminate your employment relationship at any time for any reason, with or without cause, without further obligation or liability to either party, except obligations set forth in this letter or as otherwise explicitly agreed upon in writing by you and an authorized representative of the Company.
Your employment will be contingent on your executing a completed application for employment, and the Company’s standard Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement. This offer will also be contingent on your ability to perform the essential functions of your job. If you have any condition that limits your ability to perform one or more of your duties, please let us know so that we can explore with you any reasonable accommodations. You must also provide the Company with the legally required proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you will be subject to termination. In addition, while employed with the Company, you will comply with the terms of the company’s published employee policies.
We have attached documents at your request concerning certain company financial matters; however, we agree that these documents are to be treated as confidential information and that they do not constitute any guarantee of future financial performance.
This letter, along with the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with us and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by an officer of the Company and by you.
Please return a signed copy of this letter and the executed Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement as soon as possible. A duplicate original of this offer will be sent via overnight mail for your records. This offer is valid for 15 days from the date of this letter unless other arrangements are made. If you have any questions please feel free to call me at [NUMBER]. Larry, we are very excited to have you join our team!
Sincerely,
      -S- JEFF MAGGIONCALDA
Jeff Maggioncalda
President & CEO

 


 

The foregoing terms and conditions are hereby accepted:
         
Signed:
  /s/ Lawrence M. Raffone    
 
 
 
   
Date:
  1/4/01    
 
 
 
   
             
Please print your name as you would like it to appear on your nameplate, business cards, phone directory and email account.
 
   Name:
Lawrence M. Raffone        
 
 
 
     
         
Start Date:
  January 16, 01    
 
 
 
   
Attachments:   Confidentiality Agreement (Under separate cover)
Employment Application and Background Check Release
I-9 (Employment Eligibility) Form (Under separate cover)
Supplemental Data Sheet (Under separate cover)
Capitalization Table
Draft Financial Outlook

 

Exhibit 10.10
Lease Agreement
By and Between
Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
As Landlord
and
Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
As Tenant
Dated December 7, 1999

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page
Basic Lease Information
  iv
 
       
1. Demise
    1  
 
       
2. Premises
    1  
 
       
3. Term
    2  
 
       
4. Rent
    2  
 
       
5. Utility Expenses
    8  
 
       
6. Late Charge
    8  
 
       
7. Security Deposit
    9  
 
       
8. Letter of Credit
    9  
 
       
9. Possession
    11  
 
       
10. Use of Premises
    11  
 
       
11. Acceptance of Premises
    13  
 
       
12. Surrender
    13  
 
       
13. Alterations and Additions
    14  
 
       
14. Maintenance and Repairs of Premises
    16  
 
       
15. Landlord’s Insurance
    18  
 
       
16. Tenant’s Insurance
    18  
 
       
17. Indemnification
    19  
 
       
18. Subrogation
    20  
 
       
19. Signs
    20  
 
       
20. Free From Liens
    20  
 
       
21. Entry By Landlord
    21  
 
       
22. Destruction and Damage
    21  


 

         
    Page
23. Condemnation
    23  
 
       
24. Assignment and Subletting
    24  
 
       
25. Tenant’s Default
    27  
 
       
26. Landlord’s Remedies
    29  
 
       
27. Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations
    31  
 
       
28. Attorneys’ Fees
    32  
 
       
29. Taxes
    32  
 
       
30. Effect of Conveyance
    32  
 
       
31. Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate
    32  
 
       
32. Subordination
    33  
 
       
33. Environmental Covenants
    34  
 
       
34. Notices
    37  
 
       
35. Waiver
    37  
 
       
36. Holding Over
    37  
 
       
37. Successors and Assigns
    38  
 
       
38. Time
    38  
 
       
39. Brokers
    38  
 
       
40. Limitation of Liability
    38  
 
       
41. Financial Statements
    39  
 
       
42. Rules and Regulations
    39  
 
       
43. Mortgagee Protection
    39  
 
       
44. Entire Agreement
    40  
 
       
45. Interest
    40  
 
       
46. Construction
    40  
 
       
47. Representations and Warranties of Tenant
    40  
 
       

ii 


 

         
    Page
48. Security
    41  
 
       
49. Jury Trial Waiver
    42  
 
       
Exhibit
       
 
       
A       Diagram of the Premises
       
 
       
B        Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum
       
 
       
C        Rules and Regulations
       
 
       
D        Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate
       

iii 


 

Lease Agreement

Basic Lease Information
     
Lease Date:
  December 7, 1999
 
   
Landlord:
  Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
 
   
Landlord’s Address:
  c/o Allegis Realty Investors llc
455 Market Street, Suite 1540
San Francisco, California 94105
Attention: Asset Manager, The Harbor Business Park
 
   
 
  All notices sent to Landlord under this Lease shall be sent to the above address, with copies to:
 
   
 
       Insignia Commercial Group, Inc.
 
       160 West Santa Clara Street, Suite 1350
 
       San Jose, California 95113
 
       Attention: Property Manager, The Harbor Business Park
 
   
Tenant:
  Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
   
Tenant’s Contact Person:
  Jeff Maggioncalda
 
   
Tenant’s Address and Telephone Number:
  1804 Embarcadero Road, Suite 200
Palo Alto, California 94303
(650) 565-4900
 
   
Premises Square Footage:
  Approximately Thirty Two Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Two (32,742) rentable square feet
 
   
Premises Address:
  1830 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California
 
   
Project:
  The Harbor Business Park, 1800-1858 Embarcadero Road and 2445-2465 Faber Place, Palo Alto, California, together with the land on which the Project is situated and all Common Areas
 
   
Building (if not the same as
the Project):
  1830 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California

iv 


 

     
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Project:
  12.63% 
 
   
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Building:
  100% 
 
   
Length of Term:
  Eighty-Four (84) months
 
   
Estimated Commencement Date:
  May 1, 2000
 
   
Estimated Expiration Date:
  April 30, 2007
           
Monthly Base Rent:
     Months
Monthly Base Rent
 
  1–12 $ 117,871.20  
 
  13–24 $ 122,586.05  
 
  25–36   127,489.49  
 
  37–48   132,589.07  
 
  49–60   137,892.63  
 
  61–72   143,408.34  
 
  73–84   149,144.67  
     
Prepaid Rent :
  One Hundred Seventeen Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-One and 20/100 Dollars ($117,871.20)
 
   
Prepaid Additional Rent:
  Thirteen Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Two and 02/100 Dollars ($13,762,02)
 
   
Month to which Prepaid Base Rent and Additional Rent will be Applied:
  First (1st) month of the Term
 
   
Security Deposit:
  One Hundred Seventeen Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-One and 20/100 Dollars ($117,871.20)
 
   
Letter of Credit
  Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($700,000)
 
   
Permitted Use:
  General office use for software development firm


 

     
Unreserved Parking Spaces:
  One hundred thirty-one (131) nonexclusive and undesignated parking spaces
 
   
Brokers:
  Randy Arrillaga and Steve Bouret of BT Commercial (Landlord’s Broker)
 
 
  Ron Himes of BT Commercial (Tenant’s Broker)
 
   
Alterations Allowance:
  Ninety Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-Six Dollars
 
  ($98,226.00) (viz., $3.00 per rentable square foot)

vi 


 

Lease Agreement
      This Lease Agreement is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant on the Lease Date. The defined terms used in this Lease which are defined in the Basic Lease Information attached to this Lease Agreement (“ Basic Lease Information ”) shall have the meaning and definition given them in the Basic Lease Information. The Basic Lease Information, the exhibits, the addendum or addenda described in the Basic Lease Information, and this Lease Agreement are and shall be construed as a single instrument and are referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.
1. Demise
     In consideration for the rents and all other charges and payments payable by Tenant, and for the agreements, terms and conditions to be performed by Tenant in this Lease, Landlord Does Hereby Lease to Tenant, and Tenant Does Hereby Hire and Take from Landlord , the Premises described below (the “ Premises ”), upon the agreements, terms arid conditions of this Lease for the Term hereinafter stated.
2. Premises
     The Premises demised by this Lease is located in that certain building (the “ Building ”) specified in the Basic Lease Information, which Building is located in that certain real estate development (the “ Project ”) specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises has the address and contains the square footage specified in the Basic Lease Information. The location and dimensions of the Premises are depicted on Exhibit A , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference; provided, however, that any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating any of the economic terms hereof is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and, except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 4(d)(iii) below, no economic terms based thereon shall be subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right (in common with the other tenants, Landlord and any other person granted use by Landlord) to use the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined), except that, with respect to parking, Tenant shall have only a license to use the number of non-exclusive and undesignated parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information in the Project’s parking areas at no additional charge to Tenant (the “ Parking Areas ”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to enforce Tenant’s right to use such parking spaces (but shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve disputes relating to parking); and provided, further, that the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder shall be reduced on a proportionate basis in the event any of the parking spaces in the Parking Areas are taken or otherwise eliminated as a result of any Condemnation (as hereinafter defined) or casualty event affecting such Parking Areas. No easement for light or air is incorporated in the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Common Areas ” shall mean all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project that are provided and designated by Landlord for the non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, guests and invitees.

1


 

     Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to: (a) make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, ingress, egress, direction of driveways, entrances, corridors and walkways; (b) close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas or remove existing buildings or improvements therefrom; (d) use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or any portion thereof; and (e) do and perform any other acts or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem to be appropriate; provided, however, that Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises in connection with the making of such other changes.
3. Term
     The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period of months specified in the Basic Lease Information, commencing on the date
(the “ Commencement Date ”) Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. In the event the actual Commencement Date is a date other than the Estimated Commencement Date specified in the Basic Lease Information, then Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute a Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, wherein the parties shall specify the Commencement Date and the date on which the Term expires (the “ Expiration Date ”).
4. Rent
     (a)  Base Rent. Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first day of each month, without further notice or demand and without offset, rebate, credit or deduction for any reason whatsoever, the monthly installments of rent specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Base Rent ”). As used herein, “ Rent Commencement Date ” means the fifteenth (15th) day after Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant.
     Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid Rent and first monthly installment of estimated Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined) specified in the Basic Lease Information to be applied toward Base Rent and Additional Rent for the month of the Term specified in the Basic Lease Information.
     (b)  Additional Rent. This Lease is intended to be a triple-net Lease with respect to Landlord; and subject to Paragraph 14(b) below, the Base Rent owing hereunder is (i) to be paid by Tenant absolutely net of all costs and expenses relating to Landlord’s ownership and operation of the Project and the Building, and (ii) not to be reduced, offset or diminished, directly or indirectly, by any cost, charge or expense payable hereunder by Tenant or by others in connection with the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof. The provisions of this Paragraph 4(b) for the payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of Expenses (as hereinafter defined) are intended to pass on to Tenant its share of all such costs and expenses. In addition to the Base Rent, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to

2


 

Landlord, in accordance with this Paragraph 4, Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, maintenance, management and repair of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (collectively, the “Expenses”), including, without limitation, all the following items (the “ Additional Rent ”):
          (i) Taxes and Assessments. All real estate taxes and assessments, which shall include any form of tax, assessment, fee, license fee, business license fee, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency), or tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is (i) determined by the area of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project of any part thereof, or the Rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant or by other tenants, including, but not limited to, any gross income or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of Rent and/or other sums due under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof; (iii) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project; (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties; or (v) surcharged against the parking area. Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such purposes as fire protection, street, sidewalk, road, utility construction and maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services which may formerly have been provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of the parties that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges due to any cause whatsoever are to be included within the definition of real property taxes for purposes of this Lease. “ Taxes and assessments ” shall also include legal and consultants’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce taxes, Landlord specifically reserving the right, but not the obligation, to contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes.
          (ii) Insurance. All insurance premiums for the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including premiums for “all risk” fire and extended coverage insurance, commercial general liability insurance, rent loss or abatement insurance, earthquake insurance, flood or surface water coverage, and other insurance as Landlord deems necessary in its sole discretion, and any deductibles paid under policies of any such insurance.
          (iii) Utilities. The cost of all Utilities (as hereinafter defined) serving the Premises, the Building and the Project that are not separately metered to Tenant, any assessments or charges for Utilities or similar purposes included within any tax bill for the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees, and/or any similar fees or charges and any penalties (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency) related thereto, and any amounts, taxes, charges, surcharges, assessments or impositions levied, assessed or imposed upon the

3


 

Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or upon Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, as a result of any rationing of Utility services or restriction on Utility use affecting the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as contemplated in Paragraph 5 below (collectively, “ Utility Expenses ”).
          (iv) Common Area Expenses. All costs to operate, maintain, repair, replace, supervise, insure and administer the Common Areas, including supplies, materials, labor and equipment used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas, including parking areas (including, without limitation, all costs of resurfacing and restriping parking areas), signs and directories on the Building and/or the Project, landscaping (including maintenance contracts and fees payable to landscaping consultants), amenities, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, walkways, driveways, curbs, lighting systems and security services, if any, provided by Landlord for the Common Areas, and any charges, assessments, costs or fees levied by any association or entity of which the Project or any part thereof is a member or to which the Project or any part thereof is subject.
          (v) Parking Charges. Any parking charges or other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any governmental authority or insurer in connection with the use or occupancy of the Building or the Project.
          (vi) Maintenance and Repair Costs. Except for costs which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 14(b) below, all costs to maintain, repair, and replace the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, without limitation, (i) all costs paid under maintenance, management and service agreements such as contracts for janitorial, security and refuse removal, (ii) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the roof coverings of the Building or the Project or any part thereof, (iii) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, life safety and security systems and other mechanical and electrical systems and equipment serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (collectively, the “ Systems ”), and (iv) all costs and expenses incurred in causing the Project to be Year 2000 Compliant (as defined below). “ Year 2000 Compliant ” shall mean that all Systems containing or using computers or other information technology will function without material error or interruption resulting from the date change from year 1999 to year 2000, to the extent that information technology of third parties properly communicates date/time data with the Systems.
          (vii) Life Safety Costs. All costs to install, maintain, repair and replace all life safety systems, including, without limitation, all fire alarm systems, serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (including all maintenance contracts and fees payable to life safety consultants) whether such systems are or shall be required by Landlord’s insurance carriers, Laws (as hereinafter defined) or otherwise.
          (viii) Management and Administration. All costs for management and administration of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, without limitation, a property management fee, accounting, auditing, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for

4


 

clerical and supervisory employees, whether located on the Project or off-site, payroll taxes and legal and accounting costs and fees for licenses and permits related to the ownership and operation of the Project.
     Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 4(b) to the contrary, with respect to all sums payable by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Paragraph 4(b) for the replacement of any item or the construction of any new item in connection with the physical operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project (i.e., HVAC, roof membrane or coverings and parking area) which is a capital item the replacement of which would be capitalized under Landlord’s commercial real estate accounting practices, Tenant shall be required to pay only the prorata share of the cost of the item falling due within the Term (including any Renewal Term) based upon the amortization of the same over the useful life of such item, as reasonably determined by Landlord.
     (c)  Exclusions from Additional Rent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 4(b) above, the following items shall be specifically excluded from the definition of “Expenses”:
          (i) Repairs or other work occasioned by fire, acts of God, or other casualties or damage to the extent Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance (less costs of collection) for the costs of restoration;
          (ii) Payments of principal and interest on mortgage indebtedness encumbering the Project;
          (iii) Space planning and other costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, painting or redecorating rentable space at the Project for other tenants;
          (iv) Legal fees and other related expenses associated with the negotiation or enforcement of leases;
          (v) The costs of any goods or services provided separately to or performed separately for any other tenant of the Project, but solely to the extent that Landlord recovers the costs thereof from such tenant and that Tenant receives no benefits from the services provided to such tenant;
          (vi) Leasing commissions paid and advertising expenses incurred in connection with the leasing of space at the Project;
          (vii) Costs of remediating contamination caused by Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined);
          (viii) Penalties and damages assessed against Landlord as a result of the intentional violation by Landlord of any leases affecting the Project (provided, however, that the cost of correcting such violation, as opposed to penalties assessed in excess of such corrective costs and which would not be incurred but for such intentional violation, shall be included within the definition of “Expenses” hereunder);

5


 

          (ix) Costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as opposed to the operation of the Project;
          (x) All salaries for any employees above the rank of senior property manager and reasonable allocation of the salaries of all employees at or below the rank of senior property manager whose duties include work on other buildings or projects; and
          (xi) Political or charitable donations or contributions.
     Nothing contained in this Paragraph 4(c) shall be deemed to limit, modify or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under any other provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Paragraphs 7 and 33.
     (d)  Payment of Additional Rent
          (i) Upon commencement of this Lease, Landlord shall submit to Tenant an estimate of monthly Additional Rent for the period between the Commencement Date and the following December 31 and Tenant shall pay such estimated Additional Rent on a monthly basis, in advance, on the first day of each month. Tenant shall continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change therein. If at any time or times Landlord determines that the amounts payable under Paragraph 4(b) for the current year will vary from Landlord’s estimate given to Tenant, Landlord, by notice to Tenant, may revise the estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon such revised estimate. By April 1 of each calendar year, Landlord shall endeavor to provide to Tenant a statement (“ Expense Statement ”) showing the actual Additional Rent due to Landlord for the prior calendar year, to be prorated during the first year from the Commencement Date. If the total of the monthly payments of Additional Rent that Tenant has made for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Additional Rent chargeable to Tenant for such prior calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the difference in a lump sum within ten (10) days after receipt of such Expense Statement from Landlord. Any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent for the prior calendar year shall be credited towards the Additional Rent next due.
          (ii) Landlord’s then-current annual operating and capital budgets for the Building and the Project or the pertinent part thereof shall be used for purposes of calculating Tenant’s monthly payment of estimated Additional Rent for the current year, subject to adjustment as provided above. Landlord shall make the final determination of Additional Rent for the year in which this Lease terminates as soon as possible after termination of such year. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall remain liable for payment of any amount due to Landlord in excess of the estimated Additional Rent previously paid by Tenant, and, conversely, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any overpayment. Failure of Landlord to submit statements as called for herein shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent as herein provided.
          (iii) With respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Building, Tenant’s “ Proportionate Share ” shall be the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building, as adjusted by Landlord from time to time for a

6


 

remeasurement of or changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Building, whether such changes in size are due to an addition to or a sale or conveyance of a portion of the Building or otherwise. With respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Project as a whole or to only a portion of the Project, Tenant’s “ Proportionate Share ” shall be, with respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to the Project as a whole, the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project and, with respect to Expenses which Landlord allocates to only a portion of the Project, a percentage calculated by Landlord from time to time in its sole discretion and furnished to Tenant in writing, in either case as adjusted by Landlord from time to time for a remeasurement of or changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project, whether such changes in size are due to an addition to or a sale or conveyance of a portion of the Project or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may equitably adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) for all or part of any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Building and/or the Project or that varies with the occupancy of the Building and/or the Project. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of any Utility Expenses based upon Tenant’s use of the Utilities or similar services as reasonably estimated and determined by Landlord based upon factors such as size of the Premises and intensity of use of such Utilities by Tenant such that Tenant shall pay the portion of such charges reasonably consistent with Tenant’s use of such Utilities and similar services. If Tenant disputes any such estimate or determination of Utility Expenses, then Tenant shall either pay the estimated amount or cause the Premises to be separately metered at Tenant’s sole expense.
     (e)  General Payment Terms. The Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, including, without limitation, any late charges assessed pursuant to Paragraph 6 below and any interest assessed pursuant to Paragraph 45 below, are referred to as the “Rent”. All Rent shall be paid without deduction, offset or abatement in lawful money of the United States of America. Checks are to be made payable to Harbor Investment Partners and shall be mailed to: Dept. No. 66218, El Monte, California 91735-6128, or to such other person or place as Landlord may, from time to time, designate to Tenant in writing. The Rent for any fractional part of a calendar month at the commencement or termination of the Lease term shall be aprorated amount of the Rent for a full calendar month based upon a thirty (30) day month.
     (f)  Tenant’s Audit Rights. Provided Tenant is not then in Default under the terms of this Lease (nor is any event occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder), Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right within thirty (30) days after the delivery of each Expense Statement to review and audit Landlord’s books and records regarding such Expense Statement for the sole purpose of determining the accuracy thereof. Such review or audit shall be performed by a nationally recognized accounting firm that calculates its fees with respect to hours actually worked and that does not discount its time or rate (as opposed to a calculation based upon percentage of recoveries or other incentive arrangement), shall take place during normal business hours in the office of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager and shall be completed within three (3) business days after the

7


 

commencement thereof. If Tenant does not so review or audit Landlord’s books’ and records, Landlord’s Expense Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant. In the event that Tenant determines on the basis of its review of Landlord’s books and records that the amount of Expenses paid by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 4 for the period covered by such Expense Statement is less than or greater than the actual amount properly payable by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay any deficiency to Landlord or, if Landlord concurs with the results of such audit, Landlord shall promptly refund any excess payment to Tenant, as the case may be.
5. Utility Expenses
     (a) Tenant shall pay the cost of all water, sewer use, sewer discharge fees and permit costs and sewer connection fees, gas, heat electricity, refuse pick-up, janitorial service, telephone and all materials and services or other utilities (collectively, “ Utilities ”) billed or metered separately to the Premises and/or Tenant, together with all taxes, assessments, charges and penalties added to or included within such cost. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may become subject to the rationing of Utility services or restrictions on Utility use as required by a public utility company, governmental agency or other similar entity having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its tenancy and occupancy hereunder shall be subject to such rationing or restrictions as may be imposed upon Landlord, Tenant, the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, and Tenant shall in no event be excused or relieved from any covenant or obligation to be kept or performed by Tenant by reason of any such rationing or restrictions. Tenant agrees to comply with energy conservation programs implemented by Landlord by reason of rationing, restrictions or Laws.
     (b) Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, injury or damage to property caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption, or failure of Utilities due to any cause whatsoever, or from failure to make any repairs or perform any maintenance. No temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations, improvements, or due to accident, strike, or conditions or other events shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage to the Premises or for any loss, damage or injury to any property therein or thereon occasioned by bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes (including, without limitation, water, steam, and/or refrigerant lines), sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands, or other similar cause in, above, upon or about the Premises, the Building, or the Project.
6. Late Charge
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment to Landlord of Rent, or other amounts due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. If any Rent or other sums due from Tenant are not received by Landlord or by Landlord’s designated agent within five (5) days after their due date, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount, plus any costs and

8


 

attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment and shall not be construed as a penalty. Landlord’s acceptance of such late charges shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount or estop Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted under this Lease.
                 
 
  Initials:   CDS
 
Landlord
  JM
 
Tenant
   
7. Security Deposit
     Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of the Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit specified in the Basic Lease Information as security for the full and faithful performance of each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease. Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit as may be reasonably necessary (a) to remedy Tenant’s default in the payment of any Rent, (b) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, (c) to clean the Premises upon termination of this Lease, (d) to reimburse Landlord for the payment of any amount which Landlord may reasonably spend or be required to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or (e) to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. Should Tenant faithfully and fully comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Term, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant or, at the option of Landlord, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on such deposit. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, within five (5) days after written demand therefor Tenant shall deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full extent of the above amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the then remaining amount of the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Security Deposit.
8. Letter of Credit
     (a) Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the Letter of Credit described below in the amount of Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($700,000.00) (the “ LC Face Amount ”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that neither the Letter of Credit nor any Letter of Credit Proceeds (as defined below) shall be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages upon Tenant’s Default. The Letter of Credit shall be maintained in effect from the date hereof through the date that is sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date (the “ LC Termination Date ”). On the LC Termination Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord (other than those Letter of Credit Proceeds Landlord is

9


 

entitled to retain under the terms of this Paragraph 8(a)); provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Letter of Credit Proceeds from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit and use the proceeds therefrom (the “ Letter of Credit Proceeds ”) or any portion thereof (i) to cure any Default under this Lease and to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage Landlord incurs as a result of such Default, (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant and not repaired by Tenant in accordance with this Lease, (iii) to clean the Premises upon termination of this Lease, (iv) to reimburse Landlord for the payment of any amount which Landlord may for any other purpose spend or be required to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default, and (v) for any other purpose for which Landlord is entitled to use the Security Deposit, it being understood that any use of the Letter of Credit Proceeds shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies set forth in Paragraph 26 below. In such event and upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the amount of the Letter of Credit Proceeds so utilized by Landlord and the particular purpose for which such amount was applied, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the full LC Face Amount. Tenant’s failure to deliver such replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s notice shall constitute a Default hereunder. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Proceeds.
     (b) As used herein, Letter of Credit shall mean an unconditional, stand-by irrevocable letter of credit (herein referred to as the “ Letter of Credit ”) issued by the San Francisco office of a major national bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and otherwise satisfactory to Landlord (the “ Bank ”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, in the amount of the LC Face Amount, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be for a one-year term and shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof, (ii) that Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit up to the full amount thereof and the Bank will pay to Landlord the amount of such draw upon receipt by the Bank of a sight draft signed by Landlord and accompanied by a written certification from Landlord to the Bank stating either that: (A) a Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease and any applicable grace period has expired, or (B) Landlord has not received notice from the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiry date of the Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit will be renewed by the Bank for at least one (1) year beyond the relevant annual expiration date or, in the case of the last year of the Term, sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date, together with a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant has not otherwise furnished Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit as hereinafter provided; and (iii) that, in the event of Landlord’s assignment or other transfer of its interest in this Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Landlord, without recourse and without the payment of any fee or consideration, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the Bank shall confirm the same to Landlord and such assignee or transferee. In the event that the Bank

10


 

shall fail to (y) notify Landlord that the Letter of Credit will be renewed for at least one (1) year beyond the then applicable expiration date, and (z) deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant shall not have otherwise delivered to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant annual expiration date, a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount required hereunder and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit as provided above, and shall hold the proceeds of such draw as Letter of Credit Proceeds pursuant to Paragraph 8(a) above.
9. Possession
     (a)  Tenant’s Right of Possession . Subject to Paragraph 9(b), Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Premises upon commencement of the Term.
     (b)  Delay in Delivering Possession . If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees or independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord’s Agents ”), be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Tenant shall not be liable for Rent until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. The Expiration Date shall be extended by the same number of days that Tenant’s possession of the Premises was delayed beyond the Estimated Commencement Date.
     (c)  Tenant’s Right to Terminate Lease . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 9(b) above, if Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before November 1, 2000 for reasons other than Force Majeure Events and Tenant Delays (as such terms are hereinafter defined), then Tenant shall have the right, as its sole and absolute remedy for such failure, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord given not later than November 5, 2000. If Tenant fails to deliver such notice to Landlord on or before such date, then this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 9(c) shall terminate. As used herein, “ Force Majeure Events ” means strikes, embargoes, governmental regulations, acts of God, war, civil commotion or other strife, and other events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord; and “ Tenant Delays ” means any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents (as hereinafter defined).
10. Use of Premises
     (a)  Permitted Use . The use of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees and independent contractors (collectively, “ Tenant’s Agents ”) shall be solely for the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other use. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odor, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibration to emanate from or near the Premises. The Premises shall not be used to create any nuisance or trespass, for any illegal purpose, for any purpose not permitted by Laws, for any purpose that would invalidate the insurance or increase the premiums for insurance on the Premises, the Building or the Project or for any purpose or in any manner that would interfere with other tenants’ use or occupancy of the Project. If any of Tenant’s office machines or

11


 

equipment disturb any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall provide adequate insulation or take such other action as may be necessary to eliminate the noise or disturbance. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, any increases in premiums on policies resulting from Tenant’s Permitted Use or any other use or action by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents which increases Landlord’s premiums or requires additional coverage by Landlord to insure the Premises. Tenant agrees not to overload the floor(s) of the Building.
     (b)  Compliance with Governmental Regulations and Private Restrictions. Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall, at Tenant’s expense, faithfully observe and comply with (i) all municipal, state and federal laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, requirements, and orders (collectively, “ Laws ”), now in force or which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises, the Building or the Project; provided, however, that except as provided in Paragraph 10(c) below, Tenant shall not be required to make or, except as provided in Paragraph 4 above, pay for, structural changes to the Premises or the Building not related to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises unless the requirement for such changes is imposed as a result of any Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant; (ii) all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project (“ Private Restrictions ”) now in force or which may hereafter be in force; and (iii) any and all rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C and any other rules and regulations now or hereafter promulgated by Landlord related to parking or the operation of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project (collectively, the “ Rules and Regulations ”). The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such Laws or Private Restrictions, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.
     (c)  Compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and acknowledge that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may be subject to, among other Laws, the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a federal law codified at 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., including, but not limited to, Title III thereof, and all regulations and guidelines related thereto, together with any and all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and statutes now or hereafter enacted by local or state agencies having jurisdiction thereof, including all requirements of Title 24 of the State of California, as the same may be in effect on the date of this Lease and may be hereafter modified, amended or supplemented (collectively, the “ ADA ”). Any Alterations to be constructed hereunder shall be in compliance with the requirements of the ADA, and all costs incurred for purposes of compliance therewith shall be a part of and included in the costs of the Alterations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for conducting its own independent investigation of this matter and for ensuring that the design of all Alterations strictly comply with all requirements of the ADA. Subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4 above, if any barrier removal work or other work is required to the Building, the Common Areas or the Project under the ADA, then such work shall be the responsibility of Landlord; provided, if such work is required under the ADA as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises or any work or Alteration (as hereinafter defined) made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, then such work shall be performed by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this provision, Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for fully and faithfully complying with all

12


 

applicable requirements of the ADA, including, without limitation, not discriminating against any disabled persons in the operation of Tenant’s business in or about the Premises, and offering or otherwise providing auxiliary aids and services as, and when, required by the ADA. Within ten (10) days after receipt, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing, and provide Landlord with copies of (as applicable), any notices alleging violation of the ADA relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project; any claims made or threatened orally or in writing regarding noncompliance with the ADA and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building, or the Project; or any governmental or regulatory actions or investigations instituted or threatened regarding noncompliance with the ADA and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall and hereby agrees to protect, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and Landlord’s Agents harmless and mdemnify Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against all liabilities, damages, claims, losses, penalties, judgments, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs of court and expenses necessary in the prosecution or defense of any litigation including the enforcement of this provision) arising from or in any way related to, directly or indirectly, Tenant’s or Tenant’s Agents’ violation or alleged violation of the ADA. Tenant agrees that the obligations of Tenant herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
11. Acceptance of Premises
     (a) By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for Tenant’s intended use and as being in good and sanitary operating order, condition and repair, AS IS, and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition, use or occupancy which may be made thereof. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.
     (b) Notwithstanding the terms of Paragraph 11(a), Landlord shall cause the roof on the Building to be in good condition and the HVAC, electrical and plumbing systems serving the Premises to be in good working order on the Commencement Date. Any claims by Tenant under the preceding sentence shall be made in writing not later than the fifteenth (15th) day after the Commencement Date. In the event Tenant fails to deliver a written claim to Landlord on or before such fifteenth (15th) day, then Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Paragraph 11.
12. Surrender
     Tenant agrees that on the last day of the Term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in good condition and repair (damage by acts of God, fire, and normal wear and tear excepted), but with all interior walls painted or cleaned so they appear painted, any carpets cleaned, all floors cleaned and waxed, all non-working light bulbs and ballasts replaced and all roll-up doors and plumbing fixtures in good condition and working order, and (b) otherwise in accordance with Paragraph 33(h). Normal wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration to the floors of the Premises arising from the use of forklifts in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, any marks or stains on any portion of the floors), and any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by proper

13


 

maintenance by Tenant, or Tenant otherwise performing all of its obligations under this Lease. On or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined) and Tenant’s signage from the Premises, the Building and the Project and repair any damage caused by such removal, and (ii) Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given not later than ninety (90) days prior to the Expiration Date (except in the event of a termination of this Lease prior to the scheduled Expiration Date, in which event no advance notice shall be required), require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove any or all Alterations (specifically excluding, however, any alterations or improvements made to the Premises by the previous tenant prior to the Commencement Date) and to repair any damage caused by such removal. Any of Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant as required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property; provided, however, that Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant. All Alterations except those which Landlord requires Tenant to remove shall remain in the Premises as the property of Landlord. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 12 and Paragraph 33(h) below, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of Rent (as the same may be increased pursuant to Paragraph 36 below) until the Premises are so surrendered in accordance with said Paragraphs, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any loss or liability resulting from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.
13. Alterations and Additions
     (a) Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any alteration, addition or improvement (hereinafter referred to individually as an “ Alteration ” and collectively as the “ Alterations ”) to the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion to consent or to withhold its consent to any Alteration which affects the structural portions of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the Systems serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any portion thereof (collectively, “ Structural Alterations ”). Landlord shall endeavor to respond to Tenant’s request for consent within thirty (30) days after Tenant submits to Landlord a written request for approval, together with the other documents and information required by this Paragraph 13. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations (specifically excluding, however, Structural Alterations) to the Premises with prior notice to but without the consent of Landlord, provided that such Alterations (i) are constructed and performed in full compliance with the terms of Paragraphs 13(b) through (g) below, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises or the Building, (iii) do not require work to be performed inside the walls or above the ceiling of the Premises, and (iv) do not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) in cost on an

14


 

individual basis or five thousand dollars ($5,000) in the aggregate over the Term of this Lease (collectively, “ Permitted Alterations ”).
     (b) Any Alteration to the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with all applicable Laws and all requirements requested by Landlord, including, without limitation, the requirements of any insurer providing coverage for the Premises or the Project or any part thereof, and in accordance with plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord, and shall be constructed and installed by a contractor approved in writing by Landlord. As a further condition to giving consent, Landlord may require Tenant to. provide Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a payment and performance bond in form acceptable to Landlord, in a principal amount not less than one and one-half times the estimated costs of such Alterations, to ensure Landlord against any liability for mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens and to ensure completion of work. Before Alterations may begin, Valid building permits or other permits or licenses required must be furnished to Landlord, and, once the Alterations begin, Tenant will diligently and continuously pursue their completion. Landlord may monitor construction of the Alterations and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs (including, without limitation, the costs of any construction manager retained by Landlord) in reviewing plans and documents and in monitoring construction. Tenant shall maintain during the course of construction, at its sole cost and expense, builders’ risk insurance for the amount of the completed value of the Alterations on an all-risk non-reporting form covering all improvements under construction, including building materials, and other insurance in amounts and against such risks as Landlord shall reasonably require in connection with the Alterations. In addition to and without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall ensure that its contractor(s) procure and maintain in full force and effect during the course of construction a “broad form” commercial general liability and property damage policy of insurance naming Landlord, Landlord’s investment advisor and agent, Allegis Realty Investors llc, Tenant and Landlord’s lenders as additional insureds. The minimum limit of coverage of the aforesaid policy shall be in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of one person in any one accident or occurrence and in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of more than one person in any one accident or occurrence, and shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability endorsement. Such insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against liability for property damage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).
     (c) All Alterations, including, but not limited to, heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, fixed partitioning, drapery, wall covering and paneling, built-in cabinet work and carpeting installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises or the Building, shall at once be and become the property of Landlord, and shall not be deemed trade fixtures or Tenant’s Property. If requested by Landlord, Tenant will pay, prior to the commencement of construction, an amount determined by Landlord necessary to cover the costs of demolishing such Alterations and/or the cost of returning the Premises and the Building to its condition prior to such Alterations.
     (d) No private telephone systems and/or other related computer or telecommunications equipment or lines may be installed without Landlord’s prior written consent. If Landlord gives

15


 

such consent, all equipment must be installed within the Premises and, at the request of Landlord made at any time prior to the expiration of the Term, removed upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and the Premises restored to the same condition as before such installation.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, before installing any equipment or lights which generate an undue amount of heat in the Premises, or if Tenant plans to use any high-power usage equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall obtain the written permission of Landlord. Landlord may refuse to grant such permission unless Tenant agrees to pay the costs to Landlord for installation of supplementary air conditioning capacity or electrical systems necessitated by such equipment.
     (f) Tenant agrees not to proceed to make any Alterations, notwithstanding consent from Landlord to do so, until Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the date Tenant desires to commence construction or installation of such Alterations and Landlord has approved such date in writing, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for Tenant’s improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work.
     (g) Landlord acknowledges that Tenant intends to paint and carpet the Premises following the Commencement Date (the “ Initial Alterations ”). Tenant shall have the right to so perform the Initial Alterations, subject to compliance with the terms and provisions of this Paragraph 13. Landlord shall provide an allowance for the performance of the Initial Alterations in the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Alterations Allowance ”). The Alterations Allowance shall be the maximum contribution by Landlord toward the cost of the Initial Alterations. Should the actual cost of performing the Initial Alterations be less than the Alterations Allowance, the Alterations Allowance shall be reduced to an amount equal to said actual cost. Landlord shall disburse the Alterations Allowance to Tenant following the completion of the Initial Alterations, the inspection of the same by Landlord and the review and approval by Landlord of invoices and lien waivers to substantiate the cost of the Initial Alterations and the completion thereof in a lien-free manner.
14. Maintenance and Repairs of Premises
     (a)  Maintenance by Tenant . Throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, (i) keep and maintain in good order and condition the Premises, and repair and replace every part thereof, including glass, windows, window frames, window casements, skylights, interior and exterior doors, door frames and door closers; interior lighting (including, without limitation, light bulbs and ballasts), the plumbing and electrical systems located within and exclusively serving the Premises, all communications systems serving the Premises, Tenant’s signage, interior demising walls and partitions, equipment, interior painting and interior walls and floors, and the roll-up doors, ramps and dock equipment, including, without limitation, dock bumpers, dock plates, dock seals, dock levelers and dock lights located in or on the Premises (excepting only those portions of the Building or the Project to be maintained by Landlord, as provided in Paragraph 14(b) below), (ii) furnish all expendables, including light bulbs, paper goods and

16


 

soaps, used in the Premises, and (iii) keep and maintain in good order and condition, repair and replace all of Tenant’s security systems in or about or serving the Premises and, except to the extent that Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of its intention to arrange for such monitoring, cause the fire alarm systems serving the Premises to be monitored by a monitoring or protective services firm approved by Landlord in writing. Tenant shall not do nor shall Tenant allow Tenant’s Agents to do anything to cause any damage, deterioration or unsightliness to the Premises, the Building or the Project.
     (b)  Maintenance by Landlord . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 14(a), 22 and 23, and further subject to Tenant’s obligation under Paragraph 4 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the cost and expense of the following items, Landlord agrees to repair and maintain the following items: the roof coverings (provided that Tenant installs no additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings, in which event Tenant shall pay all costs resulting from the presence of such additional equipment); the Systems serving the Premises and the Building, excluding the plumbing and electrical systems located within and exclusively serving the Premises; and the Parking Areas, pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 14(a), 22 and 23, Landlord, at its own cost and expense, agrees to repair and maintain the following items: the structural portions of the roof (specifically excluding the roof coverings), the foundation, the footings, the floor slab, and the load bearing walls and exterior walls of the Building (excluding any glass and any routine maintenance, including, without limitation, any painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls). Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 14 to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to either repair or to require Tenant to repair any damage to any portion of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project caused by or created due to any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents and to restore the Premises, the Building and/or the Project as applicable, to the condition existing prior to the occurrence of such damage; provided, however, that in the event Landlord elects to perform such repair and restoration work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord’s obligation hereunder to repair and maintain is subject to the condition precedent that Landlord shall have received written notice of the need for such repairs and maintenance and a reasonable time to perform such repair and maintenance. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective or other condition actually known to it which Landlord is required to repair, and failure to so report such defects shall make Tenant responsible to Landlord for the costs and expenses of repairing any additional damage or deterioration occurring after the date Tenant obtains knowledge of such defective condition and any liability incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to notify Landlord of such defective condition in a timely manner as provided herein.
     (c)  Tenant’s Waiver of Rights. Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or to terminate this Lease, as provided for in California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942, and 1932(1), respectively, and any similar or successor statute or law in effect or any amendment thereof during the Term.

17


 

15. Landlord’s Insurance
     Landlord shall purchase and keep in force fire, extended coverage and “all risk” insurance covering the Building and the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all reasonable requirements pertaining to the Premises, the Building and the Project of any insurer necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and commercial general liability insurance, covering the Building and the Project. Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, may maintain “Loss of Rents” insurance, insuring that the Rent will be paid in a timely manner to Landlord for a period of at least twelve (12) months if the Premises, the Building or the Project or any portion thereof are destroyed or rendered unusable or inaccessible by any cause insured against under this Lease.
16. Tenant’s Insurance
     (a)  Commercial General Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, secure and keep in force a “broad form” commercial general liability insurance and property damage policy covering the Premises, insuring Tenant, and naming Landlord, Landlord’s investment advisors and agents from time to time, including, without limitation, Allegis Realty Investors llc , and Landlord’s lenders as additional insureds, against any liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises. The minimum limit of coverage of such policy shall be in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of one person in any one accident or occurrence and in the amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of more than one person in any one accident or occurrence, shall include an extended liability endorsement providing contractual liability coverage (which shall include coverage for Tenant’s indemnification obligations in this Lease), and shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability endorsement. Such insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against liability for property damage of at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00). Landlord may from time to time require reasonable increases in any such limits if Landlord believes that additional coverage is necessary or desirable. The limit of any insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. No policy maintained by Tenant under this Paragraph 16(a) shall  contain a deductible greater than two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00). No policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, and loss payable clauses shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Such policies of insurance shall be issued as primary policies and not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry, by an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of California for the issuance of such type of insurance coverage and rated A:XIII or better in Best’s Key Rating Guide.
     (b)  Personal Property Insurance. Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect on all of its personal property, furniture, furnishings, trade or business fixtures and equipment (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”) on the Premises, a policy or policies of fire and extended coverage insurance with standard coverage endorsement to the extent of the full replacement cost thereof. No such policy shall contain a deductible greater than two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00). During the term of this Lease the proceeds from any such policy or policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the fixtures and equipment so insured.

18


 

Landlord shall have no interest in the insurance upon Tenant’s equipment and fixtures and will sign all documents reasonably necessary in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss by Tenant. Landlord will not carry insurance on Tenant’s possessions.
     (c)  Worker’s Compensation Insurance; Employer’s Liability Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect worker’s compensation insurance with not less than the minimum limits required by law, and employer’s liability insurance with a minimum limit of coverage of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
     (d)  Evidence of Coverage . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance and true and complete copies of any and all endorsements required herein for all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder at the time of execution of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of each policy, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewal or “binders” thereof. Each certificate shall expressly provide that such policies shall not be cancellable or otherwise subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and the other parties named as additional insureds as required in this Lease (except for cancellation for nonpayment of premium, in which event cancellation shall not take effect until at least ten (10) days notice has been given to Landlord).
17. Indemnification
     (a)  Of Landlord . Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents against and from any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from (1) the use of the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or from any activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, and (2) any act, neglect, fault, willful misconduct or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or from any breach or default in the terms of this Lease by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, and (3) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter in items (1) or (2). If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for, waives its entire claim of recovery for and assumes all risk of (i) damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project from any cause whatsoever (except that which is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents or by the failure of Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, if such failure has persisted for an unreasonable period of time after written notice of such failure), or (ii) loss resulting from business interruption or loss of income at the Premises. The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 17 shall survive any termination of this Lease.
     (b)  No Impairment of Insurance . The foregoing indemnity shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under any policies required to be carried by either party pursuant to this Lease, to the extent that such policies cover the peril or occurrence that results in the claim that is subject to the foregoing indemnity.

19


 

18. Subrogation
     Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any claim against the other and its Agents for any loss or damage to any of their property located on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project that is caused by or results from perils covered by property insurance carried by the respective parties, to the extent of the proceeds of such insurance actually received with respect to such loss or damage, whether or not due to the negligence of the other party or its Agents. Because the foregoing waivers will preclude the assignment of any claim by way of subrogation to an insurance company or any other person, each party now agrees to immediately give to its insurer written notice of the terms of these mutual waivers and shall have their insurance policies endorsed to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverage because of these waivers. Nothing in this Paragraph 18 shall relieve a party of liability to the other for failure to carry insurance required by this Lease.
19. Signs
     Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed in, upon, or about the Premises, the Building or the Project any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, advertisements or notices, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent or without complying with Landlord’s signage criteria, as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time, and with all applicable Laws, and will not conduct, or permit to be conducted, any sale by auction on the Premises or otherwise on the Project. Tenant shall remove any sign, advertisement or notice placed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project caused thereby, all at Tenant’s expense. If any signs are not removed, or necessary repairs not made, Landlord shall have the right to remove the signs and repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.
20. Free From Liens
     Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law the right but not the obligation to cause same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant upon demand. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law or that Landlord shall deem proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building and the Project, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens. Tenant shall give to Landlord at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice of commencement of any repair or construction on the Premises.

20


 

21. Entry By Landlord
     Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlord’s Agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (except in the case of an emergency, for which no notice shall be required), and subject to Tenant’s reasonable security arrangements, for the purpose of inspecting the same or showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants or to alter, improve, maintain and repair the Premises or the Building as required or permitted of Landlord under the terms hereof, or for any other business purpose, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned (except for actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord), provided, however, that Landlord shall take reasonable measures to the extent reasonably practical to minimize interruption of Tenant’s business operations; and Tenant shall permit Landlord to post notices of non-responsibility and ordinary “for sale” or “for lease” signs. No such entry shall be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises. Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure in the case of an emergency and when Landlord otherwise deems such closure necessary.
22. Destruction and Damage
     (a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option:
          (i) In the event of total destruction (which shall mean destruction or damage in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof) of the Premises, elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention and the estimated time to complete such work within sixty (60) days after the date (the “ Casualty Discovery Date ”) Landlord obtains actual knowledge of such destruction. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such total destruction.
          (ii) In the event of a partial destruction (which shall mean destruction or damage to an extent not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof) of the Premises for which Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost to repair and restore such partial destruction and, if the damage thereto is such that the Premises may be substantially repaired or restored to its condition existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction within one hundred eighty (180) days from the Casualty Discovery Date, Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair and restoration, in which event the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If such repair and restoration requires longer than one hundred eighty (180) days or if the insurance proceeds therefor (plus any amounts Tenant may elect or is obligated to contribute) are not sufficient to cover the cost of such repair and restoration, Landlord may elect either to so repair and restore, in which event the Lease shall

21


 

continue in full force and effect, or not to repair or restore, in which event the Lease shall terminate. In either case, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention and the estimated time to complete such work within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such partial destruction.
          (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, in the event of damage to the Premises occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice of such election given to the other party within thirty (30) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 22(a)(iii) only if Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises are materially interfered with as a result of such damage.
     (b) If the Premises are damaged by any peril not covered by extended coverage insurance, and the cost to repair such damage exceeds any amount Tenant may agree to contribute, Landlord may elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention and the estimated time to complete such work within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date on which Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord, except that if the damage to the Premises materially impairs Tenant’s ability to continue its business operations in the Premises, then this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date such damage occurred.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 22, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, exercisable by notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, in each of the following instances:
          (i) If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value of the Building or the Project is damaged or destroyed, regardless of whether or not the Premises are destroyed.
          (ii) If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed and the repair and restoration of such damage requires longer than one hundred eighty (180) days from the Casualty Discovery Date.
          (iii) If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed and the insurance proceeds therefor are not sufficient to cover the costs of repair and restoration.
          (iv) If the Building or the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) months of the Term.
     (d) If the Premises is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the Premises cannot be substantially repaired or restored by Landlord within two hundred ten (210) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, Tenant may terminate this Lease immediately upon notice thereof to

22


 

Landlord, which notice shall be given, if at all, not later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of the period of time required to repair such damage or destruction.
     (e) In the event of repair and restoration as herein provided, the monthly installments of Rent shall be abated proportionately in the ratio which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair or restoration; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to such abatement to the extent that such damage or destruction resulted from the acts or inaction of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the repair or restoration thereof, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair or restoration.
     (f) If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall repair or restore only the initial tenant improvements, if any, constructed by Landlord in the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease, substantially to their condition existing immediately prior to the occurrence of the damage or destruction; and Tenant shall promptly repair and restore, at Tenant’s expense, Tenant’s Alterations which were not constructed by Landlord.
     (g) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(2) and Section 1933(4) which permit termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased premises, and the provisions of any similar law now or hereinafter in effect, and the provisions of this Paragraph 22 shall govern exclusively in case of such destruction.
23. Condemnation
     (a) If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of either the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful governmental power or authority, by exercise of the right of appropriation, inverse condemnation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking (each such event being referred to as a “ Condemnation ”), Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in the condemning party. If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is taken and if the Premises remaining after such Condemnation and any repairs by Landlord would be untenantable for the conduct of Tenant’s business operations, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in the condemning party. If either party elects to terminate this Lease as provided herein, such election shall be made by written notice to the other party given within thirty (30) days after the nature and extent of such Condemnation have been finally determined. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease to the extent permitted above, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, to the extent of any Condemnation award received by Landlord, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to such Condemnation, allowing for the reasonable effects of

23


 

such Condemnation, and a proportionate abatement shall be made to the Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the portion of the floor area of the Premises (adjusted for any increase thereto resulting from any reconstruction) of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such Condemnation and restoration, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any Condemnation or the repair or restoration of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project following such Condemnation, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the parking areas and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Condemnation, repair or restoration. The provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130, which allows either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate the Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project, and any other applicable law now or hereafter enacted, are hereby waived by Tenant.
     (b) Landlord shall be entitled to any and all compensation, damages, income, rent, awards, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with any Condemnation, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or otherwise; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to institute and pursue an independent action against the condemning authority and receive any award separately allocated by the condemning authority to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses or the value of Tenant’s Property (specifically excluding fixtures, Alterations and other components of the Premises which under this Lease or by law are or at the expiration of the Term will become the property of Landlord), provided that such award does not reduce any award otherwise allocable or payable to Landlord.
24. Assignment and Subletting
     (a) Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (1) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (2) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (i) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder, and (ii) the proposed transfer is not an assignment or a sublease under a previous assignment or an existing sublease. When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such assignment or subletting, it shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and shall provide (A) a fully completed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate for such assignee or subtenant in the form of Exhibit D hereto, and (B) current and prior financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant, which financial statements shall be audited to the extent available and shall in any

24


 

event be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions thereof. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within thirty (30) days of receipt of the foregoing, to (1) terminate this Lease and release Tenant of all further obligations under this Lease as of the commencement date stated in the proposed sublease or assignment, (2) sublease or take an assignment, as the case may be, from Tenant of the interest, or any portion thereof, in this Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease, on the same terms and conditions as stated in the proposed sublet or assignment agreement, (3) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or (4) refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, providing that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease or recapture the Premises, Tenant may, if it so elects, by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s termination or recapture notice, revoke its request for Landlord’s consent and, in such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if Tenant had not requested Landlord’s consent. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease or sublease or take an assignment from Tenant of the interest, or portion thereof, in the Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease as provided in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), respectively, then Landlord shall have the additional right to negotiate directly with Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant and to enter into a direct lease or occupancy agreement with such party on such terms as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any claims against Landlord related thereto, including, without limitation, any claims for any compensation or profit related to such lease or occupancy agreement.
     (b) Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be entitled to consider all reasonable criteria including, but not limited to, the following: (1) whether or not the proposed subtenant or assignee is engaged in a business which, and the use of the Premises will be in an manner which, is in keeping with the then character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, (2) whether the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee will conflict with any so-called “exclusive” use then in favor of any other tenant of the Building or the Project, and whether such use would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any rules and regulations then in effect, or under applicable Laws, and whether such use imposes a greater load upon the Premises and the Building and Project services then imposed by Tenant, (3) the business reputation of the proposed individuals who will be managing and operating the business operations of the assignee or subtenant, and the long-term financial and competitive business prospects of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and (4) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the proposed assignee or subtenant in light of the responsibilities involved. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if (i) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of Paragraph 10(a) or (b) above or with any other lease which restricts the use to which any space in the Building or the Project may be put, or (ii) the proposed assignment or sublease requires Alterations to the Premises or portions thereof other than Alterations permitted by Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 13 above.

25


 

     (c) If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the net difference, if any received by Tenant, between (1) the Base Rent plus Additional Rent allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such assignment or sublease pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (2) the rent and any additional rent payable by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant, less reasonable legal fees (not to exceed the sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00)) and reasonable and customary market- based leasing commissions, if any, incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease, which fees and commissions shall, for purposes of the aforesaid calculation, be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of such assignment or sublease. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord’s prior written consent, and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease with respect to the payment of Rent. In the event that, notwithstanding the giving of such notice, Tenant collects any rent or other sums from the assignee or subtenant, then Tenant shall hold such sums in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall immediately forward the same to Landlord. Landlord’s collection of such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant. A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use shall not be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease.
     (d) Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether Landlord’s approval has been obtained for any such assignment or subletting).
     (e) Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable fees (including, without limitation, the fees of Landlord’s counsel), incurred in connection with Landlord’s review and processing of documents regarding any proposed assignment or sublease.
     (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event Landlord consents to an assignment or subletting by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 24, Tenant’s assignee or subtenant shall have no right to further assign this Lease or any interest therein or thereunder or to further sublease all or any portion of the Premises. In furtherance of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any assignee of subtenant claiming under it (and any such assignee or subtenant by accepting such assignment or sublease shall be deemed to acknowledge and agree) that no sub-subleases or further assignments of this Lease shall be permitted at any time.
     (g) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 24 on Tenant’s ability to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege

26


 

appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time that the Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof.
25. Tenant’s Default
     The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant (“ Default ”):
     (a) The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant for a period of ten (10) consecutive days or any vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant which would cause any insurance policy to be invalidated or otherwise lapse, or the failure of Tenant to continuously operate Tenant’s business in the Premises, in each of the foregoing cases irrespective of whether or not Tenant is then in monetary default under this Lease. Tenant agrees to notice and service of notice as provided for in this Lease and waives any right to any other or further notice or service of notice which Tenant may have under any statute or law now or hereafter in effect;
     (b) Failure to pay any installment of Rent or any other monies due and payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of three (3) days after the same is due;
     (c) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (collectively, “ Guarantor ”) for the benefit of creditors;
     (d) The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant or any Guarantor, the filing by Tenant or any Guarantor of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing by or against Tenant or any Guarantor of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition by the creditors of Tenant or any Guarantor, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days;
     (e) Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises, such attachment or other seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days after the levy thereof;
     (f) Death or disability of Tenant or any Guarantor, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a natural person, or the failure by Tenant or any Guarantor to maintain its legal existence, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity;
     (g) Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord any estoppel certificate, subordination agreement, or lease amendment within the time periods and in the manner required by Paragraphs 31 or 32 or 43, and/or failure by Tenant to deliver to Landlord any financial statement within the time period and in the manner required by Paragraph 41;

27


 

     (h) An assignment or sublease, or attempted assignment or sublease, of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant contrary to the provision of Paragraph 24, unless such assignment or sublease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant having received Landlord’s consent thereto;
     (i) Failure of Tenant to restore the Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit to the amounts and within the time periods provided in Paragraphs 7 and 8 above;
     (j) Failure in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as events of Default in subparagraphs (b), (1) or (m) above or any other subparagraphs of this Paragraph 25, which shall be governed by such other Paragraphs), which failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such ten (10) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subparagraph so long as Tenant thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the cure to completion and actually completes such cure within thirty (30) days after the giving of the aforesaid written notice;
     (k) Chronic delinquency by Tenant in the payment of Rent, or any other periodic payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease. “Chronic delinquency” shall mean failure by Tenant to pay Rent, or any other payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease within three (3) days after written notice thereof for any three (3) months (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any period of twelve (12) months. In the event of a Chronic delinquency, in addition to Landlord’s other remedies for Default provided in this Lease, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require that Rent be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance;
     (l) Chronic overuse by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of the number of undesignated parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information. “Chronic overuse” shall mean use by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of a number of parking spaces greater than the number of parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information more than three (3) times during the Term after written notice by Landlord;
     (m) Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or be reduced or materially changed, except as permitted in this Lease; and
     (n) Any failure by Tenant to discharge any lien or encumbrance placed on the Project or any part thereof in violation of this Lease within ten (10) days after the date such lien or encumbrance is filed or recorded against the Project or any part thereof.
     Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 25(j), (k) or (1) above shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

28


 

26. Landlord’s Remedies
     (a)  Termination. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:
          (i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which have been earned at the time of such termination; plus
          .(ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
          (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
          (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, (A) any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord (1) in retaking possession of the Premises; (2) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering, remodeling or rehabilitating the Premises or any affected portions of the Building or the Project, including such actions undertaken in connection with the reletting or attempted reletting of the Premises to a new tenant or tenants; (3) for leasing commissions, advertising costs and other expenses of reletting the Premises; or (4) in carrying the Premises, including taxes, insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions; (B) any unearned brokerage commissions paid in connection with this Lease; (C) reimbursement of any previously waived or abated Base Rent or Additional Rent or any free rent or reduced rental rate granted hereunder; and (D) any concession made or paid by Landlord to the benefit of Tenant in consideration of this Lease including, but not limited to, any unamortized portion of the Alterations Allowance (such Alterations Allowance to be amortized over the Term in the manner reasonably determined by Landlord); plus
          (v) such reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default, and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedy; and plus
          (vi) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.
As used in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. As used in subparagraph (iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank

29


 

of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other pertinent present or future Law, in the event Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of Tenant hereunder.
     (b)  Continuation of Lease. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 26(b), the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:
          (i) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to, alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements and/or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or
          (ii) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.
     (c)  Re-entry. In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, in compliance with applicable law, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.
     (d)  Reletting. In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter as provided in Paragraph 26(c) or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph 26(a), Landlord may from time to tune, without terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises in Landlord’s sole discretion. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedies; (2) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (3) to the payment of any costs of such reletting; (4) to the payment of the costs of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (5) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (6) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the payment of Rent hereunder, be less than the Rent payable during the month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to

30


 

Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting.
     (e)  Termination. No re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 26 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.
     (f)  Cumulative Remedies. The remedies herein provided are not exclusive and Landlord shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or by law or in equity.
     (g)  No Surrender. No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by Landlord of surrender by Tenant shall only flow from and must be evidenced by a written acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects in writing that such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing subleases, or Landlord may, at its option, elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger terminating Tenant’s estate under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such subleases by notifying the sublessee of its election so to do within five (5) days after such surrender.
27.  Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations
     (a) Without limiting the rights and remedies of Landlord contained in Paragraph 26 above, if Tenant shall be in Default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions to be performed or complied with by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, then Landlord may at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant perform any such term, provision, covenant, or condition, or make any such payment and Landlord by reason of so doing shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage thereby sustained by Tenant or anyone holding under or through Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents.
     (b) Without limiting the rights of Landlord under Paragraph 27(a) above, Landlord shall have the right at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, to perform any of Tenant’s covenants or obligations under this Lease without notice to Tenant in the case of an emergency, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute judgment, or if Landlord otherwise determines in its sole discretion that such performance is necessary or desirable for the proper management and operation of the Building or the Project or for the preservation of the rights and interests or safety of other tenants of the Building or the Project.
     (c) If Landlord performs any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in accordance with this Paragraph 27, the full amount of the cost and expense incurred or the payment so made or the amount of the loss so sustained shall immediately be owing by Tenant to Landlord, and Tenant

31


 

shall promptly pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, the full amount thereof with interest thereon from the date of payment by Landlord at the lower of (1) ten percent (10%) per annum, or (2) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.
28.   Attorneys’ Fees
     (a) If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Lease shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.
     (b) Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 28(a) above, if Landlord utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any Rent due and unpaid by Tenant or in connection with any other breach of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord actual attorneys’ fees as determined by Landlord for such services, regardless of the fact that no legal action may be commenced or filed by Landlord.
29.   Taxes
     Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes levied against Tenant’s Property. If any Alteration installed by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Property is assessed and taxed with the Project or Building, Tenant shall pay such taxes to Landlord within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant of a statement therefor.
30.   Effect of Conveyance
     The term “ Landlord ” as used in this Lease means, from time to time, the then current owner of the Building or the Project containing the Premises, so that, in the event of any sale of the Building or the Project, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at any such sale, that the purchaser of the Building or the Project has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.
31.   Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate
     From time to time, upon written request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or its designee, a written certificate stating (a) the date this Lease was executed, the Commencement Date of the Term and the date the Term expires; (b) the date Tenant entered into occupancy of the Premises; (c) the amount of Rent and the date to which

32


 

such Rent has been paid; (d) that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or, if assigned, modified, supplemented or amended, specifying the date and terms of any agreement so affecting this Lease); (e) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to Tenant’s right to use and occupy the Premises (or specifying such other agreements, if any); (f) that all obligations under this Lease to be performed by Landlord as of the date of such certificate have been satisfied (or specifying those as to which Tenant claims that Landlord has yet to perform); (g) that all required contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s improvements have been received (or stating exceptions thereto); (h) that on such date there exist no defenses or offsets that Tenant has against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord (or stating exceptions thereto); (i) that no Rent or other sum payable by Tenant hereunder has been paid more than one (1) month in advance (or stating exceptions thereto); (j) that security has been deposited with Landlord, stating the original amount thereof and any increases thereto; and (k) any other matters evidencing the status of this Lease that may be required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by a deed of trust covering the Building or the Project or by a purchaser of the Building or the Project. Any such certificate delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 31 may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord’s interest or a mortgagee of Landlord’s interest or assignee of any mortgage upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises. If Tenant shall fail to provide such certificate within ten (10) days of receipt by Tenant of a written request by Landlord as herein provided, such failure shall, at Landlord’s election, constitute a Default under this Lease, and Tenant shall be deemed to have given such certificate as above provided without modification and shall be deemed to have admitted the accuracy of any information supplied by Landlord to a prospective purchaser or mortgagee.
32.   Subordination
     Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and remain subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and ground leases, if any (“ Encumbrances ”) that are now or may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided only, that in the event of termination of any such ground lease or upon the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, so long as Tenant is not in default, the holder thereof (“ Holder ”) shall agree to recognize Tenant’s rights under this Lease as long as Tenant shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all the provisions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all reasonable documents required by Landlord or the Holder to effectuate such subordination and nondisturbance. If Tenant fails to do so, such failure shall constitute a Default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Paragraph 32, Tenant hereby attorns and agrees to attorn to any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring the Premises at any sale or other proceeding or pursuant to the exercise of any other rights, powers or remedies under such Encumbrance.

33


 

33.   Environmental Covenants
     (a) Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has completed, executed and delivered to Landlord a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (“ Initial Disclosure Certificate ”), a fully completed copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information on the Initial Disclosure Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the Hazardous Materials which will be manufactured, treated, used or stored on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Tenant shall, on each anniversary of the Commencement Date and at such other times as Tenant desires to manufacture, treat, use or store on or about the Premises new or additional Hazardous Materials which were not listed on the Initial Disclosure Certificate, complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an updated Disclosure Certificate (each, an “ Updated Disclosure Certificate ”) describing Tenant’s then current and proposed future uses of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, which Updated Disclosure Certificates shall be in the same format as that which is set forth in Exhibit D or in such updated format as Landlord may require from time to time. Tenant shall deliver an Updated Disclosure Certificate to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date Tenant intends to commence the manufacture, treatment, use or storage of new or additional Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to approve or disapprove such new or additional Hazardous Materials in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall make no use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises except as described in the Initial Disclosure Certificate or as otherwise approved by Landlord in writing in accordance with this Paragraph 33(a).
     (b) As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include any substance that is or contains (1) any “hazardous substance” as now or hereafter defined in § 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“ CERCLA ”) (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (2) any “hazardous waste” as now or hereafter defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“ RCRA ”) (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under RCRA; (3) any substance now or hereafter regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (“ TSCA ”) (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (4) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (5) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (6) polychlorinated biphenyls; (7) lead and lead-containing materials; or (8) any additional substance, material or waste (A) the presence of which on or about the Premises (i) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under any Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) causes or threatens to cause a nuisance on the Premises or any adjacent area or property or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any adjacent area or property, or (iii) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises, could constitute a trespass, or (B) which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Laws.
     (c) As used in this Lease, the term “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean and include (1) CERCLA, RCRA and TSCA; and (2) any other federal, state or local laws, ordinances, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees now or hereinafter in effect relating to

34


 

(A) pollution, (B) the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, (C) the treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (D) the emission, discharge, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials into the environment.
     (d) Tenant agrees that during its use and occupancy of the Premises it will (1) not (A) permit Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business or (B) release, discharge or dispose of any Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project; (2) comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the Premises and the use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises and not engage in or permit others to engage in any activity at the Premises in violation of any Environmental Laws; and (3) immediately notify Landlord of (A) any inquiry, test, investigation or enforcement proceeding by any governmental agency or authority against Tenant, Landlord or the Premises, Building or Project relating to any Hazardous Materials or under any Environmental Laws or (B) the occurrence of any event or existence of any condition that would cause a breach of any of the covenants set forth in this Paragraph 33.
     (e) If Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project, Tenant agrees to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with (1) the requirements of (A) all Environmental Laws and (B) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Environmental Laws; and (2) any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project.
     (f) Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may inspect the Premises and surrounding areas for the purpose of determining whether there exists on or about the Premises any Hazardous Material or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws. Such inspections may include, but are not limited to, entering the Premises or adjacent property with drill rigs or other machinery for the purpose of obtaining laboratory samples. Landlord shall not be limited in the number of such inspections during the Term of this Lease. In the event (1) such inspections reveal the presence of any such Hazardous Material or other condition or activity in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws, or (2) Tenant or its Agents contribute or knowingly consent to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, through or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or exacerbate the condition of or the conditions caused by any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, through or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such inspections within ten (10) days of receipt of a written statement therefor. Tenant will supply to Landlord such historical and operational information regarding the Premises and surrounding areas as may be reasonably requested to facilitate any such inspection and will make available for meetings appropriate personnel having knowledge of such matters. Tenant agrees to give Landlord at least sixty (60) days’ prior notice of its intention to vacate the Premises so that Landlord will have an opportunity to perform such an inspection prior to such vacation. The right granted to Landlord herein to perform inspections shall not create a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for

35


 

Tenant’s use, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.
     (g) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, prior or subsequent to a Default, without in any way limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to enter upon the Premises, or to take such other actions as it deems necessary or advisable, to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate any Hazardous Materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials present on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or under any Environmental Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right, at its election, in its own name or as Tenant’s agent, to negotiate, defend, approve and appeal, at Tenant’s expense, any action taken or order issued by any governmental agency or authority with regard to any such Hazardous Materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of the rights set forth in this Paragraph 33 shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.
     (h) Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of debris, waste or Hazardous Materials placed on, about or near the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents and, to the extent of any such debris, waste or Hazardous Materials, in a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws and any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, the obtaining of any closure permits .or other governmental permits or approvals related to Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 33 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If it is determined by Landlord that the condition of all or any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project is not in compliance with the provisions of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then at Landlord’s sole option, Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed as of the Commencement Date and prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials except for normal wear and tear, including, without limitation, the conduct or performance of any closures as required by any Environmental Laws. The burden of proof hereunder shall be upon Tenant. For purposes hereof, the term “normal wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project in any manner whatsoever related to directly, or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 36 of this Lease.
     (i) Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, losses (including, without limitation, loss in value of the Premises, the Building or the Project, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees)) sustained by Landlord attributable to (1) any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (2) Tenant’s breach of any provision of this Paragraph 33.

36


 

     (j) Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 33 to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for the clean up or remediation of, and shall not be required to indemnify Landlord against any costs or liabilities attributable to, any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises (i) prior to the Commencement Date by third parties not related to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (ii) by Landlord at any time, except in either case to the extent that Tenant or Tenant’s Agents have contributed to or exacerbated the presence of or conditions caused by such Hazardous Materials or have failed to take reasonable actions to prevent such Hazardous Material from becoming placed on or about the Premises.
     (k) The provisions of this Paragraph 33 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
34.   Notices
     All notices and demands which are required or may be permitted to be given to either party by the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified, or by personal delivery or overnight courier, addressed to the addressee at Tenant’s Address or Landlord’s Address as specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place as either party may from time to time designate in a notice to the other party given as provided herein. Copies of all notices and demands given to Landlord shall additionally be sent to Landlord’s property manager at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or at such other address as Landlord may specify in writing from time to time. Notice shall be deemed given upon actual receipt (or attempted delivery if delivery is refused), if personally delivered, or one (1) business day following deposit with a reputable overnight courier that provides a receipt, or on the third (3rd) day following deposit in the United States mail in the manner described above.
35.   Waiver
     The waiver of any breach of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord in regard to any Default by Tenant shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver by Landlord of any Default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other Default concerning the same or any other provisions of this Lease.
36.   Holding Over
     Any holding over after the expiration of the Term, without the express written consent of Landlord, shall constitute a Default and, without limiting Landlord’s remedies provided in this Lease, such holding over shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance, at a rental rate equal to the greater of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the fair market rental value for the Premises as

37


 

determined by Landlord or two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent last due in this Lease, plus Additional Rent, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable; provided, however, in no event shall any renewal or expansion option or other similar right or option contained in this Lease be deemed applicable to any such tenancy at sufferance. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and in accordance with the provisions of Paragraphs 12 and 33(h), Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any loss or liability resulting from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.
37.   Successors and Assigns
     The terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto. If Tenant shall consist of more than one entity or person, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.
38.   Time
     Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and every term, condition and provision herein.
39.   Brokers
     Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except the Broker(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information in the negotiating or making of this Lease, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with this Lease as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be responsible for a commission payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Lease pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee payable to Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Lease or the subject matter hereof.
40.   Limitation of Liability
     Tenant agrees that, in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms of the Lease to be observed and performed by Landlord (1) Tenant shall look solely to the then-current landlord’s interest in the Building for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord; (2) no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, shareholders, officers,

38


 

directors, employees, investment advisors, or any successor in interest of any of them (collectively, the “ Landlord Parties ”) shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies; (3) no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against the Landlord Parties; and (4) no judgment will be taken against the Landlord Parties. The provisions of this section shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.
41.   Financial Statements
     Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the then current financial statements of Tenant (including interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available), prepared or compiled by a certified public accountant, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
42.   Rules and Regulations
     Tenant agrees to comply with such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may adopt from time to time for the orderly and proper operation of the Building and the Project; provided that the rules and regulations shall not be changed or revised or enforced in any discriminatory way by Landlord, nor changed by Landlord in such a way as to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Such rules may include hut shall not be limited to the following: (a) restriction of employee parking to a limited, designated area or areas; and (b) regulation of the removal, storage and disposal of Tenant’s refuse and other rubbish at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. The then current rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of any other person to observe and abide by any of said rules and regulations; provided; however, that in the event any other tenant or occupant of the Building or the Project fails to comply with the rules and regulations, and such non-compliance unreasonably interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to make such other tenants and/or occupants comply with the rules and regulations. Landlord’s current rules and regulations are attached to this Lease as Exhibit C.
43.   Mortgagee Protection
     (a)  Modifications for Lender . If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to such modifications, provided such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
     (b)  Rights to Cure . Tenant agrees to give to any trust deed or mortgage holder (“ Holder ”), by registered mail, at the same time as it is given to Landlord, a copy of any notice of default given to Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing, (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time

39


 

provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an additional twenty (20) days after expiration of such period, or after receipt of such notice from Tenant (if such notice to the Holder is required by this Paragraph 43(b)), whichever shall last occur within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such twenty (20) days, any Holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated.
44. Entire Agreement
     This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein by this reference, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties, not embodied herein or therein, shall be of any force and effect.
45. Interest
     Any installment of Rent and any other sum due from Tenant under this Lease which is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days from when the same is due shall bear interest from the date such payment was originally due under this Lease until paid at an annual rate equal to the maximum rate of interest permitted by law. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any Default by Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall pay all costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in collection of such amounts.
46. Construction
     This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The parties acknowledge and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto. All captions in this Lease are for reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa. If any provision of this Lease shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of this Lease and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
47. Representations and Warranties of Tenant
     Tenant hereby makes the following representations and warranties, each of which is material and being relied upon by Landlord, is true in all respects as of the date of this Lease, and shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.
     (a) If Tenant is an entity, Tenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant have the full right and authority to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant and to bind

40


 

Tenant without the consent or approval of any other person or entity. Tenant has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Lease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     (b) Tenant has not (1) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (2) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by any creditors, (3) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (4) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (5) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (6) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.
48. Security
     (a) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, while Landlord may engage security personnel to patrol the Building or the Project, Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project and that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project.
     (b) Tenant hereby agrees to the exercise by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents, within their sole discretion, of such security measures as, but not limited to, the evacuation of the Premises, the Building or the Project for cause, suspected cause or for drill purposes, the denial of any access to the Premises, the Building or the Project and other similarly related actions that it deems necessary to prevent any threat of property damage or bodily injury. The exercise of such security measures by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents, and the resulting interruption of service and cessation of Tenant’s business, if any, shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, or render Landlord or Landlord’s Agents liable to Tenant for any resulting damages or relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

41


 

49. Jury Trial Waiver
     Tenant hereby waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding (i) brought by Landlord, Tenant or any other party, relating to (A) this Lease and/or any understandings or prior dealings between the parties hereto, or (B) the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or (ii) to which Landlord is a party. Tenant hereby agrees that this Lease constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury pursuant to the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631, and Tenant does hereby constitute and appoint Landlord its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, and Tenant does hereby authorize and empower Landlord, in the name, place and stead of Tenant, to file this Lease with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a statutory written consent to waiver of trial by jury.
      In Witness Whereof, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.
                     
Landlord:   Harbor Investment Partners,  
    a California general partnership
 
                   
    By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,
        a Connecticut corporation,
        its General Partner
 
                   
        By:   Allegis Realty Investors llc,
            its Investment Advisor and Agent
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ Cynthia Stevenin    
 
                   
 
             
Cynthia Stevenin
   
 
             
Vice President
   
 
                   
Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.,
    a California corporation
 
                   
 
  By:  
/s/ Jeff Maggioncalda
   
             
    Name:   Jeff Maggioncalda    
                 
    Title:   President & CEO     
                 
 
                   
 
  By:                
             
    Name:            
                 
    Title:            
                 

42


 

Exhibit A
Diagram of the Premises
(IMAGE)

 


 

Exhibit B
Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum
     
Landlord:
  Aetna Life Insurance Company
 
   
Tenant:
  Financial Engines, Inc.
 
   
Lease Date:
  December 7, 1999
 
   
Premises:
  Located at 1830 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California
     Tenant hereby accepts the Premises as being in the condition required under the Lease.
     The Commencement Date of the Lease is hereby established as                                           , 199                       and the Expiration Date is                                           ,                      .
             
Tenant:   Financial Engines, Inc.,  
    a California corporation
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
Approved and Agreed:
Landlord:
Harbor Investment Partners,
a California general partnership
                 
By:   Aetna Life Insurance Company,    
    a Connecticut corporation,    
    its General Partner    
 
               
    By:   Allegis Realty Investors llc,
        its Investment Advisor and Agent
 
               
 
      By:        
 
         
 
Cynthia Stevenin
   
 
          Vice President    

B-1


 

Exhibit C
Rules and Regulations
     This exhibit, entitled “Rules and Regulations,” is and shall constitute Exhibit C to the Lease Agreement, dated as of the Lease Date, by and between landlord and Tenant for the Premises. The terms and conditions of this Exhibit C are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Exhibit C have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
     1. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the consent of Landlord.
     2. All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the building require the prior written approval of Landlord.
     3. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Premises, except to the extent that Tenant is permitted to use the same under the terms of Paragraph 33 of the Lease.
     4. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.
     5. Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys without the prior consent of Landlord.
     6. Tenant shall park motor vehicles in parking areas designated by Landlord except for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow around the Building or the Project and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. Tenant shall not park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.
     7. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any tenant or other occupant of the Building or Project and shall cooperate to prevent same.
     8. No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.
     9. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or other tenants, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or in noise-dampening housing or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
     10. All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises of Tenant shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight.

C-1


 

     11. Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking areas of the Project or on streets adjacent thereto.
     12. Forklifts which operate on asphalt paving areas shall not have solid rubber tires and shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.
     13. Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.
     14. Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods or merchandise in or around the common areas surrounding the Premises. No displays or sales of merchandise shall be allowed in the parking lots or other common areas.
     15. Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or any of the common areas.

C-2


 

Exhibit D
Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate
     Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. Initially, the information provided by you in this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is necessary for the Landlord to evaluate your proposed uses of the premises (the “ Premises ”) and to determine whether to enter into a lease agreement with you as tenant. If a lease agreement is signed by you and the Landlord (the “ Lease Agreement ”), on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this certificate. Any questions regarding this certificate should be directed to, and when completed, the certificate should be delivered to:
     Landlord:   Harbor Investment Partners
c/o Allegis Realty Investors llc
455 Market Street, Suite 1540
San Francisco, California 94105
Attention: Cynthia Stevenin
Phone: (415) 538-4800
     Name of (Prospective) Tenant:                                                                                                                                                                                
     Mailing Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                      
 
     Contact Person, Title and Telephone Number(s):                                                                                                                                                    
Contact Person for Hazardous Waste Materials Management and Manifests and Telephone Number(s):                                                              
     
 
     Address of (Prospective) Premises:                                                                                                                                                                         
     Length of (Prospective) initial Term:                                                                                                                                                                      
     
 
1.   GENERAL INFORMATION:
     Describe the proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled, and services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted. Existing tenants should describe any proposed changes to on-going operations.
     
 
     
 

D-1


 

2.   USE, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
  2.1   Will any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises? Existing tenants should describe any Hazardous Materials which continue to be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises.
             
 
  Wastes   Yes o   No o
 
           
 
  Chemical Products   Yes o   No o
 
           
 
  Other   Yes o   No o
 
           
 
  If Yes is marked, please explain:        
       
 
           
     
 
           
     
  2.2   If Yes is marked in Section 2.1, attach a list of any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises, including the applicable hazard class and an estimate of the quantities of such Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises at any given time; estimated annual throughput; the proposed location(s) and method of storage (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws, as hereinafter defined); and the proposed location(s) and method(s) of treatment or disposal for each Hazardous Material, including, the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors. Existing tenants should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and such list should include actual data from on-going operations and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate.
3.   STORAGE TANKS AND SUMPS
  3.1   Is any above or below ground storage or treatment of gasoline, diesel, petroleum, or other Hazardous Materials in tanks or sumps proposed in, on or about the Premises? Existing tenants should describe any such actual or proposed activities.
         
 
  Yes o No o
 
       
 
  If yes, please explain:    
 
     
 
       
     
 
       
     

D-2


 

4.   WASTE MANAGEMENT
  4.1   Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number? Existing tenants should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.
 
      Yes o            No o
  4.2   Has your company filed a biennial or quarterly reports as a hazardous waste generator? Existing tenants should describe any new reports filed.
 
      Yes o            No o
 
      If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.
5.   WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISCHARGE
  5.1   Will your company discharge wastewater or other wastes to:
 
                            storm drain?                                  sewer?
 
                            surface water?                             no wastewater or other wastes discharged.
 
      Existing tenants should indicate any actual discharges. If so, describe the nature of any proposed or actual discharge(s).
 
 
  5.2   Will any such wastewater or waste be treated before discharge?
 
      Yes o            No o
 
      If yes, describe the type of treatment proposed to be conducted. Existing tenants should describe the actual treatment conducted.
 
 

D-3


 

6.   AIR DISCHARGES
  6.1   Do you plan for any air filtration systems or stacks to be used in your company’s operations in, on or about the Premises that will discharge into the air; and will such air emissions be monitored? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any such air filtration systems or stacks in use in, on or about the Premises which discharge into the air and whether such air emissions are being monitored.
         
 
  Yes o           No o    
 
       
 
  If yes, please describe:     
 
     
 
       
     
 
       
     
  6.2   Do you propose to operate any of the following types of equipment, or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? Existing tenants should specify any such equipment being operated in, on or about the Premises.
         
 
                        Spray booth(s)                         Incinerator(s)
 
       
 
                       Dip tank(s)                        Other (Please describe)
 
       
 
                       Drying oven(s)                        No Equipment Requiring Air Permits
 
       
 
  If yes, please describe:    
 
       
 
       
     
 
       
     
  6.3   Please describe (and submit copies of with this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate) any reports you have filed in the past [thirty-six] months with any governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or authorities related to air discharges or clean air requirements and any such reports which have been issued during such period by any such agencies or authorities with respect to you or your business operations.

D-4


 

7.   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES
  7.1   Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Materials management plan (“ Management Plan ”) or Hazardous Materials Business Plan and Inventory (“ Business Plan ”) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not a Management Plan is required and has been prepared.
 
      Yes o            No o
 
      If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan or Business Plan. Existing tenants should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan or Business Plan.
  7.2   Are any of the Hazardous Materials, and in particular chemicals, proposed to be used in your operations in, on or about the Premises listed or regulated under Proposition 65? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any new Hazardous Materials being so used which are listed or regulated under Proposition 65.
         
 
  Yes o              No o    
 
       
 
  If yes, please explain:    
 
     
 
       
     
 
       
     
8.   ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND COMPLAINTS
  8.1   With respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees or has your company received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not any such actions, orders or decrees have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received.
 
      Yes o            No o
 
      If yes, describe the actions, orders or decrees and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions, orders or decrees and also describe any requests, notices or demands, and attach a copy of all such documents. Existing tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement.
 
 
 

D-5


 

  8.2   Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against your company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?
 
      Yes o            No o
 
      If yes, describe any such lawsuits and attach copies of the complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other documents related thereto as requested by Landlord. Existing tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other related documents not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement:
 
 
 
  8.3   Have there been any problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at your company’s current facility with regard to environmental or health and safety concerns? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there have been any such problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at, about or near the Premises and the current status of any such problems or complaints.
 
      Yes o            No o
 
      If yes, please describe. Existing tenants should describe any such problems or complaints not already disclosed to Landlord under the provisions of the signed Lease Agreement and the current status of any such problems or complaints.
 
 
 
9.   PERMITS AND LICENSES
  9.1   Attach copies of all permits and licenses issued to your company with respect to its proposed operations in, on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, any Hazardous Materials permits, wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals. Existing tenants should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued.
     As used herein, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include any substance that is or contains (a) any “hazardous substance” as now or hereafter defined in § 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“ CERCLA ”) (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (b) any “hazardous waste” as now or hereafter defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,

D-6


 

as amended (“RCRA”) (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under RCRA; (c) any substance now or hereafter regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (“TSCA”) (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (d) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (e) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (f) polychlorinated biphenyls; (g) lead and lead-containing materials; or (h) any additional substance, material or waste (A) the presence of which on or about the Premises (i) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under any Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) causes or threatens to cause a nuisance on the Premises or any adjacent property or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any adjacent property, or (iii) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises, could constitute a trespass, or (B) which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Laws; and “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean and include (a) CERCLA, RCRA and TSCA; and (b) any other federal, state or local laws, ordinances, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees now or hereinafter in effect relating to (i) pollution, (ii) the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, (iii) the treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (iv) the emission, discharge, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials into the environment.
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered to Landlord in connection with the evaluation of a Lease Agreement and, if such Lease Agreement is executed, will be attached thereto as an exhibit. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that if such Lease Agreement is executed, this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate will be updated from time to time in accordance with Paragraph 33 of the Lease Agreement. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord and its partners, lenders and representatives may, and will, rely upon the statements, representations, warranties, and certifications made herein and the truthfulness thereof in entering into the Lease Agreement and the continuance thereof throughout the term, and any renewals thereof, of the Lease Agreement. I [print name]                      , acting with full authority to bind the (proposed) Tenant and on behalf of the (proposed) Tenant, certify, represent and warrant that the information contained in this certificate is true and correct.
(Prospective) Tenant:
Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
         
By:
       
Name:
 
 
   
Title:
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
       
Date:
       
 
 
 
   

D-7


 

First Amendment to Lease
      This First Amendment to Lease (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into effective as of September 1, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Harbor Investment Partners, a California general partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Financial Engines, Inc., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).
Recitals
     A. Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 7, 1999 (the “ Lease ”), which covers certain premises consisting of approximately thirty-two thousand seven hundred forty-two (32,742) rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) in the building located at 1830 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     B. Landlord and Tenant have also previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of November 24, 1998, a Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of November 15, 1999, a Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of June 5, 2000, and a Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 15, 2002 (collectively, the “ 1804 Lease ”), which Lease covers certain premises consisting of approximately nineteen thousand seven hundred eighty-nine (19,789) rentable square feet located at 1804 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303 (the “ 1804 Premises ”).
     C. The Lease and the 1804 Lease currently expire on April 30, 2007.
     D. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to modify the Base Rent and extend the Term, subject to each of the terms, conditions, and provisions set forth herein.
Agreement
      Now Therefore, in consideration of the agreements of Landlord and Tenant herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. Lease Term
     The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period of approximately sixty-four (64) months, commencing on May 1, 2007 and ending on August 31, 2012.

1


 

2. Base Rent
     Commencing on the Effective Date, the Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the schedule set forth below:
                 
            Monthly   Monthly
Period   Sq. Ft.   Base Rate   Base Rent
September 1, 2006 – August 31, 2007
    32,742     x$1.55   = $50,750.10
September 1, 2007 – August 31, 2008
    32,742     x$1.60   = $52,387.20
September 1, 2008 – August 31, 2009
    32,742     x$1.65   = $54,024.30
September 1, 2009 – August 31, 2010
    32,742     x$1.70   = $55,661.40
September 1, 2010 – August 31, 2011
    32,742     x$1.75   = $57,298.50
September 1, 2011 – August 31, 2012
    32,742     x$1.80   = $58,935.60
     (b) Within five (5) business days following the execution of this Amendment by the parties hereto, Landlord shall return to Tenant an amount equal to the difference between the Base Rent actually paid by Tenant and the Base Rent set forth above, in each case for the months of September and October, 2006.
3. Additional Rent.
     Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent to Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 4(b) of the Lease. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to modify Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 4(b).
4. Improvements to Premises and 1804 Premises
     (a) Tenant has notified Landlord of Tenant’s desire to make Alterations to the Premises and the 1804 Premises, generally described as follows (collectively, the “ Specified Alterations ”):
          (i) Carpeting shall be cleaned or replaced in high traffic areas;
          (ii) Interior walls shall be touched up with fresh paint where required;
          (iii) The window in the server room in the Premises (the “ Server Room ”) shall be replaced with a wall;
          (iv) The walls around the Server Room shall be extended to the ceiling;
          (v) The carpeting in the Server Room shall be replaced with vinyl flooring;
          (vi) The exterior windows in the telecommunications room in the Premises (the “ Telco Room ”) shall be replaced with a wall;

2


 

          (vii) All telecommunications drop points in the Telco Room that do not support Tenant shall be removed or relocated; and
          (viii) Such additional improvements as may be requested by Tenant and approved by Landlord in accordance with the first sentence of Paragraph 13(a) of the Lease.
     (b) Tenant shall have the right to make the Specified Alterations, provided that the same are performed and constructed in full compliance with the terms and conditions of Paragraphs 13(b) through (f) of the Lease, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the review and approval by Landlord of plans and specifications (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the obtaining by Tenant of all required governmental permits and approvals. Landlord shall have the right to approve the general contractor employed in the construction and installation of the Improvements (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
     (c) Tenant shall be entitled to an improvement allowance (the “ Allowance ”) to pay the cost of the Specified Alterations in the Premises and the 1830 Premises. The Allowance shall be in the aggregate amount of up to Two Hundred Ten Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Four Dollars ($210,124.00). For purposes of clarification, the Allowance described herein is the same “Allowance” that is provided under the 1830 Lease and Tenant shall be entitled to a total sum not to exceed Two Hundred Ten Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Four Dollars ($210,124.00). The Allowance shall be applied solely toward the hard and soft costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing the Specified Alterations, but shall not be used to pay for Tenant’s personal property, equipment or other items of Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall disburse the Allowance to Tenant following the completion of the Specified Alterations in a lien-free condition and in accordance with all Laws (to the extent applicable), and the delivery to Landlord of receipts, lien waivers and other documents reasonably requested by Landlord to substantiate the actual cost of the Specified Alterations. In the event the costs of the Specified Alterations shall be less than the amount of the Allowance, then the Allowance shall be reduced to the actual amount of the Specified Alterations.
5. Maintenance and Repair of Roof
     Promptly following the execution of this Amendment, Landlord shall cause Landlord’s roofing consultant (the “ Consultant ”) to perform an inspection of the roof and to provide Landlord with its recommendations for necessary repairs to remedy the past leaks experienced by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Consultant has performed an inspection of the roof within the one hundred eighty (180) day period prior to the Effective Date, then Landlord may rely on the results of that inspection and the Consultant shall not be required to perform a new inspection at this time. Landlord shall perform the repairs recommended by the Consultant as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date.
6. Surrender
     Provided that Landlord approves all Alterations hereafter made to the Premises by Tenant (excluding the Specified Alterations); and provided, further, that any future Alterations are office and R&D improvements similar to the improvements then existing in similar buildings in the

3


 

vicinity of the Project (as determined by Landlord in good faith), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord shall not have the right to require Tenant to remove such Alterations (or any Alterations previously made by Tenant to the Premises) at the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall surrender all such Alterations to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.
7. Letter of Credit; Return of Existing Security Deposit
     (a) Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit from Tenant, consisting of cash and letters of credit (collectively, the “Existing Letters of Credit”), pursuant to the terms of the Lease and the 1804 Lease, in the aggregate amount of One Million Forty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Ninety-Five Dollars ($1,043,395.00) (the “Existing Security Deposit”). Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment and the cancellation of the Existing Letters of Credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the Letter of Credit described below in the amount of Five Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($550,000.00) (the “LC Face Amount”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under the Lease and the 1804 Lease; provided, however, that neither the Letter of Credit nor any Letter of Credit Proceeds (as defined below) shall be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages upon Tenant’s Default hereunder or under the 1804 Lease. The Letter of Credit (or a replacement thereof satisfying the requirements of this Section) shall be maintained in effect from the date hereof through the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Lease and the 1804 Lease (the “LC Termination Date”). On the LC Termination Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord (other than those Letter of Credit Proceeds Landlord is entitled to retain under the terms of this Section); provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder or under the 1804 Lease. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Letter of Credit Proceeds from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit in such amount as is necessary, and shall use the proceeds therefrom (the “Letter of Credit Proceeds”) or any portion thereof, to cure any default under the Lease and/or under the 1804 Lease and to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage Landlord incurs as a result of such default, it being understood that any use of the Letter of Credit Proceeds shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies set forth under the Lease or under the 1804 Lease. In such event and upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the amount of the Letter of Credit Proceeds so utilized by Landlord and the particular purpose for which such amount was applied, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the full LC Face Amount. Tenant’s failure to deliver such replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s notice shall constitute a Default hereunder and under the 1804 Lease. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in the Lease and the 1804 Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit and any Letter of Credit Proceeds then held by Landlord to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Proceeds.
     (b) As used herein, Letter of Credit shall mean an unconditional, stand-by irrevocable letter of credit (herein referred to as the “Letter of Credit”) issued by Silicon Valley Bank or the

4


 

San Francisco Bay Area office of a major national bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (the “Bank”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, in the amount of the LC Face Amount, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be for a one-year term and shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof, (ii) that Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit up to the full amount thereof and the Bank will pay to Landlord the amount of such draw upon receipt by the Bank of a sight draft signed by Landlord and accompanied by a written certification from Landlord to the Bank stating either that: (A) a Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease and/or under the 1804 Lease and any applicable grace period has expired, or (B) Landlord has not received notice from the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiry date of the Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit will be renewed by the Bank for at least one (1) year beyond the relevant annual expiration date or, in the case of the last year of the Term, thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, together with a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant has not otherwise furnished Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit as hereinafter provided; and (iii) that the beneficial interest under the Letter of Credit shall be transferable one or more times without cost (other than a transfer fee assessed by the Bank in an amount not to exceed 1/4 of one percent (1%) of the LC Face Amount at the time of the transfer, which fee shall be paid by Landlord) and, therefore, in the event of Landlord’s (or any successor Landlord’s) assignment or other transfer of its interest in the Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be transferable by Landlord (or any successor Landlord), without recourse, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the Bank shall confirm the same to Landlord (or such successor) and such assignee or transferee. In the event that the Bank shall fail to (y) notify Landlord that the Letter of Credit will be renewed for at least one (1) year beyond the then applicable expiration date, and (z) deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit or a modification to the existing Letter of Credit effectuating such renewal, and Tenant shall not have otherwise delivered to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant annual expiration date, a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount required hereunder and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit as provided above, and shall hold the proceeds of such draw as Letter of Credit Proceeds pursuant to Section 7(a) above.
     (c) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (other than subsection (b) thereof) and/or any successor statute, it being expressly agreed that Landlord may apply all or any portion of the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof in payment of any and all sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant, and that following a Default by Tenant, all or any portion of the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof may be retained by Landlord following a termination of the Lease and applied to future damages, including damages for future rent, pending determination of the same
     (d) Within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of the Letter of Credit specified under Section 7(a) above, Landlord shall return the Existing Security Deposit to Tenant (excluding the Existing Letters of Credit, which shall be cancelled as provided in Section 6(a) above), and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Lease and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the 1804 Lease shall be of no further force and effect.

5


 

8. Assignment and Subletting
     Paragraph 24 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following provision is hereby substituted therefor:
     (a) Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (i) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (ii) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, as set forth below in this Paragraph 24; provided, however, that Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder. Any other provision of the Lease notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to market the Premises in a manner consistent with other sublease marketing campaigns approved by other landlords of similarly- situated premises similar in quality to, and in the vicinity of, the Project, including, if applicable, the use of sublease marketing signage, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord.
     (b) When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, it shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and shall provide current and one (1) year’s prior financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant, which financial statements shall be audited to the extent available and shall in any event be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions thereof. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of the foregoing, to consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, provided that (A) such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease nor is any event then occurring which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder, and (B) as a condition to providing such consent, Landlord may require attornment from the proposed subtenant on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord.
     (c) Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be entitled to consider all reasonable criteria including, but not limited to, the following: (i) whether or not the proposed subtenant or assignee is engaged in a business which, and the use of the Premises will be in an manner which, is in keeping with the then character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project; (ii) whether the use

6


 

to be made of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee will conflict with any so-called “exclusive” use then in favor of any other tenant of the Building or the Project, and whether such use would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any rules and regulations then in effect, or under applicable Laws, and whether such use imposes a greater load upon the Premises and the Building and the Project services than imposed generally by other tenancies in the Project; and (iii) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the proposed assignee or subtenant in light of the responsibilities involved. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if (A) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of Paragraphs 10(a) or (b) above or with any other lease which restricts the use to which any space in the Building or the Project may be put; (B) the proposed assignment or sublease requires alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or portions thereof; (C) the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet is irregular in shape and/or does not permit safe or otherwise appropriate means of ingress and egress, or does not comply with governmental safety and other codes; or (D) the proposed sublessee or assignee is either a governmental or quasi-governmental agency or instrumentality thereof.
     (d) If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) the rent and any additional rent payable by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant, less reasonable and customary marketing expenditures, brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease; minus (ii) Base Rent plus Additional Rent allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such assignment or sublease pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, which costs shall, for purposes of the aforesaid calculation, be amortized on a straight- line basis over the term of such assignment or sublease. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord’s prior written consent, and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease with respect to the payment of Rent. In the event that, notwithstanding the giving of such notice, Tenant collects any rent or other sums from the assignee or subtenant, then Tenant shall hold such sums in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall immediately forward the same to Landlord. Landlord’s collection of such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant.
     (e) Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease

7


 

(regardless of whether Landlord’s approval has been obtained for any such assignment or subletting).
     (f) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its out-of-pocket, reasonable costs (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees of Landlord’s counsel), actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review and processing of documents regarding any proposed assignment or sublease.
     (g) A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use shall not be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease.
     (h) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 24 on Tenant’s ability to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time that this Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof.
     (i) If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after a Default by Tenant, collect Rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 24, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The consent by Landlord to an assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting pursuant to any provision of this Lease shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting. References in this Lease to use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but as including also licensees or others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely. The

8


 

listing of any name other than that of Tenant on any door of the Premises or on any directory or in any elevator in the Building, or otherwise, shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, operate to vest in the person so named any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or be deemed to constitute, or serve as a substitute for, or any waiver of, any prior consent of Landlord required under this Paragraph 24.
     (j) Each subletting and/or assignment pursuant to this Paragraph shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease. If Landlord shall consent to, or reasonably withhold its consent to, any proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or sublessee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar fee in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.
9. Option to Renew
     (a) All previous rights or options to renew contained in the Lease are null, void and of no force or effect from and after the date hereof.
     (b) Tenant shall have one (1) option (the “Renewal Option”) to extend the Term for a period of five (5) years beyond the Expiration Date (the “ Renewal Term ”). The Renewal Option is personal to Financial Engines, Inc. and may not be exercised by any other sublessee or assignee, or by any other successor or assign of Financial Engines, Inc. The Renewal Option shall be effective only if Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, nor has any event occurred which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default hereunder, either at the time of exercise of the Renewal Option or at the commencement of the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“ Election Notice ”) from Tenant to Landlord given not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Term. Any such notice given by Tenant to Landlord shall be irrevocable. If Tenant fails to exercise the Renewal Option in a timely manner as provided for above, the Renewal Option shall be void. The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions as the initial Term, except that (i) no further Renewal Option shall be available to Tenant at the expiration of the Renewal Term, and (ii) the Base Rent during the Renewal Term (the “ Renewal Rate ”) shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “prevailing market rate” for space in similarly situated buildings in the vicinity of the Project comparable to the Building in location, condition, quality and type at the commencement of the Renewal Term (the “ Prevailing Rate ”). The term “prevailing market rate” shall mean the base rental for such comparable space, taking into account any additional rental and all other payments and escalations payable hereunder and by tenants under leases of such comparable space. The Prevailing Rate shall be determined in accordance with Section 9(c) below.
     (c) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Election Notice or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (the “ Renewal Rate

9


 

Notice”) of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate for the Renewal Term. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (the “Response Period”) after receipt of the Renewal Rate Notice to advise Landlord whether or not Tenant agrees with Landlord’s Renewal Rate. If Tenant does not respond to Landlord in writing within the Response Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Renewal Rate specified by Landlord in the Renewal Rate Notice. If Tenant agrees or is deemed to have agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate, then such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. If Tenant notifies Landlord in writing during the Response Period that Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate, then within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice, Landlord and Tenant shall each retain a licensed commercial real estate broker with at least five (5) years’ experience negotiating lease transactions for similar properties in the City of Palo Alto. If only one broker is appointed by the parties during such twenty (20) day period, then such broker shall, within twenty (20) days after his or her appointment, determine the Prevailing Rate, and the Renewal Rate shall be the Prevailing Rate so determined by such broker. If Landlord and Tenant each appoint a broker during such twenty (20) day period as contemplated hereunder, then the brokers shall meet at least two (2) times during the thirty (30) day period commencing on the date on which the last of the brokers has been appointed (the “Broker Negotiation Period”) to attempt to mutually agree upon the Prevailing Rate. If the brokers agree upon the Prevailing Rate on or before the expiration of the Broker Negotiation Period, then the Prevailing Rate so determined by the brokers shall be the “Renewal Rate” for all purposes of the Lease. If the brokers cannot agree upon the Prevailing Rate at the expiration of the Broker Negotiation Period, but if the determinations of such brokers differ by less than five percent (5%) of the higher of the two, the Prevailing Rate shall be the average of the two determinations. In the event such determinations differ by more than five percent (5%) of the higher of the two, then such appraisers shall within twenty (20) days designate a third broker, who shall have the same qualifications required for the initial two brokers. If the two brokers fail to agree upon and appoint a third broker, then the third broker shall be appointed by J.A.M.S./ENDISPUTE. The third broker shall, within twenty (20) days after his or her appointment, make a determination of the Prevailing Rate. The determinations of Prevailing Rate prepared by all three (3) brokers shall be compared and the Prevailing Rate shall be the average of the two closest determinations. Such determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. The Renewal Rate shall be the Prevailing Rate so determined in accordance with the foregoing sentence. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the expense of the broker selected by it and shall share equally the expense of the third broker, if any. Promptly following the determination of the Renewal Rate pursuant to this Section 9(c), the parties shall execute an amendment to the Lease memorializing such Renewal Rate.
10. General Provisions
     (a)  Ratification and Entire Agreement. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. As modified by this Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Amendment and the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail. The Lease as amended by this Amendment constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements, representations, and understandings between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written, are or should be deemed to be null

10


 

and void, all of the foregoing having been merged into this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant do each hereby acknowledge that it and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this Amendment, and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Amendment. This Amendment may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by each of Landlord and Tenant.
     (b)  Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except Newmark Knight Frank (“Tenant’s Broker”) and NAI BT Commercial (“Landlord’s Broker”) in the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with the Lease as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. Provided that this Amendment is fully executed by the parties hereto, then Landlord shall pay a commission to Landlord’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker shall be responsible for any portion of such commission payable to Tenant’s Broker.
     (c)  Authority; Applicable Law; Successors Bound. Landlord and Tenant do each hereby represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such party and that such party has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment, without consent of any other party. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns with respect to the Lease.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11


 

      In Witness Whereof, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
Landlord:     Harbor Investment Partners ,
a California general partnership
 
 
  By:   Embarcadero Road Investors LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company,  
    its General Partner   
 
     
  By:   UBS Realty Investors LLC,    
    a Massachusetts limited liability company,   
    its Manager   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Cahill    
    Name:   Timothy J. Cahill  
    Title:   Director - Asset Management  
 
Tenant:     Financial Engines, Inc.,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond Sims    
    Name:   RAYMOND J. SIMS   
    Title:   EVP & CFO   
 

12

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Financial Engines, Inc.
Financial Engines Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Financial Engines, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Mountain View, California
December 9, 2009